As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about April 29, 1999
Securities Act Registration No. 33-45321
Investment Company Act Registration No. 811-6553
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington D.C. 20549
FORM N-1A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 [ ]
Pre-Effective Amendment No. [ ]
Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 [X]
and/or
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 [ ]
Amendment No. 20 [X]
(Check appropriate box or boxes)
STRONG VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
100 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin 53051
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (414) 359-3400
Thomas P. Lemke
Strong Capital Management, Inc.
100 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin 53051
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate
box):
[ ] immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
[X] on May 1, 1999 pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
[ ] 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
[ ] on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
[ ] 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485
[ ] on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485
If appropriate, check the following box:
[ ] this post-effective amendment designates a new effective
date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.
This Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement of Strong Variable
Insurance Funds, Inc., which is currently comprised of four funds, Strong
Discovery Fund II, Strong Mid Cap Growth Fund II, Strong International Stock
Fund II, and Strong Schafer Value Fund II, is being updated through this
Amendment.
1
<PAGE>
THE STRONG
DISCOVERY FUND II
PROSPECTUS MAY 1, 1999
Shares of the fund are only offered and sold to the separate accounts of
insurance companies for the purpose of funding variable annuity and variable
life insurance contracts. This prospectus should be read together with the
prospectus of the separate account of the specific insurance product which
preceded or accompanies this prospectus.
AS WITH ALL MUTUAL FUNDS, THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (SEC) HAS NOT
APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OR
ACCURACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANYONE WHO INFORMS YOU OTHERWISE IS COMMITTING A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
1
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
What are the fund's goals?.....................................................1
What are the fund's principal investment strategies?...........................1
What are the main risks of investing in the fund?..............................1
Who are the fund's investment advisor and portfolio managers?..................2
Financial Highlights...........................................................2
Variable Annuity and Variable Life Insurance Contracts.........................3
Share Price....................................................................3
Buying Shares..................................................................3
Selling Shares.................................................................3
Distribution and Tax Policies..................................................3
Reserved Rights................................................................3
For More Information..................................................Back Cover
IN THIS PROSPECTUS, "WE" REFERS TO STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC., THE
INVESTMENT ADVISOR AND TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE STRONG FUNDS.
2
<PAGE>
WHAT ARE THE FUND'S GOALS?
The STRONG DISCOVERY FUND II seeks capital growth.
WHAT ARE THE FUND'S PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES?
The DISCOVERY FUND II invests in securities that its managers believe offer
attractive opportunities for growth. The fund usually invests in a diversified
portfolio of common stocks from small-, medium-, and large-capitalization
companies. These are chosen through a combination of in-depth fundamental
analysis of a company's financial reports and direct, on-site research during
company visits. When the managers believe market conditions favor fixed-income
investments, they have the flexibility to invest a significant portion of the
fund's assets in bonds. The fund would invest primarily in intermediate and
long-term investment grade bonds. The managers may sell a holding if its growth
potential or fundamental qualities change. The fund's active trading approach
may increase the fund's costs.
The managers may invest any amount in cash or cash-type securities
(high-quality, short-term debt securities issued by corporations, financial
institutions, or the U.S. government) as a temporary defensive position to
avoid losses during adverse market conditions. This could reduce the benefit
to the fund if the market goes up. In this case, the fund may not achieve its
investment goal.
WHAT ARE THE MAIN RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE FUND?
GENERAL STOCK RISKS: The fund's major risks are those of investing in the stock
market. That means the fund may experience sudden, unpredictable declines in
value, as well as periods of poor performance. Because stock values go up and
down, the value of your fund's shares may go up and down. Therefore, when you
sell your investment, you may receive more or less money than you originally
invested.
GROWTH-STYLE INVESTING: Different types of stocks tend to shift into and out
of favor with stock market investors depending on market and economic
conditions. Because the fund focuses on growth-style stocks, the fund's
performance may at times be better or worse than the performance of stock funds
that focus on other types of stocks or that have a broader investment style.
FOREIGN SECURITIES: The fund may invest up to 25% of its assets in foreign
securities. Foreign investments involve additional risks, including
currency-rate fluctuations, political and economic instability, differences in
financial reporting standards, and less-strict regulation of securities
markets.
SMALLER AND MEDIUM COMPANIES: The fund invests a substantial portion of its
assets in the stocks of smaller-capitalization companies. Small- and
medium-capitalization companies often have narrower markets and more limited
managerial and financial resources than larger, more established companies. As
a result, their performance can be more volatile and they face greater risk of
business failure which could increase the volatility of the fund's portfolio.
Generally, the smaller the company size, the greater these risks.
BOND RISKS: The fund maintains the flexibility to invest in bonds. To the
extent it does, the fund is exposed to the risks of bond investing. A bond's
market value is affected significantly by changes in interest rates-generally,
when interest rates rise, the bond's market value declines and when interest
rates decline, its market value rises (interest-rate risk). Generally, the
longer a bond's maturity, the greater the risk and the higher its yield.
Conversely, the shorter a bond's maturity, the lower the risk and the lower its
yield (maturity risk). A bond's value can also be affected by changes in the
bond's credit quality rating or its issuer's financial condition
(credit-quality risk). Because bond values fluctuate, the fund's share price
fluctuates. So, when you sell your investment, you may receive more or less
money than you originally invested.
The fund is appropriate for investors who are comfortable with the risks
described here and whose financial goals are five or more years in the future.
The fund is not appropriate for investors concerned primarily with principal
stability.
3
<PAGE>
The return information below illustrates how the fund's performance can vary,
which is one indication of the risks of investing in the fund. Please keep in
mind that the fund's past performance does not represent how it will perform in
the future. The return information includes the effect of deducting the fund's
expenses, but does not include charges and expenses attributable to any
insurance product. If those charges and expenses were included, the performance
would have been lower. The information assumes that you reinvested all
dividends and distributions.
CALENDAR YEAR TOTAL RETURNS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Year Discovery Fund
II
- -------- --------------
1993 22.0%
- -------- --------------
1994 -5.4%
- -------- --------------
1995 35.3%
- -------- --------------
1996 0.8%
- -------- --------------
1997 11.4%
- -------- --------------
1998 7.3%
- -------- --------------
</TABLE>
BEST AND WORST QUARTERLY PERFORMANCE
(During the periods shown above)
Best quarter return: 20.5% (4th Q 1998) Worst quarter return: -17.3% (3rd Q
1998)
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS
AS OF 12-31-98
FUND/INDEX 1-YEAR 5-YEAR SINCE INCEPTION
DISCOVERY FUND II 7.26% 9.04% 11.38% (5-8-92)
S&P 500 Stock Index 28.58% 24.06% 20.51%
Russell 2000 Index -2.55% 11.87% 13.86%
Russell 2500 Index 0.38% 14.13% 15.19%
THE S&P 500 STOCK INDEX IS THE STANDARD & POOR'S 500 STOCK INDEX WHICH IS AN
UNMANAGED INDEX GENERALLY REPRESENTATIVE OF THE U.S. STOCK MARKET. THE RUSSELL
2000 INDEX IS AN UNMANAGED INDEX GENERALLY REPRESENTATIVE OF THE U.S. MARKET
FOR SMALL CAP STOCKS. THE RUSSELL 2500 INDEX IS AN UNMANAGED INDEX GENERALLY
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE U.S. MARKET FOR SMALL TO MEDIUM- SMALL CAP STOCKS.
PREVIOUS PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS HAVE SHOWN THE FUND COMPARED TO AN EQUIVALENT
INVESTMENT IN THE S&P 500 STOCK INDEX. WE ARE REPLACING THE S&P 500 STOCK
INDEX WITH THE RUSSELL 2000 INDEX AS WE BELIEVE THE RUSSELL 2000 INDEX MORE
ACCURATELY REFLECTS THE FUND'S INVESTMENT PROGRAM.
WHO ARE THE FUND'S INVESTMENT ADVISOR AND PORTFOLIO MANAGERS?
Strong Capital Management, Inc. (Strong) is the investment advisor for the
fund. Strong provides investment management services for mutual funds and other
investment portfolios representing assets of over $34 billion. Strong began
conducting business in 1974. Since then, its principal business has been
providing investment advice for individuals and institutional accounts, such as
pension and profit-sharing plans, as well as mutual funds, several of which are
available through variable insurance products. Strong's address is P.O. Box
2936, Milwaukee, WI 53201.
CHARLES A. PAQUELET co-manages the fund. He has over 10 years of investment
experience and is a Chartered Financial Analyst. He joined Strong as a
securities analyst in 1988. Since 1990, he has been a portfolio manager of
separate accounts and accounts of institutional investors. Mr. Paquelet has
co-managed the fund since August 1996. Prior to joining Strong, he was a
financial analyst for B.F. Goodrich Company in 1987. Mr. Paquelet received his
bachelors degree in Finance from Case Western Reserve University in 1987 and
his Masters of Business Administration in Finance from Indiana University in
1989.
RICHARD S. STRONG co-manages the fund. Mr. Strong founded Strong in 1974 and
has over 30 years of investment experience. Mr. Strong has managed or
co-managed the fund since its inception in May 1992. He began his investment
career at Employers Insurance of Wausau in 1966. Mr. Strong received his
bachelors degree in History from Baldwin-Wallace College in 1963 and his
Masters of Business Administration in Finance from the University of
Wisconsin-Madison in 1966. In addition to his role as a portfolio manager, he
is the Chairman of the Board, Director, Chief Investment Officer, and a member
of Strong's Executive Committee.
((Side Box))
4
<PAGE>
YEAR 2000 ISSUES
Your investment could be adversely affected if the computer systems used by the
fund, Strong, and the fund's service providers do not properly process and
calculate date-related information before, on, and after January 1, 2000. Year
2000-related computer problems could have a negative impact on your fund and
the fund's investments, however we are working to avoid these problems and to
obtain assurances from our service providers that they are taking similar
steps.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
This information describes investment performance for the periods shown.
Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total
Return" shows how much your investment in the fund would have increased (or
decreased) during each period, assuming you had reinvested all dividends and
distributions. These figures have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
whose report, along with the fund's financial statements, is included in the
fund's annual report.
Year Ended
--------------------------------------------------
Selected Per-Share Data(a) 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
Net Asset Value, Beginning
of Period $12.03 $10.80 $13.44 $10.07 $11.54
Income From Investment
Operations
Net Investment Income (Loss) (0.04) (0.09) (0.05) (0.03) 0.10
Net Realized and Unrealized
Gains (Losses) on Investments 0.92 1.32 0.04 3.58 (0.71)
Total from Investment
Operations 0.88 1.23 (0.01) 3.55 (0.61)
Less Distributions
From Net Investment Income - - - - (0.10)
In Excess of Net Investment
Income - - (1.05) (0.18) (0.43)
From Net Realized Gains (0.19) - (1.58) - (0.33)
Total Distributions (0.19) - (2.63) (0.18) (0.86)
Net Asset Value,
End of Period $12.72 $12.03 $10.80 $13.44 $10.07
Ratios and Supplemental Data
Total Return +7.3% +11.4% +0.8% +35.3% -5.4%
Net Assets, End of Period
(In Millions) $196 $214 $229 $245 $119
Ratio of Expenses to
Average Net Assets 1.2% 1.2% 1.2% 1.3% 1.2%
Ratio of Net Investment
Income (Loss) to Average
Net Assets (0.3%) (0.7%) (0.3%) (0.3%) 1.1%
Portfolio Turnover Rate 194.0% 198.1% 970.0% 542.1% 662.5%
(a) Information presented relates to a share of capital stock of the fund
outstanding for the entire period.
5
<PAGE>
VARIABLE ANNUITY AND VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACTS
The fund is designed as an investment vehicle for variable annuity and variable
life insurance contracts funded by separate accounts of certain insurance
companies. The fund may sell its shares to the separate accounts of various
insurance companies, which are not affiliated with each other, for the purpose
of funding variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts. The fund
currently does not foresee any disadvantages to contract owners arising out of
the fact that it offers its shares to separate accounts of various insurance
companies, which are not affiliated with each other, to serve as an investment
medium for their variable products. However, it is theoretically possible that
the interests of owners of various contracts participating in the fund through
the separate accounts might, at some time, be in conflict. The fund's Board of
Directors, however, will monitor events in order to identify any material
irreconcilable conflicts which may possibly arise and to determine what action,
if any, should be taken in response to these conflicts. If a conflict were to
occur, one or more insurance companies' separate accounts might be required to
withdraw its investments in the fund, and shares of another fund may be
substituted. This might force the fund to sell securities at disadvantageous
prices. In addition, the Board of Directors may refuse to sell fund shares to
any separate account or may suspend or terminate the offering of fund shares if
this is required by law or regulatory authority or is in the best interest of
the fund's shareholders.
SHARE PRICE
Your transaction price for buying or selling shares is the net asset value per
share (NAV). NAV is generally calculated as of the close of trading on the New
York Stock Exchange (usually 3:00 p.m. Central Time) every day the NYSE is
open. If the NYSE closes at any other time, or if an emergency exists, NAV may
be calculated at a different time. Your share price will be the next NAV
calculated after we accept your order. However, on days that the fund does not
receive any purchase or redemption orders, NAV is not calculated.
NAV is based on the market value of the securities in a fund's portfolio. If
market prices are not available, NAV is based on a security's fair value as
determined in good faith by us under the supervision of the Board of Directors
of the Strong Funds.
FOREIGN SECURITIES
The fund's portfolio securities may be listed on foreign exchanges that trade
on days when we do not calculate an NAV. As a result, the market value of
securities in the fund's portfolio may change on days when you will not be able
to purchase or redeem shares. In addition, a foreign exchange may not value
its listed securities at the same time that we calculate a fund's NAV. Events
affecting the values of portfolio securities that occur between the time a
foreign exchange assigns a price to the portfolio securities and the time when
we calculate a fund's NAV generally will not be reflected in the fund's NAV.
These events will be reflected in the fund's NAV when we, under the supervision
of the Board of Directors of the Strong Funds, determine that they would have a
material affect on the fund's NAV.
((Side Box))
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
We determine a fund's share price or NAV by dividing net assets
(the value of its investments, cash, and other assets minus its
liabilities) by the number of shares outstanding.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
BUYING SHARES
Only separate accounts established and maintained by insurance companies for
purposes of funding variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts may
invest in the fund. For instructions on how to direct a separate account to
purchase shares in the fund, please refer to the prospectus of the insurance
company's separate account. The fund does not impose any sales charge or 12b-1
fee. Sales charges may apply to the variable annuity or variable life
insurance contract, which should be described in the prospectus of the
insurance company's separate account. The fund may decline to accept a
purchase order upon receipt when, in Strong's judgment, it would not be in the
best interest of the existing shareholders to accept the order. Shares of the
fund will be sold at the net asset value next determined after receipt by the
fund of a purchase order in proper form placed by an insurance company
investing in the fund.
6
<PAGE>
SELLING SHARES
Shares of the fund may be redeemed on any business day. The price received
upon redemption will be the NAV next determined after the redemption request in
proper form is received by the fund. Contract owners should refer to the
withdrawal or surrender instructions in the prospectus of the separate account
for instructions on how to redeem shares. Once the redemption request is
received in proper form, the fund will ordinarily forward payment to the
separate account no later than seven days after receipt.
DISTRIBUTION AND TAX POLICIES
Your fund generally pays you dividends from net investment income and
distributes any net capital gains that it realizes annually. Your dividends and
capital gain distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional
shares of the fund.
For information regarding tax implications for owners of variable annuity or
variable life insurance contracts investing in the fund, please refer to the
prospectus of your insurance company's separate account.
RESERVED RIGHTS
We reserve the right to:
- - Reject any purchase request for any reason. Generally, we do this if the
purchase or exchange is disruptive to the efficient management of a fund.
- - Delay sending out redemption proceeds for up to seven days (this generally
only applies to very large redemptions without notice or during unusual
market conditions).
- - Suspend redemptions or postpone payments when the NYSE is closed for any
reason other than its usual weekend or holiday closings, when trading is
restricted by the SEC, or under any emergency circumstances.
- - Make a redemption-in-kind (a payment in portfolio securities rather than
cash) if the amount you are redeeming is in excess of the lesser of (1)
$250,000 or (2) 1% of the fund's assets. Generally, redemption-in-kind is
used when large redemption requests may cause harm to the fund and its
shareholders.
- - Reject any purchase or redemption request that does not contain all required
documentation.
7
<PAGE>
FOR MORE INFORMATION
More information is available upon request at no charge, including:
SHAREHOLDER REPORTS: Additional information is available in the annual and
semi-annual report to shareholders. These reports contain a letter from
management, discuss recent market conditions, economic trends and investment
strategies that significantly affected your investment's performance during the
last fiscal year, and list portfolio holdings.
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI): The SAI contains more details about
investment policies and techniques. A current SAI is on file with the SEC and
is incorporated into this prospectus by reference. This means that the SAI is
legally considered a part of this prospectus even though it is not physically
contained within this prospectus.
To request information or to ask questions:
BY TELEPHONE FOR HEARING-IMPAIRED (TDD)
(800) 368-1683 (800) 999-2780
BY MAIL BY OVERNIGHT DELIVERY
Strong Funds Strong Funds
P.O. Box 2936 900 Heritage Reserve
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-2936 Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin 53051
ON THE INTERNET BY E-MAIL
View online or download documents: [email protected]
Strong Funds: WWW.STRONGFUNDS.COM
SEC*: www.sec.gov
This prospectus is not an offer to sell securities in any place where it would
be illegal to do so.
*YOU CAN ALSO OBTAIN COPIES BY VISITING THE SEC'S PUBLIC REFERENCE ROOM IN
WASHINGTON, D.C. OR BY SENDING YOUR REQUEST AND A DUPLICATING FEE TO THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION'S PUBLIC REFERENCE SECTION, WASHINGTON, D.C.
20549-6009. YOU CAN CALL 1-800-SEC-0330 FOR INFORMATION ON THE OPERATION OF THE
PUBLIC REFERENCE ROOM.
Strong Discovery Fund II, a series of Strong Variable Insurance Funds, Inc.,
SEC file number 811-6553
8
<PAGE>
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ("SAI")
STRONG DISCOVERY FUND II, A SERIES FUND OF STRONG VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS,
INC.
P.O. Box 2936
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201
Toll-Free: (800) 368-1683
The Fund serves as an investment vehicle for variable annuity and variable life
insurance contracts of insurance companies. Shares in the Fund are only
offered and sold to the separate accounts of insurance companies. This SAI is
not a Prospectus and should read together with the Prospectus for the Fund
dated May 1, 1999 and the prospectus for the separate account of the specific
insurance product offering the Fund. Requests for copies of the Prospectus
should be made by calling any number listed above. The financial statements
appearing in the Annual Report, which accompanies this SAI, are incorporated
into this SAI by reference.
May 1, 1999
1
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS........................................................3
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES.............................................5
Borrowing......................................................................5
Cash Management................................................................5
Convertible Securities.........................................................5
Debt Obligations...............................................................6
Depositary Receipts............................................................6
Derivative Instruments.........................................................7
Foreign Investment Companies..................................................16
Foreign Securities............................................................16
High-Yield (High-Risk) Securities.............................................16
Illiquid Securities...........................................................18
Lending of Portfolio Securities...............................................19
Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Debt Securities....................................19
Participation Interests.......................................................20
Repurchase Agreements.........................................................20
Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Mortgage Dollar Rolls.......................21
Short Sales...................................................................21
Small and Medium Companies....................................................21
Standby Commitments...........................................................21
U.S. Government Securities....................................................22
Warrants......................................................................22
When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Securities...................................22
Zero-Coupon, Step-Coupon, and Pay-in-Kind Securities..........................23
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS........................................................23
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS........................................................25
INVESTMENT ADVISOR............................................................25
DISTRIBUTOR...................................................................28
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE..........................................28
CUSTODIAN.....................................................................31
TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT..................................31
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES.......................................................31
TAXES.........................................................................32
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE..............................................34
ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION............................................35
ORGANIZATION..................................................................35
SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS..........................................................36
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION.......................................................36
GENERAL INFORMATION...........................................................39
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS.......................................................40
LEGAL COUNSEL.................................................................40
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..........................................................40
APPENDIX - DEFINITION OF BOND RATINGS.........................................41
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations other than those contained in this SAI and its corresponding
Prospectus, and if given or made, such information or representations may not
be relied upon as having been authorized. This SAI does not constitute an
offer to sell securities.
2
<PAGE>
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS
The following are the Fund's fundamental investment limitations which, along
with the Fund's investment objective (which is described in the Prospectus),
cannot be changed without shareholder approval. To obtain approval, a majority
of the Fund's outstanding voting shares must vote for the change. A majority
of the Fund's outstanding voting securities means the vote of the lesser of:
(1) 67% or more of the voting securities present, if more than 50% of the
outstanding voting securities are present or represented, or (2) more than 50%
of the outstanding voting shares.
Unless indicated otherwise below, the Fund:
1. May not with respect to 75% of its total assets, purchase the securities
of any issuer (except securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or
its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result, (1) more than 5% of the
Fund's total assets would be invested in the securities of that issuer, or (2)
the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that
issuer.
2. May (1) borrow money from banks and (2) make other investments or engage
in other transactions permissible under the Investment Company Act of 1940
("1940 Act") which may involve a borrowing, provided that the combination of
(1) and (2) shall not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund's total assets
(including the amount borrowed), less the Fund's liabilities (other than
borrowings), except that the Fund may borrow up to an additional 5% of its
total assets (not including the amount borrowed) from a bank for temporary or
emergency purposes (but not for leverage or the purchase of investments). The
Fund may also borrow money from the other Strong Funds or other persons to the
extent permitted by applicable law.
3. May not issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act.
4. May not act as an underwriter of another issuer's securities, except to
the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning
of the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the purchase and sale of
portfolio securities.
5. May not purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a
result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not
prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options, futures contracts, or
other derivative instruments, or from investing in securities or other
instruments backed by physical commodities).
6. May not make loans if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of the Fund's
total assets would be lent to other persons, except through (1) purchases of
debt securities or other debt instruments, or (2) engaging in repurchase
agreements.
7. May not purchase the securities of any issuer if, as a result, more than
25% of the Fund's total assets would be invested in the securities of issuers,
the principal business activities of which are in the same industry.
8. May not purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of
ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prohibit the
Fund from purchasing or selling securities or other instruments backed by real
estate or of issuers engaged in real estate activities).
9. May, notwithstanding any other fundamental investment policy or
restriction, invest all of its assets in the securities of a single open-end
management investment company with substantially the same fundamental
investment objective, policies, and restrictions as the Fund.
3
<PAGE>
NON-FUNDAMENTAL OPERATING POLICIES
The following are the Fund's non-fundamental operating policies which may be
changed by the Fund's Board of Directors without shareholder approval.
Unless indicated otherwise below, the Fund may not:
1. Sell securities short, unless the Fund owns or has the right to obtain
securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short, or
unless it covers such short sale as required by the current rules and positions
of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") or its staff, and provided
that transactions in options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts,
or other derivative instruments are not deemed to constitute selling securities
short.
2. Purchase securities on margin, except that the Fund may obtain such
short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of transactions; and
provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on
futures contracts, or other derivative instruments shall not constitute
purchasing securities on margin.
3. Invest in illiquid securities if, as a result of such investment, more
than 15% (10% with respect to a money fund) of its net assets would be invested
in illiquid securities, or such other amounts as may be permitted under the
1940 Act.
4. Purchase securities of other investment companies except in compliance
with the 1940 Act and applicable state law.
5. Invest all of its assets in the securities of a single open-end
investment management company with substantially the same fundamental
investment objective, restrictions and policies as the Fund.
6. Engage in futures or options on futures transactions which are
impermissible pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the Commodity Exchange Act and, in
accordance with Rule 4.5, will use futures or options on futures transactions
solely for bona fide hedging transactions (within the meaning of the Commodity
Exchange Act), provided, however, that the Fund may, in addition to bona fide
hedging transactions, use futures and options on futures transactions if the
aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions,
less the amount by which any such options positions are in the money (within
the meaning of the Commodity Exchange Act), do not exceed 5% of the Fund's net
assets.
7. Borrow money except (1) from banks or (2) through reverse repurchase
agreements or mortgage dollar rolls, and will not purchase securities when bank
borrowings exceed 5% of its total assets.
8. Make any loans other than loans of portfolio securities, except through
(1) purchases of debt securities or other debt instruments, or (2) engaging in
repurchase agreements.
Unless noted otherwise, if a percentage restriction is adhered to at the time
of investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a
change in the Fund's assets (I.E. due to cash inflows or redemptions) or in
market value of the investment or the Fund's assets will not constitute a
violation of that restriction.
4
<PAGE>
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
The following information supplements the discussion of the Fund's investment
objective, policies, and techniques described in the Prospectus.
BORROWING
The Fund may borrow money from banks and make other investments or engage in
other transactions permissible under the 1940 Act which may be considered a
borrowing (such as mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements).
However, the Fund may not purchase securities when bank borrowings exceed 5% of
the Fund's total assets. Presently, the Fund only intends to borrow from banks
for temporary or emergency purposes.
The Fund has established a line-of-credit ("LOC") with certain banks by which
it may borrow funds for temporary or emergency purposes. A borrowing is
presumed to be for temporary or emergency purposes if it is repaid by the Fund
within 60 days and is not extended or renewed. The Fund intends to use the LOC
to meet large or unexpected redemptions that would otherwise force the Fund to
liquidate securities under circumstances which are unfavorable to the Fund's
remaining shareholders. The Fund pays a commitment fee to the banks for the
LOC.
CASH MANAGEMENT
The Fund may invest directly in cash and short-term fixed-income securities,
including, for this purpose, shares of one or more money market funds managed
by Strong Capital Management, Inc., the Fund's investment advisor ("Advisor")
(collectively, the "Strong Money Funds"). The Strong Money Funds seek current
income, a stable share price of $1.00, and daily liquidity. All money market
instruments can change in value when interest rates or an issuer's
creditworthiness change dramatically. The Strong Money Funds cannot guarantee
that they will always be able to maintain a stable net asset value of $1.00 per
share.
CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES
Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks, or other
securities that may be converted into or exchanged for a specified amount of
common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of
time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the
holder to receive interest normally paid or accrued on debt or the dividend
paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed,
converted, or exchanged. Convertible securities have unique investment
characteristics in that they generally (1) have higher yields than common
stocks, but lower yields than comparable non-convertible securities, (2) are
less subject to fluctuation in value than the underlying stock since they have
fixed income characteristics, and (3) provide the potential for capital
appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock increases.
Most convertible securities currently are issued by U.S. companies, although a
substantial Eurodollar convertible securities market has developed, and the
markets for convertible securities denominated in local currencies are
increasing.
The value of a convertible security is a function of its "investment value"
(determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of
comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and
its "conversion value" (the security's worth, at market value, if converted
into the underlying common stock). The investment value of a convertible
security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value
declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline.
The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on
the convertible security's investment value. The conversion value of a
convertible security is determined by the market price of the underlying common
stock. If the conversion value is low relative to the investment value, the
price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment
value. Generally, the conversion value decreases as the convertible security
approaches maturity. To the extent the market price of the underlying common
stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible
security will be increasingly influenced by its conversion value. A
convertible security generally will sell at a premium over its conversion value
by the extent to which investors place value on the right to acquire the
underlying common stock while holding a fixed income security.
5
<PAGE>
A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer
at a price established in the convertible security's governing instrument. If
a convertible security is called for redemption, the Fund will be required to
permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common
stock, or sell it to a third party.
DEBT OBLIGATIONS
The Fund may invest a portion of its assets in debt obligations. Issuers of
debt obligations have a contractual obligation to pay interest at a specified
rate on specified dates and to repay principal on a specified maturity date.
Certain debt obligations (usually intermediate- and long-term bonds) have
provisions that allow the issuer to redeem or "call" a bond before its
maturity. Issuers are most likely to call such securities during periods of
falling interest rates and the Fund may have to replace such securities with
lower yielding securities, which could result in a lower return for the Fund.
PRICE VOLATILITY. The market value of debt obligations is affected primarily
by changes in prevailing interest rates. The market value of a debt obligation
generally reacts inversely to interest-rate changes, meaning, when prevailing
interest rates decline, an obligation's price usually rises, and when
prevailing interest rates rise, an obligation's price usually declines.
MATURITY. In general, the longer the maturity of a debt obligation, the higher
its yield and the greater its sensitivity to changes in interest rates.
Conversely, the shorter the maturity, the lower the yield but the greater the
price stability. Commercial paper is generally considered the shortest
maturity form of debt obligation.
CREDIT QUALITY. The values of debt obligations may also be affected by changes
in the credit rating or financial condition of their issuers. Generally, the
lower the quality rating of a security, the higher the degree of risk as to the
payment of interest and return of principal. To compensate investors for
taking on such increased risk, those issuers deemed to be less creditworthy
generally must offer their investors higher interest rates than do issuers with
better credit ratings.
In conducting its credit research and analysis, the Advisor considers both
qualitative and quantitative factors to evaluate the creditworthiness of
individual issuers. The Advisor also relies, in part, on credit ratings
compiled by a number of Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations
("NRSROs").
DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS
The Fund may invest in foreign securities by purchasing depositary receipts,
including American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs") and European Depositary
Receipts ("EDRs"), or other securities convertible into securities of foreign
issuers. These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same
currency as the securities into which they may be converted. Generally, ADRs,
in registered form, are denominated in U.S. dollars and are designed for use in
the U.S. securities markets, while EDRs, in bearer form, may be denominated in
other currencies and are designed for use in the European securities markets.
ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing
ownership of the underlying securities. EDRs are European receipts evidencing
a similar arrangement. For purposes of the Fund's investment policies, ADRs
and EDRs are deemed to have the same classification as the underlying
securities they represent, except that ADRs and EDRs shall be treated as
indirect foreign investments. For example, an ADR or EDR representing
ownership of common stock will be treated as common stock. Depositary receipts
do not eliminate all of the risks associated with directly investing in the
securities of foreign issuers.
ADR facilities may be established as either "unsponsored" or "sponsored." While
ADRs issued under these two types of facilities are in some respects similar,
there are distinctions between them relating to the rights and obligations of
ADR holders and the practices of market participants.
A depositary may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by (or
even necessarily the permission of) the issuer of the deposited securities,
although typically the depositary requests a letter of non-objection from such
issuer prior to the establishment of the facility. Holders of unsponsored ADRs
generally bear all the costs of such facility. The depositary usually charges
fees upon the deposit and withdrawal of the deposited securities, the
conversion of dividends into U.S. dollars, the disposition of non-cash
distributions, and the performance of other services. The depositary of an
unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to pass through voting
rights to ADR holders in respect of the deposited securities. In addition, an
unsponsored facility is generally not obligated to distribute communications
received from the issuer of the
6
<PAGE>
deposited securities or to disclose material information about such issuer in
the U.S. and there may not be a correlation between such information and the
market value of the depositary receipts.
Sponsored ADR facilities are created in generally the same manner as
unsponsored facilities, except that the issuer of the deposited securities
enters into a deposit agreement with the depositary. The deposit agreement
sets out the rights and responsibilities of the issuer, the depositary, and the
ADR holders. With sponsored facilities, the issuer of the deposited securities
generally will bear some of the costs relating to the facility (such as
dividend payment fees of the depositary), although ADR holders continue to bear
certain other costs (such as deposit and withdrawal fees). Under the terms of
most sponsored arrangements, depositories agree to distribute notices of
shareholder meetings and voting instructions, and to provide shareholder
communications and other information to the ADR holders at the request of the
issuer of the deposited securities.
DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
IN GENERAL. The Fund may use derivative instruments for any lawful purpose
consistent with its investment objective such as hedging or managing risk.
Derivative instruments are commonly defined to include securities or contracts
whose values depend on (or "derive" from) the value of one or more other
assets, such as securities, currencies, or commodities. These "other assets"
are commonly referred to as "underlying assets."
A derivative instrument generally consists of, is based upon, or exhibits
characteristics similar to OPTIONS or FORWARD CONTRACTS. Options and forward
contracts are considered to be the basic "building blocks" of derivatives. For
example, forward-based derivatives include forward contracts, swap contracts,
as well as exchange-traded futures. Option-based derivatives include privately
negotiated, over-the-counter ("OTC") options (including caps, floors, collars,
and options on forward and swap contracts) and exchange-traded options on
futures. Diverse types of derivatives may be created by combining options or
forward contracts in different ways, and by applying these structures to a wide
range of underlying assets.
An option is a contract in which the "holder" (the buyer) pays a certain amount
("premium") to the "writer" (the seller) to obtain the right, but not the
obligation, to buy from the writer (in a "call") or sell to the writer (in a
"put") a specific asset at an agreed upon price at or before a certain time.
The holder pays the premium at inception and has no further financial
obligation. The holder of an option-based derivative generally will benefit
from favorable movements in the price of the underlying asset but is not
exposed to corresponding losses due to adverse movements in the value of the
underlying asset. The writer of an option-based derivative generally will
receive fees or premiums but generally is exposed to losses due to changes in
the value of the underlying asset.
A forward is a sales contract between a buyer (holding the "long" position) and
a seller (holding the "short" position) for an asset with delivery deferred
until a future date. The buyer agrees to pay a fixed price at the agreed
future date and the seller agrees to deliver the asset. The seller hopes that
the market price on the delivery date is less than the agreed upon price, while
the buyer hopes for the contrary. The change in value of a forward-based
derivative generally is roughly proportional to the change in value of the
underlying asset.
HEDGING. The Fund may use derivative instruments to protect against possible
adverse changes in the market value of securities held in, or are anticipated
to be held in, its portfolio. Derivatives may also be used to "lock-in"
realized but unrecognized gains in the value of its portfolio securities.
Hedging strategies, if successful, can reduce the risk of loss by wholly or
partially offsetting the negative effect of unfavorable price movements in the
investments being hedged. However, hedging strategies can also reduce the
opportunity for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable price
movements in the hedged investments. To the extent that a hedge matures prior
to or after the disposition of the investment subject to the hedge, any gain or
loss on the hedge will be realized earlier or later than any offsetting gain or
loss on the hedged investment.
MANAGING RISK. The Fund may also use derivative instruments to manage the
risks of its portfolio. Risk management strategies include, but are not
limited to, facilitating the sale of portfolio securities, managing the
effective maturity or duration of debt obligations in its portfolio,
establishing a position in the derivatives markets as a substitute for buying
or selling certain securities, or creating or altering exposure to certain
asset classes, such as equity, debt, or foreign securities. The use of
derivative instruments may provide a less expensive, more expedient or more
specifically focused way to invest than "traditional" securities (I.E., stocks
or bonds) would.
7
<PAGE>
EXCHANGE AND OTC DERIVATIVES. Derivative instruments may be exchange-traded or
traded in OTC transactions between private parties. Exchange-traded
derivatives are standardized options and futures contracts traded in an auction
on the floor of a regulated exchange. Exchange contracts are generally very
liquid. The exchange clearinghouse is the counterparty of every contract.
Thus, each holder of an exchange contract bears the credit risk of the
clearinghouse (and has the benefit of its financial strength) rather than that
of a particular counterparty. OTC transactions are subject to additional
risks, such as the credit risk of the counterparty to the instrument, and are
less liquid than exchange-traded derivatives since they often can only be
closed out with the other party to the transaction.
RISKS AND SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS. The use of derivative instruments involves
risks and special considerations as described below. Risks pertaining to
particular derivative instruments are described in the sections that follow.
(1) MARKET RISK. The primary risk of derivatives is the same as the risk
of the underlying assets, namely that the value of the underlying asset may go
up or down. Adverse movements in the value of an underlying asset can expose
the Fund to losses. Derivative instruments may include elements of leverage
and, accordingly, the fluctuation of the value of the derivative instrument in
relation to the underlying asset may be magnified. The successful use of
derivative instruments depends upon a variety of factors, particularly the
ability of the Advisor to predict movements of the securities, currencies, and
commodity markets, which requires different skills than predicting changes in
the prices of individual securities. There can be no assurance that any
particular strategy adopted will succeed. The Advisor's decision to engage in
a derivative instrument will reflect its judgment that the derivative
transaction will provide value to the Fund and its shareholders and is
consistent with the Fund's objectives, investment limitations, and operating
policies. In making such a judgment, the Advisor will analyze the benefits and
risks of the derivative transaction and weigh them in the context of the Fund's
entire portfolio and investment objective.
(2) CREDIT RISK. The Fund will be subject to the risk that a loss may be
sustained as a result of the failure of a counterparty to comply with the terms
of a derivative instrument. The counterparty risk for exchange-traded
derivative instruments is generally less than for privately negotiated or OTC
derivative instruments, since generally a clearing agency, which is the issuer
or counterparty to each exchange-traded instrument, provides a guarantee of
performance. For privately negotiated instruments, there is no similar
clearing agency guarantee. In all transactions, the Fund will bear the risk
that the counterparty will default, and this could result in a loss of the
expected benefit of the derivative transaction and possibly other losses. The
Fund will enter into transactions in derivative instruments only with
counterparties that the Advisor reasonably believes are capable of performing
under the contract.
(3) CORRELATION RISK. When a derivative transaction is used to completely
hedge another position, changes in the market value of the combined position
(the derivative instrument plus the position being hedged) result from an
imperfect correlation between the price movements of the two instruments. With
a perfect hedge, the value of the combined position remains unchanged for any
change in the price of the underlying asset. With an imperfect hedge, the
values of the derivative instrument and its hedge are not perfectly correlated.
Correlation risk is the risk that there might be imperfect correlation, or even
no correlation, between price movements of an instrument and price movements of
investments being hedged. For example, if the value of a derivative
instruments used in a short hedge (such as writing a call option, buying a put
option, or selling a futures contract) increased by less than the decline in
value of the hedged investments, the hedge would not be perfectly correlated.
Such a lack of correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of
the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the
markets in which these instruments are traded. The effectiveness of hedges
using instruments on indices will depend, in part, on the degree of correlation
between price movements in the index and price movements in the investments
being hedged.
(4) LIQUIDITY RISK. Derivatives are also subject to liquidity risk.
Liquidity risk is the risk that a derivative instrument cannot be sold, closed
out, or replaced quickly at or very close to its fundamental value. Generally,
exchange contracts are very liquid because the exchange clearinghouse is the
counterparty of every contract. OTC transactions are less liquid than
exchange-traded derivatives since they often can only be closed out with the
other party to the transaction. The Fund might be required by applicable
regulatory requirement to maintain assets as "cover," maintain segregated
accounts, and/or make margin payments when it takes positions in derivative
instruments involving obligations to third parties (I.E., instruments other
than purchased options). If the Fund was unable to close out its positions in
such instruments, it might be required to continue to maintain such assets or
accounts or make such payments until the position expired, matured, or was
closed out. The requirements might impair the Fund's ability to sell a
portfolio security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be
favorable to do so, or require that the Fund sell a portfolio security at a
disadvantageous time. The Fund's ability
8
<PAGE>
to sell or close out a position in an instrument prior to expiration or
maturity depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market or, in the
absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the counterparty to
enter into a transaction closing out the position. Therefore, there is no
assurance that any derivatives position can be sold or closed out at a time
and price that is favorable to the Fund.
(5) LEGAL RISK. Legal risk is the risk of loss caused by the legal
unenforcibility of a party's obligations under the derivative. While a party
seeking price certainty agrees to surrender the potential upside in exchange
for downside protection, the party taking the risk is looking for a positive
payoff. Despite this voluntary assumption of risk, a counterparty that has
lost money in a derivative transaction may try to avoid payment by exploiting
various legal uncertainties about certain derivative products.
(6) SYSTEMIC OR "INTERCONNECTION" RISK. Interconnection risk is the risk
that a disruption in the financial markets will cause difficulties for all
market participants. In other words, a disruption in one market will spill
over into other markets, perhaps creating a chain reaction. Much of the OTC
derivatives market takes place among the OTC dealers themselves, thus creating
a large interconnected web of financial obligations. This interconnectedness
raises the possibility that a default by one large dealer could create losses
at other dealers and destabilize the entire market for OTC derivative
instruments.
GENERAL LIMITATIONS. The use of derivative instruments is subject to
applicable regulations of the SEC, the several options and futures exchanges
upon which they may be traded, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission
("CFTC"), and various state regulatory authorities. In addition, the Fund's
ability to use derivative instruments may be limited by certain tax
considerations.
The Fund has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of
the term "commodity pool operator" with the CFTC and the National Futures
Association, which regulate trading in the futures markets. In accordance with
Rule 4.5 of the regulations under the Commodity Exchange Act ("CEA"), the
notice of eligibility for the Fund includes representations that the Fund will
use futures contracts and related options solely for bona fide hedging purposes
within the meaning of CFTC regulations, provided that the Fund may hold other
positions in futures contracts and related options that do not qualify as a
bona fide hedging position if the aggregate initial margin deposits and
premiums required to establish these positions, less the amount by which any
such futures contracts and related options positions are "in the money," do not
exceed 5% of the Fund's net assets. Adherence to these guidelines does not
limit the Fund's risk to 5% of the Fund's assets.
The SEC has identified certain trading practices involving derivative
instruments that involve the potential for leveraging the Fund's assets in a
manner that raises issues under the 1940 Act. In order to limit the potential
for the leveraging of the Fund's assets, as defined under the 1940 Act, the SEC
has stated that the Fund may use coverage or the segregation of the Fund's
assets. To the extent required by SEC guidelines, the Fund will not enter into
any such transactions unless it owns either: (1) an offsetting ("covered")
position in securities, options, futures, or derivative instruments; or (2)
cash or liquid securities positions with a value sufficient at all times to
cover its potential obligations to the extent that the position is not
"covered". The Fund will also set aside cash and/or appropriate liquid assets
in a segregated custodial account if required to do so by SEC and CFTC
regulations. Assets used as cover or held in a segregated account cannot be
sold while the derivative position is open, unless they are replaced with
similar assets. As a result, the commitment of a large portion of the Fund's
assets to segregated accounts could impede portfolio management or the Fund's
ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.
In some cases, the Fund may be required to maintain or limit exposure to a
specified percentage of its assets to a particular asset class. In such cases,
when the Fund uses a derivative instrument to increase or decrease exposure to
an asset class and is required by applicable SEC guidelines to set aside liquid
assets in a segregated account to secure its obligations under the derivative
instruments, the Advisor may, where reasonable in light of the circumstances,
measure compliance with the applicable percentage by reference to the nature of
the economic exposure created through the use of the derivative instrument and
not by reference to the nature of the exposure arising from the liquid assets
set aside in the segregated account (unless another interpretation is specified
by applicable regulatory requirements).
OPTIONS. The Fund may use options for any lawful purpose consistent with its
investment objective such as hedging or managing risk. An option is a contract
in which the "holder" (the buyer) pays a certain amount ("premium") to the
"writer" (the seller) to obtain the right, but not the obligation, to buy from
the writer (in a "call") or sell to the writer (in a "put") a specific asset at
an agreed upon price ("strike price" or "exercise price") at or before a
certain time ("expiration date"). The holder pays the premium at inception and
has no further financial obligation. The holder of an option will benefit from
9
<PAGE>
favorable movements in the price of the underlying asset but is not exposed to
corresponding losses due to adverse movements in the value of the underlying
asset. The writer of an option will receive fees or premiums but is exposed to
losses due to changes in the value of the underlying asset. The Fund may buy
or write (sell) put and call options on assets, such as securities, currencies,
financial commodities, and indices of debt and equity securities ("underlying
assets") and enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to
terminate an existing position. Options used by the Fund may include European,
American, and Bermuda style options. If an option is exercisable only at
maturity, it is a "European" option; if it is also exercisable prior to
maturity, it is an "American" option. If it is exercisable only at certain
times, it is a "Bermuda" option.
The Fund may purchase (buy) and write (sell) put and call options underlying
assets and enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to
terminate an existing position. The purchase of a call option serves as a long
hedge, and the purchase of a put option serves as a short hedge. Writing put
or call options can enable the Fund to enhance income by reason of the premiums
paid by the purchaser of such options. Writing call options serves as a
limited short hedge because declines in the value of the hedged investment
would be offset to the extent of the premium received for writing the option.
However, if the security appreciates to a price higher than the exercise price
of the call option, it can be expected that the option will be exercised and
the Fund will be obligated to sell the security at less than its market value
or will be obligated to purchase the security at a price greater than that at
which the security must be sold under the option. All or a portion of any
assets used as cover for OTC options written by the Fund would be considered
illiquid to the extent described under "Investment Policies and Techniques -
Illiquid Securities." Writing put options serves as a limited long hedge
because decreases in the value of the hedged investment would be offset to the
extent of the premium received for writing the option. However, if the
security depreciates to a price lower than the exercise price of the put
option, it can be expected that the put option will be exercised and the Fund
will be obligated to purchase the security at more than its market value.
The value of an option position will reflect, among other things, the
historical price volatility of the underlying investment, the current market
value of the underlying investment, the time remaining until expiration, the
relationship of the exercise price to the market price of the underlying
investment, and general market conditions.
The Fund may effectively terminate its right or obligation under an option by
entering into a closing transaction. For example, the Fund may terminate its
obligation under a call or put option that it had written by purchasing an
identical call or put option; this is known as a closing purchase transaction.
Conversely, the Fund may terminate a position in a put or call option it had
purchased by writing an identical put or call option; this is known as a
closing sale transaction. Closing transactions permit the Fund to realize the
profit or limit the loss on an option position prior to its exercise or
expiration.
The Fund may purchase or write both exchange-traded and OTC options.
Exchange-traded options are issued by a clearing organization affiliated with
the exchange on which the option is listed that, in effect, guarantees
completion of every exchange-traded option transaction. In contrast, OTC
options are contracts between the Fund and the other party to the transaction
("counterparty") (usually a securities dealer or a bank) with no clearing
organization guarantee. Thus, when the Fund purchases or writes an OTC option,
it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying
investment upon exercise of the option. Failure by the counterparty to do so
would result in the loss of any premium paid by the Fund as well as the loss of
any expected benefit of the transaction.
The Fund's ability to establish and close out positions in exchange-listed
options depends on the existence of a liquid market. The Fund intends to
purchase or write only those exchange-traded options for which there appears to
be a liquid secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that such a
market will exist at any particular time. Closing transactions can be made for
OTC options only by negotiating directly with the counterparty, or by a
transaction in the secondary market if any such market exists. Although the
Fund will enter into OTC options only with counter parties that are expected to
be capable of entering into closing transactions with the Fund, there is no
assurance that the Fund will in fact be able to close out an OTC option at a
favorable price prior to expiration. In the event of insolvency of the
counterparty, the Fund might be unable to close out an OTC option position at
any time prior to its expiration. If the Fund were unable to effect a closing
transaction for an option it had purchased, it would have to exercise the
option to realize any profit.
The Fund may engage in options transactions on indices in much the same manner
as the options on securities discussed above, except the index options may
serve as a hedge against overall fluctuations in the securities market
represented by the relevant market index.
10
<PAGE>
The writing and purchasing of options is a highly specialized activity that
involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with
ordinary portfolio securities transactions. Imperfect correlation between the
options and securities markets may detract from the effectiveness of the
attempted hedging.
SPREAD TRANSACTIONS. The Fund may use spread transactions for any lawful
purpose consistent with its investment objective such as hedging or managing
risk. The Fund may purchase covered spread options from securities dealers.
Such covered spread options are not presently exchange-listed or
exchange-traded. The purchase of a spread option gives the Fund the right to
put, or sell, a security that it owns at a fixed dollar spread or fixed yield
spread in relation to another security that the Fund does not own, but which is
used as a benchmark. The risk to the Fund in purchasing covered spread options
is the cost of the premium paid for the spread option and any transaction
costs. In addition, there is no assurance that closing transactions will be
available. The purchase of spread options will be used to protect the Fund
against adverse changes in prevailing credit quality spreads, I.E., the yield
spread between high quality and lower quality securities. Such protection is
only provided during the life of the spread option.
FUTURES CONTRACTS. The Fund may use futures contracts for any lawful purpose
consistent with its investment objective such as hedging or managing risk. The
Fund may enter into futures contracts, including, but not limited to, interest
rate and index futures. The Fund may also purchase put and call options, and
write covered put and call options, on futures in which it is allowed to
invest. The purchase of futures or call options thereon can serve as a long
hedge, and the sale of futures or the purchase of put options thereon can serve
as a short hedge. Writing covered call options on futures contracts can serve
as a limited short hedge, and writing covered put options on futures contracts
can serve as a limited long hedge, using a strategy similar to that used for
writing covered options in securities. The Fund may also write put options on
futures contracts while at the same time purchasing call options on the same
futures contracts in order to create synthetically a long futures contract
position. Such options would have the same strike prices and expiration dates.
The Fund will engage in this strategy only when the Advisor believes it is more
advantageous to the Fund than purchasing the futures contract.
To the extent required by regulatory authorities, the Fund only enters into
futures contracts that are traded on national futures exchanges and are
standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument. Futures
exchanges and trading are regulated under the CEA by the CFTC. Although
techniques other than sales and purchases of futures contracts could be used to
reduce the Fund's exposure to market or interest rate fluctuations, the Fund
may be able to hedge its exposure more effectively and perhaps at a lower cost
through the use of futures contracts.
An interest rate futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and
purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific financial
instrument (E.G., debt security) for a specified price at a designated date,
time, and place. An index futures contract is an agreement pursuant to which
the parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the
difference between the value of the index at the close of the last trading day
of the contract and the price at which the index futures contract was
originally written. Transaction costs are incurred when a futures contract is
bought or sold and margin deposits must be maintained. A futures contract may
be satisfied by delivery or purchase, as the case may be, of the instrument or
by payment of the change in the cash value of the index. More commonly,
futures contracts are closed out prior to delivery by entering into an
offsetting transaction in a matching futures contract. Although the value of
an index might be a function of the value of certain specified securities, no
physical delivery of those securities is made. If the offsetting purchase
price is less than the original sale price, the Fund realizes a gain; if it is
more, the Fund realizes a loss. Conversely, if the offsetting sale price is
more than the original purchase price, the Fund realizes a gain; if it is less,
the Fund realizes a loss. The transaction costs must also be included in these
calculations. There can be no assurance, however, that the Fund will be able
to enter into an offsetting transaction with respect to a particular futures
contract at a particular time. If the Fund is not able to enter into an
offsetting transaction, the Fund will continue to be required to maintain the
margin deposits on the futures contract.
No price is paid by the Fund upon entering into a futures contract. Instead,
at the inception of a futures contract, the Fund is required to deposit in a
segregated account with its custodian, in the name of the futures broker
through whom the transaction was effected, "initial margin" consisting of cash
and/or other appropriate liquid assets in an amount generally equal to 10% or
less of the contract value. Margin must also be deposited when writing a call
or put option on a futures contract, in accordance with applicable exchange
rules. Unlike margin in securities transactions, initial margin on futures
contracts does not represent a borrowing, but rather is in the nature of a
performance bond or good-faith deposit that is returned to the Fund at the
termination of the transaction if all contractual obligations have been
satisfied. Under certain circumstances, such as periods of high
11
<PAGE>
volatility, the Fund may be required by an exchange to increase the level of
its initial margin payment, and initial margin requirements might be increased
generally in the future by regulatory action.
Subsequent "variation margin" payments are made to and from the futures broker
daily as the value of the futures position varies, a process known as "marking
to market." Variation margin does not involve borrowing, but rather represents
a daily settlement of the Fund's obligations to or from a futures broker. When
the Fund purchases an option on a future, the premium paid plus transaction
costs is all that is at risk. In contrast, when the Fund purchases or sells a
futures contract or writes a call or put option thereon, it is subject to daily
variation margin calls that could be substantial in the event of adverse price
movements. If the Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin
requirements, it might need to sell securities at a time when such sales are
disadvantageous. Purchasers and sellers of futures positions and options on
futures can enter into offsetting closing transactions by selling or
purchasing, respectively, an instrument identical to the instrument held or
written. Positions in futures and options on futures may be closed only on an
exchange or board of trade that provides a secondary market. The Fund intends
to enter into futures transactions only on exchanges or boards of trade where
there appears to be a liquid secondary market. However, there can be no
assurance that such a market will exist for a particular contract at a
particular time.
Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits on
the amount that the price of a future or option on a futures contract can vary
from the previous day's settlement price; once that limit is reached, no trades
may be made that day at a price beyond the limit. Daily price limits do not
limit potential losses because prices could move to the daily limit for several
consecutive days with little or no trading, thereby preventing liquidation of
unfavorable positions.
If the Fund were unable to liquidate a futures or option on a futures contract
position due to the absence of a liquid secondary market or the imposition of
price limits, it could incur substantial losses. The Fund would continue to be
subject to market risk with respect to the position. In addition, except in
the case of purchased options, the Fund would continue to be required to make
daily variation margin payments and might be required to maintain the position
being hedged by the future or option or to maintain cash or securities in a
segregated account.
Certain characteristics of the futures market might increase the risk that
movements in the prices of futures contracts or options on futures contracts
might not correlate perfectly with movements in the prices of the investments
being hedged. For example, all participants in the futures and options on
futures contracts markets are subject to daily variation margin calls and might
be compelled to liquidate futures or options on futures contracts positions
whose prices are moving unfavorably to avoid being subject to further calls.
These liquidations could increase price volatility of the instruments and
distort the normal price relationship between the futures or options and the
investments being hedged. Also, because initial margin deposit requirements in
the futures markets are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities
markets, there might be increased participation by speculators in the future
markets. This participation also might cause temporary price distortions. In
addition, activities of large traders in both the futures and securities
markets involving arbitrage, "program trading" and other investment strategies
might result in temporary price distortions.
FOREIGN CURRENCIES. The Fund may purchase and sell foreign currency on a spot
basis, and may use currency-related derivatives instruments such as options on
foreign currencies, futures on foreign currencies, options on futures on
foreign currencies and forward currency contracts (I.E., an obligation to
purchase or sell a specific currency at a specified future date, which may be
any fixed number of days from the contract date agreed upon by the parties, at
a price set at the time the contract is entered into). The Fund may use these
instruments for hedging or any other lawful purpose consistent with the Fund's
investment objective, including transaction hedging, anticipatory hedging,
cross hedging, proxy hedging, and position hedging. The Fund's use of
currency-related derivative instruments will be directly related to the Fund's
current or anticipated portfolio securities, and the Fund may engage in
transactions in currency-related derivative instruments as a means to protect
against some or all of the effects of adverse changes in foreign currency
exchange rates on its investment portfolio. In general, if the currency in
which a portfolio investment is denominated appreciates against the U.S.
dollar, the dollar value of the security will increase. Conversely, a decline
in the exchange rate of the currency would adversely affect the value of the
portfolio investment expressed in U.S. dollars.
For example, the Fund might use currency-related derivative instruments to
"lock in" a U.S. dollar price for a portfolio investment, thereby enabling the
Fund to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change
in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the subject foreign currency
during the period between the date the security is purchased or sold and the
date on which payment is made or received. The Fund also might use
currency-related derivative
12
<PAGE>
instruments when the Advisor believes that one currency may experience a
substantial movement against another currency, including the U.S. dollar, and
it may use currency-related derivative instruments to sell or buy the amount of
the former foreign currency, approximating the value of some or all of the
Fund's portfolio securities denominated in such foreign currency.
Alternatively, where appropriate, the Fund may use currency-related derivative
instruments to hedge all or part of its foreign currency exposure through the
use of a basket of currencies or a proxy currency where such currency or
currencies act as an effective proxy for other currencies. The use of this
basket hedging technique may be more efficient and economical than using
separate currency-related derivative instruments for each currency exposure
held by the Fund. Furthermore, currency-related derivative instruments may be
used for short hedges - for example, the Fund may sell a forward currency
contract to lock in the U.S. dollar equivalent of the proceeds from the
anticipated sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency.
In addition, the Fund may use a currency-related derivative instrument to shift
exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one foreign country to another
foreign country where the Advisor believes that the foreign currency exposure
purchased will appreciate relative to the U.S. dollar and thus better protect
the Fund against the expected decline in the foreign currency exposure sold.
For example, if the Fund owns securities denominated in a foreign currency and
the Advisor believes that currency will decline, it might enter into a forward
contract to sell an appropriate amount of the first foreign currency, with
payment to be made in a second foreign currency that the Advisor believes would
better protect the Fund against the decline in the first security than would a
U.S. dollar exposure. Hedging transactions that use two foreign currencies are
sometimes referred to as "cross hedges." The effective use of currency-related
derivative instruments by the Fund in a cross hedge is dependent upon a
correlation between price movements of the two currency instruments and the
underlying security involved, and the use of two currencies magnifies the risk
that movements in the price of one instrument may not correlate or may
correlate unfavorably with the foreign currency being hedged. Such a lack of
correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the currency
instruments used or investments being hedged, such as speculative or other
pressures on the markets in which these instruments are traded.
The Fund also might seek to hedge against changes in the value of a particular
currency when no hedging instruments on that currency are available or such
hedging instruments are more expensive than certain other hedging instruments.
In such cases, the Fund may hedge against price movements in that currency by
entering into transactions using currency-related derivative instruments on
another foreign currency or a basket of currencies, the values of which the
Advisor believes will have a high degree of positive correlation to the value
of the currency being hedged. The risk that movements in the price of the
hedging instrument will not correlate perfectly with movements in the price of
the currency being hedged is magnified when this strategy is used.
The use of currency-related derivative instruments by the Fund involves a
number of risks. The value of currency-related derivative instruments depends
on the value of the underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar. Because
foreign currency transactions occurring in the interbank market might involve
substantially larger amounts than those involved in the use of such derivative
instruments, the Fund could be disadvantaged by having to deal in the odd lot
market (generally consisting of transactions of less than $1 million) for the
underlying foreign currencies at prices that are less favorable than for round
lots (generally consisting of transactions of greater than $1 million).
There is no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign
currencies or any regulatory requirement that quotations available through
dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis.
Quotation information generally is representative of very large transactions in
the interbank market and thus might not reflect odd-lot transactions where
rates might be less favorable. The interbank market in foreign currencies is a
global, round-the-clock market. To the extent the U.S. options or futures
markets are closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open,
significant price and rate movements might take place in the underlying markets
that cannot be reflected in the markets for the derivative instruments until
they re-open.
Settlement of transactions in currency-related derivative instruments might be
required to take place within the country issuing the underlying currency.
Thus, the Fund might be required to accept or make delivery of the underlying
foreign currency in accordance with any U.S. or foreign regulations regarding
the maintenance of foreign banking arrangements by U.S. residents and might be
required to pay any fees, taxes and charges associated with such delivery
assessed in the issuing country.
When the Fund engages in a transaction in a currency-related derivative
instrument, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the
underlying currency at the maturity of the contract or otherwise complete the
contract. In other words, the Fund
13
<PAGE>
will be subject to the risk that a loss may be sustained by the Fund as a
result of the failure of the counterparty to comply with the terms of the
transaction. The counterparty risk for exchange-traded instruments is
generally less than for privately negotiated or OTC currency instruments, since
generally a clearing agency, which is the issuer or counterparty to each
instrument, provides a guarantee of performance. For privately negotiated
instruments, there is no similar clearing agency guarantee. In all
transactions, the Fund will bear the risk that the counterparty will default,
and this could result in a loss of the expected benefit of the transaction and
possibly other losses to the Fund. The Fund will enter into transactions in
currency-related derivative instruments only with counterparties that the
Advisor reasonably believes are capable of performing under the contract.
Purchasers and sellers of currency-related derivative instruments may enter
into offsetting closing transactions by selling or purchasing, respectively, an
instrument identical to the instrument purchased or sold. Secondary markets
generally do not exist for forward currency contracts, with the result that
closing transactions generally can be made for forward currency contracts only
by negotiating directly with the counterparty. Thus, there can be no assurance
that the Fund will in fact be able to close out a forward currency contract (or
any other currency-related derivative instrument) at a time and price favorable
to the Fund. In addition, in the event of insolvency of the counterparty, the
Fund might be unable to close out a forward currency contract at any time prior
to maturity. In the case of an exchange-traded instrument, the Fund will be
able to close the position out only on an exchange which provides a market for
the instruments. The ability to establish and close out positions on an
exchange is subject to the maintenance of a liquid market, and there can be no
assurance that a liquid market will exist for any instrument at any specific
time. In the case of a privately negotiated instrument, the Fund will be able
to realize the value of the instrument only by entering into a closing
transaction with the issuer or finding a third party buyer for the instrument.
While the Fund will enter into privately negotiated transactions only with
entities who are expected to be capable of entering into a closing transaction,
there can be no assurance that the Fund will in fact be able to enter into such
closing transactions.
The precise matching of currency-related derivative instrument amounts and the
value of the portfolio securities involved generally will not be possible
because the value of such securities, measured in the foreign currency, will
change after the currency-related derivative instrument position has been
established. Thus, the Fund might need to purchase or sell foreign currencies
in the spot (cash) market. The projection of short-term currency market
movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term
hedging strategy is highly uncertain.
Permissible foreign currency options will include options traded primarily in
the OTC market. Although options on foreign currencies are traded primarily in
the OTC market, the Fund will normally purchase or sell OTC options on foreign
currency only when the Advisor reasonably believes a liquid secondary market
will exist for a particular option at any specific time.
There will be a cost to the Fund of engaging in transactions in
currency-related derivative instruments that will vary with factors such as the
contract or currency involved, the length of the contract period and the market
conditions then prevailing. The Fund using these instruments may have to pay a
fee or commission or, in cases where the instruments are entered into on a
principal basis, foreign exchange dealers or other counterparties will realize
a profit based on the difference ("spread") between the prices at which they
are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, for example, a dealer may
offer to sell a foreign currency to the Fund at one rate, while offering a
lesser rate of exchange should the Fund desire to resell that currency to the
dealer.
When required by the SEC guidelines, the Fund will set aside permissible liquid
assets in segregated accounts or otherwise cover the Fund's potential
obligations under currency-related derivatives instruments. To the extent the
Fund's assets are so set aside, they cannot be sold while the corresponding
currency position is open, unless they are replaced with similar assets. As a
result, if a large portion of the Fund's assets are so set aside, this could
impede portfolio management or the Fund's ability to meet redemption requests
or other current obligations.
The Advisor's decision to engage in a transaction in a particular
currency-related derivative instrument will reflect the Advisor's judgment that
the transaction will provide value to the Fund and its shareholders and is
consistent with the Fund's objectives and policies. In making such a judgment,
the Advisor will analyze the benefits and risks of the transaction and weigh
them in the context of the Fund's entire portfolio and objectives. The
effectiveness of any transaction in a currency-related derivative instrument is
dependent on a variety of factors, including the Advisor's skill in analyzing
and predicting currency values and upon a correlation between price movements
of the currency instrument and the underlying security. There might be
imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of an
instrument and price movements of investments being hedged. Such a lack of
correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the investments
14
<PAGE>
being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the markets in which
these instruments are traded. In addition, the Fund's use of currency-related
derivative instruments is always subject to the risk that the currency in
question could be devalued by the foreign government. In such a case, any long
currency positions would decline in value and could adversely affect any
hedging position maintained by the Fund.
The Fund's dealing in currency-related derivative instruments will generally be
limited to the transactions described above. However, the Fund reserves the
right to use currency-related derivatives instruments for different purposes
and under different circumstances. Of course, the Fund is not required to use
currency-related derivatives instruments and will not do so unless deemed
appropriate by the Advisor. It also should be realized that use of these
instruments does not eliminate, or protect against, price movements in the
Fund's securities that are attributable to other (I.E., non-currency related)
causes. Moreover, while the use of currency-related derivatives instruments
may reduce the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of a hedged currency,
at the same time the use of these instruments tends to limit any potential gain
which may result from an increase in the value of that currency.
SWAP AGREEMENTS. The Fund may enter into interest rate, securities index,
commodity, or security and currency exchange rate swap agreements for any
lawful purpose consistent with the Fund's investment objective, such as for the
purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular desired return or
spread at a lower cost to the Fund than if the Fund had invested directly in an
instrument that yielded that desired return or spread. The Fund also may enter
into swaps in order to protect against an increase in the price of, or the
currency exchange rate applicable to, securities that the Fund anticipates
purchasing at a later date. Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered
into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks
to several years. In a standard "swap" transaction, two parties agree to
exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized
on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to
be exchanged or "swapped" between the parties are calculated with respect to a
"notional amount" (I.E., the return on or increase in value of a particular
dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate) in a particular foreign
currency, or in a "basket" of securities representing a particular index. Swap
agreements may include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a
premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that
interest rates exceed a specified rate, or "cap;" interest rate floors, under
which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other
to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified level, or "floor;" and
interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor,
or vice versa, in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements
exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.
The "notional amount" of the swap agreement is the agreed upon basis for
calculating the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to
exchange. Under most swap agreements entered into by the Fund, the obligations
of the parties would be exchanged on a "net basis." Consequently, the Fund's
obligation (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to
the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative
values of the positions held by each party to the agreement ("net amount").
The Fund's obligation under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset
against amounts owed to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed
to a swap counterparty will be covered by the maintenance of a segregated
account consisting of cash and/or other appropriate liquid assets.
Whether the Fund's use of swap agreements will be successful in furthering its
investment objective will depend, in part, on the Advisor's ability to predict
correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater
returns than other investments. Swap agreements may be considered to be
illiquid. Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to
be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of
a swap agreement counterparty. Certain restrictions imposed on the Fund by the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 ("IRC") may limit the Fund's ability to use swap
agreements. The swaps market is largely unregulated.
The Fund will enter swap agreements only with counterparties that the Advisor
reasonably believes are capable of performing under the swap agreements. If
there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have
to rely on its contractual remedies (which may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency or similar laws) pursuant to the agreements related to the
transaction.
ADDITIONAL DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND STRATEGIES. In addition to the
derivative instruments and strategies described above and in the Prospectus,
the Advisor expects to discover additional derivative instruments and other
hedging or risk management techniques. The Advisor may utilize these new
derivative instruments and techniques to the extent that they are consistent
with
15
<PAGE>
the Fund's investment objective and permitted by the Fund's investment
limitations, operating policies, and applicable regulatory authorities.
FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES
The Fund may invest, to a limited extent, in foreign investment companies.
Some of the countries in which the Fund invests may not permit direct
investment by outside investors. Investments in such countries may only be
permitted through foreign government-approved or -authorized investment
vehicles, which may include other investment companies. In addition, it may be
less expensive and more expedient for the Fund to invest in a foreign
investment company in a country which permits direct foreign investment.
Investing through such vehicles may involve frequent or layered fees or
expenses and may also be subject to limitation under the 1940 Act. Under the
1940 Act, the Fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in shares of other
investment companies and up to 5% of its assets in any one investment company
as long as the investment does not represent more than 3% of the voting stock
of the acquired investment company. The Fund does not intend to invest in such
investment companies unless, in the judgment of the Advisor, the potential
benefits of such investments justify the payment of any associated fees and
expenses.
FOREIGN SECURITIES
Investing in foreign securities involves a series of risks not present in
investing in U.S. securities. Many of the foreign securities held by the Fund
will not be registered with the SEC, nor will the foreign issuers be subject to
SEC reporting requirements. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available
information concerning foreign issuers of securities held by the Fund than is
available concerning U.S. companies. Disclosure and regulatory standards in
many respects are less stringent in emerging market countries than in the U.S.
and other major markets. There also may be a lower level of monitoring and
regulation of emerging markets and the activities of investors in such markets,
and enforcement of existing regulations may be extremely limited. Foreign
companies, and in particular, companies in smaller and emerging capital markets
are not generally subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial
reporting standards, or to other regulatory requirements comparable to those
applicable to U.S. companies. The Fund's net investment income and capital
gains from its foreign investment activities may be subject to non-U.S.
withholding taxes.
The costs attributable to foreign investing that the Fund must bear frequently
are higher than those attributable to domestic investing; this is particularly
true with respect to emerging capital markets. For example, the cost of
maintaining custody of foreign securities exceeds custodian costs for domestic
securities, and transaction and settlement costs of foreign investing also
frequently are higher than those attributable to domestic investing. Costs
associated with the exchange of currencies also make foreign investing more
expensive than domestic investing. Investment income on certain foreign
securities in which the Fund may invest may be subject to foreign withholding
or other government taxes that could reduce the return of these securities.
Tax treaties between the U.S. and foreign countries, however, may reduce or
eliminate the amount of foreign tax to which the Fund would be subject.
Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in
certain markets there have been times when settlements have failed to keep pace
with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such
transactions. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when
assets of the Fund are uninvested and are earning no investment return. The
inability of the Fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement
problems could cause the Fund to miss investment opportunities. Inability to
dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either
in losses to the Fund due to subsequent declines in the value of such portfolio
security or, if the Fund has entered into a contract to sell the security,
could result in possible liability to the purchaser.
HIGH-YIELD (HIGH-RISK) SECURITIES
IN GENERAL. Non-investment grade debt obligations ("lower-quality securities")
include (1) bonds rated as low as C by Moody's Investors ("Moody's"), Standard
& Poor's Ratings Group ("S&P"), and comparable ratings of other nationally
recognized statistical rating organizations ("NRSROs"); (2) commercial paper
rated as low as C by S&P, Not Prime by Moody's, and comparable ratings of other
NRSROs; and (3) unrated debt obligations of comparable quality. Lower-quality
securities, while generally offering higher yields than investment grade
securities with similar maturities, involve greater risks, including the
possibility of default or bankruptcy. They are regarded as predominantly
speculative with respect to the
16
<PAGE>
issuer's capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The special risk
considerations in connection with investments in these securities are discussed
below. Refer to the Appendix for a description of the securities ratings.
EFFECT OF INTEREST RATES AND ECONOMIC CHANGES. The lower-quality and
comparable unrated security market is relatively new and its growth has
paralleled a long economic expansion. As a result, it is not clear how this
market may withstand a prolonged recession or economic downturn. Such
conditions could severely disrupt the market for and adversely affect the value
of such securities.
All interest-bearing securities typically experience appreciation when interest
rates decline and depreciation when interest rates rise. The market values of
lower-quality and comparable unrated securities tend to reflect individual
corporate developments to a greater extent than do higher rated securities,
which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates.
Lower-quality and comparable unrated securities also tend to be more sensitive
to economic conditions than are higher-rated securities. As a result, they
generally involve more credit risks than securities in the higher-rated
categories. During an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising
interest rates, highly leveraged issuers of lower-quality and comparable
unrated securities may experience financial stress and may not have sufficient
revenues to meet their payment obligations. The issuer's ability to service
its debt obligations may also be adversely affected by specific corporate
developments, the issuer's inability to meet specific projected business
forecasts or the unavailability of additional financing. The risk of loss due
to default by an issuer of these securities is significantly greater than
issuers of higher-rated securities because such securities are generally
unsecured and are often subordinated to other creditors. Further, if the
issuer of a lower-quality or comparable unrated security defaulted, the Fund
might incur additional expenses to seek recovery. Periods of economic
uncertainty and changes would also generally result in increased volatility in
the market prices of these securities and thus in the Fund's net asset value.
As previously stated, the value of a lower-quality or comparable unrated
security will decrease in a rising interest rate market and accordingly, so
will the Fund's net asset value. If the Fund experiences unexpected net
redemptions in such a market, it may be forced to liquidate a portion of its
portfolio securities without regard to their investment merits. Due to the
limited liquidity of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities (discussed
below), the Fund may be forced to liquidate these securities at a substantial
discount. Any such liquidation would force the Fund to sell the more liquid
portion of its portfolio.
PAYMENT EXPECTATIONS. Lower-quality and comparable unrated securities
typically contain redemption, call or prepayment provisions which permit the
issuer of such securities containing such provisions to, at its discretion,
redeem the securities. During periods of falling interest rates, issuers of
these securities are likely to redeem or prepay the securities and refinance
them with debt securities with a lower interest rate. To the extent an issuer
is able to refinance the securities, or otherwise redeem them, the Fund may
have to replace the securities with a lower yielding security, which would
result in a lower return for the Fund.
CREDIT RATINGS. Credit ratings issued by credit rating agencies are designed
to evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments of rated securities.
They do not, however, evaluate the market value risk of lower-quality
securities and, therefore, may not fully reflect the true risks of an
investment. In addition, credit rating agencies may or may not make timely
changes in a rating to reflect changes in the economy or in the condition of
the issuer that affect the market value of the security. Consequently, credit
ratings are used only as a preliminary indicator of investment quality.
Investments in lower-quality and comparable unrated obligations will be more
dependent on the Advisor's credit analysis than would be the case with
investments in investment-grade debt obligations. The Advisor employs its own
credit research and analysis, which includes a study of existing debt, capital
structure, ability to service debt and to pay dividends, the issuer's
sensitivity to economic conditions, its operating history and the current trend
of earnings. The Advisor continually monitors the investments in the Fund's
portfolio and carefully evaluates whether to dispose of or to retain
lower-quality and comparable unrated securities whose credit ratings or credit
quality may have changed.
LIQUIDITY AND VALUATION. The Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain
lower-quality and comparable unrated securities because there may be a thin
trading market for such securities. Because not all dealers maintain markets
in all lower-quality and comparable unrated securities, there is no established
retail secondary market for many of these securities. The Fund anticipates
that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of dealers or
institutional investors. To the extent a secondary trading market does exist,
it is generally not as liquid as the secondary market for higher-rated
securities. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact
on the market price of the security. As a result, the Fund's asset value
16
<PAGE>
and ability to dispose of particular securities, when necessary to meet the
Fund's liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, may be
impacted. The lack of a liquid secondary market for certain securities may
also make it more difficult for the Fund to obtain accurate market quotations
for purposes of valuing the Fund's portfolio. Market quotations are generally
available on many lower-quality and comparable unrated issues only from a
limited number of dealers and may not necessarily represent firm bids of such
dealers or prices for actual sales. During periods of thin trading, the spread
between bid and asked prices is likely to increase significantly. In addition,
adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental
analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of lower-quality and comparable
unrated securities, especially in a thinly traded market.
LEGISLATION. Legislation may be adopted, from time to time, designed to limit
the use of certain lower-quality and comparable unrated securities by certain
issuers. It is anticipated that if additional legislation is enacted or
proposed, it could have a material affect on the value of these securities and
the existence of a secondary trading market for the securities.
ILLIQUID SECURITIES
The Fund may invest in illiquid securities (I.E., securities that are not
readily marketable). However, the Fund will not acquire illiquid securities
if, as a result, the illiquid securities would comprise more than 15% (10% for
money market funds) of the value of the Fund's net assets (or such other
amounts as may be permitted under the 1940 Act). However, as a matter of
internal policy, the Advisor intends to limit the Fund's investments in
illiquid securities to 10% of its net assets.
The Board of Directors of the Fund, or its delegate, has the ultimate
authority to determine, to the extent permissible under the federal securities
laws, which securities are illiquid for purposes of this limitation. Certain
securities exempt from registration or issued in transactions exempt from
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("Securities Act"),
such as securities that may be resold to institutional investors under Rule
144A under the Securities Act and Section 4(2) commercial paper, may be
considered liquid under guidelines adopted by the Fund's Board of Directors.
The Board of Directors of the Fund has delegated to the Advisor the day-to-day
determination of the liquidity of a security, although it has retained
oversight and ultimate responsibility for such determinations. The Board of
Directors has directed the Advisor to look to such factors as (1) the frequency
of trades or quotes for a security, (2) the number of dealers willing to
purchase or sell the security and number of potential buyers, (3) the
willingness of dealers to undertake to make a market in the security, (4) the
nature of the security and nature of the marketplace trades, such as the time
needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers, and the
mechanics of transfer, (5) the likelihood that the security's marketability
will be maintained throughout the anticipated holding period, and (6) any other
relevant factors. The Advisor may determine 4(2) commercial paper to be liquid
if (1) the 4(2) commercial paper is not traded flat or in default as to
principal and interest, (2) the 4(2) commercial paper is rated in one of the
two highest rating categories by at least two NRSROs), or if only one NRSRO
rates the security, by that NRSRO, or is determined by the Advisor to be of
equivalent quality, and (3) the Advisor considers the trading market for the
specific security taking into account all relevant factors. With respect to
any foreign holdings, a foreign security may be considered liquid by the
Advisor (despite its restricted nature under the Securities Act) if the
security can be freely traded in a foreign securities market and all the facts
and circumstances support a finding of liquidity.
Restricted securities may be sold only in privately negotiated transactions or
in a public offering with respect to which a registration statement is in
effect under the Securities Act. Where registration is required, the Fund may
be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable
period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the
Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration
statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to
develop, the Fund might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it
decided to sell. Restricted securities will be priced in accordance with
pricing procedures adopted by the Board of Directors of the Fund. If through
the appreciation of restricted securities or the depreciation of unrestricted
securities the Fund should be in a position where more than 15% of the value of
its net assets are invested in illiquid securities, including restricted
securities which are not readily marketable (except for 144A Securities and
4(2) commercial paper deemed to be liquid by the Advisor), the Fund will take
such steps as is deemed advisable, if any, to protect the liquidity of the
Fund's portfolio.
The Fund may sell OTC options and, in connection therewith, segregate assets or
cover its obligations with respect to OTC options written by the Fund. The
assets used as cover for OTC options written by the Fund will be considered
illiquid unless the OTC options are sold to qualified dealers who agree that
the Fund may repurchase any OTC option it writes at a maximum
18
<PAGE>
price to be calculated by a formula set forth in the option agreement. The
cover for an OTC option written subject to this procedure would be considered
illiquid only to the extent that the maximum repurchase price under the formula
exceeds the intrinsic value of the option.
LENDING OF PORTFOLIO SECURITIES
The Fund is authorized to lend up to 33 1/3% of the total value of its
portfolio securities to broker-dealers or institutional investors that the
Advisor deems qualified, but only when the borrower maintains with the Fund's
custodian bank collateral either in cash or money market instruments in an
amount at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned, plus
accrued interest and dividends, determined on a daily basis and adjusted
accordingly. Although the Fund is authorized to lend, the Fund does not
presently intend to engage in lending. In determining whether to lend
securities to a particular broker-dealer or institutional investor, the Advisor
will consider, and during the period of the loan will monitor, all relevant
facts and circumstances, including the creditworthiness of the borrower. The
Fund will retain authority to terminate any loans at any time. The Fund may
pay reasonable administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan and
may pay a negotiated portion of the interest earned on the cash or money market
instruments held as collateral to the borrower or placing broker. The Fund
will receive reasonable interest on the loan or a flat fee from the borrower
and amounts equivalent to any dividends, interest or other distributions on the
securities loaned. The Fund will retain record ownership of loaned securities
to exercise beneficial rights, such as voting and subscription rights and
rights to dividends, interest or other distributions, when retaining such
rights is considered to be in the Fund's interest.
MORTGAGE- AND ASSET-BACKED DEBT SECURITIES
Mortgage-backed securities represent direct or indirect participations in, or
are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans secured by real property, and
include single- and multi-class pass-through securities and collateralized
mortgage obligations. Such securities may be issued or guaranteed by U.S.
government agencies or instrumentalities, such as the Government National
Mortgage Association and the Federal National Mortgage Association, or by
private issuers, generally originators and investors in mortgage loans,
including savings associations, mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment
bankers, and special purpose entities (collectively, "private lenders").
Mortgage-backed securities issued by private lenders may be supported by pools
of mortgage loans or other mortgage-backed securities that are guaranteed,
directly or indirectly, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or
instrumentalities, or they may be issued without any governmental guarantee of
the underlying mortgage assets but with some form of non-governmental credit
enhancement.
Asset-backed securities have structural characteristics similar to
mortgage-backed securities. Asset-backed debt obligations represent direct or
indirect participation in, or are secured by and payable from, assets such as
motor vehicle installment sales contracts, other installment loan contracts,
home equity loans, leases of various types of property, and receivables from
credit card or other revolving credit arrangements. The credit quality of most
asset-backed securities depends primarily on the credit quality of the assets
underlying such securities, how well the entity issuing the security is
insulated from the credit risk of the originator or any other affiliated
entities, and the amount and quality of any credit enhancement of the
securities. Payments or distributions of principal and interest on
asset-backed debt obligations may be supported by non-governmental credit
enhancements including letters of credit, reserve funds, overcollateralization,
and guarantees by third parties. The market for privately issued asset-backed
debt obligations is smaller and less liquid than the market for government
sponsored mortgage-backed securities.
The rate of principal payment on mortgage- and asset-backed securities
generally depends on the rate of principal payments received on the underlying
assets which in turn may be affected by a variety of economic and other
factors. As a result, the yield on any mortgage- and asset-backed security is
difficult to predict with precision and actual yield to maturity may be more or
less than the anticipated yield to maturity. The yield characteristics of
mortgage- and asset-backed securities differ from those of traditional debt
securities. Among the principal differences are that interest and principal
payments are made more frequently on mortgage-and asset-backed securities,
usually monthly, and that principal may be prepaid at any time because the
underlying mortgage loans or other assets generally may be prepaid at any time.
As a result, if the Fund purchases these securities at a premium, a prepayment
rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a
prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of
increasing the yield to maturity. Conversely, if the Fund purchases these
securities at a discount, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will
increase yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than
expected will reduce yield to maturity. Amounts available for reinvestment by
the Fund are likely to be
19
<PAGE>
greater during a period of declining interest rates and, as a result, are
likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of rising
interest rates. Accelerated prepayments on securities purchased by the Fund at
a premium also impose a risk of loss of principal because the premium may not
have been fully amortized at the time the principal is prepaid in full. The
market for privately issued mortgage- and asset-backed securities is smaller
and less liquid than the market for government-sponsored mortgage-backed
securities.
While many mortgage- and asset-backed securities are issued with only one class
of security, many are issued in more than one class, each with different
payment terms. Multiple class mortgage- and asset-backed securities are issued
for two main reasons. First, multiple classes may be used as a method of
providing credit support. This is accomplished typically through creation of
one or more classes whose right to payments on the security is made subordinate
to the right to such payments of the remaining class or classes. Second,
multiple classes may permit the issuance of securities with payment terms,
interest rates, or other characteristics differing both from those of each
other and from those of the underlying assets. Examples include so-called
"strips" (mortgage- and asset-backed securities entitling the holder to
disproportionate interests with respect to the allocation of interest and
principal of the assets backing the security), and securities with class or
classes having characteristics which mimic the characteristics of non-mortgage-
or asset-backed securities, such as floating interest rates (I.E., interest
rates which adjust as a specified benchmark changes) or scheduled amortization
of principal.
The Fund may invest in stripped mortgage- or asset-backed securities, which
receive differing proportions of the interest and principal payments from the
underlying assets. The market value of such securities generally is more
sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates than is the case with
traditional mortgage- and asset-backed securities, and in some cases such
market value may be extremely volatile. With respect to certain stripped
securities, such as interest only and principal only classes, a rate of
prepayment that is faster or slower than anticipated may result in the Fund
failing to recover all or a portion of its investment, even though the
securities are rated investment grade.
Mortgage- and asset-backed securities backed by assets, other than as described
above, or in which the payment streams on the underlying assets are allocated
in a manner different than those described above may be issued in the future.
The Fund may invest in such securities if such investment is otherwise
consistent with its investment objectives and policies and with the investment
restrictions of the Fund.
PARTICIPATION INTERESTS
A participation interest gives the Fund an undivided interest in a municipal
obligation in the proportion that the Fund's participation interest bears to
the principal amount of the obligation. These instruments may have fixed,
floating, or variable rates of interest. The Fund will only purchase
participation interests if accompanied by an opinion of counsel that the
interest earned on the underlying municipal obligations will be tax-exempt. If
the Fund purchases unrated participation interests, the Board of Directors or
its delegate must have determined that the credit risk is equivalent to the
rated obligations in which the Fund may invest. Participation interests may be
backed by a letter of credit or guaranty of the selling institution. When
determining whether such a participation interest meets the Fund's credit
quality requirements, the Fund may look to the credit quality of any financial
guarantor providing a letter of credit or guaranty.
REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with certain banks or non-bank
dealers. In a repurchase agreement, the Fund buys a security at one price, and
at the time of sale, the seller agrees to repurchase the obligation at a
mutually agreed upon time and price (usually within seven days). The
repurchase agreement, thereby, determines the yield during the purchaser's
holding period, while the seller's obligation to repurchase is secured by the
value of the underlying security. The Advisor will monitor, on an ongoing
basis, the value of the underlying securities to ensure that the value always
equals or exceeds the repurchase price plus accrued interest. Repurchase
agreements could involve certain risks in the event of a default or insolvency
of the other party to the agreement, including possible delays or restrictions
upon the Fund's ability to dispose of the underlying securities. Although no
definitive creditworthiness criteria are used, the Advisor reviews the
creditworthiness of the banks and non-bank dealers with which the Fund enters
into repurchase agreements to evaluate those risks. The Fund may, under
certain circumstances, deem repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S.
government securities to be investments in U.S. government securities.
20
<PAGE>
REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND MORTGAGE DOLLAR ROLLS
The Fund may engage in reverse repurchase agreements to facilitate portfolio
liquidity, a practice common in the mutual fund industry, or for arbitrage
transactions as discussed below. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund
would sell a security and enter into an agreement to repurchase the security at
a specified future date and price. The Fund generally retains the right to
interest and principal payments on the security. Since the Fund receives cash
upon entering into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may be considered a
borrowing. When required by guidelines of the SEC, the Fund will set aside
permissible liquid assets in a segregated account to secure its obligations to
repurchase the security.
The Fund may also enter into mortgage dollar rolls, in which the Fund would
sell mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the current month and
simultaneously contract to purchase substantially similar securities on a
specified future date. While the Fund would forego principal and interest paid
on the mortgage-backed securities during the roll period, the Fund would be
compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower
price for the future purchase as well as by any interest earned on the proceeds
of the initial sale. The Fund also could be compensated through the receipt of
fee income equivalent to a lower forward price. At the time the Fund would
enter into a mortgage dollar roll, it would set aside permissible liquid assets
in a segregated account to secure its obligation for the forward commitment to
buy mortgage-backed securities. Mortgage dollar roll transactions may be
considered a borrowing by the Fund.
The mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements entered into by the
Fund may be used as arbitrage transactions in which the Fund will maintain an
offsetting position in investment grade debt obligations or repurchase
agreements that mature on or before the settlement date on the related mortgage
dollar roll or reverse repurchase agreements. Since the Fund will receive
interest on the securities or repurchase agreements in which it invests the
transaction proceeds, such transactions may involve leverage. However, since
such securities or repurchase agreements will be high quality and will mature
on or before the settlement date of the mortgage dollar roll or reverse
repurchase agreement, the Advisor believes that such arbitrage transactions do
not present the risks to the Fund that are associated with other types of
leverage.
SHORT SALES
The Fund may sell securities short (1) to hedge unrealized gains on portfolio
securities or (2) if it covers such short sale with liquid assets as required
by the current rules and positions of the SEC or its staff. Selling securities
short against the box involves selling a security that the Fund owns or has the
right to acquire, for delivery at a specified date in the future. If the Fund
sells securities short against the box, it may protect unrealized gains, but
will lose the opportunity to profit on such securities if the price rises.
SMALL AND MEDIUM COMPANIES
The Fund may invest its assets in small and medium companies. While small and
medium companies generally have the potential for rapid growth, investments in
small and medium companies often involve greater risks than investments in
larger, more established companies because small and medium companies may lack
the management experience, financial resources, product diversification, and
competitive strengths of larger companies. In addition, in many instances the
securities of small and medium companies are traded only OTC or on a regional
securities exchange, and the frequency and volume of their trading is
substantially less than is typical of larger companies. Therefore, the
securities of small and medium companies may be subject to greater and more
abrupt price fluctuations. When making large sales, the Fund may have to sell
portfolio
21
<PAGE>
holdings at discounts from quoted prices or may have to make a series of small
sales over an extended period of time due to the trading volume of small and
medium company securities. Investors should be aware that, based on the
foregoing factors, an investment in the Fund may be subject to greater price
fluctuations than an investment in the Fund that invests primarily in larger,
more established companies. The Advisor's research efforts may also play a
greater role in selecting securities for the Fund than in the Fund that invests
in larger, more established companies.
STANDBY COMMITMENTS
In order to facilitate portfolio liquidity, the Fund may acquire standby
commitments from brokers, dealers, or banks with respect to securities in its
portfolio. Standby commitments entitle the holder to achieve same-day
settlement and receive an exercise price equal to the amortized cost of the
underlying security plus accrued interest. Standby commitments generally
increase the cost of the acquisition of the underlying security, thereby
reducing the yield. Standby commitments are subject to the issuer's ability to
fulfill its obligation upon demand. Although no definitive creditworthiness
criteria are used, the Advisor reviews the creditworthiness of the brokers,
dealers, and banks from which the Fund obtains standby commitments to evaluate
those risks.
U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES
U.S. government securities are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or
its agencies or instrumentalities. Securities issued by the government include
U.S. Treasury obligations, such as Treasury bills, notes, and bonds. Securities
issued by government agencies or instrumentalities include obligations of the
following:
- - the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration,
Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, and
the Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA"), including GNMA
pass-through certificates, whose securities are supported by the full faith
and credit of the United States;
- - the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and the
Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of
the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury;
- - the Federal National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by
the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain
obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and
- - the Student Loan Marketing Association, the Interamerican Development Bank,
and International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, whose securities
are supported only by the credit of such agencies.
Although the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S.
government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given
that it will always do so. The U.S. government and its agencies and
instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities;
consequently, the value of such securities will fluctuate.
WARRANTS
The Fund may acquire warrants. Warrants are securities giving the holder the
right, but not the obligation, to buy the stock of an issuer at a given price
(generally higher than the value of the stock at the time of issuance) during a
specified period or perpetually. Warrants may be acquired separately or in
connection with the acquisition of securities. Warrants do not carry with them
the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to the securities that
they entitle their holder to purchase, and they do not represent any rights in
the assets of the issuer. As a result, warrants may be considered to have more
speculative characteristics than certain other types of investments. In
addition, the value of a warrant does not necessarily change with the value of
the underlying securities, and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not
exercised prior to its expiration date.
WHEN-ISSUED AND DELAYED-DELIVERY SECURITIES
The Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis.
The price of debt obligations so purchased, which may be expressed in yield
terms, generally is fixed at the time the commitment to purchase is made, but
delivery and payment for the securities take place at a later date. During the
period between the purchase and settlement, no payment is made by the Fund to
the issuer and no interest on the debt obligations accrues to the Fund.
Forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be
purchased declines prior to the settlement date, which risk is in addition to
the risk of decline in value of the Fund's other assets. While when-issued and
delayed-delivery securities may be sold prior to the
21
<PAGE>
settlement date, the Fund intends to purchase such securities with the purpose
of actually acquiring them unless a sale appears desirable for investment
reasons. At the time the Fund makes the commitment to purchase these types of
securities, it will record the transaction and reflect the value of the
security in determining its net asset value. The Fund does not believe that
its net asset value will be adversely affected by these types of securities
purchases.
To the extent required by the SEC, the Fund will maintain cash and marketable
securities equal in value to commitments for when-issued or delayed-delivery
securities. Such segregated securities either will mature or, if necessary, be
sold on or before the settlement date. When the time comes to pay for
when-issued or delayed-delivery securities, the Fund will meet its obligations
from then-available cash flow, sale of the securities held in the separate
account, described above, sale of other securities or, although it would not
normally expect to do so, from the sale of the when-issued or delayed-delivery
securities themselves (which may have a market value greater or less than the
Fund's payment obligation).
ZERO-COUPON, STEP-COUPON, AND PAY-IN-KIND SECURITIES
The Fund may invest in zero-coupon, step-coupon, and pay-in-kind securities.
These securities are debt securities that do not make regular cash interest
payments. Zero-coupon and step-coupon securities are sold at a deep discount
to their face value. Pay-in-kind securities pay interest through the issuance
of additional securities. Because such securities do not pay current cash
income, the price of these securities can be volatile when interest rates
fluctuate. While these securities do not pay current cash income, federal
income tax law requires the holders of zero-coupon, step-coupon, and
pay-in-kind securities to include in income each year the portion of the
original issue discount (or deemed discount) and other non-cash income on such
securities accruing that year. In order to continue to qualify as a "regulated
investment company" or "RIC" under the IRC and avoid a certain excise tax, the
Fund may be required to distribute a portion of such discount and income and
may be required to dispose of other portfolio securities, which may occur in
periods of adverse market prices, in order to generate cash to meet these
distribution requirements.
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
The Board of Directors of the Fund is responsible for managing the Fund's
business and affairs. Directors and officers of the Fund, together with
information as to their principal business occupations during the last five
years, and other information are shown below. Each director who is deemed an
"interested person," as defined in the 1940 Act, is indicated by an asterisk
(*). Each officer and director holds the same position with the 27 registered
open-end management investment companies consisting of 53 mutual funds ("Strong
Funds"). The Strong Funds, in the aggregate, pay each Director who is not a
director, officer, or employee of the Advisor, or any affiliated company (a
"disinterested director") an annual fee of $50,000, plus $100 per Board meeting
for each Strong Fund. In addition, each disinterested director is reimbursed
by the Strong Funds for travel and other expenses incurred in connection with
attendance at such meetings. Other officers and directors of the Strong Funds
receive no compensation or expense reimbursement from the Strong Funds.
*RICHARD S. STRONG (DOB 5/12/42), Director and Chairman of the Board of the
Strong Funds.
Prior to August 1985, Mr. Strong was Chief Executive Officer of the Advisor,
which he founded in 1974. Since August 1985, Mr. Strong has been a Security
Analyst and Portfolio Manager of the Advisor. In October 1991, Mr. Strong also
became the Chairman of the Advisor. Mr. Strong is a Director of the Advisor.
Mr. Strong has been in the investment management business since 1967.
MARVIN E. NEVINS (DOB 7/19/18), Director of the Strong Funds.
Private Investor. From 1945 to 1980, Mr. Nevins was Chairman of Wisconsin
Centrifugal Inc., a foundry. Mr. Nevins is a former Chairman of the Wisconsin
Association of Manufacturers & Commerce. He has been a Director of A-Life
Medical, Inc., San Diego, CA since 1996 and Surface Systems, Inc. (a weather
information company), St. Louis, MO since 1992. He was also a regent of the
Milwaukee School of Engineering and a member of the Board of Trustees of the
Medical College of Wisconsin and Carroll College.
WILLIE D. DAVIS (DOB 7/24/34), Director of the Strong Funds.
23
<PAGE>
Mr. Davis has been Director of Alliance Bank since 1980, Sara Lee Corporation
(a food/consumer products company) since 1983, KMart Corporation (a discount
consumer products company) since 1985, Dow Chemical Company since 1988, MGM
Grand, Inc. (an entertainment/hotel company) since 1990, WICOR, Inc. (a utility
company) since 1990, Johnson Controls, Inc. (an industrial company) since 1992,
and Rally's Hamburger, Inc. since 1994. Mr. Davis has been a trustee of the
University of Chicago since 1980 and Marquette University since 1988. Since
1977, Mr. Davis has been President and Chief Executive Officer of All Pro
Broadcasting, Inc. Mr. Davis was a Director of the Fireman's Fund (an
insurance company) from 1975 until 1990.
STANLEY KRITZIK (DOB 1/9/30), Director of the Strong Funds.
Mr. Kritzik has been a Partner of Metropolitan Associates since 1962, a
Director of Aurora Health Care since 1987, and Health Network Ventures, Inc.
since 1992.
WILLIAM F. VOGT (DOB 7/19/47), Director of the Strong Funds.
Mr. Vogt has been the President of Vogt Management Consulting, Inc. since 1990.
From 1982 until 1990, he served as Executive Director of University Physicians
of the University of Colorado. Mr. Vogt is the Past President of the Medical
Group Management Association and a Fellow of the American College of Medical
Practice Executives.
THOMAS P. LEMKE (DOB 7/30/54), Vice President of the Strong Funds.
Mr. Lemke has been Senior Vice President, Secretary, and General Counsel of the
Advisor since September 1994. For two years prior to joining the Advisor, Mr.
Lemke acted as Resident Counsel for Funds Management at J.P. Morgan & Co., Inc.
From February 1989 until April 1992, Mr. Lemke acted as Associate General
Counsel to Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., Inc. For two years prior to that, Mr.
Lemke was Of Counsel at the Washington D.C. law firm of Tew Jorden & Schulte, a
successor of Finley, Kumble & Wagner. From August 1979 until December 1986,
Mr. Lemke worked at the SEC, most notably as the Chief Counsel to the Division
of Investment Management (November 1984 - December 1986), and as Special
Counsel to the Office of Insurance Products, Division of Investment Management
(April 1982 - October 1984).
STEPHEN J. SHENKENBERG (DOB 6/14/58), Vice President and Secretary of the
Strong Funds.
Mr. Shenkenberg has been Deputy General Counsel of the Advisor since November
1996. From December 1992 until November 1996, Mr. Shenkenberg acted as
Associate Counsel to the Advisor. From June 1987 until December 1992, Mr.
Shenkenberg was an attorney for Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., a Milwaukee law firm.
JOHN S. WEITZER (DOB 10/31/67), Vice President of the Strong Funds.
Mr. Weitzer has been Senior Counsel of the Advisor since December 1997. From
July 1993 until December 1997, Mr. Weitzer acted as Associate Counsel to the
Advisor.
MARY F. HOPPA (DOB 5/31/64), Vice President of the Strong Funds.
Ms. Hoppa has been Vice President and Director of Mutual Fund Administration of
the Advisor since January 1998. From October 1996 to January 1998, Ms. Hoppa
acted as Director of Transfer Agency Services of the Advisor and, from January
1988 to October 1996, as Transfer Agency Systems Liaison Manager of the
Advisor. From January 1987 to January 1988, Ms. Hoppa acted as a Shareholder
Services Associate of the Advisor.
JOHN W. WIDMER (DOB 1/19/65), Treasurer of the Strong Funds.
24
<PAGE>
Mr. Widmer has been Manager of Financial Management & Sales Reporting Systems
since May 1997. From May 1992 to May 1997, Mr. Widmer was an Accounting and
Business Advisory Manager in the Milwaukee office of Arthur Andersen LLP. From
June 1987 to May 1992, Mr. Widmer was an accountant at Arthur Andersen LLP.
RHONDA K. HAIGHT (DOB 11/13/64), Assistant Treasurer of the Strong Funds.
Ms. Haight has been Manager of the Mutual Fund Accounting Department of the
Advisor since January 1994. From May 1990 to January 1994, Ms. Haight was a
supervisor in the Mutual Fund Accounting Department of the Advisor. From June
1987 to May 1990, Ms. Haight was a Mutual Fund Accountant of the Advisor.
Except for Messrs. Nevins, Davis, Kritzik, and Vogt, the address of all of the
above persons is P.O. Box 2936, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201. Mr. Nevins'
address is 6075 Pelican Bay Boulevard, Naples, Florida 34108. Mr. Davis'
address is 161 North La Brea, Inglewood, California 90301. Mr. Kritzik's
address is 1123 North Astor Street, P.O. Box 92547, Milwaukee, Wisconsin
53202-0547. Mr. Vogt's address is 2830 East Third Avenue, Denver, Colorado
80206.
Unless otherwise noted below, as of March 31, 1999, the officers and directors
of the Fund in the aggregate beneficially owned less than 1% of the Fund's then
outstanding shares.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
FUND SHARES PERCENT
- ---- ------ -------
None
</TABLE>
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
Except for the organizational shares of the Fund, the Fund's shares may only be
held of record by the separate accounts of insurance companies. As of March
31, 1999, the following insurance companies owned of record or is known by the
Fund to own of record or beneficially more than 5% of the Fund's then
outstanding shares:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
NAME AND ADDRESS SHARES PERCENT
- ----------------------------- ---------- -------
Nationwide Life Insurance Co. 14,564,691 88.90%
P.O. Box 182029
Columbus, OH 43218-2029
</TABLE>
Any person owning more than 25% of the Fund's shares may be considered a
"controlling person" of the Fund. Accordingly, a controlling person's vote
could have a more significant effect on matters presented to shareholders for
approval than the vote of other Fund shareholders.
INVESTMENT ADVISOR
The Fund has entered into an Advisory Agreement with Strong Capital Management,
Inc. ("Advisor"). Mr. Strong controls the Advisor due to his stock ownership
of the Advisor. Mr. Strong is the Chairman and a Director of the Advisor, Mr.
Lemke is a Senior Vice President, Secretary, and General Counsel of the
Advisor, Mr. Shenkenberg is Vice President, Assistant Secretary, and Deputy
General Counsel of the Advisor, Ms. Hoppa is a Senior Vice President of the
Advisor, Mr. Weitzer is Senior Counsel of the Advisor, and Ms.
25
<PAGE>
Haight is the Manager of the Mutual Fund Accounting Department. As of March
31, 1999, the Advisor had $34 billion under management.
The Advisory Agreement is required to be approved annually by either the Board
of Directors of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the Fund's outstanding
voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act). In either case, each annual
renewal must be approved by the vote of a majority of the Fund's directors who
are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or interested persons of any such
party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such
approval. The Advisory Agreement is terminable, without penalty, on 60 days
written notice by the Board of Directors of the Fund, by vote of a majority of
the Fund's outstanding voting securities, or by the Advisor, and will terminate
automatically in the event of its assignment.
Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Advisor manages the Fund's
investments subject to the supervision of the Fund's Board of Directors. The
Advisor is responsible for investment decisions and supplies investment
research and portfolio management. The Advisory Agreement authorizes the
Advisor to delegate its investment advisory duties to a subadvisor in
accordance with a written agreement under which the subadvisor would furnish
such investment advisory services to the Advisor. In that situation, the
Advisor continues to have responsibility for all investment advisory services
furnished by the subadvisor under the subadvisory agreement. At its expense,
the Advisor provides office space and all necessary office facilities,
equipment and personnel for servicing the investments of the Fund. The Advisor
places all orders for the purchase and sale of the Fund's portfolio securities
at the Fund's expense.
Except for expenses assumed by the Advisor, as set forth above, or by Strong
Investments, Inc. with respect to the distribution of the Fund's shares, the
Fund is responsible for all its other expenses, including, without limitation,
interest charges, taxes, brokerage commissions, and similar expenses; expenses
of issue, sale, repurchase or redemption of shares; expenses of registering or
qualifying shares for sale with the states and the SEC; expenses for printing
and distribution of prospectuses to existing shareholders; charges of
custodians (including fees as custodian for keeping books and similar services
for the Fund), transfer agents (including the printing and mailing of reports
and notices to shareholders), registrars, auditing and legal services, and
clerical services related to recordkeeping and shareholder relations; printing
of stock certificates; fees for directors who are not "interested persons" of
the Advisor; expenses of indemnification; extraordinary expenses; and costs of
shareholder and director meetings.
As compensation for its services, the Fund pays to the Advisor a monthly
management fee at the annual rate specified below of the average daily net
asset value of the Fund. From time to time, the Advisor may voluntarily waive
all or a portion of its management fee for the Fund.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
FUND ANNUAL RATE
- ----------------- -----------
Discovery Fund II 1.00%
</TABLE>
The Fund paid the following management fees for the time periods indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
MANAGEMENT FEE
FISCAL YEAR ENDED MANAGEMENT FEE ($) WAIVER ($) AFTER WAIVER ($)
- ----------------- ------------------ ---------- ----------------
12/31/96 2,296,381 0 2,296,381
12/31/97 2,122,746 0 2,122,746
12/31/98 1,988,031 0 1,988,031
</TABLE>
The Advisory Agreement requires the Advisor to reimburse the Fund in the event
that the expenses and charges payable by the Fund in any fiscal year, including
the management fee but excluding taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, and
similar fees and to the extent permitted extraordinary expenses, exceed two
percent (2%) of the average net asset value of the Fund for such year, as
determined by valuations made as of the close of each business day of the year.
Reimbursement of expenses in excess of the applicable limitation will be made
on a monthly basis and will be paid to the Fund by reduction of the Advisor's
fee, subject to later adjustment, month by month, for the remainder of the
Fund's fiscal year. The Advisor may from time to time voluntarily absorb
expenses for the Fund in addition to the reimbursement of expenses in excess of
applicable limitations.
25
<PAGE>
On July 12, 1994, the SEC filed an administrative action ("Order") against the
Advisor, Mr. Strong, and another employee of the Advisor in connection with
conduct that occurred between 1987 and early 1990. In re Strong/Corneliuson
Capital Management, Inc., et al. Admin. Proc. File No. 3-8411. The proceeding
was settled by consent without admitting or denying the allegations in the
Order. The Order found that the Advisor and Mr. Strong aided and abetted
violations of Section 17(a) of the 1940 Act by effecting trades between mutual
funds, and between mutual funds and Harbour Investments Ltd. ("Harbour"),
without complying with the exemptive provisions of SEC Rule 17a-7 or otherwise
obtaining an exemption. It further found that the Advisor violated, and Mr.
Strong aided and abetted violations of, the disclosure provisions of the 1940
Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 by misrepresenting the Advisor's
policy on personal trading and by failing to disclose trading by Harbour, an
entity in which principals of the Advisor owned between 18 and 25 percent of
the voting stock. As part of the settlement, the respondents agreed to a
censure and a cease and desist order and the Advisor agreed to various
undertakings, including adoption of certain procedures and a limitation for six
months on accepting certain types of new advisory clients.
On June 6, 1996, the Department of Labor ("DOL") filed an action against the
Advisor for equitable relief alleging violations of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA") in connection with cross trades that
occurred between 1987 and late 1989 involving certain pension accounts managed
by the Advisor. Contemporaneous with this filing, the Advisor, without
admitting or denying the DOL's allegations, agreed to the entry of a consent
judgment resolving all matters relating to the allegations. Reich v. Strong
Capital Management, Inc., (U.S.D.C. E.D. WI) ("Consent Judgment"). Under the
terms of the Consent Judgment, the Advisor agreed to reimburse the affected
accounts a total of $5.9 million. The settlement did not have any material
impact on the Advisor's financial position or operations.
The Fund and the Advisor have adopted a Code of Ethics ("Code") which governs
the personal trading activities of all "Access Persons" of the Advisor. Access
Persons include every director and officer of the Advisor and the investment
companies managed by the Advisor, including the Fund, as well as certain
employees of the Advisor who have access to information relating to the
purchase or sale of securities by the Advisor on behalf of accounts managed by
it. The Code is based upon the principal that such Access Persons have a
fiduciary duty to place the interests of the Fund and the Advisor 's other
clients ahead of their own.
The Code requires Access Persons (other than Access Persons who are independent
directors of the investment companies managed by the Advisor, including the
Fund) to, among other things, preclear their securities transactions (with
limited exceptions, such as transactions in shares of mutual funds, direct
obligations of the U.S. government, and certain options on broad-based
securities market indexes) and to execute such transactions through the
Advisor's trading department. The Code, which applies to all Access Persons
(other than Access Persons who are independent directors of the investment
companies managed by the Advisor, including the Fund), includes a ban on
acquiring any securities in an initial public offering, other than a new
offering of a registered open-end investment company, and a prohibition from
profiting on short-term trading in securities. In addition, no Access Person
may purchase or sell any security which is contemporaneously being purchased or
sold, or to the knowledge of the Access Person, is being considered for
purchase or sale, by the Advisor on behalf of any mutual fund or other account
managed by it. Finally, the Code provides for trading "black out" periods of
seven calendar days during which time Access Persons who are portfolio managers
may not trade in securities which have been purchased or sold by any mutual
fund or other account managed by the portfolio manager.
The Advisor provides investment advisory services for multiple clients through
different types of investment accounts (E.G., mutual funds, hedge funds,
separately managed accounts, etc.) who may have similar or different investment
objectives and investment policies (E.G., some accounts may have an active
trading strategy while others follow a "buy and hold" strategy). In managing
these accounts, the Advisor seeks to maximize each account's return, consistent
with the account's investment objectives and investment strategies. While the
Advisor's policies are designed to ensure that over time similarly-situated
clients receive similar treatment, to the maximum extent possible, because of
the range of the Advisor's clients, the Advisor may give advice and take action
with respect to one account that may differ from the advice given, or the
timing or nature of action taken, with respect to another account (the Advisor,
its principals and associates also may take such actions in their personal
securities transactions, to the extent permitted by and consistent with the
Code). For example, the Advisor may use the same investment style in managing
two accounts, but one may have a shorter-term horizon and accept high-turnover
while the other may have a longer-term investment horizon and desire to
minimize turnover. If the Advisor reasonably believes that a particular
security may provide an attractive opportunity due to short-term volatility but
may no longer be attractive on a long-term basis, the Advisor may cause
accounts with a shorter-term investment horizon to buy the security at the same
time it is causing accounts with a longer-term investment horizon to sell the
security. The Advisor takes all reasonable steps to ensure
27
<PAGE>
that investment opportunities are, over time, allocated to accounts on a fair
and equitable basis relative to the other similarly-situated accounts and that
the investment activities of different accounts do not unfairly disadvantage
other accounts.
The Advisor provides investment advisory services for multiple clients through
different types of investment accounts (E.G., mutual funds, hedge funds,
separately managed accounts, etc.) who may have similar or different investment
objectives and investment policies (E.G., some accounts may have an active
trading strategy while others follow a "buy and hold" strategy). In managing
these accounts, the Advisor seeks to maximize each account's return, consistent
with the account's investment objectives and investment strategies. While the
Advisor's policies are designed to ensure that over time similarly-situated
clients receive similar treatment, to the maximum extent possible, because of
the range of the Advisor's clients, the Advisor may give advice and take action
with respect to one account that may differ from the advice given, or the
timing or nature of action taken, with respect to another account (the Advisor,
its principals and associates also may take such actions in their personal
securities transactions, to the extent permitted by and consistent with the
Code). For example, the Advisor may use the same investment style in managing
two accounts, but one may have a shorter-term horizon and accept high-turnover
while the other may have a longer-term investment horizon and desire to
minimize turnover. If the Advisor reasonably believes that a particular
security may provide an attractive opportunity due to short-term volatility but
may no longer be attractive on a long-term basis, the Advisor may cause
accounts with a shorter-term investment horizon to buy the security at the same
time it is causing accounts with a longer-term investment horizon to sell the
security. The Advisor takes all reasonable steps to ensure that investment
opportunities are, over time, allocated to accounts on a fair and equitable
basis relative to the other similarly-situated accounts and that the investment
activities of different accounts do not unfairly disadvantage other accounts.
From time to time, the Advisor votes the shares owned by the Fund according to
its Statement of General Proxy Voting Policy ("Proxy Voting Policy"). The
general principal of the Proxy Voting Policy is to vote any beneficial interest
in an equity security prudently and solely in the best long-term economic
interest of the Fund and its beneficiaries considering all relevant factors and
without undue influence from individuals or groups who may have an economic
interest in the outcome of a proxy vote. Shareholders may obtain a copy of the
Proxy Voting Policy upon request from the Advisor.
The Advisor also provides a program of custom portfolio management called the
Strong Advisor. This program is designed to determine which investment
approach fits an investor's financial needs and then provides the investor with
a custom built portfolio of Strong Funds based on that allocation. The
Advisor, on behalf of participants in the Strong Advisor program, may determine
to invest a portion of the program's assets in any one Strong Fund, which
investment, particularly in the case of a smaller Strong Fund, could represent
a material portion of the Fund's assets. In such cases, a decision to redeem
the Strong Advisor program's investment in a Fund on short notice could raise a
potential conflict of interest for the Advisor, between the interests of
participants in the Strong Advisor program and of the Fund's other
shareholders. In general, the Advisor does not expect to direct the Strong
Advisor program to make redemption requests on short notice. However, should
the Advisor determine this to be necessary, the Advisor will use its best
efforts and act in good faith to balance the potentially competing interests of
participants in the Strong Advisor program and the Fund's other shareholders in
a manner the Advisor deems most appropriate for both parties in light of the
circumstances.
From time to time, the Advisor may make available to third parties current and
historical information about the portfolio holdings of the Advisor's mutual
funds or other clients. Release may be made to entities such as fund ratings
entities, industry trade groups, and financial publications. Generally, the
Advisor will release this type of information only where it is otherwise
publicly available. This information may also be released where the Advisor
reasonably believes that the release will not be to the detriment of the best
interests of its clients.
For more complete information about the Advisor, including its services,
investment strategies, policies, and procedures, please call 1-800-368-3863 and
ask for a copy of the Advisor's Form ADV.
DISTRIBUTOR
Under a Distribution Agreement with the Fund ("Distribution Agreement"), Strong
Investments, Inc. ("Distributor") acts as underwriter of the Fund's shares.
Mr. Strong is the Chairman and Director of the Distributor, Mr. Lemke is a
Vice President of the Distributor, and Mr. Shenkenberg is a Vice President and
Secretary of the Distributor. The Distribution Agreement provides that the
Distributor will use its best efforts to distribute the Fund's shares. Shares
are only offered and sold to the separate accounts of certain insurance
companies. Since the Fund is a "no-load" fund, no sales commissions are
charged on the
28
<PAGE>
purchase of Fund shares. Certain sales charges may apply to the variable
annuity or life insurance contract, which should be described in the prospectus
of the insurance company's separate account. The Distribution Agreement
further provides that the Distributor will bear the additional costs of
printing prospectuses and shareholder reports which are used for selling
purposes, as well as advertising and other costs attributable to the
distribution of the Fund's shares. The Distributor is an indirect subsidiary
of the Advisor and controlled by the Advisor and Mr. Strong. The Distribution
Agreement is subject to the same termination and renewal provisions as are
described above with respect to the Advisory Agreement.
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
The Advisor is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the
Fund and for the placement of the Fund's investment business and the
negotiation of the commissions to be paid on such transactions. It is the
policy of the Advisor, to seek the best execution at the best security price
available with respect to each transaction, in light of the overall quality of
brokerage and research services provided to the Advisor, or the Fund. In OTC
transactions, orders are placed directly with a principal market maker unless
it is believed that a better price and execution can be obtained using a
broker. The best price to the Fund means the best net price without regard to
the mix between purchase or sale price and commissions, if any. In selecting
broker-dealers and in negotiating commissions, the Advisor considers a variety
of factors, including best price and execution, the full range of brokerage
services provided by the broker, as well as its capital strength and stability,
and the quality of the research and research services provided by the broker.
Brokerage will not be allocated based on the sale of any shares of the Strong
Funds.
The Advisor has adopted procedures that provide generally for the Advisor to
seek to bunch orders for the purchase or sale of the same security for the
Fund, other mutual funds managed by the Advisor, and other advisory clients
(collectively, "client accounts"). The Advisor will bunch orders when it deems
it to be appropriate and in the best interest of the client accounts. When a
bunched order is filled in its entirety, each participating client account will
participate at the average share price for the bunched order on the same
business day, and transaction costs shall be shared pro rata based on each
client's participation in the bunched order. When a bunched order is only
partially filled, the securities purchased will be allocated on a pro rata
basis to each client account participating in the bunched order based upon the
initial amount requested for the account, subject to certain exceptions, and
each participating account will participate at the average share price for the
bunched order on the same business day.
Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Section 28(e)") permits
an investment advisor, under certain circumstances, to cause an account to pay
a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction in excess of the
amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting
the transaction in recognition of the value of the brokerage and research
services provided by the broker or dealer. Brokerage and research services
include (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability
of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of
securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and
reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and
trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting
securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as
clearance, settlement, and custody).
In carrying out the provisions of the Advisory Agreement, the Advisor may cause
the Fund to pay a broker, which provides brokerage and research services to the
Advisor, a commission for effecting a securities transaction in excess of the
amount another broker would have charged for effecting the transaction. The
Advisor believes it is important to its investment decision-making process to
have access to independent research. The Advisory Agreement provides that such
higher commissions will not be paid by the Fund unless (1) the Advisor
determines in good faith that the amount is reasonable in relation to the
services in terms of the particular transaction or in terms of the Advisor's
overall responsibilities with respect to the accounts as to which it exercises
investment discretion; (2) such payment is made in compliance with the
provisions of Section 28(e), other applicable state and federal laws, and the
Advisory Agreement; and (3) in the opinion of the Advisor, the total
commissions paid by the Fund will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to
the Fund over the long term. The investment management fee paid by the Fund
under the Advisory Agreement is not reduced as a result of the Advisor's
receipt of research services.
Generally, research services provided by brokers may include information on the
economy, industries, groups of securities, individual companies, statistical
information, accounting and tax law interpretations, political developments,
legal developments affecting portfolio securities, technical market action,
pricing and appraisal services, credit analysis, risk
29
<PAGE>
measurement analysis, performance analysis, and analysis of corporate
responsibility issues. Such research services are received primarily in the
form of written reports, telephone contacts, and personal meetings with
security analysts. In addition, such research services may be provided in the
form of access to various computer-generated data, computer hardware and
software, and meetings arranged with corporate and industry spokespersons,
economists, academicians, and government representatives. In some cases,
research services are generated by third parties but are provided to the
Advisor by or through brokers. Such brokers may pay for all or a portion of
computer hardware and software costs relating to the pricing of securities.
Where the Advisor itself receives both administrative benefits and research and
brokerage services from the services provided by brokers, it makes a good faith
allocation between the administrative benefits and the research and brokerage
services, and will pay for any administrative benefits with cash. In making
good faith allocations between administrative benefits and research and
brokerage services, a conflict of interest may exist by reason of the Advisor's
allocation of the costs of such benefits and services between those that
primarily benefit the Advisor and those that primarily benefit the Fund and
other advisory clients.
From time to time, the Advisor may purchase new issues of securities for the
Fund in a fixed income price offering. In these situations, the seller may be a
member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling the securities to
the Fund and other advisory clients, provide the Advisor with research. The
NASD has adopted rules expressly permitting these types of arrangements under
certain circumstances. Generally, the seller will provide research "credits" in
these situations at a rate that is higher than that which is available for
typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within
the safe harbor of Section 28(e).
At least annually, the Advisor considers the amount and nature of research and
research services provided by brokers, as well as the extent to which such
services are relied upon, and attempts to allocate a portion of the brokerage
business of the Fund and other advisory clients on the basis of that
consideration. In addition, brokers may suggest a level of business they would
like to receive in order to continue to provide such services. The actual
brokerage business received by a broker may be more or less than the suggested
allocations, depending upon the Advisor's evaluation of all applicable
considerations.
The Advisor has informal arrangements with various brokers whereby, in
consideration for providing research services and subject to Section 28(e), the
Advisor allocates brokerage to those firms, provided that the value of any
research and brokerage services was reasonable in relationship to the amount of
commission paid and was subject to best execution. In no case will the
Advisor make binding commitments as to the level of brokerage commissions it
will allocate to a broker, nor will it commit to pay cash if any informal
targets are not met. The Advisor anticipates it will continue to enter into
such brokerage arrangements.
The Advisor may direct the purchase of securities on behalf of the Fund and
other advisory clients in secondary market transactions, in public offerings
directly from an underwriter, or in privately negotiated transactions with an
issuer. When the Advisor believes the circumstances so warrant, securities
purchased in public offerings may be resold shortly after acquisition in the
immediate aftermarket for the security in order to take advantage of price
appreciation from the public offering price or for other reasons. Short-term
trading of securities acquired in public offerings, or otherwise, may result in
higher portfolio turnover and associated brokerage expenses.
With respect to the Fund's foreign equity investing, the Advisor is responsible
for selecting brokers in connection with foreign securities transactions. The
fixed commissions paid in connection with most foreign stock transactions are
usually higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. stock transactions. Foreign
stock exchanges and brokers are subject to less government supervision and
regulation as compared with the U.S. exchanges and brokers. In addition,
foreign security settlements may in some instances be subject to delays and
related administrative uncertainties.
The Advisor places portfolio transactions for other advisory accounts,
including other mutual funds managed by the Advisor. Research services
furnished by firms through which the Fund effects its securities transactions
may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts; not all of such
services may be used by the Advisor in connection with the Fund. In the
opinion of the Advisor, it is not possible to measure separately the benefits
from research services to each of the accounts managed by the Advisor. Because
the volume and nature of the trading activities of the accounts are not
uniform, the amount of commissions in excess of those charged by another broker
paid by each account for brokerage and research services will vary. However,
in the
29
<PAGE>
opinion of the Advisor, such costs to the Fund will not be disproportionate to
the benefits received by the Fund on a continuing basis.
The Advisor seeks to allocate portfolio transactions equitably whenever
concurrent decisions are made to purchase or sell securities by the Fund and
another advisory account. In some cases, this procedure could have an adverse
effect on the price or the amount of securities available to the Fund. In
making such allocations between the Fund and other advisory accounts, the main
factors considered by the Advisor are the respective investment objectives, the
relative size of portfolio holdings of the same or comparable securities, the
availability of cash for investment, the size of investment commitments
generally held, and the opinions of the persons responsible for recommending
the investment.
Where consistent with a client's investment objectives, investment
restrictions, and risk tolerance, the Advisor may purchase securities sold in
underwritten public offerings for client accounts, commonly referred to as
"deal" securities. The Advisor has adopted deal allocation procedures
("Procedures"), summarized below, that reflect the Advisor's overriding policy
that deal securities must be allocated among participating client accounts in a
fair and equitable manner and that deal securities may not be allocated in a
manner that unfairly discriminates in favor of certain clients or types of
clients.
The Procedures provide that, in determining which client accounts a portfolio
manager team will seek to have purchase deal securities, the team will consider
all relevant factors including, but not limited to, the nature, size, and
expected allocation to the Advisor of deal securities; the size of the
account(s); the accounts' investment objectives and restrictions; the risk
tolerance of the client; the client's tolerance for possibly higher portfolio
turnover; the amount of commissions generated by the account during the past
year; and the number and nature of other deals the client has participated in
during the past year.
Where more than one of the Advisor's portfolio manager team seeks to have
client accounts participate in a deal and the amount of deal securities
allocated to the Advisor by the underwriting syndicate is less than the
aggregate amount ordered by the Advisor (a "reduced allocation"), the deal
securities will be allocated among the portfolio manager teams based on all
relevant factors. The primary factor shall be assets under management,
although other factors that may be considered in the allocation decision
include, but are not limited to, the nature, size, and expected allocation of
the deal; the amount of brokerage commissions or other amounts generated by the
respective participating portfolio manager teams; and which portfolio manager
team is primarily responsible for the Advisor receiving securities in the deal.
Based on relevant factors, the Advisor has established general allocation
percentages for its portfolio manager teams, and these percentages are reviewed
on a regular basis to determine whether asset growth or other factors make it
appropriate to use different general allocation percentages for reduced
allocations.
When a portfolio manager team receives a reduced allocation of deal securities,
the portfolio manager team will allocate the reduced allocation among client
accounts in accordance with the allocation percentages set forth in the team's
initial allocation instructions for the deal securities, except where this
would result in a DE MINIMIS allocation to any client account. On a regular
basis, the Advisor reviews the allocation of deal securities to ensure that
they have been allocated in a fair and equitable manner that does not unfairly
discriminate in favor of certain clients or types of clients.
Transactions in futures contracts are executed through futures commission
merchants ("FCMs"). The Fund's procedures in selecting FCMs to execute the
Fund's transactions in futures contracts are similar to those in effect with
respect to brokerage transactions in securities.
The Fund paid the following brokerage commissions for the time periods
indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS ($)
- ------------------ -------------------------
12/31/96 3,494,000
12/31/97 1,414,081
12/31/98 1,296,797
</TABLE>
Unless otherwise noted below, the Fund has not acquired securities of its
regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act) or
their parents.
31
<PAGE>
CUSTODIAN
As custodian of the Fund's assets, Firstar Bank Milwaukee, N.A., P.O. Box 761,
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201, has custody of all securities and cash of the Fund,
delivers and receives payment for securities sold, receives and pays for
securities purchased, collects income from investments, and performs other
duties, all as directed by officers of the Fund. The custodian is in no way
responsible for any of the investment policies or decisions of the Fund.
TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT
The Advisor acts as transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent for the Fund
at no cost.
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
From time to time the Fund and/or the Advisor may enter into arrangements under
which certain administrative services may be performed by the insurance
companies that purchase shares of the Fund. These administrative services may
include, among other things, responding to ministerial inquiries concerning the
Fund's investment objective, investment program, policies and performance,
transmitting, on behalf of the Fund, proxy statements, annual reports, updated
prospectuses, and other communications regarding the Fund, and providing only
related services as the Fund or its shareholders may reasonably request.
Depending on the arrangements, the Fund and/or Advisor may compensate such
insurance companies or their agents directly or indirectly for the
administrative services. To the extent the Fund compensates the insurance
company for these services, the Fund will pay the insurance company an annual
fee that will vary depending upon the number of contract holders that utilize
the Fund as the funding medium for their contracts. The insurance company may
impose other account or service charges. See the prospectus for the separate
account of the insurance company for additional information regarding such
charges.
TAXES
GENERAL
The Fund intends to qualify annually for treatment as a regulated investment
company ("RIC") under Subchapter M of the IRC. If so qualified, the Fund will
not be liable for federal income tax on earnings and gains distributed to its
shareholders in a timely manner. This qualification does not involve
government supervision of the Fund's management practices or policies. The
following federal tax discussion is intended to provide you with an overview of
the impact of federal income tax provisions on the Fund or its shareholders.
These tax provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative
action at the federal, state, or local level, and any changes may be applied
retroactively. Any such action that limits or restricts the Fund's current
ability to pass-through earnings without taxation at the Fund level, or
otherwise materially changes the Fund's tax treatment, could adversely affect
the value of a shareholder's investment in the Fund. Because the Fund's taxes
are a complex matter, you should consult your tax adviser for more detailed
information concerning the taxation of the Fund and the federal, state, and
local tax consequences to shareholders of an investment in the Fund.
In order to qualify for treatment as a RIC under the IRC, the Fund must
distribute to its shareholders for each taxable year at least 90% of its
investment company taxable income (consisting generally of taxable net
investment income, net short-term capital gain, and net gains from certain
foreign currency transactions, if applicable) ("Distribution Requirement") and
must meet several additional requirements. These requirements include the
following: (1) the Fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income each
taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities
loans, and gains from the sale or
32
<PAGE>
other disposition of securities (or foreign currencies if applicable) or other
income (including gains from options, futures, or forward contracts) derived
with respect to its business of investing in securities ("Income Requirement");
(2) at the close of each quarter of the Fund's taxable year, at least 50% of
the value of its total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S.
government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities, with
these other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount that
does not exceed 5% of the value of the Fund's total assets and that does not
represent more than 10% of the issuer's outstanding voting securities; and (3)
at the close of each quarter of the Fund's taxable year, not more than 25% of
the value of its total assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S.
government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer. From
time to time the Advisor may find it necessary to make certain types of
investments for the purpose of ensuring that the Fund continues to qualify for
treatment as a RIC under the IRC.
If Fund shares are sold at a loss after being held for 12 months or less, the
loss will be treated as long-term, instead of short-term, capital loss to the
extent of any capital gain distributions received on those shares.
The Fund's distributions are taxable in the year they are paid, whether they
are taken in cash or reinvested in additional shares, except that certain
distributions declared in the last three months of the year and paid in January
are taxable as if paid on December 31.
In addition, the Fund must satisfy the diversification requirements of Section
817(h) of the IRC. In general, for a Fund to meet these investment
diversification requirements, Treasury regulations require that no more than
55% of the total value of the assets of the Fund may be represented by any one
investment, no more than 70% by two investments, no more than 80% by three
investments and no more than 90% by four investments. Generally, for purposes
of the regulations, all securities of the same issuer are treated as a single
investment. With respect to the United States Government securities (including
any security that is issued, guaranteed or insured by the United States or an
instrumentality of the United States), each governmental agency or
instrumentality is treated as a separate issuer. Compliance with the
regulations is tested on the last day of each calendar year quarter. There is
a 30-day period after the end of each calendar year quarter in which to cure
any non-compliance with these requirements.
FOREIGN TRANSACTIONS
Dividends and interest received by the Fund may be subject to income,
withholding, or other taxes imposed by foreign countries and U.S. possessions
that would reduce the yield on its securities. Tax conventions between certain
countries and the U.S may reduce or eliminate these foreign taxes, however, and
many foreign countries do not impose taxes on capital gains in respect of
investments by foreign investors. If more than 50% of the value of the Fund's
total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of foreign
corporations, it will be eligible to, and may, file an election with the
Internal Revenue Service that would enable its shareholders, in effect, to
receive the benefit of the foreign tax credit with respect to any foreign and
U.S. possessions income taxes paid by it. The Fund would treat those taxes as
dividends paid to its shareholders and each shareholder would be required to
(1) include in gross income, and treat as paid by the shareholder, the
shareholder's proportionate share of those taxes, (2) treat the shareholder's
share of those taxes and of any dividend paid by the Fund that represents
income from foreign or U.S. possessions sources as the shareholder's own income
from those sources, and (3) either deduct the taxes deemed paid by the
shareholder in computing the shareholder's taxable income or, alternatively,
use the foregoing information in calculating the foreign tax credit against the
shareholder's federal income tax. The Fund will report to its shareholders
shortly after each taxable year their respective shares of its income from
sources within, and taxes paid to, foreign countries and U.S. possessions if it
makes this election.
The Fund holding foreign securities in its investment portfolio maintains its
accounts and calculates its income in U.S. dollars. In general, gain or loss
(1) from the disposition of foreign currencies and forward currency contracts,
(2) from the disposition of foreign-currency-denominated debt securities that
are attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the date the
securities are acquired and their disposition date, and (3) attributable to
fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues interest or
other receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign
currency and the time the Fund actually collects those receivables or pays
those liabilities, will be treated as ordinary income or loss. A
foreign-currency-denominated debt security acquired by the Fund may bear
interest at a high normal rate that takes into account expected decreases in
the value of the principal amount of the security due to anticipated currency
devaluations; in that case, the Fund would be required to include the interest
in income as it accrues but generally would realize a currency loss with
respect to the principal only when the principal was received (through
disposition or upon maturity).
32
<PAGE>
The Fund may invest in the stock of "passive foreign investment companies"
("PFICs") in accordance with its investment objective, policies and
restrictions. A PFIC is a foreign corporation that, in general, meets either
of the following tests: (1) at least 75% of its gross income is passive or (2)
an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for the
production of, passive income. Under certain circumstances, the Fund will be
subject to federal income tax on a portion of any "excess distribution"
received on the stock or of any gain on disposition of the stock (collectively,
"PFIC income"), plus interest thereon, even if the Fund distributes the PFIC
income as a taxable dividend to its shareholders. The balance of the PFIC
income will be included in the Fund's investment company taxable income and,
accordingly, will not be taxable to it to the extent that income is distributed
to its shareholders. If the Fund invests in a PFIC and elects to treat the
PFIC as a "qualified electing fund," then in lieu of the foregoing tax and
interest obligation, the Fund will be required to include in income each year
its pro rata share of the qualified electing fund's annual ordinary earnings
and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net
short-term capital loss) -- which probably would have to be distributed to its
shareholders to satisfy the Distribution Requirement and avoid imposition of
the Excise Tax -- even if those earnings and gain were not received by the
Fund. In most instances it will be very difficult, if not impossible, to make
this election because of certain requirements thereof.
DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
The use of derivatives strategies, such as purchasing and selling (writing)
options and futures and entering into forward currency contracts, if
applicable, involves complex rules that will determine for income tax purposes
the character and timing of recognition of the gains and losses the Fund
realizes in connection therewith. Gains from the disposition of foreign
currencies, if any (except certain gains therefrom that may be excluded by
future regulations), and income from transactions in options, futures, and
forward currency contracts, if applicable, derived by the Fund with respect to
its business of investing in securities or foreign currencies, if applicable,
will qualify as permissible income under the Income Requirement.
For federal income tax purposes, the Fund is required to recognize as income
for each taxable year its net unrealized gains and losses on options, futures,
or forward currency contracts, if any, that are subject to section 1256 of the
IRC ("Section 1256 Contracts") and are held by the Fund as of the end of the
year, as well as gains and losses on Section 1256 Contracts actually realized
during the year. Except for Section 1256 Contracts that are part of a "mixed
straddle" and with respect to which the Fund makes a certain election, any gain
or loss recognized with respect to Section 1256 Contracts is considered to be
60% long-term capital gain or loss and 40% short-term capital gain or loss,
without regard to the holding period of the Section 1256 Contract.
ZERO-COUPON, STEP-COUPON, AND PAY-IN-KIND SECURITIES
The Fund may acquire zero-coupon, step-coupon, or other securities issued with
original issue discount. As a holder of those securities, the Fund must
include in its income the original issue discount that accrues on the
securities during the taxable year, even if the Fund receives no corresponding
payment on the securities during the year. Similarly, the Fund must include in
its income securities it receives as "interest" on pay-in-kind securities.
Because the Fund annually must distribute substantially all of its investment
company taxable income, including any original issue discount and other
non-cash income, to satisfy the Distribution Requirement, it may be required in
a particular year to distribute as a dividend an amount that is greater than
the total amount of cash it actually receives. Those distributions may be made
from the proceeds on sales of portfolio securities, if necessary. The Fund may
realize capital gains or losses from those sales, which would increase or
decrease its investment company taxable income or net capital gain, or both.
USE OF TAX-LOT ACCOUNTING
When sell decisions are made by the Fund's portfolio manager, the Advisor
generally sells the tax lots of the Fund's securities that results in the
lowest amount of taxes to be paid by the shareholders on the Fund's capital
gain distributions. The Advisor uses tax-lot accounting to identify and sell
the tax lots of a security that have the highest cost basis and/or longest
holding period to minimize adverse tax consequences to the Fund's shareholders.
However, if the Fund has a capital loss carry forward position, the Advisor
would reverse its strategy and sell the tax lots of a security that have the
lowest cost basis and/or shortest holding period to maximize the use of the
Fund's capital loss carry forward position.
34
<PAGE>
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE
The Fund is 100% no load. This means that an investor may purchase, redeem or
exchange shares at the Fund's net asset value ("NAV") without paying a sales
charge. Generally, when an investor makes any purchases, sales, or exchanges,
the price of the investor's shares will be the NAV next determined after Strong
Funds receives a request in proper form (which includes receipt of all
necessary and appropriate documentation and subject to available funds). If
Strong Funds receives such a request prior to the close of the New York Stock
Exchange ("NYSE") on a day on which the NYSE is open, the share price will be
the NAV determined that day. The NAV for each Fund is normally determined as
of 3:00 p.m. Central Time ("CT") each day the NYSE is open. The NYSE is open
for trading Monday through Friday except, New Year's Day, Martin Luther King
Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor
Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. Additionally, if any of the
aforementioned holidays falls on a Saturday, the NYSE will not be open for
trading on the preceding Friday, and when any such holiday falls on a Sunday,
the NYSE will not be open for trading on the succeeding Monday, unless unusual
business conditions exist, such as the ending of a monthly or yearly accounting
period. The Fund reserves the right to change the time at which purchases,
redemptions, and exchanges are priced if the NYSE closes at a time other than
3:00 p.m. CT or if an emergency exists. The Fund's NAV is calculated by taking
the fair value of the Fund's total assets, subtracting all its liabilities, and
dividing by the total number of shares outstanding. Expenses are accrued daily
and applied when determining the NAV. The Fund's portfolio securities are
valued based on market quotations or at fair value as determined by the method
selected by the Fund's Board of Directors.
Equity securities traded on a national securities exchange or NASDAQ are valued
at the last sales price on the national securities exchange or NASDAQ on which
such securities are primarily traded. Securities traded on NASDAQ for which
there were no transactions on a given day or securities not listed on an
exchange or NASDAQ are valued at the average of the most recent bid and asked
prices. Other exchange-trade securities (generally foreign securities) will be
valued based on market quotations.
Securities quoted in foreign currency are valued daily in U.S. dollars at the
foreign currency exchange rates that are prevailing at the time the daily NAV
per share is determined. Although the Fund values its foreign assets in U.S.
dollars on a daily basis, it does not intend to convert its holdings of foreign
currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis. Foreign currency exchange rates
are generally determined prior to the close of trading on the NYSE.
Occasionally, events affecting the value of foreign investments and such
exchange rates occur between the time at which they are determined and the
close of trading on the NYSE. Such events would not normally be reflected in a
calculation of the Fund's NAV on that day. If events that materially affect
the value of the Fund's foreign investments or the foreign currency exchange
rates occur during such period, the investments will be valued at their fair
value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Board of
Directors.
Debt securities are valued by a pricing service that utilizes electronic data
processing techniques to determine values for normal institutional-sized
trading units of debt securities without regard to sale or bid prices when such
values are believed to more accurately reflect the fair market value for such
securities. Otherwise, sale or bid prices are used. Any securities or other
assets for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at fair
value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Fund. Debt
securities having remaining maturities of 60 days or less are valued by the
amortized cost method when the Fund's Board of Directors determines that the
fair value of such securities is their amortized cost. Under this method of
valuation, a security is initially valued at its acquisition cost, and
thereafter, amortization of any discount or premium is assumed each day,
regardless of the impact of the fluctuating rates on the market value of the
instrument.
ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
REDEMPTION-IN-KIND
The Fund has elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, which
obligates the Fund to redeem shares in cash, with respect to any one
shareholder during any 90-day period, up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the
assets of the Fund. If the Advisor determines that existing conditions make
cash payments undesirable, redemption payments may be made in whole or in part
in securities or other financial assets, valued for this purpose as they are
valued in computing the NAV for the Fund's shares (a "redemption-in-kind").
Shareholders receiving securities or other financial assets in a
redemption-in-kind may realize a gain or loss for tax purposes, and will incur
any costs of sale, as well as the associated inconveniences. If you expect to
make
35
<PAGE>
a redemption in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the Fund's assets
during any 90-day period and would like to avoid any possibility of being paid
with securities in-kind, you may do so by providing Strong Funds with an
unconditional instruction to redeem at least 15 calendar days prior to the date
on which the redemption transaction is to occur, specifying the dollar amount
or number of shares to be redeemed and the date of the transaction (please call
1-800-368-3863). This will provide the Fund with sufficient time to raise the
cash in an orderly manner to pay the redemption and thereby minimize the effect
of the redemption on the interests of the Fund's remaining shareholders.
ORGANIZATION
The Fund is either a "Corporation" or a "Series" of common stock of a
Corporation, as described in the chart below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Incorporation Date Series Authorized Par
Corporation Date Created Shares Value ($)
- ---------------------------------------- ------------- ----------- ---------- ---------
Strong Variable Insurance Funds, Inc.(1) 12/28/90 Indefinite .00001
- - Strong Discovery Fund II 04/21/95 Indefinite .00001
- - Strong Mid Cap Growth Fund II* 04/21/95 Indefinite .00001
- - Strong International Stock Fund II* 04/21/95 Indefinite .00001
- - Strong Schafer Value Fund II* 12/30/97 Indefinite .00001
</TABLE>
* Described in a different prospectus and SAI.
(1) Prior to November 1, 1995, the Corporation's name was Strong Discovery
Fund II, Inc.
The Strong Discovery Fund II is a diversified series of Strong Variable
Insurance Funds, Inc., which is an open-end management investment company.
The Corporation is a Wisconsin corporation that is authorized to offer separate
series of shares representing interests in separate portfolios of securities,
each with differing investment objectives. The shares in any one portfolio
may, in turn, be offered in separate classes, each with differing preferences,
limitations or relative rights. However, the Articles of Incorporation for the
Corporation provide that if additional series of shares are issued by the
Corporation, such new series of shares may not affect the preferences,
limitations or relative rights of the Corporation's outstanding shares. In
addition, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized to allocate
assets, liabilities, income and expenses to each series and class. Classes
within a series may have different expense arrangements than other classes of
the same series and, accordingly, the net asset value of shares within a series
may differ. Finally, all holders of shares of the Corporation may vote on each
matter presented to shareholders for action except with respect to any matter
which affects only one or more series or class, in which case only the shares
of the affected series or class are entitled to vote. Each share of the Fund
has one vote, and all shares participate equally in dividends and other capital
gains distributions by the Fund and in the residual assets of the Fund in the
event of liquidation. Fractional shares have the same rights proportionately
as do full shares. Shares of the Corporation have no preemptive, conversion, or
subscription rights. If the Corporation issues additional series, the assets
belonging to each series of shares will be held separately by the custodian,
and in effect each series will be a separate fund.
SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS
The Wisconsin Business Corporation Law permits registered investment companies,
such as the Fund, to operate without an annual meeting of shareholders under
specified circumstances if an annual meeting is not required by the 1940 Act.
The Fund has adopted the appropriate provisions in its Bylaws and may, at its
discretion, not hold an annual meeting in any year in which the election of
directors is not required to be acted on by shareholders under the 1940 Act.
The Fund's Bylaws allow for a director to be removed by its shareholders with
or without cause, only at a meeting called for the purpose of removing the
director. Upon the written request of the holders of shares entitled to not
less than ten percent (10%) of all the votes entitled to be cast at such
meeting, the Secretary of the Fund shall promptly call a special meeting of
shareholders for the purpose of voting upon the question of removal of any
director. The Secretary shall inform such shareholders of the reasonable
estimated costs of preparing and mailing the notice of the meeting, and upon
payment to the Fund of such costs, the Fund shall give not less than ten nor
more than sixty days notice of the special meeting.
36
<PAGE>
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
The Strong Funds may advertise a variety of types of performance information as
more fully described below. The Fund's performance is historical and past
performance does not guarantee the future performance of the Fund. From time
to time, the Advisor may agree to waive or reduce its management fee and/or to
absorb certain operating expenses for the Fund. Waivers of management fees and
absorption of expenses will have the effect of increasing the Fund's
performance.
DISTRIBUTION RATE
The distribution rate for the Fund is computed, according to a non-standardized
formula, by dividing the total amount of actual distributions per share paid by
the Fund over a twelve month period by the Fund's net asset value on the last
day of the period. The distribution rate differs from the Fund's yield because
the distribution rate includes distributions to shareholders from sources other
than dividends and interest, such as short-term capital gains. Therefore, the
Fund's distribution rate may be substantially different than its yield. Both
the Fund's yield and distribution rate will fluctuate.
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN
The Fund's average annual total return quotation is computed in accordance with
a standardized method prescribed by rules of the SEC. The average annual total
return for the Fund for a specific period is calculated by first taking a
hypothetical $10,000 investment ("initial investment") in the Fund's shares on
the first day of the period and computing the "redeemable value" of that
investment at the end of the period. The redeemable value is then divided by
the initial investment, and this quotient is taken to the Nth root (N
representing the number of years in the period) and 1 is subtracted from the
result, which is then expressed as a percentage. The calculation assumes that
all income and capital gains dividends paid by the Fund have been reinvested at
net asset value on the reinvestment dates during the period.
TOTAL RETURN
Calculation of the Fund's total return is not subject to a standardized
formula. Total return performance for a specific period is calculated by first
taking an investment (assumed below to be $10,000) ("initial investment") in
the Fund's shares on the first day of the period and computing the "ending
value" of that investment at the end of the period. The total return
percentage is then determined by subtracting the initial investment from the
ending value and dividing the remainder by the initial investment and
expressing the result as a percentage. The calculation assumes that all income
and capital gains dividends paid by the Fund have been reinvested at net asset
value of the Fund on the reinvestment dates during the period. Total return
may also be shown as the increased dollar value of the hypothetical investment
over the period.
CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
Cumulative total return represents the simple change in value of an investment
over a stated period and may be quoted as a percentage or as a dollar amount.
Total returns and cumulative total returns may be broken down into their
components of income and capital (including capital gains and changes in share
price) in order to illustrate the relationship between these factors and their
contributions to total return.
TOTAL RETURN
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Initial $10,000 Ending $ value Cumulative Average Annual
Time Period Investment December 31, 1998 Total Return Total Return
- ------------- --------------- ----------------- ------------ ---------------
One Year $10,000 $10,726 7.26% 7.26%
- ------------- --------------- ----------------- ------------ ---------------
Five Year $10,000 $15,413 54.13% 9.04%
- ------------- --------------- ----------------- ------------ ---------------
Life of Fund* $10,000 $20,476 104.76% 11.38%
- ------------- --------------- ----------------- ------------ ---------------
</TABLE>
37
<PAGE>
* Commenced operations on May 8, 1992.
COMPARISONS
U.S. TREASURY BILLS, NOTES, OR BONDS. Investors may want to compare the
performance of the Fund to that of U.S. Treasury bills, notes, or bonds, which
are issued by the U.S. Government. Treasury obligations are issued in selected
denominations. Rates of Treasury obligations are fixed at the time of issuance
and payment of principal and interest is backed by the full faith and credit of
the Treasury. The market value of such instruments will generally fluctuate
inversely with interest rates prior to maturity and will equal par value at
maturity. Generally, the values of obligations with shorter maturities will
fluctuate less than those with longer maturities.
CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT. Investors may want to compare the Fund's performance
to that of certificates of deposit offered by banks and other depositary
institutions. Certificates of deposit may offer fixed or variable interest
rates and principal is guaranteed and may be insured. Withdrawal of the
deposits prior to maturity normally will be subject to a penalty. Rates
offered by banks and other depositary institutions are subject to change at any
time specified by the issuing institution.
MONEY MARKET FUNDS. Investors may also want to compare performance of the Fund
to that of money market funds. Money market fund yields will fluctuate and
shares are not insured, but share values usually remain stable.
LIPPER ANALYTICAL SERVICES, INC. ("LIPPER") AND OTHER INDEPENDENT RANKING
ORGANIZATIONS. From time to time, in marketing and other fund literature, the
Fund's performance may be compared to the performance of other mutual funds in
general or to the performance of particular types of mutual funds with similar
investment goals, as tracked by independent organizations. Among these
organizations, Lipper, a widely used independent research firm which ranks
mutual funds by overall performance, investment objectives, and assets, may be
cited. Lipper performance figures are based on changes in net asset value,
with all income and capital gains dividends reinvested. Such calculations do
not include the effect of any sales charges imposed by other funds. The Fund
will be compared to Lipper's appropriate fund category, that is, by fund
objective and portfolio holdings. The Fund's performance may also be compared
to the average performance of its Lipper category.
MORNINGSTAR, INC. The Fund's performance may also be compared to the
performance of other mutual funds by Morningstar, Inc., which rates funds on
the basis of historical risk and total return. Morningstar's ratings range
from five stars (highest) to one star (lowest) and represent Morningstar's
assessment of the historical risk level and total return of a fund as a
weighted average for 3, 5, and 10 year periods. Ratings are not absolute and
do not represent future results.
VARDS REPORT. The Fund's performance may also be compared to the performance
of other variable annuity products in general or to the performance of
particular types of variable annuity products, with similar investment goals,
as tracked by the VARDS Report (Variable Annuity Research and Data Service
Report) produced by Financial Planning Resources, Inc. The VARDS Report is a
monthly performance analysis of the variable annuity industry.
INDEPENDENT SOURCES. Evaluations of fund performance made by independent
sources may also be used in advertisements concerning the Fund, including
reprints of, or selections from, editorials or articles about the Fund,
especially those with similar objectives. Sources for fund performance and
articles about the Fund may include publications such as Money, Forbes,
Kiplinger's, Smart Money, Financial World, Business Week, U.S. News and World
Report, The Wall Street Journal, Barron's, and a variety of investment
newsletters.
INDICES. The Fund may compare its performance to a wide variety of indices.
There are differences and similarities between the investments that a Fund may
purchase and the investments measured by the indices.
HISTORICAL ASSET CLASS RETURNS. From time to time, marketing materials may
portray the historical returns of various asset classes. Such presentations
will typically compare the average annual rates of return of inflation, U.S.
Treasury bills, bonds,
37
<PAGE>
common stocks, and small stocks. There are important differences between each
of these investments that should be considered in viewing any such comparison.
The market value of stocks will fluctuate with market conditions, and
small-stock prices generally will fluctuate more than large-stock prices.
Stocks are generally more volatile than bonds. In return for this volatility,
stocks have generally performed better than bonds or cash over time. Bond
prices generally will fluctuate inversely with interest rates and other market
conditions, and the prices of bonds with longer maturities generally will
fluctuate more than those of shorter-maturity bonds. Interest rates for bonds
may be fixed at the time of issuance, and payment of principal and interest may
be guaranteed by the issuer and, in the case of U.S. Treasury obligations,
backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury.
STRONG VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS. The Strong Variable Insurance Funds offer a
range of investment options. All of the members of the Strong Variable
Insurance Funds and their investment objectives are listed below. The Funds are
listed in ascending order of risk and return, as determined by the Advisor.
FUND NAME INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Strong Opportunity Fund II Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------- ---------------
Strong Mid Cap Growth Fund II Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------- ---------------
Strong Discovery Fund II Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------- ---------------
Strong International Stock Fund II Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------- ---------------
Strong Schafer Value Fund II Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------- ---------------
</TABLE>
The Fund may from time to time be compared to the other funds in the Strong
Variable Insurance Funds based on a risk/reward spectrum. In general, the
amount of risk associated with any investment product is commensurate with that
product's potential level of reward. The Strong Variable Insurance Funds'
risk/reward continuum or any fund's position on the continuum may be described
or diagrammed in marketing materials. The Strong Variable Insurance Funds'
risk/reward continuum positions the risk and reward potential of the Fund
relative to the other Strong Variable Insurance Funds, but is not intended to
position any fund relative to other mutual funds or investment products.
Marketing materials may also discuss the relationship between risk and reward
as it relates to an individual investor's portfolio. Financial goals vary from
person to person. You may choose one or more of the Strong Variable Insurance
Funds to help you reach your financial goals.
ADDITIONAL FUND INFORMATION
PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS. In order to present a more complete picture of the
Fund's portfolio, marketing materials may include various actual or estimated
portfolio characteristics, including but not limited to median market
capitalizations, earnings per share, alphas, betas, price/earnings ratios,
returns on equity, dividend yields, capitalization ranges, growth rates,
price/book ratios, top holdings, sector breakdowns, asset allocations, quality
breakdowns, and breakdowns by geographic region.
MEASURES OF VOLATILITY AND RELATIVE PERFORMANCE. Occasionally statistics may
be used to specify fund volatility or risk. The general premise is that greater
volatility connotes greater risk undertaken in achieving performance. Measures
of volatility or risk are generally used to compare the Fund's net asset value
or performance relative to a market index. One measure of volatility is beta.
Beta is the volatility of a fund relative to the total market as represented by
the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index. A beta of more than 1.00 indicates
volatility greater than the market, and a beta of less than 1.00 indicates
volatility less than the market. Another measure of volatility or risk is
standard deviation. Standard deviation is a statistical tool that measures the
degree to which a fund's performance has varied from its average performance
during a particular time period.
Standard deviation is calculated using the following formula:
Standard deviation = the square root of S(xi - xm)2
n-1
38
<PAGE>
Where: S = "the sum of",
xi = each individual return during the time period,
xm = the average return over the time period, and
n = the number of individual returns during the time period.
Statistics may also be used to discuss the Fund's relative performance. One
such measure is alpha. Alpha measures the actual return of a fund compared to
the expected return of a fund given its risk (as measured by beta). The
expected return is based on how the market as a whole performed, and how the
particular fund has historically performed against the market. Specifically,
alpha is the actual return less the expected return. The expected return is
computed by multiplying the advance or decline in a market representation by
the Fund's beta. A positive alpha quantifies the value that the fund manager
has added, and a negative alpha quantifies the value that the fund manager has
lost.
Other measures of volatility and relative performance may be used as
appropriate. However, all such measures will fluctuate and do not represent
future results.
GENERAL INFORMATION
BUSINESS PHILOSOPHY
The Advisor is an independent, Midwestern-based investment advisor, owned by
professionals active in its management. Recognizing that investors are the
focus of its business, the Advisor strives for excellence both in investment
management and in the service provided to investors. This commitment affects
many aspects of the business, including professional staffing, product
development, investment management, and service delivery.
The increasing complexity of the capital markets requires specialized skills
and processes for each asset class and style. Therefore, the Advisor believes
that active management should produce greater returns than a passively managed
index. The Advisor has brought together a group of top-flight investment
professionals with diverse product expertise, and each concentrates on their
investment specialty. The Advisor believes that people are the firm's most
important asset. For this reason, continuity of professionals is critical to
the firm's long-term success.
INVESTMENT ENVIRONMENT
Discussions of economic, social, and political conditions and their impact on
the Fund may be used in advertisements and sales materials. Such factors that
may impact the Fund include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates,
political developments, the competitive environment, consumer behavior,
industry trends, technological advances, macroeconomic trends, and the supply
and demand of various financial instruments. In addition, marketing materials
may cite the portfolio management's views or interpretations of such factors.
EIGHT BASIC PRINCIPLES FOR SUCCESSFUL MUTUAL FUND INVESTING
These common sense rules are followed by many successful investors. They make
sense for beginners, too. If you have a question on these principles, or would
like to discuss them with us, please contact us at 1-800-368-3863.
1. HAVE A PLAN - even a simple plan can help you take control of your
financial future. Review your plan once a year, or if your circumstances
change.
2. START INVESTING AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. Make time a valuable ally. Let it
put the power of compounding to work for you, while helping to reduce your
potential investment risk.
39
<PAGE>
3. DIVERSIFY YOUR PORTFOLIO. By investing in different asset classes -
stocks, bonds, and cash - you help protect against poor performance in one type
of investment while including investments most likely to help you achieve your
important goals.
4. INVEST REGULARLY. Investing is a process, not a one-time event. By
investing regularly over the long term, you reduce the impact of short-term
market gyrations, and you attend to your long-term plan before you're tempted
to spend those assets on short-term needs.
5. MAINTAIN A LONG-TERM PERSPECTIVE. For most individuals, the best
discipline is staying invested as market conditions change. Reactive, emotional
investment decisions are all too often a source of regret - and principal loss.
6. CONSIDER STOCKS TO HELP ACHIEVE MAJOR LONG-TERM GOALS. Over time, stocks
have provided the more powerful returns needed to help the value of your
investments stay well ahead of inflation.
7. KEEP A COMFORTABLE AMOUNT OF CASH IN YOUR PORTFOLIO. To meet current
needs, including emergencies, use a money market fund or a bank account - not
your long-term investment assets.
8. KNOW WHAT YOU'RE BUYING. Make sure you understand the potential risks
and rewards associated with each of your investments. Ask questions... request
information...make up your own mind. And choose a fund company that helps you
make informed investment decisions.
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 100 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin
53202, are the independent accountants for the Fund, providing audit services
and assistance and consultation with respect to the preparation of filings with
the SEC.
LEGAL COUNSEL
Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., 780 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, acts
as legal counsel for the Fund.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Annual Report for the Fund that is attached to this SAI contains the
following audited financial information:
1. Schedule of Investments in Securities.
2. Statement of Operations.
3. Statement of Assets and Liabilities.
4. Statement of Changes in Net Assets.
5. Notes to Financial Statements.
6. Financial Highlights.
7. Report of Independent Accountants.
40
<PAGE>
APPENDIX - DEFINITION OF BOND RATINGS
STANDARD & POOR'S ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
A Standard & Poor's issue credit rating is a current opinion of the
creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation,
a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program
(including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs).
It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or
other forms of credit enhancement of the obligation and takes into account the
currency in which the obligation is denominated. The issue credit rating is
not a recommendation to purchase, sell, or hold a financial obligation,
inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for a
particular investor.
Issue credit ratings are based on current information furnished by the obligors
or obtained by Standard & Poor's from other sources it considers to be
reliable. Standard & Poor's does not perform an audit in connection with any
credit rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information.
Credit ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes
in, or unavailability of, such information, or based on other circumstances.
Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term ratings
are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the
relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an
original maturity of no more than 365 days - including commercial paper.
Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor
with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual
rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition
to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term
ratings.
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
considerations:
1. Likelihood of payment capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet
its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the
obligation.
2. Nature of and provisions of the obligation.
3. Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the
event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of
bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.
The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such,
they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are
typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in
bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation applies when an entity has
both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or
operating company and holding company obligations.) Accordingly, in the case
of junior debt, the rating may not conform exactly with the category
definition.
'AAA'
An obligation rated 'AAA' has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's.
The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is
EXTREMELY STRONG.
'AA'
An obligation rated 'AA' differs from the highest rated obligations only in
small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
obligation is VERY STRONG.
'A'
An obligation rated 'A' is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of
changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher
rated categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation is still STRONG.
42
<PAGE>
'BBB'
An obligation rated 'BBB' exhibits ADEQUATE protection parameters. However,
adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead
to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the
obligation.
Obligations rated 'BB', 'B', 'CCC', 'CC' and 'C' are regarded as having
significant speculative characteristics. 'BB' indicates the least degree of
speculation and 'C' the highest. While such obligations will likely have some
quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large
uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
'BB'
An obligation rated 'BB' is LESS VULNERABLE to nonpayment than other
speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure
to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the
obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
obligation.
'B'
An obligation rated 'B' is MORE VULNERABLE to nonpayment than obligations rated
'BB', but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic
conditions will likely impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its
financial commitment on the obligation.
'CCC'
An obligation rated 'CCC' is CURRENTLY VULNERABLE to nonpayment, and is
dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the
obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of
adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely
to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
'CC'
An obligation rated 'CC' is CURRENTLY HIGHLY VULNERABLE to nonpayment.
'C'
The 'C' rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has
been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments on this obligation
are being continued.
'D'
An obligation rated 'D' is in payment default. The 'D' rating category is used
when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, even if the
applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's believes that
such payments will be made during such grade period. The 'D' rating also will
be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar
action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
43
<PAGE>
MOODY'S LONG-TERM DEBT RATINGS
Aaa - Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They
carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as
"gilt edged." Interest payments are protected by a large or by an
exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various
protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are
most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.
Aa - Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known
as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins
of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of
protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements
present which make the long-term risk appear somewhat larger than in Aaa
securities.
A - Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and
are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving
security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be
present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the future.
Baa - Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations
(I.E., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured). Interest
payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain
protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over
any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment
characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.
Ba - Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their
future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the protection of interest
and principal payments may be very moderate, and thereby not well safeguarded
during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position
characterizes bonds in this class.
B - Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable
investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of
other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.
Caa - Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in
default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or
interest.
Ca - Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a
high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked
shortcomings.
C - Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues so
rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any
real investment standing.
FITCH IBCA, INC. ("FITCH") LONG-TERM NATIONAL CREDIT RATINGS
AAA
Obligations which have the highest rating assigned by Fitch on its national
rating scale for that country. This rating is automatically assigned to all
obligations issued or guaranteed by the sovereign state. Capacity for timely
repayment of principal and interest is extremely strong, relative to other
obligors in the same country.
AA
Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
is very strong relative to other obligors in the same country. The risk
attached to these obligations differs only slightly from the country's highest
rated debt.
44
<PAGE>
A
Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
is strong relative to other obligors in the same country. However, adverse
changes in business, economic or financial conditions are more likely to affect
the capacity for timely repayment than for obligations in higher rated
categories.
BBB
Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
is adequate relative to other obligors in the same country. However, adverse
changes in business, economic or financial conditions are more likely to affect
the capacity for timely repayment than for obligations in higher rated
categories.
BB
Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
is uncertain relative to other obligors in the same country. Within the
context of the country, these obligations are speculative to some degree and
capacity for timely repayment remains susceptible over time to adverse changes
in business, financial or economic conditions.
B
Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
is uncertain relative to other obligors in the same country. Timely repayment
of principal and interest is not sufficiently protected against adverse changes
in business, economic or financial conditions and these obligations are more
speculative than those in higher rated categories.
CCC
Obligations for which there is a current perceived possibility of default
relative to other obligors in the same country. Timely repayment of principal
and interest is dependent on favorable business, economic or financial
conditions and these obligations are far more speculative than those in higher
rated categories.
CC
Obligations which are highly speculative relative to other obligors in the same
country or which have a high risk of default.
C
Obligations which are currently in default.
DUFF & PHELPS, INC. LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK RATING SCALE
Rating Definition
AAA Highest credit quality. The risk factors are negligible, being only
slightly more
than for risk-free U.S. Treasury debt.
AA+ High credit quality. Protection factors are strong. Risk is modest
but may
AA vary slightly from time to time because of economic conditions.
AA-
A+ Protection factors are average but adequate. However, risk factors are
more
A variable in periods of greater economic stress.
A-
45
<PAGE>
BBB+ Below-average protection factors but still considered sufficient for
prudent
BBB investment. Considerable variability in risk during economic cycles.
BBB-
BB+ Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet obligations when due.
BB Present or prospective financial protection factors fluctuate according
to
BB- industry conditions. Overall quality may move up or down frequently
within this category.
B+ Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligations will not be
met
B when due. Financial protection factors will fluctuate widely according
to
B- economic cycles, industry conditions and/or company fortunes. Potential
exists for frequent changes in the rating within this category or into a
higher
or lower rating grade.
CCC Well below investment-grade securities. Considerable uncertainty
exists as to
timely payment of principal, interest or preferred dividends. Protection
factors
are narrow and risk can be substantial with unfavorable economic/industry
conditions, and/or with unfavorable company developments.
DD Defaulted debt obligations. Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal
and/or
interest payments.
DP Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.
THOMSON BANKWATCH LONG-TERM DEBT RATINGS
Long-Term Debt Ratings assigned by Thomson BankWatch ALSO WEIGH HEAVILY
GOVERNMENT OWNERSHIP AND SUPPORT. The quality of both the company's management
and franchise are of even greater importance in the Long-Term Debt Rating
decisions. Long-Term Debt Ratings look out over a cycle and are not adjusted
frequently for what it believes are short-term performance aberrations.
Long-Term Debt Ratings can be restricted to local currency debt - ratings will
be identified by the designation LC. In addition, Long-Term Debt Ratings may
include a plus (+) or minus (-) to indicate where within the category the issue
is placed. BankWatch Long-Term Debt Ratings are based on the following scale:
INVESTMENT GRADE
AAA (LC-AAA) - Indicates that the ability to repay principal and interest on a
timely basis is extremely high.
AA (LC-AA) - Indicates a very strong ability to repay principal and interest on
a timely basis, with limited incremental risk compared to issues rated in the
highest category.
A (LC-A) - Indicates the ability to repay principal and interest is strong.
Issues rated A could be more vulnerable to adverse developments (both internal
and external) than obligations with higher ratings.
BBB (LC-BBB) - The lowest investment-grade category; indicates an acceptable
capacity to repay principal and interest. BBB issues are more vulnerable to
adverse developments (both internal and external) than obligations with higher
ratings.
NON-INVESTMENT GRADE - may be speculative in the likelihood of timely repayment
of principal and interest
BB (LC-BB) - While not investment grade, the BB rating suggests that the
likelihood of default is considerably less than for lower-rated issues.
However, there are significant uncertainties that could affect the ability to
adequately service debt obligations.
46
<PAGE>
B (LC-B) - Issues rated B show a higher degree of uncertainty and therefore
greater likelihood of default than higher-rated issues. Adverse developments
could negatively affect the payment of interest and principal on a timely
basis.
CCC (LC-CCC) - Issues rated CCC clearly have a high likelihood of default, with
little capacity to address further adverse changes in financial circumstances.
CC (LC-CC) - CC is applied to issues that are subordinate to other obligations
rated CCC and are afforded less protection in the event of bankruptcy or
reorganization.
D (LC-D) - Default.
SHORT-TERM RATINGS
STANDARD & POOR'S SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
'A-1'
A short-term obligation rated 'A-1' is rated in the highest category by
Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on
the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are
designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to
meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
'A-2'
A short-term obligation rated 'A-2' is somewhat more susceptible to the averse
effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in
higher rating categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its
financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
'A-3'
A short-term obligation rated 'A-3' exhibits adequate protection parameters.
However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely
to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment
on the obligation.
'B'
A short-term obligation rated 'B' is regarded as having significant speculative
characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties
which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation.
'C'
A short-term obligation rated 'C' is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is
dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the
obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
'D'
A short-term obligation rated 'D' is in payment default. The 'D' rating
category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due
even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's
believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The 'D'
rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking
of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
47
<PAGE>
MOODY'S SHORT-TERM DEBT RATINGS
Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to repay
punctually senior debt obligations. These obligations have an original
maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.
Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment
grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
PRIME - 1 Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institutions) have a
superior ability for repayment of senior short-term Debt
obligations. Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the
following characteristics:
- - Leading market positions in well-established industries.
- - High rates of return on funds employed.
- - Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt and
ample asset protection.
- - Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high
internal cash generation.
- - Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources
of alternate liquidity.
PRIME - 2 Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong
ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.
This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above, but
to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while
sound, may be more subject to variation. Capitalization
characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external
conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.
PRIME - 3 Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an
acceptable ability for repayment of senior short- term
obligations. The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions
may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and profitability
may result in changes in the level of debt protection measurements
and may require relatively high financial leverage. Adequate alternate
liquidity is maintained.
NOT PRIME Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime
rating categories.
FITCH IBCA, INC. ("FITCH") SHORT-TERM NATIONAL CREDIT RATINGS
F1
Obligations assigned this rating have the highest capacity for timely repayment
under Fitch's national rating scale for that country, relative to other
obligations in the same country. This rating is automatically assigned to all
obligations issued or guaranteed by the sovereign state. Where issues possess
a particularly strong credit feature, a "+" is added to the assigned rating.
F2
Obligations supported by a strong capacity for timely repayment relative to
other obligors in the same country. However, the relative degree of risk is
slightly higher than for issues classified as 'A1' and capacity for timely
repayment may be susceptible to adverse changes in business, economic, or
financial conditions.
F3
Obligations supported by an adequate capacity for timely repayment relative to
other obligors in the same country. Such capacity is more susceptible to
adverse changes in business, economic, or financial conditions than for
obligations in higher categories.
48
<PAGE>
B
Obligations for which the capacity for timely repayment is uncertain relative
to other obligors in the same country. The capacity for timely repayment is
susceptible to adverse changes in business, economic, or financial conditions.
C
Obligations for which there is a high risk of default to other obligors in the
same country or which are in default.
DUFF & PHELPS, INC. SHORT-TERM DEBT RATINGS
RATING: DEFINITION
HIGH GRADE
D-1+ Highest certainty of timely payment. Short-term liquidity, including
internal operating factors and/or access to alternative sources of funds, is
outstanding, and safety is just below risk-free U.S. Treasury short-term
obligations.
D-1 Very high certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are excellent
and supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk factors are minor.
D-1- High certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are strong and
supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk factors are very small.
GOOD GRADE
D-2 Good certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors and company
fundamentals are sound. Although ongoing funding needs may enlarge total
financing requirements, access to capital markets is good. Risk factors are
small.
SATISFACTORY GRADE
D-3 Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify issues as
to investment grade. Risk factors are larger and subject to more variation.
Nevertheless, timely payment is expected.
NON-INVESTMENT GRADE
D-4 Speculative investment characteristics. Liquidity is not sufficient to
insure against disruption in debt service. Operating factors and market access
may be subject to a high degree of variation.
DEFAULT
D-5 Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest
payments.
49
<PAGE>
THOMSON BANKWATCH (TBW) SHORT-TERM RATINGS
TBW assigns Short-Term Debt Ratings to specific debt instruments with original
maturities of one year or less.
TBW-1 (LC-1) The highest category; indicates a very high likelihood that
principal and interest will be paid on a timely basis.
TBW-2 (LC-2) The second-highest category; while the degree of safety regarding
timely repayment of principal and interest is strong, the relative degree of
safety is not as high as for issues rated TBW-1.
TBW-3 (LC-3) The lowest investment-grade category; indicates that while the
obligation is more susceptible to adverse developments (both internal and
external) than those with higher ratings, the capacity to service principal and
interest in a timely fashion is considered adequate.
TBW-4 (LC-4) The lowest rating category; this rating is regarded as
non-investment grade and therefore speculative.
50
<PAGE>
THE STRONG
MID CAP GROWTH FUND II
PROSPECTUS MAY 1, 1999
Shares of the fund are only offered and sold to the separate accounts of
insurance companies for the purpose of funding variable annuity and variable
life insurance contracts. This prospectus should be read together with the
prospectus of the separate account of the specific insurance product which
preceded or accompanies this prospectus.
AS WITH ALL MUTUAL FUNDS, THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (SEC) HAS NOT
APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OR
ACCURACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANYONE WHO INFORMS YOU OTHERWISE IS COMMITTING A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
1
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
What are the fund's goals?.....................................................1
What are the fund's principal investment strategies?...........................1
What are the main risks of investing in the fund?..............................1
Who are the fund's investment advisor and portfolio managers?..................2
Financial Highlights...........................................................2
Variable Annuity and Variable Life Insurance Contracts.........................3
Share Price....................................................................3
Buying Shares..................................................................3
Selling Shares.................................................................3
Distribution and Tax Policies..................................................3
Reserved Rights................................................................3
For More Information..................................................Back Cover
IN THIS PROSPECTUS, "WE" REFERS TO STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC., THE
INVESTMENT ADVISOR AND TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE STRONG FUNDS.
2
<PAGE>
WHAT ARE THE FUND'S GOALS?
The STRONG MID CAP GROWTH FUND II seeks capital growth.
WHAT ARE THE FUND'S PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES?
The MID CAP GROWTH FUND II invests at least 65% of its assets in stocks of
medium-capitalization companies that the fund's managers believe have favorable
prospects for accelerating growth of earnings but are selling at reasonable
valuations based on earnings, cash flow, or asset value. The fund defines
medium-capitalization companies as those companies with a market capitalization
between $800 million and $8 billion. The managers may sell a holding when
there is a fundamental change in the outlook for the company or to take
advantage of a better opportunity. The fund's active trading approach may
increase the fund's costs.
The managers may invest any amount in cash or cash-type securities
(high-quality, short-term debt securities issued by corporations, financial
institutions, or the U.S. government) as a temporary defensive position to
avoid losses during adverse market conditions. This could reduce the benefit
to the fund if the market goes up. In this case, the fund may not achieve its
investment goal.
WHAT ARE THE MAIN RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE FUND?
GENERAL STOCK RISKS: The fund's major risks are those of investing in the stock
market. That means the fund may experience sudden, unpredictable declines in
value, as well as periods of poor performance. Because stock values go up and
down, the value of your fund's shares may go up and down. Therefore, when you
sell your investment, you may receive more or less money than you originally
invested.
GROWTH-STYLE INVESTING: Different types of stocks tend to shift into and out
of favor with stock market investors depending on market and economic
conditions. Because the fund focuses on growth-style stocks, the fund's
performance may at times be better or worse than the performance of stock funds
that focus on other types of stocks or that have a broader investment style.
FOREIGN SECURITIES: The fund may invest up to 25% of its assets in foreign
securities. Foreign investments involve additional risks, including
currency-rate fluctuations, political and economic instability, differences in
financial reporting standards, and less-strict regulation of securities
markets.
SMALLER AND MEDIUM COMPANIES: The fund invests a substantial portion of its
assets in the stocks of smaller-capitalization companies. Small- and
medium-capitalization companies often have narrower markets and more limited
managerial and financial resources than larger, more established companies. As
a result, their performance can be more volatile and they face greater risk of
business failure, which could increase the volatility of the fund's portfolio.
Generally, the smaller the company size, the greater these risks.
The fund is appropriate for investors who are comfortable with the risks
described here and whose financial goals are five or more years in the future.
The fund is not appropriate for investors concerned primarily with principal
stability.
The return information below illustrates how the fund's performance can vary,
which is one indication of the risks of investing in the fund. Please keep in
mind that the fund's past performance does not represent how it will perform in
the future. The return information includes the effect of deducting the fund's
expenses, but does not include charges and expenses attributable to any
insurance product. If those charges and expenses were included, the performance
would have been lower. The information assumes that you reinvested all
dividends and distributions.
CALENDAR YEAR TOTAL RETURNS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Year Mid Cap
Growth Fund II
- -------- --------------
1997 29.8%
- ---- ------
1998 28.7%
- ---- ------
</TABLE>
BEST AND WORST QUARTERLY PERFORMANCE
(During the periods shown)
Best quarter return: 24.3% (4th Q 1998) Worst quarter return: -11.2% (3rd Q
1998)
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS
AS OF 12-31-98
FUND/INDEX 1-YEAR SINCE INCEPTION
MID CAP GROWTH FUND II 28.68% 29.21% (12-31-96)
S&P 500 Stock Index 28.58% 30.95%
S&P MidCap 400 Stock Index 19.11% 25.51%
S&P/Barra MidCap 400 Growth Index 34.86% 32.55%
THE S&P 500 STOCK INDEX IS THE STANDARD & POOR'S 500 STOCK INDEX WHICH IS AN
UNMANAGED INDEX GENERALLY REPRESENTATIVE OF THE U.S. STOCK MARKET. THE S&P
MIDCAP 400 STOCK INDEX IS AN UNMANAGED INDEX GENERALLY REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
U.S. MARKET FOR MEDIUM CAP STOCKS. THE S&P/BARRA MIDCAP 400 GROWTH INDEX IS AN
UNMANAGED INDEX GENERALLY REPRESENTATIVE OF THE U.S. MARKET FOR MEDIUM CAP
GROWTH STOCKS. WE ARE REPLACING THE S&P 500 STOCK INDEX WITH THE S&P MIDCAP
400 STOCK INDEX AS WE BELIEVE THE S&P MIDCAP 400 STOCK INDEX MORE ACCURATELY
REFLECTS THE FUND'S INVESTMENT PROGRAM.
WHO ARE THE FUND'S INVESTMENT ADVISOR AND PORTFOLIO MANAGERS?
Strong Capital Management, Inc. (Strong) is the investment advisor for the
fund. Strong provides investment management services for mutual funds and other
investment portfolios representing assets of over $34 billion. Strong began
conducting business in 1974. Since then, its principal business has been
providing investment advice for individuals and institutional accounts, such as
pension and profit-sharing plans, as well as mutual funds, several of which are
available through variable insurance products. Strong's address is P.O. Box
2936, Milwaukee, WI 53201.
RONALD C. OGNAR co-manages the fund. He has over 30 years of investment
experience and is a Chartered Financial Analyst. He joined Strong as a
portfolio manager in April 1993 and has managed the fund Since its inception in
December 1996. For two years prior to joining Strong, he was a principal and
portfolio manager with RCM Capital Management. For approximately three years
prior to that, he was a portfolio manager at Kemper Financial Services. Mr.
Ognar began his investment career in 1968 at LaSalle National Bank in Chicago
after serving two years in the U.S. Army. He received his bachelors degree in
Accounting from the University of Illinois in 1968.
DEREK V.W. FELSKE co-manages the fund. He has over 15 years of investment
experience and is a Chartered Financial Analyst. Mr. Felske joined Strong as a
portfolio manager in January 1999 and has co-managed the fund since January
1999. From July 1996 to December 1998, Mr. Felske was the chief executive
officer of Leawood Capital Management LLC. From September 1993 to July 1996,
Mr. Felske was a vice president and a portfolio manager at Twentieth Century
Companies, Inc. He co-managed the Twentieth Century Ultra Fund and the
Twentieth Century Growth Fund. From 1991 to 1993, Mr. Felske was a member of
the portfolio management team at RCM Capital Management. Mr. Felske received
his bachelors degree in Economics from Dartmouth College in 1980 and his
Masters of Business Administration in Finance and Accounting from Wharton
Business School in 1991.
((Side Box))
YEAR 2000 ISSUES
Your investment could be adversely affected if the computer systems used by the
fund, Strong, and the fund's service providers do not properly process and
calculate date-related information before, on, and after January 1, 2000. Year
2000-related computer problems could have a negative impact on your fund and
the fund's investments, however we are working to avoid these problems and to
obtain assurances from our service providers that they are taking similar
steps.
4
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
This information describes investment performance for the periods shown.
Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total
Return" shows how much your investment in the fund would have increased (or
decreased) during each period, assuming you had reinvested all dividends and
distributions. These figures have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
whose report, along with the fund's financial statements, is included in the
fund's annual report.
Year Ended
---------------
Selected Per-Share Data(a) 1998 1997
Net Asset Value, Beginning
of Period $12.45 $10.00
Income From Investment Operations
Net Investment Income (Loss) (0.02) 0.02
Net Realized and Unrealized
Gains on Investments 3.59 2.94
Total from Investment Operations 3.57 2.96
Less Distributions
From Net Investment Income (0.00)(b) (0.01)
In Excess of Net Investment Income - (0.15)
From Net Realized Gains - (0.14)
In Excess of Net Realized Gains - (0.21)
Total Distributions (0.00)(b) (0.51)
Net Asset Value, End of Period $16.02 $12.45
Ratios and Supplemental Data
Total Return +28.7% +29.8%
Net Assets, End of Period (In Thousands) $16,730 $2,374
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets
Without Waivers 1.6% 2.0%
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets 1.2% 1.2%
Ratio of Net Investment Income (Loss)
to Average Net Assets (0.3%) 0.2%
Portfolio Turnover Rate 329.1% 541.3%
(a) Information presented relates to a share of capital stock of the fund
outstanding for the entire period.
(b) Amount calculated is less than $0.00.
6
<PAGE>
VARIABLE ANNUITY AND VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACTS
The fund is designed as an investment vehicle for variable annuity and variable
life insurance contracts funded by separate accounts of certain insurance
companies. The fund may sell its shares to the separate accounts of various
insurance companies, which are not affiliated with each other, for the purpose
of funding variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts. The fund
currently does not foresee any disadvantages to contract owners arising out of
the fact that it offers its shares to separate accounts of various insurance
companies, which are not affiliated with each other, to serve as an investment
medium for their variable products. However, it is theoretically possible that
the interests of owners of various contracts participating in the fund through
the separate accounts might, at some time, be in conflict. The fund's Board of
Directors, however, will monitor events in order to identify any material
irreconcilable conflicts which may possibly arise and to determine what action,
if any, should be taken in response to these conflicts. If a conflict were to
occur, one or more insurance companies' separate accounts might be required to
withdraw its investments in the fund, and shares of another fund may be
substituted. This might force the fund to sell securities at disadvantageous
prices. In addition, the Board of Directors may refuse to sell fund shares to
any separate account or may suspend or terminate the offering of fund shares if
this is required by law or regulatory authority or is in the best interest of
the fund's shareholders.
SHARE PRICE
Your transaction price for buying or selling shares is the net asset value per
share (NAV). NAV is generally calculated as of the close of trading on the New
York Stock Exchange (usually 3:00 p.m. Central Time) every day the NYSE is
open. If the NYSE closes at any other time, or if an emergency exists, NAV may
be calculated at a different time. Your share price will be the next NAV
calculated after we accept your order. However, on days that the fund does not
receive any purchase or redemption orders, NAV is not calculated.
NAV is based on the market value of the securities in a fund's portfolio. If
market prices are not available, NAV is based on a security's fair value as
determined in good faith by us under the supervision of the Board of Directors
of the Strong Funds.
FOREIGN SECURITIES
The fund's portfolio securities may be listed on foreign exchanges that trade
on days when we do not calculate an NAV. As a result, the market value of
securities in the fund's portfolio may change on days when you will not be able
to purchase or redeem shares. In addition, a foreign exchange may not value
its listed securities at the same time that we calculate a fund's NAV. Events
affecting the values of portfolio securities that occur between the time a
foreign exchange assigns a price to the portfolio securities and the time when
we calculate a fund's NAV generally will not be reflected in the fund's NAV.
These events will be reflected in the fund's NAV when we, under the supervision
of the Board of Directors of the Strong Funds, determine that they would have a
material affect on the fund's NAV.
((Side Box))
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
We determine a fund's share price or NAV by dividing net assets
(the value of its investments, cash, and other assets minus its
liabilities) by the number of shares outstanding.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
BUYING SHARES
Only separate accounts established and maintained by insurance companies for
purposes of funding variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts may
invest in the fund. For instructions on how to direct a separate account to
purchase shares in the fund, please refer to the prospectus of the insurance
company's separate account. The fund does not impose any sales charge or 12b-1
fee. Sales charges may apply to the variable annuity or variable life insurance
contract, which should be described in the prospectus of the insurance
company's separate account. The fund may decline to accept a purchase order
upon receipt when, in Strong's judgment, it would not be in the best interest
of the existing shareholders to accept the order. Shares of the fund will be
sold at the net asset value next determined after receipt by the fund of a
purchase order in proper form placed by an insurance company investing in the
fund.
7
<PAGE>
SELLING SHARES
Shares of the fund may be redeemed on any business day. The price received
upon redemption will be the NAV next determined after the redemption request in
proper form is received by the fund. Contract owners should refer to the
withdrawal or surrender instructions in the prospectus of the separate account
for instructions on how to redeem shares. Once the redemption request is
received in proper form, the fund will ordinarily forward payment to the
separate account no later than seven days after receipt.
DISTRIBUTION AND TAX POLICIES
Your fund generally pays you dividends from net investment income and
distributes any net capital gains that it realizes annually. Your dividends and
capital gain distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional
shares of the fund.
For information regarding tax implications for owners of variable annuity or
variable life insurance contracts investing in the fund, please refer to the
prospectus of your insurance company's separate account.
RESERVED RIGHTS
We reserve the right to:
- - Reject any purchase request for any reason. Generally, we do this if the
purchase or exchange is disruptive to the efficient management of a fund.
- - Delay sending out redemption proceeds for up to seven days (this generally
only applies to very large redemptions without notice or during unusual
market conditions).
- - Suspend redemptions or postpone payments when the NYSE is closed for any
reason other than its usual weekend or holiday closings, when trading is
restricted by the SEC, or under any emergency circumstances.
- - Make a redemption-in-kind (a payment in portfolio securities rather than
cash) if the amount you are redeeming is in excess of the lesser of (1)
$250,000 or (2) 1% of the fund's assets. Generally, redemption-in-kind is
used when large redemption requests may cause harm to the fund and its
shareholders.
- - Reject any purchase or redemption request that does not contain all required
documentation.
8
<PAGE>
FOR MORE INFORMATION
More information is available upon request at no charge, including:
SHAREHOLDER REPORTS: Additional information is available in the annual and
semi-annual report to shareholders. These reports contain a letter from
management, discuss recent market conditions, economic trends and investment
strategies that significantly affected your investment's performance during the
last fiscal year, and list portfolio holdings.
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI): The SAI contains more details about
investment policies and techniques. A current SAI is on file with the SEC and
is incorporated into this prospectus by reference. This means that the SAI is
legally considered a part of this prospectus even though it is not physically
contained within this prospectus.
To request information or to ask questions:
BY TELEPHONE FOR HEARING-IMPAIRED (TDD)
(800) 368-1683 (800) 999-2780
BY MAIL BY OVERNIGHT DELIVERY
Strong Funds Strong Funds
P.O. Box 2936 900 Heritage Reserve
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-2936 Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin 53051
ON THE INTERNET BY E-MAIL
View online or download documents: [email protected]
Strong Funds: WWW.STRONGFUNDS.COM
SEC*: www.sec.gov
This prospectus is not an offer to sell securities in any place where it would
be illegal to do so.
*YOU CAN ALSO OBTAIN COPIES BY VISITING THE SEC'S PUBLIC REFERENCE ROOM IN
WASHINGTON, D.C. OR BY SENDING YOUR REQUEST AND A DUPLICATING FEE TO THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION'S PUBLIC REFERENCE SECTION, WASHINGTON, D.C.
20549-6009. YOU CAN CALL 1-800-SEC-0330 FOR INFORMATION ON THE OPERATION OF THE
PUBLIC REFERENCE ROOM.
Strong Mid Cap Growth Fund II, a series of Strong Variable Insurance Funds,
Inc., SEC file number 811-6553
9
<PAGE>
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ("SAI")
STRONG MID CAP GROWTH FUND II, A SERIES FUND OF STRONG VARIABLE INSURANCE
FUNDS, INC.
P.O. Box 2936
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201
Toll-Free: (800) 368-1683
The Fund serves as an investment vehicle for variable annuity and variable life
insurance contracts of insurance companies. Shares in the Fund are only
offered and sold to the separate accounts of insurance companies. This SAI is
not a Prospectus and should read together with the Prospectus for the Fund
dated May 1, 1999 and the prospectus for the separate account of the specific
insurance product offering the Fund. Requests for copies of the Prospectus
should be made by calling any number listed above. The financial statements
appearing in the Annual Report, which accompanies this SAI, are incorporated
into this SAI by reference.
May 1, 1999
1
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS........................................................3
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES.............................................5
Borrowing......................................................................5
Cash Management................................................................5
Convertible Securities.........................................................5
Debt Obligations...............................................................6
Depositary Receipts............................................................6
Derivative Instruments.........................................................7
Foreign Investment Companies..................................................16
Foreign Securities............................................................16
High-Yield (High-Risk) Securities.............................................16
Illiquid Securities...........................................................18
Lending of Portfolio Securities...............................................19
Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Debt Securities....................................19
Participation Interests.......................................................20
Repurchase Agreements.........................................................20
Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Mortgage Dollar Rolls.......................21
Short Sales...................................................................21
Small and Medium Companies....................................................21
Standby Commitments...........................................................21
U.S. Government Securities....................................................22
Warrants......................................................................22
When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Securities...................................22
Zero-Coupon, Step-Coupon, and Pay-in-Kind Securities..........................23
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS........................................................23
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS........................................................25
INVESTMENT ADVISOR............................................................25
DISTRIBUTOR...................................................................28
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE..........................................29
CUSTODIAN.....................................................................31
TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT..................................32
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES.......................................................32
TAXES.........................................................................32
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE..............................................34
ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION............................................35
ORGANIZATION..................................................................35
SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS..........................................................36
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION.......................................................36
GENERAL INFORMATION...........................................................39
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS.......................................................40
LEGAL COUNSEL.................................................................40
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..........................................................40
APPENDIX - DEFINITION OF BOND RATINGS.........................................42
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations other than those contained in this SAI and its corresponding
Prospectus, and if given or made, such information or representations may not
be relied upon as having been authorized. This SAI does not constitute an
offer to sell securities.
2
<PAGE>
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS
The following are the Fund's fundamental investment limitations which, along
with the Fund's investment objective (which is described in the Prospectus),
cannot be changed without shareholder approval. To obtain approval, a majority
of the Fund's outstanding voting shares must vote for the change. A majority
of the Fund's outstanding voting securities means the vote of the lesser of:
(1) 67% or more of the voting securities present, if more than 50% of the
outstanding voting securities are present or represented, or (2) more than 50%
of the outstanding voting shares.
Unless indicated otherwise below, the Fund:
1. May not with respect to 75% of its total assets, purchase the securities
of any issuer (except securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or
its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result, (1) more than 5% of the
Fund's total assets would be invested in the securities of that issuer, or (2)
the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that
issuer.
2. May (1) borrow money from banks and (2) make other investments or engage
in other transactions permissible under the Investment Company Act of 1940
("1940 Act") which may involve a borrowing, provided that the combination of
(1) and (2) shall not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund's total assets
(including the amount borrowed), less the Fund's liabilities (other than
borrowings), except that the Fund may borrow up to an additional 5% of its
total assets (not including the amount borrowed) from a bank for temporary or
emergency purposes (but not for leverage or the purchase of investments). The
Fund may also borrow money from the other Strong Funds or other persons to the
extent permitted by applicable law.
3. May not issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act.
4. May not act as an underwriter of another issuer's securities, except to
the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning
of the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the purchase and sale of
portfolio securities.
5. May not purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a
result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not
prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options, futures contracts, or
other derivative instruments, or from investing in securities or other
instruments backed by physical commodities).
6. May not make loans if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of the Fund's
total assets would be lent to other persons, except through (1) purchases of
debt securities or other debt instruments, or (2) engaging in repurchase
agreements.
7. May not purchase the securities of any issuer if, as a result, more than
25% of the Fund's total assets would be invested in the securities of issuers,
the principal business activities of which are in the same industry.
8. May not purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of
ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prohibit the
Fund from purchasing or selling securities or other instruments backed by real
estate or of issuers engaged in real estate activities).
9. May, notwithstanding any other fundamental investment policy or
restriction, invest all of its assets in the securities of a single open-end
management investment company with substantially the same fundamental
investment objective, policies, and restrictions as the Fund.
3
<PAGE>
NON-FUNDAMENTAL OPERATING POLICIES
The following are the Fund's non-fundamental operating policies which may be
changed by the Fund's Board of Directors without shareholder approval.
Unless indicated otherwise below, the Fund may not:
1. Sell securities short, unless the Fund owns or has the right to obtain
securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short, or
unless it covers such short sale as required by the current rules and positions
of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") or its staff, and provided
that transactions in options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts,
or other derivative instruments are not deemed to constitute selling securities
short.
2. Purchase securities on margin, except that the Fund may obtain such
short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of transactions; and
provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on
futures contracts, or other derivative instruments shall not constitute
purchasing securities on margin.
3. Invest in illiquid securities if, as a result of such investment, more
than 15% (10% with respect to a money fund) of its net assets would be invested
in illiquid securities, or such other amounts as may be permitted under the
1940 Act.
4. Purchase securities of other investment companies except in compliance
with the 1940 Act and applicable state law.
5. Invest all of its assets in the securities of a single open-end
investment management company with substantially the same fundamental
investment objective, restrictions and policies as the Fund.
6. Engage in futures or options on futures transactions which are
impermissible pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the Commodity Exchange Act and, in
accordance with Rule 4.5, will use futures or options on futures transactions
solely for bona fide hedging transactions (within the meaning of the Commodity
Exchange Act), provided, however, that the Fund may, in addition to bona fide
hedging transactions, use futures and options on futures transactions if the
aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions,
less the amount by which any such options positions are in the money (within
the meaning of the Commodity Exchange Act), do not exceed 5% of the Fund's net
assets.
7. Borrow money except (1) from banks or (2) through reverse repurchase
agreements or mortgage dollar rolls, and will not purchase securities when bank
borrowings exceed 5% of its total assets.
8. Make any loans other than loans of portfolio securities, except through
(1) purchases of debt securities or other debt instruments, or (2) engaging in
repurchase agreements.
Unless noted otherwise, if a percentage restriction is adhered to at the time
of investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a
change in the Fund's assets (I.E. due to cash inflows or redemptions) or in
market value of the investment or the Fund's assets will not constitute a
violation of that restriction.
4
<PAGE>
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
The following information supplements the discussion of the Fund's investment
objective, policies, and techniques described in the Prospectus.
BORROWING
The Fund may borrow money from banks and make other investments or engage in
other transactions permissible under the 1940 Act which may be considered a
borrowing (such as mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements).
However, the Fund may not purchase securities when bank borrowings exceed 5% of
the Fund's total assets. Presently, the Fund only intends to borrow from banks
for temporary or emergency purposes.
The Fund has established a line-of-credit ("LOC") with certain banks by which
it may borrow funds for temporary or emergency purposes. A borrowing is
presumed to be for temporary or emergency purposes if it is repaid by the Fund
within 60 days and is not extended or renewed. The Fund intends to use the LOC
to meet large or unexpected redemptions that would otherwise force the Fund to
liquidate securities under circumstances which are unfavorable to the Fund's
remaining shareholders. The Fund pays a commitment fee to the banks for the
LOC.
CASH MANAGEMENT
The Fund may invest directly in cash and short-term fixed-income securities,
including, for this purpose, shares of one or more money market funds managed
by Strong Capital Management, Inc., the Fund's investment advisor ("Advisor")
(collectively, the "Strong Money Funds"). The Strong Money Funds seek current
income, a stable share price of $1.00, and daily liquidity. All money market
instruments can change in value when interest rates or an issuer's
creditworthiness change dramatically. The Strong Money Funds cannot guarantee
that they will always be able to maintain a stable net asset value of $1.00 per
share.
CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES
Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks, or other
securities that may be converted into or exchanged for a specified amount of
common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of
time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the
holder to receive interest normally paid or accrued on debt or the dividend
paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed,
converted, or exchanged. Convertible securities have unique investment
characteristics in that they generally (1) have higher yields than common
stocks, but lower yields than comparable non-convertible securities, (2) are
less subject to fluctuation in value than the underlying stock since they have
fixed income characteristics, and (3) provide the potential for capital
appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock increases.
Most convertible securities currently are issued by U.S. companies, although a
substantial Eurodollar convertible securities market has developed, and the
markets for convertible securities denominated in local currencies are
increasing.
The value of a convertible security is a function of its "investment value"
(determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of
comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and
its "conversion value" (the security's worth, at market value, if converted
into the underlying common stock). The investment value of a convertible
security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value
declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline.
The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on
the convertible security's investment value. The conversion value of a
convertible security is determined by the market price of the underlying common
stock. If the conversion value is low relative to the investment value, the
price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment
value. Generally, the conversion value decreases as the convertible security
approaches maturity. To the extent the market price of the underlying common
stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible
security will be increasingly influenced by its conversion value. A
convertible security generally will sell at a premium over its conversion value
by the extent to which investors place value on the right to acquire the
underlying common stock while holding a fixed income security.
5
<PAGE>
A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer
at a price established in the convertible security's governing instrument. If
a convertible security is called for redemption, the Fund will be required to
permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common
stock, or sell it to a third party.
DEBT OBLIGATIONS
The Fund may invest a portion of its assets in debt obligations. Issuers of
debt obligations have a contractual obligation to pay interest at a specified
rate on specified dates and to repay principal on a specified maturity date.
Certain debt obligations (usually intermediate- and long-term bonds) have
provisions that allow the issuer to redeem or "call" a bond before its
maturity. Issuers are most likely to call such securities during periods of
falling interest rates and the Fund may have to replace such securities with
lower yielding securities, which could result in a lower return for the Fund.
PRICE VOLATILITY. The market value of debt obligations is affected primarily
by changes in prevailing interest rates. The market value of a debt obligation
generally reacts inversely to interest-rate changes, meaning, when prevailing
interest rates decline, an obligation's price usually rises, and when
prevailing interest rates rise, an obligation's price usually declines.
MATURITY. In general, the longer the maturity of a debt obligation, the higher
its yield and the greater its sensitivity to changes in interest rates.
Conversely, the shorter the maturity, the lower the yield but the greater the
price stability. Commercial paper is generally considered the shortest
maturity form of debt obligation.
CREDIT QUALITY. The values of debt obligations may also be affected by changes
in the credit rating or financial condition of their issuers. Generally, the
lower the quality rating of a security, the higher the degree of risk as to the
payment of interest and return of principal. To compensate investors for
taking on such increased risk, those issuers deemed to be less creditworthy
generally must offer their investors higher interest rates than do issuers with
better credit ratings.
In conducting its credit research and analysis, the Advisor considers both
qualitative and quantitative factors to evaluate the creditworthiness of
individual issuers. The Advisor also relies, in part, on credit ratings
compiled by a number of Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations
("NRSROs").
DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS
The Fund may invest in foreign securities by purchasing depositary receipts,
including American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs") and European Depositary
Receipts ("EDRs"), or other securities convertible into securities of foreign
issuers. These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same
currency as the securities into which they may be converted. Generally, ADRs,
in registered form, are denominated in U.S. dollars and are designed for use in
the U.S. securities markets, while EDRs, in bearer form, may be denominated in
other currencies and are designed for use in the European securities markets.
ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing
ownership of the underlying securities. EDRs are European receipts evidencing
a similar arrangement. For purposes of the Fund's investment policies, ADRs
and EDRs are deemed to have the same classification as the underlying
securities they represent, except that ADRs and EDRs shall be treated as
indirect foreign investments. For example, an ADR or EDR representing
ownership of common stock will be treated as common stock. Depositary receipts
do not eliminate all of the risks associated with directly investing in the
securities of foreign issuers.
ADR facilities may be established as either "unsponsored" or "sponsored." While
ADRs issued under these two types of facilities are in some respects similar,
there are distinctions between them relating to the rights and obligations of
ADR holders and the practices of market participants.
A depositary may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by (or
even necessarily the permission of) the issuer of the deposited securities,
although typically the depositary requests a letter of non-objection from such
issuer prior to the establishment of the facility. Holders of unsponsored ADRs
generally bear all the costs of such facility. The depositary usually charges
fees upon the deposit and withdrawal of the deposited securities, the
conversion of dividends into U.S. dollars, the disposition of non-cash
distributions, and the performance of other services. The depositary of an
unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to pass through voting
rights to ADR holders in respect of the deposited securities. In addition, an
unsponsored facility is generally not obligated to distribute communications
received from the issuer of the
6
<PAGE>
deposited securities or to disclose material information about such issuer in
the U.S. and there may not be a correlation between such information and the
market value of the depositary receipts.
Sponsored ADR facilities are created in generally the same manner as
unsponsored facilities, except that the issuer of the deposited securities
enters into a deposit agreement with the depositary. The deposit agreement
sets out the rights and responsibilities of the issuer, the depositary, and the
ADR holders. With sponsored facilities, the issuer of the deposited securities
generally will bear some of the costs relating to the facility (such as
dividend payment fees of the depositary), although ADR holders continue to bear
certain other costs (such as deposit and withdrawal fees). Under the terms of
most sponsored arrangements, depositories agree to distribute notices of
shareholder meetings and voting instructions, and to provide shareholder
communications and other information to the ADR holders at the request of the
issuer of the deposited securities.
DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
IN GENERAL. The Fund may use derivative instruments for any lawful purpose
consistent with its investment objective such as hedging or managing risk.
Derivative instruments are commonly defined to include securities or contracts
whose values depend on (or "derive" from) the value of one or more other
assets, such as securities, currencies, or commodities. These "other assets"
are commonly referred to as "underlying assets."
A derivative instrument generally consists of, is based upon, or exhibits
characteristics similar to OPTIONS or FORWARD CONTRACTS. Options and forward
contracts are considered to be the basic "building blocks" of derivatives. For
example, forward-based derivatives include forward contracts, swap contracts,
as well as exchange-traded futures. Option-based derivatives include privately
negotiated, over-the-counter ("OTC") options (including caps, floors, collars,
and options on forward and swap contracts) and exchange-traded options on
futures. Diverse types of derivatives may be created by combining options or
forward contracts in different ways, and by applying these structures to a wide
range of underlying assets.
An option is a contract in which the "holder" (the buyer) pays a certain amount
("premium") to the "writer" (the seller) to obtain the right, but not the
obligation, to buy from the writer (in a "call") or sell to the writer (in a
"put") a specific asset at an agreed upon price at or before a certain time.
The holder pays the premium at inception and has no further financial
obligation. The holder of an option-based derivative generally will benefit
from favorable movements in the price of the underlying asset but is not
exposed to corresponding losses due to adverse movements in the value of the
underlying asset. The writer of an option-based derivative generally will
receive fees or premiums but generally is exposed to losses due to changes in
the value of the underlying asset.
A forward is a sales contract between a buyer (holding the "long" position) and
a seller (holding the "short" position) for an asset with delivery deferred
until a future date. The buyer agrees to pay a fixed price at the agreed
future date and the seller agrees to deliver the asset. The seller hopes that
the market price on the delivery date is less than the agreed upon price, while
the buyer hopes for the contrary. The change in value of a forward-based
derivative generally is roughly proportional to the change in value of the
underlying asset.
HEDGING. The Fund may use derivative instruments to protect against possible
adverse changes in the market value of securities held in, or are anticipated
to be held in, its portfolio. Derivatives may also be used to "lock-in"
realized but unrecognized gains in the value of its portfolio securities.
Hedging strategies, if successful, can reduce the risk of loss by wholly or
partially offsetting the negative effect of unfavorable price movements in the
investments being hedged. However, hedging strategies can also reduce the
opportunity for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable price
movements in the hedged investments. To the extent that a hedge matures prior
to or after the disposition of the investment subject to the hedge, any gain or
loss on the hedge will be realized earlier or later than any offsetting gain or
loss on the hedged investment.
MANAGING RISK. The Fund may also use derivative instruments to manage the
risks of its portfolio. Risk management strategies include, but are not
limited to, facilitating the sale of portfolio securities, managing the
effective maturity or duration of debt obligations in its portfolio,
establishing a position in the derivatives markets as a substitute for buying
or selling certain securities, or creating or altering exposure to certain
asset classes, such as equity, debt, or foreign securities. The use of
derivative instruments may provide a less expensive, more expedient or more
specifically focused way to invest than "traditional" securities (I.E., stocks
or bonds) would.
7
<PAGE>
EXCHANGE AND OTC DERIVATIVES. Derivative instruments may be exchange-traded or
traded in OTC transactions between private parties. Exchange-traded
derivatives are standardized options and futures contracts traded in an auction
on the floor of a regulated exchange. Exchange contracts are generally very
liquid. The exchange clearinghouse is the counterparty of every contract.
Thus, each holder of an exchange contract bears the credit risk of the
clearinghouse (and has the benefit of its financial strength) rather than that
of a particular counterparty. OTC transactions are subject to additional
risks, such as the credit risk of the counterparty to the instrument, and are
less liquid than exchange-traded derivatives since they often can only be
closed out with the other party to the transaction.
RISKS AND SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS. The use of derivative instruments involves
risks and special considerations as described below. Risks pertaining to
particular derivative instruments are described in the sections that follow.
(1) MARKET RISK. The primary risk of derivatives is the same as the risk
of the underlying assets, namely that the value of the underlying asset may go
up or down. Adverse movements in the value of an underlying asset can expose
the Fund to losses. Derivative instruments may include elements of leverage
and, accordingly, the fluctuation of the value of the derivative instrument in
relation to the underlying asset may be magnified. The successful use of
derivative instruments depends upon a variety of factors, particularly the
ability of the Advisor to predict movements of the securities, currencies, and
commodity markets, which requires different skills than predicting changes in
the prices of individual securities. There can be no assurance that any
particular strategy adopted will succeed. The Advisor's decision to engage in
a derivative instrument will reflect its judgment that the derivative
transaction will provide value to the Fund and its shareholders and is
consistent with the Fund's objectives, investment limitations, and operating
policies. In making such a judgment, the Advisor will analyze the benefits and
risks of the derivative transaction and weigh them in the context of the Fund's
entire portfolio and investment objective.
(2) CREDIT RISK. The Fund will be subject to the risk that a loss may be
sustained as a result of the failure of a counterparty to comply with the terms
of a derivative instrument. The counterparty risk for exchange-traded
derivative instruments is generally less than for privately negotiated or OTC
derivative instruments, since generally a clearing agency, which is the issuer
or counterparty to each exchange-traded instrument, provides a guarantee of
performance. For privately negotiated instruments, there is no similar
clearing agency guarantee. In all transactions, the Fund will bear the risk
that the counterparty will default, and this could result in a loss of the
expected benefit of the derivative transaction and possibly other losses. The
Fund will enter into transactions in derivative instruments only with
counterparties that the Advisor reasonably believes are capable of performing
under the contract.
(3) CORRELATION RISK. When a derivative transaction is used to completely
hedge another position, changes in the market value of the combined position
(the derivative instrument plus the position being hedged) result from an
imperfect correlation between the price movements of the two instruments. With
a perfect hedge, the value of the combined position remains unchanged for any
change in the price of the underlying asset. With an imperfect hedge, the
values of the derivative instrument and its hedge are not perfectly correlated.
Correlation risk is the risk that there might be imperfect correlation, or even
no correlation, between price movements of an instrument and price movements of
investments being hedged. For example, if the value of a derivative
instruments used in a short hedge (such as writing a call option, buying a put
option, or selling a futures contract) increased by less than the decline in
value of the hedged investments, the hedge would not be perfectly correlated.
Such a lack of correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of
the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the
markets in which these instruments are traded. The effectiveness of hedges
using instruments on indices will depend, in part, on the degree of correlation
between price movements in the index and price movements in the investments
being hedged.
(4) LIQUIDITY RISK. Derivatives are also subject to liquidity risk.
Liquidity risk is the risk that a derivative instrument cannot be sold, closed
out, or replaced quickly at or very close to its fundamental value. Generally,
exchange contracts are very liquid because the exchange clearinghouse is the
counterparty of every contract. OTC transactions are less liquid than
exchange-traded derivatives since they often can only be closed out with the
other party to the transaction. The Fund might be required by applicable
regulatory requirement to maintain assets as "cover," maintain segregated
accounts, and/or make margin payments when it takes positions in derivative
instruments involving obligations to third parties (I.E., instruments other
than purchased options). If the Fund was unable to close out its positions in
such instruments, it might be required to continue to maintain such assets or
accounts or make such payments until the position expired, matured, or was
closed out. The requirements might impair the Fund's ability to sell a
portfolio security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be
favorable to do so, or require that the Fund sell a portfolio security at a
disadvantageous time. The Fund's ability
8
<PAGE>
to sell or close out a position in an instrument prior to expiration or
maturity depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market or, in the
absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the counterparty to
enter into a transaction closing out the position. Therefore, there is no
assurance that any derivatives position can be sold or closed out at a time
and price that is favorable to the Fund.
(5) LEGAL RISK. Legal risk is the risk of loss caused by the legal
unenforcibility of a party's obligations under the derivative. While a party
seeking price certainty agrees to surrender the potential upside in exchange
for downside protection, the party taking the risk is looking for a positive
payoff. Despite this voluntary assumption of risk, a counterparty that has
lost money in a derivative transaction may try to avoid payment by exploiting
various legal uncertainties about certain derivative products.
(6) SYSTEMIC OR "INTERCONNECTION" RISK. Interconnection risk is the risk
that a disruption in the financial markets will cause difficulties for all
market participants. In other words, a disruption in one market will spill
over into other markets, perhaps creating a chain reaction. Much of the OTC
derivatives market takes place among the OTC dealers themselves, thus creating
a large interconnected web of financial obligations. This interconnectedness
raises the possibility that a default by one large dealer could create losses
at other dealers and destabilize the entire market for OTC derivative
instruments.
GENERAL LIMITATIONS. The use of derivative instruments is subject to
applicable regulations of the SEC, the several options and futures exchanges
upon which they may be traded, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission
("CFTC"), and various state regulatory authorities. In addition, the Fund's
ability to use derivative instruments may be limited by certain tax
considerations.
The Fund has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of
the term "commodity pool operator" with the CFTC and the National Futures
Association, which regulate trading in the futures markets. In accordance with
Rule 4.5 of the regulations under the Commodity Exchange Act ("CEA"), the
notice of eligibility for the Fund includes representations that the Fund will
use futures contracts and related options solely for bona fide hedging purposes
within the meaning of CFTC regulations, provided that the Fund may hold other
positions in futures contracts and related options that do not qualify as a
bona fide hedging position if the aggregate initial margin deposits and
premiums required to establish these positions, less the amount by which any
such futures contracts and related options positions are "in the money," do not
exceed 5% of the Fund's net assets. Adherence to these guidelines does not
limit the Fund's risk to 5% of the Fund's assets.
The SEC has identified certain trading practices involving derivative
instruments that involve the potential for leveraging the Fund's assets in a
manner that raises issues under the 1940 Act. In order to limit the potential
for the leveraging of the Fund's assets, as defined under the 1940 Act, the SEC
has stated that the Fund may use coverage or the segregation of the Fund's
assets. To the extent required by SEC guidelines, the Fund will not enter into
any such transactions unless it owns either: (1) an offsetting ("covered")
position in securities, options, futures, or derivative instruments; or (2)
cash or liquid securities positions with a value sufficient at all times to
cover its potential obligations to the extent that the position is not
"covered". The Fund will also set aside cash and/or appropriate liquid assets
in a segregated custodial account if required to do so by SEC and CFTC
regulations. Assets used as cover or held in a segregated account cannot be
sold while the derivative position is open, unless they are replaced with
similar assets. As a result, the commitment of a large portion of the Fund's
assets to segregated accounts could impede portfolio management or the Fund's
ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.
In some cases, the Fund may be required to maintain or limit exposure to a
specified percentage of its assets to a particular asset class. In such cases,
when the Fund uses a derivative instrument to increase or decrease exposure to
an asset class and is required by applicable SEC guidelines to set aside liquid
assets in a segregated account to secure its obligations under the derivative
instruments, the Advisor may, where reasonable in light of the circumstances,
measure compliance with the applicable percentage by reference to the nature of
the economic exposure created through the use of the derivative instrument and
not by reference to the nature of the exposure arising from the liquid assets
set aside in the segregated account (unless another interpretation is specified
by applicable regulatory requirements).
OPTIONS. The Fund may use options for any lawful purpose consistent with its
investment objective such as hedging or managing risk. An option is a contract
in which the "holder" (the buyer) pays a certain amount ("premium") to the
"writer" (the seller) to obtain the right, but not the obligation, to buy from
the writer (in a "call") or sell to the writer (in a "put") a specific asset at
an agreed upon price ("strike price" or "exercise price") at or before a
certain time ("expiration date"). The holder pays the premium at inception and
has no further financial obligation. The holder of an option will benefit from
9
<PAGE>
favorable movements in the price of the underlying asset but is not exposed to
corresponding losses due to adverse movements in the value of the underlying
asset. The writer of an option will receive fees or premiums but is exposed to
losses due to changes in the value of the underlying asset. The Fund may buy
or write (sell) put and call options on assets, such as securities, currencies,
financial commodities, and indices of debt and equity securities ("underlying
assets") and enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to
terminate an existing position. Options used by the Fund may include European,
American, and Bermuda style options. If an option is exercisable only at
maturity, it is a "European" option; if it is also exercisable prior to
maturity, it is an "American" option. If it is exercisable only at certain
times, it is a "Bermuda" option.
The Fund may purchase (buy) and write (sell) put and call options underlying
assets and enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to
terminate an existing position. The purchase of a call option serves as a long
hedge, and the purchase of a put option serves as a short hedge. Writing put
or call options can enable the Fund to enhance income by reason of the premiums
paid by the purchaser of such options. Writing call options serves as a
limited short hedge because declines in the value of the hedged investment
would be offset to the extent of the premium received for writing the option.
However, if the security appreciates to a price higher than the exercise price
of the call option, it can be expected that the option will be exercised and
the Fund will be obligated to sell the security at less than its market value
or will be obligated to purchase the security at a price greater than that at
which the security must be sold under the option. All or a portion of any
assets used as cover for OTC options written by the Fund would be considered
illiquid to the extent described under "Investment Policies and Techniques -
Illiquid Securities." Writing put options serves as a limited long hedge
because decreases in the value of the hedged investment would be offset to the
extent of the premium received for writing the option. However, if the
security depreciates to a price lower than the exercise price of the put
option, it can be expected that the put option will be exercised and the Fund
will be obligated to purchase the security at more than its market value.
The value of an option position will reflect, among other things, the
historical price volatility of the underlying investment, the current market
value of the underlying investment, the time remaining until expiration, the
relationship of the exercise price to the market price of the underlying
investment, and general market conditions.
The Fund may effectively terminate its right or obligation under an option by
entering into a closing transaction. For example, the Fund may terminate its
obligation under a call or put option that it had written by purchasing an
identical call or put option; this is known as a closing purchase transaction.
Conversely, the Fund may terminate a position in a put or call option it had
purchased by writing an identical put or call option; this is known as a
closing sale transaction. Closing transactions permit the Fund to realize the
profit or limit the loss on an option position prior to its exercise or
expiration.
The Fund may purchase or write both exchange-traded and OTC options.
Exchange-traded options are issued by a clearing organization affiliated with
the exchange on which the option is listed that, in effect, guarantees
completion of every exchange-traded option transaction. In contrast, OTC
options are contracts between the Fund and the other party to the transaction
("counterparty") (usually a securities dealer or a bank) with no clearing
organization guarantee. Thus, when the Fund purchases or writes an OTC option,
it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying
investment upon exercise of the option. Failure by the counterparty to do so
would result in the loss of any premium paid by the Fund as well as the loss of
any expected benefit of the transaction.
The Fund's ability to establish and close out positions in exchange-listed
options depends on the existence of a liquid market. The Fund intends to
purchase or write only those exchange-traded options for which there appears to
be a liquid secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that such a
market will exist at any particular time. Closing transactions can be made for
OTC options only by negotiating directly with the counterparty, or by a
transaction in the secondary market if any such market exists. Although the
Fund will enter into OTC options only with counter parties that are expected to
be capable of entering into closing transactions with the Fund, there is no
assurance that the Fund will in fact be able to close out an OTC option at a
favorable price prior to expiration. In the event of insolvency of the
counterparty, the Fund might be unable to close out an OTC option position at
any time prior to its expiration. If the Fund were unable to effect a closing
transaction for an option it had purchased, it would have to exercise the
option to realize any profit.
The Fund may engage in options transactions on indices in much the same manner
as the options on securities discussed above, except the index options may
serve as a hedge against overall fluctuations in the securities market
represented by the relevant market index.
10
<PAGE>
The writing and purchasing of options is a highly specialized activity that
involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with
ordinary portfolio securities transactions. Imperfect correlation between the
options and securities markets may detract from the effectiveness of the
attempted hedging.
SPREAD TRANSACTIONS. The Fund may use spread transactions for any lawful
purpose consistent with its investment objective such as hedging or managing
risk. The Fund may purchase covered spread options from securities dealers.
Such covered spread options are not presently exchange-listed or
exchange-traded. The purchase of a spread option gives the Fund the right to
put, or sell, a security that it owns at a fixed dollar spread or fixed yield
spread in relation to another security that the Fund does not own, but which is
used as a benchmark. The risk to the Fund in purchasing covered spread options
is the cost of the premium paid for the spread option and any transaction
costs. In addition, there is no assurance that closing transactions will be
available. The purchase of spread options will be used to protect the Fund
against adverse changes in prevailing credit quality spreads, I.E., the yield
spread between high quality and lower quality securities. Such protection is
only provided during the life of the spread option.
FUTURES CONTRACTS. The Fund may use futures contracts for any lawful purpose
consistent with its investment objective such as hedging or managing risk. The
Fund may enter into futures contracts, including, but not limited to, interest
rate and index futures. The Fund may also purchase put and call options, and
write covered put and call options, on futures in which it is allowed to
invest. The purchase of futures or call options thereon can serve as a long
hedge, and the sale of futures or the purchase of put options thereon can serve
as a short hedge. Writing covered call options on futures contracts can serve
as a limited short hedge, and writing covered put options on futures contracts
can serve as a limited long hedge, using a strategy similar to that used for
writing covered options in securities. The Fund may also write put options on
futures contracts while at the same time purchasing call options on the same
futures contracts in order to create synthetically a long futures contract
position. Such options would have the same strike prices and expiration dates.
The Fund will engage in this strategy only when the Advisor believes it is more
advantageous to the Fund than purchasing the futures contract.
To the extent required by regulatory authorities, the Fund only enters into
futures contracts that are traded on national futures exchanges and are
standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument. Futures
exchanges and trading are regulated under the CEA by the CFTC. Although
techniques other than sales and purchases of futures contracts could be used to
reduce the Fund's exposure to market or interest rate fluctuations, the Fund
may be able to hedge its exposure more effectively and perhaps at a lower cost
through the use of futures contracts.
An interest rate futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and
purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific financial
instrument (E.G., debt security) for a specified price at a designated date,
time, and place. An index futures contract is an agreement pursuant to which
the parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the
difference between the value of the index at the close of the last trading day
of the contract and the price at which the index futures contract was
originally written. Transaction costs are incurred when a futures contract is
bought or sold and margin deposits must be maintained. A futures contract may
be satisfied by delivery or purchase, as the case may be, of the instrument or
by payment of the change in the cash value of the index. More commonly,
futures contracts are closed out prior to delivery by entering into an
offsetting transaction in a matching futures contract. Although the value of
an index might be a function of the value of certain specified securities, no
physical delivery of those securities is made. If the offsetting purchase
price is less than the original sale price, the Fund realizes a gain; if it is
more, the Fund realizes a loss. Conversely, if the offsetting sale price is
more than the original purchase price, the Fund realizes a gain; if it is less,
the Fund realizes a loss. The transaction costs must also be included in these
calculations. There can be no assurance, however, that the Fund will be able
to enter into an offsetting transaction with respect to a particular futures
contract at a particular time. If the Fund is not able to enter into an
offsetting transaction, the Fund will continue to be required to maintain the
margin deposits on the futures contract.
No price is paid by the Fund upon entering into a futures contract. Instead,
at the inception of a futures contract, the Fund is required to deposit in a
segregated account with its custodian, in the name of the futures broker
through whom the transaction was effected, "initial margin" consisting of cash
and/or other appropriate liquid assets in an amount generally equal to 10% or
less of the contract value. Margin must also be deposited when writing a call
or put option on a futures contract, in accordance with applicable exchange
rules. Unlike margin in securities transactions, initial margin on futures
contracts does not represent a borrowing, but rather is in the nature of a
performance bond or good-faith deposit that is returned to the Fund at the
termination of the transaction if all contractual obligations have been
satisfied. Under certain circumstances, such as periods of high
11
<PAGE>
volatility, the Fund may be required by an exchange to increase the level of
its initial margin payment, and initial margin requirements might be increased
generally in the future by regulatory action.
Subsequent "variation margin" payments are made to and from the futures broker
daily as the value of the futures position varies, a process known as "marking
to market." Variation margin does not involve borrowing, but rather represents
a daily settlement of the Fund's obligations to or from a futures broker. When
the Fund purchases an option on a future, the premium paid plus transaction
costs is all that is at risk. In contrast, when the Fund purchases or sells a
futures contract or writes a call or put option thereon, it is subject to daily
variation margin calls that could be substantial in the event of adverse price
movements. If the Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin
requirements, it might need to sell securities at a time when such sales are
disadvantageous. Purchasers and sellers of futures positions and options on
futures can enter into offsetting closing transactions by selling or
purchasing, respectively, an instrument identical to the instrument held or
written. Positions in futures and options on futures may be closed only on an
exchange or board of trade that provides a secondary market. The Fund intends
to enter into futures transactions only on exchanges or boards of trade where
there appears to be a liquid secondary market. However, there can be no
assurance that such a market will exist for a particular contract at a
particular time.
Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits on
the amount that the price of a future or option on a futures contract can vary
from the previous day's settlement price; once that limit is reached, no trades
may be made that day at a price beyond the limit. Daily price limits do not
limit potential losses because prices could move to the daily limit for several
consecutive days with little or no trading, thereby preventing liquidation of
unfavorable positions.
If the Fund were unable to liquidate a futures or option on a futures contract
position due to the absence of a liquid secondary market or the imposition of
price limits, it could incur substantial losses. The Fund would continue to be
subject to market risk with respect to the position. In addition, except in
the case of purchased options, the Fund would continue to be required to make
daily variation margin payments and might be required to maintain the position
being hedged by the future or option or to maintain cash or securities in a
segregated account.
Certain characteristics of the futures market might increase the risk that
movements in the prices of futures contracts or options on futures contracts
might not correlate perfectly with movements in the prices of the investments
being hedged. For example, all participants in the futures and options on
futures contracts markets are subject to daily variation margin calls and might
be compelled to liquidate futures or options on futures contracts positions
whose prices are moving unfavorably to avoid being subject to further calls.
These liquidations could increase price volatility of the instruments and
distort the normal price relationship between the futures or options and the
investments being hedged. Also, because initial margin deposit requirements in
the futures markets are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities
markets, there might be increased participation by speculators in the future
markets. This participation also might cause temporary price distortions. In
addition, activities of large traders in both the futures and securities
markets involving arbitrage, "program trading" and other investment strategies
might result in temporary price distortions.
FOREIGN CURRENCIES. The Fund may purchase and sell foreign currency on a spot
basis, and may use currency-related derivatives instruments such as options on
foreign currencies, futures on foreign currencies, options on futures on
foreign currencies and forward currency contracts (I.E., an obligation to
purchase or sell a specific currency at a specified future date, which may be
any fixed number of days from the contract date agreed upon by the parties, at
a price set at the time the contract is entered into). The Fund may use these
instruments for hedging or any other lawful purpose consistent with the Fund's
investment objective, including transaction hedging, anticipatory hedging,
cross hedging, proxy hedging, and position hedging. The Fund's use of
currency-related derivative instruments will be directly related to the Fund's
current or anticipated portfolio securities, and the Fund may engage in
transactions in currency-related derivative instruments as a means to protect
against some or all of the effects of adverse changes in foreign currency
exchange rates on its investment portfolio. In general, if the currency in
which a portfolio investment is denominated appreciates against the U.S.
dollar, the dollar value of the security will increase. Conversely, a decline
in the exchange rate of the currency would adversely affect the value of the
portfolio investment expressed in U.S. dollars.
For example, the Fund might use currency-related derivative instruments to
"lock in" a U.S. dollar price for a portfolio investment, thereby enabling the
Fund to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change
in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the subject foreign currency
during the period between the date the security is purchased or sold and the
date on which payment is made or received. The Fund also might use
currency-related derivative
12
<PAGE>
instruments when the Advisor believes that one currency may experience a
substantial movement against another currency, including the U.S. dollar, and
it may use currency-related derivative instruments to sell or buy the amount of
the former foreign currency, approximating the value of some or all of the
Fund's portfolio securities denominated in such foreign currency.
Alternatively, where appropriate, the Fund may use currency-related derivative
instruments to hedge all or part of its foreign currency exposure through the
use of a basket of currencies or a proxy currency where such currency or
currencies act as an effective proxy for other currencies. The use of this
basket hedging technique may be more efficient and economical than using
separate currency-related derivative instruments for each currency exposure
held by the Fund. Furthermore, currency-related derivative instruments may be
used for short hedges - for example, the Fund may sell a forward currency
contract to lock in the U.S. dollar equivalent of the proceeds from the
anticipated sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency.
In addition, the Fund may use a currency-related derivative instrument to shift
exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one foreign country to another
foreign country where the Advisor believes that the foreign currency exposure
purchased will appreciate relative to the U.S. dollar and thus better protect
the Fund against the expected decline in the foreign currency exposure sold.
For example, if the Fund owns securities denominated in a foreign currency and
the Advisor believes that currency will decline, it might enter into a forward
contract to sell an appropriate amount of the first foreign currency, with
payment to be made in a second foreign currency that the Advisor believes would
better protect the Fund against the decline in the first security than would a
U.S. dollar exposure. Hedging transactions that use two foreign currencies are
sometimes referred to as "cross hedges." The effective use of currency-related
derivative instruments by the Fund in a cross hedge is dependent upon a
correlation between price movements of the two currency instruments and the
underlying security involved, and the use of two currencies magnifies the risk
that movements in the price of one instrument may not correlate or may
correlate unfavorably with the foreign currency being hedged. Such a lack of
correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the currency
instruments used or investments being hedged, such as speculative or other
pressures on the markets in which these instruments are traded.
The Fund also might seek to hedge against changes in the value of a particular
currency when no hedging instruments on that currency are available or such
hedging instruments are more expensive than certain other hedging instruments.
In such cases, the Fund may hedge against price movements in that currency by
entering into transactions using currency-related derivative instruments on
another foreign currency or a basket of currencies, the values of which the
Advisor believes will have a high degree of positive correlation to the value
of the currency being hedged. The risk that movements in the price of the
hedging instrument will not correlate perfectly with movements in the price of
the currency being hedged is magnified when this strategy is used.
The use of currency-related derivative instruments by the Fund involves a
number of risks. The value of currency-related derivative instruments depends
on the value of the underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar. Because
foreign currency transactions occurring in the interbank market might involve
substantially larger amounts than those involved in the use of such derivative
instruments, the Fund could be disadvantaged by having to deal in the odd lot
market (generally consisting of transactions of less than $1 million) for the
underlying foreign currencies at prices that are less favorable than for round
lots (generally consisting of transactions of greater than $1 million).
There is no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign
currencies or any regulatory requirement that quotations available through
dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis.
Quotation information generally is representative of very large transactions in
the interbank market and thus might not reflect odd-lot transactions where
rates might be less favorable. The interbank market in foreign currencies is a
global, round-the-clock market. To the extent the U.S. options or futures
markets are closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open,
significant price and rate movements might take place in the underlying markets
that cannot be reflected in the markets for the derivative instruments until
they re-open.
Settlement of transactions in currency-related derivative instruments might be
required to take place within the country issuing the underlying currency.
Thus, the Fund might be required to accept or make delivery of the underlying
foreign currency in accordance with any U.S. or foreign regulations regarding
the maintenance of foreign banking arrangements by U.S. residents and might be
required to pay any fees, taxes and charges associated with such delivery
assessed in the issuing country.
When the Fund engages in a transaction in a currency-related derivative
instrument, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the
underlying currency at the maturity of the contract or otherwise complete the
contract. In other words, the Fund
13
<PAGE>
will be subject to the risk that a loss may be sustained by the Fund as a
result of the failure of the counterparty to comply with the terms of the
transaction. The counterparty risk for exchange-traded instruments is
generally less than for privately negotiated or OTC currency instruments, since
generally a clearing agency, which is the issuer or counterparty to each
instrument, provides a guarantee of performance. For privately negotiated
instruments, there is no similar clearing agency guarantee. In all
transactions, the Fund will bear the risk that the counterparty will default,
and this could result in a loss of the expected benefit of the transaction and
possibly other losses to the Fund. The Fund will enter into transactions in
currency-related derivative instruments only with counterparties that the
Advisor reasonably believes are capable of performing under the contract.
Purchasers and sellers of currency-related derivative instruments may enter
into offsetting closing transactions by selling or purchasing, respectively, an
instrument identical to the instrument purchased or sold. Secondary markets
generally do not exist for forward currency contracts, with the result that
closing transactions generally can be made for forward currency contracts only
by negotiating directly with the counterparty. Thus, there can be no assurance
that the Fund will in fact be able to close out a forward currency contract (or
any other currency-related derivative instrument) at a time and price favorable
to the Fund. In addition, in the event of insolvency of the counterparty, the
Fund might be unable to close out a forward currency contract at any time prior
to maturity. In the case of an exchange-traded instrument, the Fund will be
able to close the position out only on an exchange which provides a market for
the instruments. The ability to establish and close out positions on an
exchange is subject to the maintenance of a liquid market, and there can be no
assurance that a liquid market will exist for any instrument at any specific
time. In the case of a privately negotiated instrument, the Fund will be able
to realize the value of the instrument only by entering into a closing
transaction with the issuer or finding a third party buyer for the instrument.
While the Fund will enter into privately negotiated transactions only with
entities who are expected to be capable of entering into a closing transaction,
there can be no assurance that the Fund will in fact be able to enter into such
closing transactions.
The precise matching of currency-related derivative instrument amounts and the
value of the portfolio securities involved generally will not be possible
because the value of such securities, measured in the foreign currency, will
change after the currency-related derivative instrument position has been
established. Thus, the Fund might need to purchase or sell foreign currencies
in the spot (cash) market. The projection of short-term currency market
movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term
hedging strategy is highly uncertain.
Permissible foreign currency options will include options traded primarily in
the OTC market. Although options on foreign currencies are traded primarily in
the OTC market, the Fund will normally purchase or sell OTC options on foreign
currency only when the Advisor reasonably believes a liquid secondary market
will exist for a particular option at any specific time.
There will be a cost to the Fund of engaging in transactions in
currency-related derivative instruments that will vary with factors such as the
contract or currency involved, the length of the contract period and the market
conditions then prevailing. The Fund using these instruments may have to pay a
fee or commission or, in cases where the instruments are entered into on a
principal basis, foreign exchange dealers or other counterparties will realize
a profit based on the difference ("spread") between the prices at which they
are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, for example, a dealer may
offer to sell a foreign currency to the Fund at one rate, while offering a
lesser rate of exchange should the Fund desire to resell that currency to the
dealer.
When required by the SEC guidelines, the Fund will set aside permissible liquid
assets in segregated accounts or otherwise cover the Fund's potential
obligations under currency-related derivatives instruments. To the extent the
Fund's assets are so set aside, they cannot be sold while the corresponding
currency position is open, unless they are replaced with similar assets. As a
result, if a large portion of the Fund's assets are so set aside, this could
impede portfolio management or the Fund's ability to meet redemption requests
or other current obligations.
The Advisor's decision to engage in a transaction in a particular
currency-related derivative instrument will reflect the Advisor's judgment that
the transaction will provide value to the Fund and its shareholders and is
consistent with the Fund's objectives and policies. In making such a judgment,
the Advisor will analyze the benefits and risks of the transaction and weigh
them in the context of the Fund's entire portfolio and objectives. The
effectiveness of any transaction in a currency-related derivative instrument is
dependent on a variety of factors, including the Advisor's skill in analyzing
and predicting currency values and upon a correlation between price movements
of the currency instrument and the underlying security. There might be
imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of an
instrument and price movements of investments being hedged. Such a lack of
correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the investments
14
<PAGE>
being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the markets in which
these instruments are traded. In addition, the Fund's use of currency-related
derivative instruments is always subject to the risk that the currency in
question could be devalued by the foreign government. In such a case, any long
currency positions would decline in value and could adversely affect any
hedging position maintained by the Fund.
The Fund's dealing in currency-related derivative instruments will generally be
limited to the transactions described above. However, the Fund reserves the
right to use currency-related derivatives instruments for different purposes
and under different circumstances. Of course, the Fund is not required to use
currency-related derivatives instruments and will not do so unless deemed
appropriate by the Advisor. It also should be realized that use of these
instruments does not eliminate, or protect against, price movements in the
Fund's securities that are attributable to other (I.E., non-currency related)
causes. Moreover, while the use of currency-related derivatives instruments
may reduce the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of a hedged currency,
at the same time the use of these instruments tends to limit any potential gain
which may result from an increase in the value of that currency.
SWAP AGREEMENTS. The Fund may enter into interest rate, securities index,
commodity, or security and currency exchange rate swap agreements for any
lawful purpose consistent with the Fund's investment objective, such as for the
purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular desired return or
spread at a lower cost to the Fund than if the Fund had invested directly in an
instrument that yielded that desired return or spread. The Fund also may enter
into swaps in order to protect against an increase in the price of, or the
currency exchange rate applicable to, securities that the Fund anticipates
purchasing at a later date. Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered
into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks
to several years. In a standard "swap" transaction, two parties agree to
exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized
on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to
be exchanged or "swapped" between the parties are calculated with respect to a
"notional amount" (I.E., the return on or increase in value of a particular
dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate) in a particular foreign
currency, or in a "basket" of securities representing a particular index. Swap
agreements may include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a
premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that
interest rates exceed a specified rate, or "cap;" interest rate floors, under
which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other
to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified level, or "floor;" and
interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor,
or vice versa, in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements
exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.
The "notional amount" of the swap agreement is the agreed upon basis for
calculating the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to
exchange. Under most swap agreements entered into by the Fund, the obligations
of the parties would be exchanged on a "net basis." Consequently, the Fund's
obligation (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to
the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative
values of the positions held by each party to the agreement ("net amount").
The Fund's obligation under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset
against amounts owed to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed
to a swap counterparty will be covered by the maintenance of a segregated
account consisting of cash and/or other appropriate liquid assets.
Whether the Fund's use of swap agreements will be successful in furthering its
investment objective will depend, in part, on the Advisor's ability to predict
correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater
returns than other investments. Swap agreements may be considered to be
illiquid. Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to
be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of
a swap agreement counterparty. Certain restrictions imposed on the Fund by the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 ("IRC") may limit the Fund's ability to use swap
agreements. The swaps market is largely unregulated.
The Fund will enter swap agreements only with counterparties that the Advisor
reasonably believes are capable of performing under the swap agreements. If
there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have
to rely on its contractual remedies (which may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency or similar laws) pursuant to the agreements related to the
transaction.
ADDITIONAL DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND STRATEGIES. In addition to the
derivative instruments and strategies described above and in the Prospectus,
the Advisor expects to discover additional derivative instruments and other
hedging or risk management techniques. The Advisor may utilize these new
derivative instruments and techniques to the extent that they are consistent
with
15
<PAGE>
the Fund's investment objective and permitted by the Fund's investment
limitations, operating policies, and applicable regulatory authorities.
FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES
The Fund may invest, to a limited extent, in foreign investment companies.
Some of the countries in which the Fund invests may not permit direct
investment by outside investors. Investments in such countries may only be
permitted through foreign government-approved or -authorized investment
vehicles, which may include other investment companies. In addition, it may be
less expensive and more expedient for the Fund to invest in a foreign
investment company in a country which permits direct foreign investment.
Investing through such vehicles may involve frequent or layered fees or
expenses and may also be subject to limitation under the 1940 Act. Under the
1940 Act, the Fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in shares of other
investment companies and up to 5% of its assets in any one investment company
as long as the investment does not represent more than 3% of the voting stock
of the acquired investment company. The Fund does not intend to invest in such
investment companies unless, in the judgment of the Advisor, the potential
benefits of such investments justify the payment of any associated fees and
expenses.
FOREIGN SECURITIES
Investing in foreign securities involves a series of risks not present in
investing in U.S. securities. Many of the foreign securities held by the Fund
will not be registered with the SEC, nor will the foreign issuers be subject to
SEC reporting requirements. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available
information concerning foreign issuers of securities held by the Fund than is
available concerning U.S. companies. Disclosure and regulatory standards in
many respects are less stringent in emerging market countries than in the U.S.
and other major markets. There also may be a lower level of monitoring and
regulation of emerging markets and the activities of investors in such markets,
and enforcement of existing regulations may be extremely limited. Foreign
companies, and in particular, companies in smaller and emerging capital markets
are not generally subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial
reporting standards, or to other regulatory requirements comparable to those
applicable to U.S. companies. The Fund's net investment income and capital
gains from its foreign investment activities may be subject to non-U.S.
withholding taxes.
The costs attributable to foreign investing that the Fund must bear frequently
are higher than those attributable to domestic investing; this is particularly
true with respect to emerging capital markets. For example, the cost of
maintaining custody of foreign securities exceeds custodian costs for domestic
securities, and transaction and settlement costs of foreign investing also
frequently are higher than those attributable to domestic investing. Costs
associated with the exchange of currencies also make foreign investing more
expensive than domestic investing. Investment income on certain foreign
securities in which the Fund may invest may be subject to foreign withholding
or other government taxes that could reduce the return of these securities.
Tax treaties between the U.S. and foreign countries, however, may reduce or
eliminate the amount of foreign tax to which the Fund would be subject.
Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in
certain markets there have been times when settlements have failed to keep pace
with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such
transactions. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when
assets of the Fund are uninvested and are earning no investment return. The
inability of the Fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement
problems could cause the Fund to miss investment opportunities. Inability to
dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either
in losses to the Fund due to subsequent declines in the value of such portfolio
security or, if the Fund has entered into a contract to sell the security,
could result in possible liability to the purchaser.
HIGH-YIELD (HIGH-RISK) SECURITIES
IN GENERAL. Non-investment grade debt obligations ("lower-quality securities")
include (1) bonds rated as low as C by Moody's Investors ("Moody's"), Standard
& Poor's Ratings Group ("S&P"), and comparable ratings of other nationally
recognized statistical rating organizations ("NRSROs"); (2) commercial paper
rated as low as C by S&P, Not Prime by Moody's, and comparable ratings of other
NRSROs; and (3) unrated debt obligations of comparable quality. Lower-quality
securities, while generally offering higher yields than investment grade
securities with similar maturities, involve greater risks, including the
possibility of default or bankruptcy. They are regarded as predominantly
speculative with respect to the
16
<PAGE>
issuer's capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The special risk
considerations in connection with investments in these securities are discussed
below. Refer to the Appendix for a description of the securities ratings.
EFFECT OF INTEREST RATES AND ECONOMIC CHANGES. The lower-quality and
comparable unrated security market is relatively new and its growth has
paralleled a long economic expansion. As a result, it is not clear how this
market may withstand a prolonged recession or economic downturn. Such
conditions could severely disrupt the market for and adversely affect the value
of such securities.
All interest-bearing securities typically experience appreciation when interest
rates decline and depreciation when interest rates rise. The market values of
lower-quality and comparable unrated securities tend to reflect individual
corporate developments to a greater extent than do higher rated securities,
which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates.
Lower-quality and comparable unrated securities also tend to be more sensitive
to economic conditions than are higher-rated securities. As a result, they
generally involve more credit risks than securities in the higher-rated
categories. During an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising
interest rates, highly leveraged issuers of lower-quality and comparable
unrated securities may experience financial stress and may not have sufficient
revenues to meet their payment obligations. The issuer's ability to service
its debt obligations may also be adversely affected by specific corporate
developments, the issuer's inability to meet specific projected business
forecasts or the unavailability of additional financing. The risk of loss due
to default by an issuer of these securities is significantly greater than
issuers of higher-rated securities because such securities are generally
unsecured and are often subordinated to other creditors. Further, if the
issuer of a lower-quality or comparable unrated security defaulted, the Fund
might incur additional expenses to seek recovery. Periods of economic
uncertainty and changes would also generally result in increased volatility in
the market prices of these securities and thus in the Fund's net asset value.
As previously stated, the value of a lower-quality or comparable unrated
security will decrease in a rising interest rate market and accordingly, so
will the Fund's net asset value. If the Fund experiences unexpected net
redemptions in such a market, it may be forced to liquidate a portion of its
portfolio securities without regard to their investment merits. Due to the
limited liquidity of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities (discussed
below), the Fund may be forced to liquidate these securities at a substantial
discount. Any such liquidation would force the Fund to sell the more liquid
portion of its portfolio.
PAYMENT EXPECTATIONS. Lower-quality and comparable unrated securities
typically contain redemption, call or prepayment provisions which permit the
issuer of such securities containing such provisions to, at its discretion,
redeem the securities. During periods of falling interest rates, issuers of
these securities are likely to redeem or prepay the securities and refinance
them with debt securities with a lower interest rate. To the extent an issuer
is able to refinance the securities, or otherwise redeem them, the Fund may
have to replace the securities with a lower yielding security, which would
result in a lower return for the Fund.
CREDIT RATINGS. Credit ratings issued by credit rating agencies are designed
to evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments of rated securities.
They do not, however, evaluate the market value risk of lower-quality
securities and, therefore, may not fully reflect the true risks of an
investment. In addition, credit rating agencies may or may not make timely
changes in a rating to reflect changes in the economy or in the condition of
the issuer that affect the market value of the security. Consequently, credit
ratings are used only as a preliminary indicator of investment quality.
Investments in lower-quality and comparable unrated obligations will be more
dependent on the Advisor's credit analysis than would be the case with
investments in investment-grade debt obligations. The Advisor employs its own
credit research and analysis, which includes a study of existing debt, capital
structure, ability to service debt and to pay dividends, the issuer's
sensitivity to economic conditions, its operating history and the current trend
of earnings. The Advisor continually monitors the investments in the Fund's
portfolio and carefully evaluates whether to dispose of or to retain
lower-quality and comparable unrated securities whose credit ratings or credit
quality may have changed.
LIQUIDITY AND VALUATION. The Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain
lower-quality and comparable unrated securities because there may be a thin
trading market for such securities. Because not all dealers maintain markets
in all lower-quality and comparable unrated securities, there is no established
retail secondary market for many of these securities. The Fund anticipates
that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of dealers or
institutional investors. To the extent a secondary trading market does exist,
it is generally not as liquid as the secondary market for higher-rated
securities. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact
on the market price of the security. As a result, the Fund's asset value
16
<PAGE>
and ability to dispose of particular securities, when necessary to meet the
Fund's liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, may be
impacted. The lack of a liquid secondary market for certain securities may
also make it more difficult for the Fund to obtain accurate market quotations
for purposes of valuing the Fund's portfolio. Market quotations are generally
available on many lower-quality and comparable unrated issues only from a
limited number of dealers and may not necessarily represent firm bids of such
dealers or prices for actual sales. During periods of thin trading, the spread
between bid and asked prices is likely to increase significantly. In addition,
adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental
analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of lower-quality and comparable
unrated securities, especially in a thinly traded market.
LEGISLATION. Legislation may be adopted, from time to time, designed to limit
the use of certain lower-quality and comparable unrated securities by certain
issuers. It is anticipated that if additional legislation is enacted or
proposed, it could have a material affect on the value of these securities and
the existence of a secondary trading market for the securities.
ILLIQUID SECURITIES
The Fund may invest in illiquid securities (I.E., securities that are not
readily marketable). However, the Fund will not acquire illiquid securities
if, as a result, the illiquid securities would comprise more than 15% (10% for
money market funds) of the value of the Fund's net assets (or such other
amounts as may be permitted under the 1940 Act). However, as a matter of
internal policy, the Advisor intends to limit the Fund's investments in
illiquid securities to 10% of its net assets.
The Board of Directors of the Fund, or its delegate, has the ultimate
authority to determine, to the extent permissible under the federal securities
laws, which securities are illiquid for purposes of this limitation. Certain
securities exempt from registration or issued in transactions exempt from
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("Securities Act"),
such as securities that may be resold to institutional investors under Rule
144A under the Securities Act and Section 4(2) commercial paper, may be
considered liquid under guidelines adopted by the Fund's Board of Directors.
The Board of Directors of the Fund has delegated to the Advisor the day-to-day
determination of the liquidity of a security, although it has retained
oversight and ultimate responsibility for such determinations. The Board of
Directors has directed the Advisor to look to such factors as (1) the frequency
of trades or quotes for a security, (2) the number of dealers willing to
purchase or sell the security and number of potential buyers, (3) the
willingness of dealers to undertake to make a market in the security, (4) the
nature of the security and nature of the marketplace trades, such as the time
needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers, and the
mechanics of transfer, (5) the likelihood that the security's marketability
will be maintained throughout the anticipated holding period, and (6) any other
relevant factors. The Advisor may determine 4(2) commercial paper to be liquid
if (1) the 4(2) commercial paper is not traded flat or in default as to
principal and interest, (2) the 4(2) commercial paper is rated in one of the
two highest rating categories by at least two NRSROs), or if only one NRSRO
rates the security, by that NRSRO, or is determined by the Advisor to be of
equivalent quality, and (3) the Advisor considers the trading market for the
specific security taking into account all relevant factors. With respect to
any foreign holdings, a foreign security may be considered liquid by the
Advisor (despite its restricted nature under the Securities Act) if the
security can be freely traded in a foreign securities market and all the facts
and circumstances support a finding of liquidity.
Restricted securities may be sold only in privately negotiated transactions or
in a public offering with respect to which a registration statement is in
effect under the Securities Act. Where registration is required, the Fund may
be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable
period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the
Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration
statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to
develop, the Fund might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it
decided to sell. Restricted securities will be priced in accordance with
pricing procedures adopted by the Board of Directors of the Fund. If through
the appreciation of restricted securities or the depreciation of unrestricted
securities the Fund should be in a position where more than 15% of the value of
its net assets are invested in illiquid securities, including restricted
securities which are not readily marketable (except for 144A Securities and
4(2) commercial paper deemed to be liquid by the Advisor), the Fund will take
such steps as is deemed advisable, if any, to protect the liquidity of the
Fund's portfolio.
The Fund may sell OTC options and, in connection therewith, segregate assets or
cover its obligations with respect to OTC options written by the Fund. The
assets used as cover for OTC options written by the Fund will be considered
illiquid unless the OTC options are sold to qualified dealers who agree that
the Fund may repurchase any OTC option it writes at a maximum
18
<PAGE>
price to be calculated by a formula set forth in the option agreement. The
cover for an OTC option written subject to this procedure would be considered
illiquid only to the extent that the maximum repurchase price under the formula
exceeds the intrinsic value of the option.
LENDING OF PORTFOLIO SECURITIES
The Fund is authorized to lend up to 33 1/3% of the total value of its
portfolio securities to broker-dealers or institutional investors that the
Advisor deems qualified, but only when the borrower maintains with the Fund's
custodian bank collateral either in cash or money market instruments in an
amount at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned, plus
accrued interest and dividends, determined on a daily basis and adjusted
accordingly. Although the Fund is authorized to lend, the Fund does not
presently intend to engage in lending. In determining whether to lend
securities to a particular broker-dealer or institutional investor, the Advisor
will consider, and during the period of the loan will monitor, all relevant
facts and circumstances, including the creditworthiness of the borrower. The
Fund will retain authority to terminate any loans at any time. The Fund may
pay reasonable administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan and
may pay a negotiated portion of the interest earned on the cash or money market
instruments held as collateral to the borrower or placing broker. The Fund
will receive reasonable interest on the loan or a flat fee from the borrower
and amounts equivalent to any dividends, interest or other distributions on the
securities loaned. The Fund will retain record ownership of loaned securities
to exercise beneficial rights, such as voting and subscription rights and
rights to dividends, interest or other distributions, when retaining such
rights is considered to be in the Fund's interest.
MORTGAGE- AND ASSET-BACKED DEBT SECURITIES
Mortgage-backed securities represent direct or indirect participations in, or
are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans secured by real property, and
include single- and multi-class pass-through securities and collateralized
mortgage obligations. Such securities may be issued or guaranteed by U.S.
government agencies or instrumentalities, such as the Government National
Mortgage Association and the Federal National Mortgage Association, or by
private issuers, generally originators and investors in mortgage loans,
including savings associations, mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment
bankers, and special purpose entities (collectively, "private lenders").
Mortgage-backed securities issued by private lenders may be supported by pools
of mortgage loans or other mortgage-backed securities that are guaranteed,
directly or indirectly, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or
instrumentalities, or they may be issued without any governmental guarantee of
the underlying mortgage assets but with some form of non-governmental credit
enhancement.
Asset-backed securities have structural characteristics similar to
mortgage-backed securities. Asset-backed debt obligations represent direct or
indirect participation in, or are secured by and payable from, assets such as
motor vehicle installment sales contracts, other installment loan contracts,
home equity loans, leases of various types of property, and receivables from
credit card or other revolving credit arrangements. The credit quality of most
asset-backed securities depends primarily on the credit quality of the assets
underlying such securities, how well the entity issuing the security is
insulated from the credit risk of the originator or any other affiliated
entities, and the amount and quality of any credit enhancement of the
securities. Payments or distributions of principal and interest on
asset-backed debt obligations may be supported by non-governmental credit
enhancements including letters of credit, reserve funds, overcollateralization,
and guarantees by third parties. The market for privately issued asset-backed
debt obligations is smaller and less liquid than the market for government
sponsored mortgage-backed securities.
The rate of principal payment on mortgage- and asset-backed securities
generally depends on the rate of principal payments received on the underlying
assets which in turn may be affected by a variety of economic and other
factors. As a result, the yield on any mortgage- and asset-backed security is
difficult to predict with precision and actual yield to maturity may be more or
less than the anticipated yield to maturity. The yield characteristics of
mortgage- and asset-backed securities differ from those of traditional debt
securities. Among the principal differences are that interest and principal
payments are made more frequently on mortgage-and asset-backed securities,
usually monthly, and that principal may be prepaid at any time because the
underlying mortgage loans or other assets generally may be prepaid at any time.
As a result, if the Fund purchases these securities at a premium, a prepayment
rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a
prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of
increasing the yield to maturity. Conversely, if the Fund purchases these
securities at a discount, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will
increase yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than
expected will reduce yield to maturity. Amounts available for reinvestment by
the Fund are likely to be
19
<PAGE>
greater during a period of declining interest rates and, as a result, are
likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of rising
interest rates. Accelerated prepayments on securities purchased by the Fund at
a premium also impose a risk of loss of principal because the premium may not
have been fully amortized at the time the principal is prepaid in full. The
market for privately issued mortgage- and asset-backed securities is smaller
and less liquid than the market for government-sponsored mortgage-backed
securities.
While many mortgage- and asset-backed securities are issued with only one class
of security, many are issued in more than one class, each with different
payment terms. Multiple class mortgage- and asset-backed securities are issued
for two main reasons. First, multiple classes may be used as a method of
providing credit support. This is accomplished typically through creation of
one or more classes whose right to payments on the security is made subordinate
to the right to such payments of the remaining class or classes. Second,
multiple classes may permit the issuance of securities with payment terms,
interest rates, or other characteristics differing both from those of each
other and from those of the underlying assets. Examples include so-called
"strips" (mortgage- and asset-backed securities entitling the holder to
disproportionate interests with respect to the allocation of interest and
principal of the assets backing the security), and securities with class or
classes having characteristics which mimic the characteristics of non-mortgage-
or asset-backed securities, such as floating interest rates (I.E., interest
rates which adjust as a specified benchmark changes) or scheduled amortization
of principal.
The Fund may invest in stripped mortgage- or asset-backed securities, which
receive differing proportions of the interest and principal payments from the
underlying assets. The market value of such securities generally is more
sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates than is the case with
traditional mortgage- and asset-backed securities, and in some cases such
market value may be extremely volatile. With respect to certain stripped
securities, such as interest only and principal only classes, a rate of
prepayment that is faster or slower than anticipated may result in the Fund
failing to recover all or a portion of its investment, even though the
securities are rated investment grade.
Mortgage- and asset-backed securities backed by assets, other than as described
above, or in which the payment streams on the underlying assets are allocated
in a manner different than those described above may be issued in the future.
The Fund may invest in such securities if such investment is otherwise
consistent with its investment objectives and policies and with the investment
restrictions of the Fund.
PARTICIPATION INTERESTS
A participation interest gives the Fund an undivided interest in a municipal
obligation in the proportion that the Fund's participation interest bears to
the principal amount of the obligation. These instruments may have fixed,
floating, or variable rates of interest. The Fund will only purchase
participation interests if accompanied by an opinion of counsel that the
interest earned on the underlying municipal obligations will be tax-exempt. If
the Fund purchases unrated participation interests, the Board of Directors or
its delegate must have determined that the credit risk is equivalent to the
rated obligations in which the Fund may invest. Participation interests may be
backed by a letter of credit or guaranty of the selling institution. When
determining whether such a participation interest meets the Fund's credit
quality requirements, the Fund may look to the credit quality of any financial
guarantor providing a letter of credit or guaranty.
REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with certain banks or non-bank
dealers. In a repurchase agreement, the Fund buys a security at one price, and
at the time of sale, the seller agrees to repurchase the obligation at a
mutually agreed upon time and price (usually within seven days). The
repurchase agreement, thereby, determines the yield during the purchaser's
holding period, while the seller's obligation to repurchase is secured by the
value of the underlying security. The Advisor will monitor, on an ongoing
basis, the value of the underlying securities to ensure that the value always
equals or exceeds the repurchase price plus accrued interest. Repurchase
agreements could involve certain risks in the event of a default or insolvency
of the other party to the agreement, including possible delays or restrictions
upon the Fund's ability to dispose of the underlying securities. Although no
definitive creditworthiness criteria are used, the Advisor reviews the
creditworthiness of the banks and non-bank dealers with which the Fund enters
into repurchase agreements to evaluate those risks. The Fund may, under
certain circumstances, deem repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S.
government securities to be investments in U.S. government securities.
20
<PAGE>
REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND MORTGAGE DOLLAR ROLLS
The Fund may engage in reverse repurchase agreements to facilitate portfolio
liquidity, a practice common in the mutual fund industry, or for arbitrage
transactions as discussed below. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund
would sell a security and enter into an agreement to repurchase the security at
a specified future date and price. The Fund generally retains the right to
interest and principal payments on the security. Since the Fund receives cash
upon entering into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may be considered a
borrowing. When required by guidelines of the SEC, the Fund will set aside
permissible liquid assets in a segregated account to secure its obligations to
repurchase the security.
The Fund may also enter into mortgage dollar rolls, in which the Fund would
sell mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the current month and
simultaneously contract to purchase substantially similar securities on a
specified future date. While the Fund would forego principal and interest paid
on the mortgage-backed securities during the roll period, the Fund would be
compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower
price for the future purchase as well as by any interest earned on the proceeds
of the initial sale. The Fund also could be compensated through the receipt of
fee income equivalent to a lower forward price. At the time the Fund would
enter into a mortgage dollar roll, it would set aside permissible liquid assets
in a segregated account to secure its obligation for the forward commitment to
buy mortgage-backed securities. Mortgage dollar roll transactions may be
considered a borrowing by the Fund.
The mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements entered into by the
Fund may be used as arbitrage transactions in which the Fund will maintain an
offsetting position in investment grade debt obligations or repurchase
agreements that mature on or before the settlement date on the related mortgage
dollar roll or reverse repurchase agreements. Since the Fund will receive
interest on the securities or repurchase agreements in which it invests the
transaction proceeds, such transactions may involve leverage. However, since
such securities or repurchase agreements will be high quality and will mature
on or before the settlement date of the mortgage dollar roll or reverse
repurchase agreement, the Advisor believes that such arbitrage transactions do
not present the risks to the Fund that are associated with other types of
leverage.
SHORT SALES
The Fund may sell securities short (1) to hedge unrealized gains on portfolio
securities or (2) if it covers such short sale with liquid assets as required
by the current rules and positions of the SEC or its staff. Selling securities
short against the box involves selling a security that the Fund owns or has the
right to acquire, for delivery at a specified date in the future. If the Fund
sells securities short against the box, it may protect unrealized gains, but
will lose the opportunity to profit on such securities if the price rises.
SMALL AND MEDIUM COMPANIES
The Fund may invest its assets in small and medium companies. While small and
medium companies generally have the potential for rapid growth, investments in
small and medium companies often involve greater risks than investments in
larger, more established companies because small and medium companies may lack
the management experience, financial resources, product diversification, and
competitive strengths of larger companies. In addition, in many instances the
securities of small and medium companies are traded only OTC or on a regional
securities exchange, and the frequency and volume of their trading is
substantially less than is typical of larger companies. Therefore, the
securities of small and medium companies may be subject to greater and more
abrupt price fluctuations. When making large sales, the Fund may have to sell
portfolio
21
<PAGE>
holdings at discounts from quoted prices or may have to make a series of small
sales over an extended period of time due to the trading volume of small and
medium company securities. Investors should be aware that, based on the
foregoing factors, an investment in the Fund may be subject to greater price
fluctuations than an investment in the Fund that invests primarily in larger,
more established companies. The Advisor's research efforts may also play a
greater role in selecting securities for the Fund than in the Fund that invests
in larger, more established companies.
STANDBY COMMITMENTS
In order to facilitate portfolio liquidity, the Fund may acquire standby
commitments from brokers, dealers, or banks with respect to securities in its
portfolio. Standby commitments entitle the holder to achieve same-day
settlement and receive an exercise price equal to the amortized cost of the
underlying security plus accrued interest. Standby commitments generally
increase the cost of the acquisition of the underlying security, thereby
reducing the yield. Standby commitments are subject to the issuer's ability to
fulfill its obligation upon demand. Although no definitive creditworthiness
criteria are used, the Advisor reviews the creditworthiness of the brokers,
dealers, and banks from which the Fund obtains standby commitments to evaluate
those risks.
U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES
U.S. government securities are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or
its agencies or instrumentalities. Securities issued by the government include
U.S. Treasury obligations, such as Treasury bills, notes, and bonds. Securities
issued by government agencies or instrumentalities include obligations of the
following:
- - the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration,
Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, and
the Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA"), including GNMA
pass-through certificates, whose securities are supported by the full faith
and credit of the United States;
- - the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and the
Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of
the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury;
- - the Federal National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by
the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain
obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and
- - the Student Loan Marketing Association, the Interamerican Development Bank,
and International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, whose securities
are supported only by the credit of such agencies.
Although the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S.
government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given
that it will always do so. The U.S. government and its agencies and
instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities;
consequently, the value of such securities will fluctuate.
WARRANTS
The Fund may acquire warrants. Warrants are securities giving the holder the
right, but not the obligation, to buy the stock of an issuer at a given price
(generally higher than the value of the stock at the time of issuance) during a
specified period or perpetually. Warrants may be acquired separately or in
connection with the acquisition of securities. Warrants do not carry with them
the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to the securities that
they entitle their holder to purchase, and they do not represent any rights in
the assets of the issuer. As a result, warrants may be considered to have more
speculative characteristics than certain other types of investments. In
addition, the value of a warrant does not necessarily change with the value of
the underlying securities, and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not
exercised prior to its expiration date.
WHEN-ISSUED AND DELAYED-DELIVERY SECURITIES
The Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis.
The price of debt obligations so purchased, which may be expressed in yield
terms, generally is fixed at the time the commitment to purchase is made, but
delivery and payment for the securities take place at a later date. During the
period between the purchase and settlement, no payment is made by the Fund to
the issuer and no interest on the debt obligations accrues to the Fund.
Forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be
purchased declines prior to the settlement date, which risk is in addition to
the risk of decline in value of the Fund's other assets. While when-issued and
delayed-delivery securities may be sold prior to the
21
<PAGE>
settlement date, the Fund intends to purchase such securities with the purpose
of actually acquiring them unless a sale appears desirable for investment
reasons. At the time the Fund makes the commitment to purchase these types of
securities, it will record the transaction and reflect the value of the
security in determining its net asset value. The Fund does not believe that
its net asset value will be adversely affected by these types of securities
purchases.
To the extent required by the SEC, the Fund will maintain cash and marketable
securities equal in value to commitments for when-issued or delayed-delivery
securities. Such segregated securities either will mature or, if necessary, be
sold on or before the settlement date. When the time comes to pay for
when-issued or delayed-delivery securities, the Fund will meet its obligations
from then-available cash flow, sale of the securities held in the separate
account, described above, sale of other securities or, although it would not
normally expect to do so, from the sale of the when-issued or delayed-delivery
securities themselves (which may have a market value greater or less than the
Fund's payment obligation).
ZERO-COUPON, STEP-COUPON, AND PAY-IN-KIND SECURITIES
The Fund may invest in zero-coupon, step-coupon, and pay-in-kind securities.
These securities are debt securities that do not make regular cash interest
payments. Zero-coupon and step-coupon securities are sold at a deep discount
to their face value. Pay-in-kind securities pay interest through the issuance
of additional securities. Because such securities do not pay current cash
income, the price of these securities can be volatile when interest rates
fluctuate. While these securities do not pay current cash income, federal
income tax law requires the holders of zero-coupon, step-coupon, and
pay-in-kind securities to include in income each year the portion of the
original issue discount (or deemed discount) and other non-cash income on such
securities accruing that year. In order to continue to qualify as a "regulated
investment company" or "RIC" under the IRC and avoid a certain excise tax, the
Fund may be required to distribute a portion of such discount and income and
may be required to dispose of other portfolio securities, which may occur in
periods of adverse market prices, in order to generate cash to meet these
distribution requirements.
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
The Board of Directors of the Fund is responsible for managing the Fund's
business and affairs. Directors and officers of the Fund, together with
information as to their principal business occupations during the last five
years, and other information are shown below. Each director who is deemed an
"interested person," as defined in the 1940 Act, is indicated by an asterisk
(*). Each officer and director holds the same position with the 27 registered
open-end management investment companies consisting of 53 mutual funds ("Strong
Funds"). The Strong Funds, in the aggregate, pay each Director who is not a
director, officer, or employee of the Advisor, or any affiliated company (a
"disinterested director") an annual fee of $50,000, plus $100 per Board meeting
for each Strong Fund. In addition, each disinterested director is reimbursed
by the Strong Funds for travel and other expenses incurred in connection with
attendance at such meetings. Other officers and directors of the Strong Funds
receive no compensation or expense reimbursement from the Strong Funds.
*RICHARD S. STRONG (DOB 5/12/42), Director and Chairman of the Board of the
Strong Funds.
Prior to August 1985, Mr. Strong was Chief Executive Officer of the Advisor,
which he founded in 1974. Since August 1985, Mr. Strong has been a Security
Analyst and Portfolio Manager of the Advisor. In October 1991, Mr. Strong also
became the Chairman of the Advisor. Mr. Strong is a Director of the Advisor.
Mr. Strong has been in the investment management business since 1967.
MARVIN E. NEVINS (DOB 7/19/18), Director of the Strong Funds.
Private Investor. From 1945 to 1980, Mr. Nevins was Chairman of Wisconsin
Centrifugal Inc., a foundry. Mr. Nevins is a former Chairman of the Wisconsin
Association of Manufacturers & Commerce. He has been a Director of A-Life
Medical, Inc., San Diego, CA since 1996 and Surface Systems, Inc. (a weather
information company), St. Louis, MO since 1992. He was also a regent of the
Milwaukee School of Engineering and a member of the Board of Trustees of the
Medical College of Wisconsin and Carroll College.
WILLIE D. DAVIS (DOB 7/24/34), Director of the Strong Funds.
23
<PAGE>
Mr. Davis has been Director of Alliance Bank since 1980, Sara Lee Corporation
(a food/consumer products company) since 1983, KMart Corporation (a discount
consumer products company) since 1985, Dow Chemical Company since 1988, MGM
Grand, Inc. (an entertainment/hotel company) since 1990, WICOR, Inc. (a utility
company) since 1990, Johnson Controls, Inc. (an industrial company) since 1992,
and Rally's Hamburger, Inc. since 1994. Mr. Davis has been a trustee of the
University of Chicago since 1980 and Marquette University since 1988. Since
1977, Mr. Davis has been President and Chief Executive Officer of All Pro
Broadcasting, Inc. Mr. Davis was a Director of the Fireman's Fund (an
insurance company) from 1975 until 1990.
STANLEY KRITZIK (DOB 1/9/30), Director of the Strong Funds.
Mr. Kritzik has been a Partner of Metropolitan Associates since 1962, a
Director of Aurora Health Care since 1987, and Health Network Ventures, Inc.
since 1992.
WILLIAM F. VOGT (DOB 7/19/47), Director of the Strong Funds.
Mr. Vogt has been the President of Vogt Management Consulting, Inc. since 1990.
From 1982 until 1990, he served as Executive Director of University Physicians
of the University of Colorado. Mr. Vogt is the Past President of the Medical
Group Management Association and a Fellow of the American College of Medical
Practice Executives.
THOMAS P. LEMKE (DOB 7/30/54), Vice President of the Strong Funds.
Mr. Lemke has been Senior Vice President, Secretary, and General Counsel of the
Advisor since September 1994. For two years prior to joining the Advisor, Mr.
Lemke acted as Resident Counsel for Funds Management at J.P. Morgan & Co., Inc.
From February 1989 until April 1992, Mr. Lemke acted as Associate General
Counsel to Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., Inc. For two years prior to that, Mr.
Lemke was Of Counsel at the Washington D.C. law firm of Tew Jorden & Schulte, a
successor of Finley, Kumble & Wagner. From August 1979 until December 1986,
Mr. Lemke worked at the SEC, most notably as the Chief Counsel to the Division
of Investment Management (November 1984 - December 1986), and as Special
Counsel to the Office of Insurance Products, Division of Investment Management
(April 1982 - October 1984).
STEPHEN J. SHENKENBERG (DOB 6/14/58), Vice President and Secretary of the
Strong Funds.
Mr. Shenkenberg has been Deputy General Counsel of the Advisor since November
1996. From December 1992 until November 1996, Mr. Shenkenberg acted as
Associate Counsel to the Advisor. From June 1987 until December 1992, Mr.
Shenkenberg was an attorney for Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., a Milwaukee law firm.
JOHN S. WEITZER (DOB 10/31/67), Vice President of the Strong Funds.
Mr. Weitzer has been Senior Counsel of the Advisor since December 1997. From
July 1993 until December 1997, Mr. Weitzer acted as Associate Counsel to the
Advisor.
MARY F. HOPPA (DOB 5/31/64), Vice President of the Strong Funds.
Ms. Hoppa has been Vice President and Director of Mutual Fund Administration of
the Advisor since January 1998. From October 1996 to January 1998, Ms. Hoppa
acted as Director of Transfer Agency Services of the Advisor and, from January
1988 to October 1996, as Transfer Agency Systems Liaison Manager of the
Advisor. From January 1987 to January 1988, Ms. Hoppa acted as a Shareholder
Services Associate of the Advisor.
JOHN W. WIDMER (DOB 1/19/65), Treasurer of the Strong Funds.
24
<PAGE>
Mr. Widmer has been Manager of Financial Management & Sales Reporting Systems
since May 1997. From May 1992 to May 1997, Mr. Widmer was an Accounting and
Business Advisory Manager in the Milwaukee office of Arthur Andersen LLP. From
June 1987 to May 1992, Mr. Widmer was an accountant at Arthur Andersen LLP.
RHONDA K. HAIGHT (DOB 11/13/64), Assistant Treasurer of the Strong Funds.
Ms. Haight has been Manager of the Mutual Fund Accounting Department of the
Advisor since January 1994. From May 1990 to January 1994, Ms. Haight was a
supervisor in the Mutual Fund Accounting Department of the Advisor. From June
1987 to May 1990, Ms. Haight was a Mutual Fund Accountant of the Advisor.
Except for Messrs. Nevins, Davis, Kritzik, and Vogt, the address of all of the
above persons is P.O. Box 2936, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201. Mr. Nevins'
address is 6075 Pelican Bay Boulevard, Naples, Florida 34108. Mr. Davis'
address is 161 North La Brea, Inglewood, California 90301. Mr. Kritzik's
address is 1123 North Astor Street, P.O. Box 92547, Milwaukee, Wisconsin
53202-0547. Mr. Vogt's address is 2830 East Third Avenue, Denver, Colorado
80206.
Unless otherwise noted below, as of March 31, 1999, the officers and directors
of the Fund in the aggregate beneficially owned less than 1% of the Fund's then
outstanding shares.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
FUND SHARES PERCENT
- ---- ------ -------
None
</TABLE>
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
Except for the organizational shares of the Fund, the Fund's shares may only be
held of record by the separate accounts of insurance companies. As of March
31, 1999, the following insurance companies owned of record or is known by the
Fund to own of record or beneficially more than 5% of the Fund's then
outstanding shares:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
NAME AND ADDRESS SHARES PERCENT
- ----------------------------------- --------- -------
Fidelity Investments Life Insurance 1,092,154 68.64%
82 Devonshire Street
Boston, MA 02109-3605
Conseco Variable Insurance Co. 131,468 8.26%
11825 N. Pennsylvania Street
Carmel, IN 46032-4555
Empire Fidelity Investments 103,168 6.48%
Life Insurance Company
82 Devonshire Street
Boston, MA 02109-3605
National Variable Life 85,332 5.36%
1 National Life Drive
Montpelier, VT 05604-1000
</TABLE>
Any person owning more than 25% of the Fund's shares may be considered a
"controlling person" of the Fund. Accordingly, a controlling person's vote
could have a more significant effect on matters presented to shareholders for
approval than the vote of other Fund shareholders.
25
<PAGE>
INVESTMENT ADVISOR
The Fund has entered into an Advisory Agreement with Strong Capital Management,
Inc. ("Advisor"). Mr. Strong controls the Advisor due to his stock ownership
of the Advisor. Mr. Strong is the Chairman and a Director of the Advisor, Mr.
Lemke is a Senior Vice President, Secretary, and General Counsel of the
Advisor, Mr. Shenkenberg is Vice President, Assistant Secretary, and Deputy
General Counsel of the Advisor, Ms. Hoppa is a Senior Vice President of the
Advisor, Mr. Weitzer is Senior Counsel of the Advisor, and Ms. Haight is the
Manager of the Mutual Fund Accounting Department. As of March 31, 1999, the
Advisor had $34 billion under management.
The Advisory Agreement is required to be approved annually by either the Board
of Directors of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the Fund's outstanding
voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act). In either case, each annual
renewal must be approved by the vote of a majority of the Fund's directors who
are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or interested persons of any such
party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such
approval. The Advisory Agreement is terminable, without penalty, on 60 days
written notice by the Board of Directors of the Fund, by vote of a majority of
the Fund's outstanding voting securities, or by the Advisor, and will terminate
automatically in the event of its assignment.
Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Advisor manages the Fund's
investments subject to the supervision of the Fund's Board of Directors. The
Advisor is responsible for investment decisions and supplies investment
research and portfolio management. The Advisory Agreement authorizes the
Advisor to delegate its investment advisory duties to a subadvisor in
accordance with a written agreement under which the subadvisor would furnish
such investment advisory services to the Advisor. In that situation, the
Advisor continues to have responsibility for all investment advisory services
furnished by the subadvisor under the subadvisory agreement. At its expense,
the Advisor provides office space and all necessary office facilities,
equipment and personnel for servicing the investments of the Fund. The Advisor
places all orders for the purchase and sale of the Fund's portfolio securities
at the Fund's expense.
Except for expenses assumed by the Advisor, as set forth above, or by Strong
Investments, Inc. with respect to the distribution of the Fund's shares, the
Fund is responsible for all its other expenses, including, without limitation,
interest charges, taxes, brokerage commissions, and similar expenses; expenses
of issue, sale, repurchase or redemption of shares; expenses of registering or
qualifying shares for sale with the states and the SEC; expenses for printing
and distribution of prospectuses to existing shareholders; charges of
custodians (including fees as custodian for keeping books and similar services
for the Fund), transfer agents (including the printing and mailing of reports
and notices to shareholders), registrars, auditing and legal services, and
clerical services related to recordkeeping and shareholder relations; printing
of stock certificates; fees for directors who are not "interested persons" of
the Advisor; expenses of indemnification; extraordinary expenses; and costs of
shareholder and director meetings.
As compensation for its services, the Fund pays to the Advisor a monthly
management fee at the annual rate specified below of the average daily net
asset value of the Fund. From time to time, the Advisor may voluntarily waive
all or a portion of its management fee for the Fund.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
FUND ANNUAL RATE
- ---------------------- -----------
Mid Cap Growth Fund II 1.00%
</TABLE>
The Fund paid the following management fees for the time periods indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
MANAGEMENT FEE
FISCAL YEAR ENDED MANAGEMENT FEE ($) WAIVER ($) AFTER WAIVER ($)
- ----------------- ------------------ ---------- ----------------
12/31/97 5,787 0 5,787
12/31/98 90,090 0 90,090
</TABLE>
25
<PAGE>
The organizational expenses for the Fund which were advanced by the Advisor and
which will be reimbursed by the Fund over a period of not more than 60 months
from the Fund's date of inception are listed below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
FUND ORGANIZATIONAL EXPENSES
- ---------------------- -----------------------
Mid Cap Growth Fund II $11,544
</TABLE>
The Advisory Agreement requires the Advisor to reimburse the Fund in the event
that the expenses and charges payable by the Fund in any fiscal year, including
the management fee but excluding taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, and
similar fees and to the extent permitted extraordinary expenses, exceed two
percent (2%) of the average net asset value of the Fund for such year, as
determined by valuations made as of the close of each business day of the year.
Reimbursement of expenses in excess of the applicable limitation will be made
on a monthly basis and will be paid to the Fund by reduction of the Advisor's
fee, subject to later adjustment, month by month, for the remainder of the
Fund's fiscal year. The Advisor may from time to time voluntarily absorb
expenses for the Fund in addition to the reimbursement of expenses in excess of
applicable limitations.
On July 12, 1994, the SEC filed an administrative action ("Order") against the
Advisor, Mr. Strong, and another employee of the Advisor in connection with
conduct that occurred between 1987 and early 1990. In re Strong/Corneliuson
Capital Management, Inc., et al. Admin. Proc. File No. 3-8411. The proceeding
was settled by consent without admitting or denying the allegations in the
Order. The Order found that the Advisor and Mr. Strong aided and abetted
violations of Section 17(a) of the 1940 Act by effecting trades between mutual
funds, and between mutual funds and Harbour Investments Ltd. ("Harbour"),
without complying with the exemptive provisions of SEC Rule 17a-7 or otherwise
obtaining an exemption. It further found that the Advisor violated, and Mr.
Strong aided and abetted violations of, the disclosure provisions of the 1940
Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 by misrepresenting the Advisor's
policy on personal trading and by failing to disclose trading by Harbour, an
entity in which principals of the Advisor owned between 18 and 25 percent of
the voting stock. As part of the settlement, the respondents agreed to a
censure and a cease and desist order and the Advisor agreed to various
undertakings, including adoption of certain procedures and a limitation for six
months on accepting certain types of new advisory clients.
On June 6, 1996, the Department of Labor ("DOL") filed an action against the
Advisor for equitable relief alleging violations of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA") in connection with cross trades that
occurred between 1987 and late 1989 involving certain pension accounts managed
by the Advisor. Contemporaneous with this filing, the Advisor, without
admitting or denying the DOL's allegations, agreed to the entry of a consent
judgment resolving all matters relating to the allegations. Reich v. Strong
Capital Management, Inc., (U.S.D.C. E.D. WI) ("Consent Judgment"). Under the
terms of the Consent Judgment, the Advisor agreed to reimburse the affected
accounts a total of $5.9 million. The settlement did not have any material
impact on the Advisor's financial position or operations.
The Fund and the Advisor have adopted a Code of Ethics ("Code") which governs
the personal trading activities of all "Access Persons" of the Advisor. Access
Persons include every director and officer of the Advisor and the investment
companies managed by the Advisor, including the Fund, as well as certain
employees of the Advisor who have access to information relating to the
purchase or sale of securities by the Advisor on behalf of accounts managed by
it. The Code is based upon the principal that such Access Persons have a
fiduciary duty to place the interests of the Fund and the Advisor 's other
clients ahead of their own.
The Code requires Access Persons (other than Access Persons who are independent
directors of the investment companies managed by the Advisor, including the
Fund) to, among other things, preclear their securities transactions (with
limited exceptions, such as transactions in shares of mutual funds, direct
obligations of the U.S. government, and certain options on broad-based
securities market indexes) and to execute such transactions through the
Advisor's trading department. The Code, which applies to all Access Persons
(other than Access Persons who are independent directors of the investment
companies managed by the Advisor, including the Fund), includes a ban on
acquiring any securities in an initial public offering, other than a new
offering of a registered open-end investment company, and a prohibition from
profiting on short-term trading in securities. In addition, no Access Person
may purchase or sell any security which is contemporaneously being purchased or
sold, or to the knowledge of the Access Person, is being considered for
purchase or sale, by the Advisor on behalf of any mutual fund or other account
managed by it. Finally, the Code provides for trading "black out" periods of
seven calendar days
26
<PAGE>
during which time Access Persons who are portfolio managers may not trade in
securities which have been purchased or sold by any mutual fund or other
account managed by the portfolio manager.
The Advisor provides investment advisory services for multiple clients through
different types of investment accounts (E.G., mutual funds, hedge funds,
separately managed accounts, etc.) who may have similar or different investment
objectives and investment policies (E.G., some accounts may have an active
trading strategy while others follow a "buy and hold" strategy). In managing
these accounts, the Advisor seeks to maximize each account's return, consistent
with the account's investment objectives and investment strategies. While the
Advisor's policies are designed to ensure that over time similarly-situated
clients receive similar treatment, to the maximum extent possible, because of
the range of the Advisor's clients, the Advisor may give advice and take action
with respect to one account that may differ from the advice given, or the
timing or nature of action taken, with respect to another account (the Advisor,
its principals and associates also may take such actions in their personal
securities transactions, to the extent permitted by and consistent with the
Code). For example, the Advisor may use the same investment style in managing
two accounts, but one may have a shorter-term horizon and accept high-turnover
while the other may have a longer-term investment horizon and desire to
minimize turnover. If the Advisor reasonably believes that a particular
security may provide an attractive opportunity due to short-term volatility but
may no longer be attractive on a long-term basis, the Advisor may cause
accounts with a shorter-term investment horizon to buy the security at the same
time it is causing accounts with a longer-term investment horizon to sell the
security. The Advisor takes all reasonable steps to ensure that investment
opportunities are, over time, allocated to accounts on a fair and equitable
basis relative to the other similarly-situated accounts and that the investment
activities of different accounts do not unfairly disadvantage other accounts.
The Advisor provides investment advisory services for multiple clients through
different types of investment accounts (E.G., mutual funds, hedge funds,
separately managed accounts, etc.) who may have similar or different investment
objectives and investment policies (E.G., some accounts may have an active
trading strategy while others follow a "buy and hold" strategy). In managing
these accounts, the Advisor seeks to maximize each account's return, consistent
with the account's investment objectives and investment strategies. While the
Advisor's policies are designed to ensure that over time similarly-situated
clients receive similar treatment, to the maximum extent possible, because of
the range of the Advisor's clients, the Advisor may give advice and take action
with respect to one account that may differ from the advice given, or the
timing or nature of action taken, with respect to another account (the Advisor,
its principals and associates also may take such actions in their personal
securities transactions, to the extent permitted by and consistent with the
Code). For example, the Advisor may use the same investment style in managing
two accounts, but one may have a shorter-term horizon and accept high-turnover
while the other may have a longer-term investment horizon and desire to
minimize turnover. If the Advisor reasonably believes that a particular
security may provide an attractive opportunity due to short-term volatility but
may no longer be attractive on a long-term basis, the Advisor may cause
accounts with a shorter-term investment horizon to buy the security at the same
time it is causing accounts with a longer-term investment horizon to sell the
security. The Advisor takes all reasonable steps to ensure that investment
opportunities are, over time, allocated to accounts on a fair and equitable
basis relative to the other similarly-situated accounts and that the investment
activities of different accounts do not unfairly disadvantage other accounts.
From time to time, the Advisor votes the shares owned by the Fund according to
its Statement of General Proxy Voting Policy ("Proxy Voting Policy"). The
general principal of the Proxy Voting Policy is to vote any beneficial interest
in an equity security prudently and solely in the best long-term economic
interest of the Fund and its beneficiaries considering all relevant factors and
without undue influence from individuals or groups who may have an economic
interest in the outcome of a proxy vote. Shareholders may obtain a copy of the
Proxy Voting Policy upon request from the Advisor.
The Advisor also provides a program of custom portfolio management called the
Strong Advisor. This program is designed to determine which investment
approach fits an investor's financial needs and then provides the investor with
a custom built portfolio of Strong Funds based on that allocation. The
Advisor, on behalf of participants in the Strong Advisor program, may determine
to invest a portion of the program's assets in any one Strong Fund, which
investment, particularly in the case of a smaller Strong Fund, could represent
a material portion of the Fund's assets. In such cases, a decision to redeem
the Strong Advisor program's investment in a Fund on short notice could raise a
potential conflict of interest for the Advisor, between the interests of
participants in the Strong Advisor program and of the Fund's other
shareholders. In general, the Advisor does not expect to direct the Strong
Advisor program to make redemption requests on short notice. However, should
the Advisor determine this to be necessary, the Advisor will use its best
efforts and act in good faith to balance the potentially competing interests of
participants in the Strong Advisor program and the Fund's other shareholders in
a manner the Advisor deems most appropriate for both parties in light of the
circumstances.
27
<PAGE>
From time to time, the Advisor may make available to third parties current and
historical information about the portfolio holdings of the Advisor's mutual
funds or other clients. Release may be made to entities such as fund ratings
entities, industry trade groups, and financial publications. Generally, the
Advisor will release this type of information only where it is otherwise
publicly available. This information may also be released where the Advisor
reasonably believes that the release will not be to the detriment of the best
interests of its clients.
For more complete information about the Advisor, including its services,
investment strategies, policies, and procedures, please call 1-800-368-3863 and
ask for a copy of the Advisor's Form ADV.
DISTRIBUTOR
Under a Distribution Agreement with the Fund ("Distribution Agreement"), Strong
Investments, Inc. ("Distributor") acts as underwriter of the Fund's shares.
Mr. Strong is the Chairman and Director of the Distributor, Mr. Lemke is a
Vice President of the Distributor, and Mr. Shenkenberg is a Vice President and
Secretary of the Distributor. The Distribution Agreement provides that the
Distributor will use its best efforts to distribute the Fund's shares. Shares
are only offered and sold to the separate accounts of certain insurance
companies. Since the Fund is a "no-load" fund, no sales commissions are
charged on the purchase of Fund shares. Certain sales charges may apply to the
variable annuity or life insurance contract, which should be described in the
prospectus of the insurance company's separate account. The Distribution
Agreement further provides that the Distributor will bear the additional costs
of printing prospectuses and shareholder reports which are used for selling
purposes, as well as advertising and other costs attributable to the
distribution of the Fund's shares. The Distributor is an indirect subsidiary
of the Advisor and controlled by the Advisor and Mr. Strong. The Distribution
Agreement is subject to the same termination and renewal provisions as are
described above with respect to the Advisory Agreement.
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
The Advisor is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the
Fund and for the placement of the Fund's investment business and the
negotiation of the commissions to be paid on such transactions. It is the
policy of the Advisor, to seek the best execution at the best security price
available with respect to each transaction, in light of the overall quality of
brokerage and research services provided to the Advisor, or the Fund. In OTC
transactions, orders are placed directly with a principal market maker unless
it is believed that a better price and execution can be obtained using a
broker. The best price to the Fund means the best net price without regard to
the mix between purchase or sale price and commissions, if any. In selecting
broker-dealers and in negotiating commissions, the Advisor considers a variety
of factors, including best price and execution, the full range of brokerage
services provided by the broker, as well as its capital strength and stability,
and the quality of the research and research services provided by the broker.
Brokerage will not be allocated based on the sale of any shares of the Strong
Funds.
The Advisor has adopted procedures that provide generally for the Advisor to
seek to bunch orders for the purchase or sale of the same security for the
Fund, other mutual funds managed by the Advisor, and other advisory clients
(collectively, "client accounts"). The Advisor will bunch orders when it deems
it to be appropriate and in the best interest of the client accounts. When a
bunched order is filled in its entirety, each participating client account will
participate at the average share price for the bunched order on the same
business day, and transaction costs shall be shared pro rata based on each
client's participation in the bunched order. When a bunched order is only
partially filled, the securities purchased will be allocated on a pro rata
basis to each client account participating in the bunched order based upon the
initial amount requested for the account, subject to certain exceptions, and
each participating account will participate at the average share price for the
bunched order on the same business day.
Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Section 28(e)") permits
an investment advisor, under certain circumstances, to cause an account to pay
a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction in excess of the
amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting
the transaction in recognition of the value of the brokerage and research
services provided by the broker or dealer. Brokerage and research services
include (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability
of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of
securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and
reports concerning issuers, industries, securities,
29
<PAGE>
economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of
accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions
incidental thereto (such as clearance, settlement, and custody).
In carrying out the provisions of the Advisory Agreement, the Advisor may cause
the Fund to pay a broker, which provides brokerage and research services to the
Advisor, a commission for effecting a securities transaction in excess of the
amount another broker would have charged for effecting the transaction. The
Advisor believes it is important to its investment decision-making process to
have access to independent research. The Advisory Agreement provides that such
higher commissions will not be paid by the Fund unless (1) the Advisor
determines in good faith that the amount is reasonable in relation to the
services in terms of the particular transaction or in terms of the Advisor's
overall responsibilities with respect to the accounts as to which it exercises
investment discretion; (2) such payment is made in compliance with the
provisions of Section 28(e), other applicable state and federal laws, and the
Advisory Agreement; and (3) in the opinion of the Advisor, the total
commissions paid by the Fund will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to
the Fund over the long term. The investment management fee paid by the Fund
under the Advisory Agreement is not reduced as a result of the Advisor's
receipt of research services.
Generally, research services provided by brokers may include information on the
economy, industries, groups of securities, individual companies, statistical
information, accounting and tax law interpretations, political developments,
legal developments affecting portfolio securities, technical market action,
pricing and appraisal services, credit analysis, risk measurement analysis,
performance analysis, and analysis of corporate responsibility issues. Such
research services are received primarily in the form of written reports,
telephone contacts, and personal meetings with security analysts. In addition,
such research services may be provided in the form of access to various
computer-generated data, computer hardware and software, and meetings arranged
with corporate and industry spokespersons, economists, academicians, and
government representatives. In some cases, research services are generated by
third parties but are provided to the Advisor by or through brokers. Such
brokers may pay for all or a portion of computer hardware and software costs
relating to the pricing of securities.
Where the Advisor itself receives both administrative benefits and research and
brokerage services from the services provided by brokers, it makes a good faith
allocation between the administrative benefits and the research and brokerage
services, and will pay for any administrative benefits with cash. In making
good faith allocations between administrative benefits and research and
brokerage services, a conflict of interest may exist by reason of the Advisor's
allocation of the costs of such benefits and services between those that
primarily benefit the Advisor and those that primarily benefit the Fund and
other advisory clients.
From time to time, the Advisor may purchase new issues of securities for the
Fund in a fixed income price offering. In these situations, the seller may be a
member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling the securities to
the Fund and other advisory clients, provide the Advisor with research. The
NASD has adopted rules expressly permitting these types of arrangements under
certain circumstances. Generally, the seller will provide research "credits" in
these situations at a rate that is higher than that which is available for
typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within
the safe harbor of Section 28(e).
At least annually, the Advisor considers the amount and nature of research and
research services provided by brokers, as well as the extent to which such
services are relied upon, and attempts to allocate a portion of the brokerage
business of the Fund and other advisory clients on the basis of that
consideration. In addition, brokers may suggest a level of business they would
like to receive in order to continue to provide such services. The actual
brokerage business received by a broker may be more or less than the suggested
allocations, depending upon the Advisor's evaluation of all applicable
considerations.
The Advisor has informal arrangements with various brokers whereby, in
consideration for providing research services and subject to Section 28(e), the
Advisor allocates brokerage to those firms, provided that the value of any
research and brokerage services was reasonable in relationship to the amount of
commission paid and was subject to best execution. In no case will the
Advisor make binding commitments as to the level of brokerage commissions it
will allocate to a broker, nor will it commit to pay cash if any informal
targets are not met. The Advisor anticipates it will continue to enter into
such brokerage arrangements.
The Advisor may direct the purchase of securities on behalf of the Fund and
other advisory clients in secondary market transactions, in public offerings
directly from an underwriter, or in privately negotiated transactions with an
issuer. When the
30
<PAGE>
Advisor believes the circumstances so warrant, securities purchased in public
offerings may be resold shortly after acquisition in the immediate aftermarket
for the security in order to take advantage of price appreciation from the
public offering price or for other reasons. Short-term trading of securities
acquired in public offerings, or otherwise, may result in higher portfolio
turnover and associated brokerage expenses.
With respect to the Fund's foreign equity investing, the Advisor is responsible
for selecting brokers in connection with foreign securities transactions. The
fixed commissions paid in connection with most foreign stock transactions are
usually higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. stock transactions. Foreign
stock exchanges and brokers are subject to less government supervision and
regulation as compared with the U.S. exchanges and brokers. In addition,
foreign security settlements may in some instances be subject to delays and
related administrative uncertainties.
The Advisor places portfolio transactions for other advisory accounts,
including other mutual funds managed by the Advisor. Research services
furnished by firms through which the Fund effects its securities transactions
may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts; not all of such
services may be used by the Advisor in connection with the Fund. In the
opinion of the Advisor, it is not possible to measure separately the benefits
from research services to each of the accounts managed by the Advisor. Because
the volume and nature of the trading activities of the accounts are not
uniform, the amount of commissions in excess of those charged by another broker
paid by each account for brokerage and research services will vary. However,
in the opinion of the Advisor, such costs to the Fund will not be
disproportionate to the benefits received by the Fund on a continuing basis.
The Advisor seeks to allocate portfolio transactions equitably whenever
concurrent decisions are made to purchase or sell securities by the Fund and
another advisory account. In some cases, this procedure could have an adverse
effect on the price or the amount of securities available to the Fund. In
making such allocations between the Fund and other advisory accounts, the main
factors considered by the Advisor are the respective investment objectives, the
relative size of portfolio holdings of the same or comparable securities, the
availability of cash for investment, the size of investment commitments
generally held, and the opinions of the persons responsible for recommending
the investment.
Where consistent with a client's investment objectives, investment
restrictions, and risk tolerance, the Advisor may purchase securities sold in
underwritten public offerings for client accounts, commonly referred to as
"deal" securities. The Advisor has adopted deal allocation procedures
("Procedures"), summarized below, that reflect the Advisor's overriding policy
that deal securities must be allocated among participating client accounts in a
fair and equitable manner and that deal securities may not be allocated in a
manner that unfairly discriminates in favor of certain clients or types of
clients.
The Procedures provide that, in determining which client accounts a portfolio
manager team will seek to have purchase deal securities, the team will consider
all relevant factors including, but not limited to, the nature, size, and
expected allocation to the Advisor of deal securities; the size of the
account(s); the accounts' investment objectives and restrictions; the risk
tolerance of the client; the client's tolerance for possibly higher portfolio
turnover; the amount of commissions generated by the account during the past
year; and the number and nature of other deals the client has participated in
during the past year.
Where more than one of the Advisor's portfolio manager team seeks to have
client accounts participate in a deal and the amount of deal securities
allocated to the Advisor by the underwriting syndicate is less than the
aggregate amount ordered by the Advisor (a "reduced allocation"), the deal
securities will be allocated among the portfolio manager teams based on all
relevant factors. The primary factor shall be assets under management,
although other factors that may be considered in the allocation decision
include, but are not limited to, the nature, size, and expected allocation of
the deal; the amount of brokerage commissions or other amounts generated by the
respective participating portfolio manager teams; and which portfolio manager
team is primarily responsible for the Advisor receiving securities in the deal.
Based on relevant factors, the Advisor has established general allocation
percentages for its portfolio manager teams, and these percentages are reviewed
on a regular basis to determine whether asset growth or other factors make it
appropriate to use different general allocation percentages for reduced
allocations.
When a portfolio manager team receives a reduced allocation of deal securities,
the portfolio manager team will allocate the reduced allocation among client
accounts in accordance with the allocation percentages set forth in the team's
initial allocation instructions for the deal securities, except where this
would result in a DE MINIMIS allocation to any client account. On a regular
31
<PAGE>
basis, the Advisor reviews the allocation of deal securities to ensure that
they have been allocated in a fair and equitable manner that does not unfairly
discriminate in favor of certain clients or types of clients.
Transactions in futures contracts are executed through futures commission
merchants ("FCMs"). The Fund's procedures in selecting FCMs to execute the
Fund's transactions in futures contracts are similar to those in effect with
respect to brokerage transactions in securities.
The Fund paid the following brokerage commissions for the time periods
indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS ($)
- ------------------ -------------------------
12/31/97 6,673
12/31/98 54,735
</TABLE>
Unless otherwise noted below, the Fund has not acquired securities of its
regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act) or
their parents.
CUSTODIAN
As custodian of the Fund's assets, Firstar Bank Milwaukee, N.A., P.O. Box 761,
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201, has custody of all securities and cash of the Fund,
delivers and receives payment for securities sold, receives and pays for
securities purchased, collects income from investments, and performs other
duties, all as directed by officers of the Fund. The custodian is in no way
responsible for any of the investment policies or decisions of the Fund.
TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT
The Advisor acts as transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent for the Fund
at no cost.
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
From time to time the Fund and/or the Advisor may enter into arrangements under
which certain administrative services may be performed by the insurance
companies that purchase shares of the Fund. These administrative services may
include, among other things, responding to ministerial inquiries concerning the
Fund's investment objective, investment program, policies and performance,
transmitting, on behalf of the Fund, proxy statements, annual reports, updated
prospectuses, and other communications regarding the Fund, and providing only
related services as the Fund or its shareholders may reasonably request.
Depending on the arrangements, the Fund and/or Advisor may compensate such
insurance companies or their agents directly or indirectly for the
administrative services. To the extent the Fund compensates the insurance
company for these services, the Fund will pay the insurance company an annual
fee that will vary depending upon the number of contract holders that utilize
the Fund as the funding medium for their contracts. The insurance company may
impose other account or service charges. See the prospectus for the separate
account of the insurance company for additional information regarding such
charges.
TAXES
GENERAL
32
<PAGE>
The Fund intends to qualify annually for treatment as a regulated investment
company ("RIC") under Subchapter M of the IRC. If so qualified, the Fund will
not be liable for federal income tax on earnings and gains distributed to its
shareholders in a timely manner. This qualification does not involve
government supervision of the Fund's management practices or policies. The
following federal tax discussion is intended to provide you with an overview of
the impact of federal income tax provisions on the Fund or its shareholders.
These tax provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative
action at the federal, state, or local level, and any changes may be applied
retroactively. Any such action that limits or restricts the Fund's current
ability to pass-through earnings without taxation at the Fund level, or
otherwise materially changes the Fund's tax treatment, could adversely affect
the value of a shareholder's investment in the Fund. Because the Fund's taxes
are a complex matter, you should consult your tax adviser for more detailed
information concerning the taxation of the Fund and the federal, state, and
local tax consequences to shareholders of an investment in the Fund.
In order to qualify for treatment as a RIC under the IRC, the Fund must
distribute to its shareholders for each taxable year at least 90% of its
investment company taxable income (consisting generally of taxable net
investment income, net short-term capital gain, and net gains from certain
foreign currency transactions, if applicable) ("Distribution Requirement") and
must meet several additional requirements. These requirements include the
following: (1) the Fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income each
taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities
loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of securities (or foreign
currencies if applicable) or other income (including gains from options,
futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of
investing in securities ("Income Requirement"); (2) at the close of each
quarter of the Fund's taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total
assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities,
securities of other RICs, and other securities, with these other securities
limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount that does not exceed 5% of
the value of the Fund's total assets and that does not represent more than 10%
of the issuer's outstanding voting securities; and (3) at the close of each
quarter of the Fund's taxable year, not more than 25% of the value of its total
assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S. government securities or
the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer. From time to time the Advisor
may find it necessary to make certain types of investments for the purpose of
ensuring that the Fund continues to qualify for treatment as a RIC under the
IRC.
If Fund shares are sold at a loss after being held for 12 months or less, the
loss will be treated as long-term, instead of short-term, capital loss to the
extent of any capital gain distributions received on those shares.
The Fund's distributions are taxable in the year they are paid, whether they
are taken in cash or reinvested in additional shares, except that certain
distributions declared in the last three months of the year and paid in January
are taxable as if paid on December 31.
In addition, the Fund must satisfy the diversification requirements of Section
817(h) of the IRC. In general, for a Fund to meet these investment
diversification requirements, Treasury regulations require that no more than
55% of the total value of the assets of the Fund may be represented by any one
investment, no more than 70% by two investments, no more than 80% by three
investments and no more than 90% by four investments. Generally, for purposes
of the regulations, all securities of the same issuer are treated as a single
investment. With respect to the United States Government securities (including
any security that is issued, guaranteed or insured by the United States or an
instrumentality of the United States), each governmental agency or
instrumentality is treated as a separate issuer. Compliance with the
regulations is tested on the last day of each calendar year quarter. There is
a 30-day period after the end of each calendar year quarter in which to cure
any non-compliance with these requirements.
FOREIGN TRANSACTIONS
Dividends and interest received by the Fund may be subject to income,
withholding, or other taxes imposed by foreign countries and U.S. possessions
that would reduce the yield on its securities. Tax conventions between certain
countries and the U.S may reduce or eliminate these foreign taxes, however, and
many foreign countries do not impose taxes on capital gains in respect of
investments by foreign investors. If more than 50% of the value of the Fund's
total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of foreign
corporations, it will be eligible to, and may, file an election with the
Internal Revenue Service that would enable its shareholders, in effect, to
receive the benefit of the foreign tax credit with respect to any foreign and
U.S. possessions income taxes paid by it. The Fund would treat those taxes as
dividends paid to its shareholders and each shareholder would be required to
(1) include in gross income, and treat as paid by the shareholder, the
shareholder's
32
<PAGE>
proportionate share of those taxes, (2) treat the shareholder's share of those
taxes and of any dividend paid by the Fund that represents income from foreign
or U.S. possessions sources as the shareholder's own income from those sources,
and (3) either deduct the taxes deemed paid by the shareholder in computing the
shareholder's taxable income or, alternatively, use the foregoing information
in calculating the foreign tax credit against the shareholder's federal income
tax. The Fund will report to its shareholders shortly after each taxable year
their respective shares of its income from sources within, and taxes paid to,
foreign countries and U.S. possessions if it makes this election.
The Fund holding foreign securities in its investment portfolio maintains its
accounts and calculates its income in U.S. dollars. In general, gain or loss
(1) from the disposition of foreign currencies and forward currency contracts,
(2) from the disposition of foreign-currency-denominated debt securities that
are attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the date the
securities are acquired and their disposition date, and (3) attributable to
fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues interest or
other receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign
currency and the time the Fund actually collects those receivables or pays
those liabilities, will be treated as ordinary income or loss. A
foreign-currency-denominated debt security acquired by the Fund may bear
interest at a high normal rate that takes into account expected decreases in
the value of the principal amount of the security due to anticipated currency
devaluations; in that case, the Fund would be required to include the interest
in income as it accrues but generally would realize a currency loss with
respect to the principal only when the principal was received (through
disposition or upon maturity).
The Fund may invest in the stock of "passive foreign investment companies"
("PFICs") in accordance with its investment objective, policies and
restrictions. A PFIC is a foreign corporation that, in general, meets either
of the following tests: (1) at least 75% of its gross income is passive or (2)
an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for the
production of, passive income. Under certain circumstances, the Fund will be
subject to federal income tax on a portion of any "excess distribution"
received on the stock or of any gain on disposition of the stock (collectively,
"PFIC income"), plus interest thereon, even if the Fund distributes the PFIC
income as a taxable dividend to its shareholders. The balance of the PFIC
income will be included in the Fund's investment company taxable income and,
accordingly, will not be taxable to it to the extent that income is distributed
to its shareholders. If the Fund invests in a PFIC and elects to treat the
PFIC as a "qualified electing fund," then in lieu of the foregoing tax and
interest obligation, the Fund will be required to include in income each year
its pro rata share of the qualified electing fund's annual ordinary earnings
and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net
short-term capital loss) -- which probably would have to be distributed to its
shareholders to satisfy the Distribution Requirement and avoid imposition of
the Excise Tax -- even if those earnings and gain were not received by the
Fund. In most instances it will be very difficult, if not impossible, to make
this election because of certain requirements thereof.
DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
The use of derivatives strategies, such as purchasing and selling (writing)
options and futures and entering into forward currency contracts, if
applicable, involves complex rules that will determine for income tax purposes
the character and timing of recognition of the gains and losses the Fund
realizes in connection therewith. Gains from the disposition of foreign
currencies, if any (except certain gains therefrom that may be excluded by
future regulations), and income from transactions in options, futures, and
forward currency contracts, if applicable, derived by the Fund with respect to
its business of investing in securities or foreign currencies, if applicable,
will qualify as permissible income under the Income Requirement.
For federal income tax purposes, the Fund is required to recognize as income
for each taxable year its net unrealized gains and losses on options, futures,
or forward currency contracts, if any, that are subject to section 1256 of the
IRC ("Section 1256 Contracts") and are held by the Fund as of the end of the
year, as well as gains and losses on Section 1256 Contracts actually realized
during the year. Except for Section 1256 Contracts that are part of a "mixed
straddle" and with respect to which the Fund makes a certain election, any gain
or loss recognized with respect to Section 1256 Contracts is considered to be
60% long-term capital gain or loss and 40% short-term capital gain or loss,
without regard to the holding period of the Section 1256 Contract.
ZERO-COUPON, STEP-COUPON, AND PAY-IN-KIND SECURITIES
The Fund may acquire zero-coupon, step-coupon, or other securities issued with
original issue discount. As a holder of those securities, the Fund must
include in its income the original issue discount that accrues on the
securities during the taxable year,
34
<PAGE>
even if the Fund receives no corresponding payment on the securities during the
year. Similarly, the Fund must include in its income securities it receives as
"interest" on pay-in-kind securities. Because the Fund annually must
distribute substantially all of its investment company taxable income,
including any original issue discount and other non-cash income, to satisfy the
Distribution Requirement, it may be required in a particular year to distribute
as a dividend an amount that is greater than the total amount of cash it
actually receives. Those distributions may be made from the proceeds on sales
of portfolio securities, if necessary. The Fund may realize capital gains or
losses from those sales, which would increase or decrease its investment
company taxable income or net capital gain, or both.
USE OF TAX-LOT ACCOUNTING
When sell decisions are made by the Fund's portfolio manager, the Advisor
generally sells the tax lots of the Fund's securities that results in the
lowest amount of taxes to be paid by the shareholders on the Fund's capital
gain distributions. The Advisor uses tax-lot accounting to identify and sell
the tax lots of a security that have the highest cost basis and/or longest
holding period to minimize adverse tax consequences to the Fund's shareholders.
However, if the Fund has a capital loss carry forward position, the Advisor
would reverse its strategy and sell the tax lots of a security that have the
lowest cost basis and/or shortest holding period to maximize the use of the
Fund's capital loss carry forward position.
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE
The Fund is 100% no load. This means that an investor may purchase, redeem or
exchange shares at the Fund's net asset value ("NAV") without paying a sales
charge. Generally, when an investor makes any purchases, sales, or exchanges,
the price of the investor's shares will be the NAV next determined after Strong
Funds receives a request in proper form (which includes receipt of all
necessary and appropriate documentation and subject to available funds). If
Strong Funds receives such a request prior to the close of the New York Stock
Exchange ("NYSE") on a day on which the NYSE is open, the share price will be
the NAV determined that day. The NAV for each Fund is normally determined as
of 3:00 p.m. Central Time ("CT") each day the NYSE is open. The NYSE is open
for trading Monday through Friday except, New Year's Day, Martin Luther King
Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor
Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. Additionally, if any of the
aforementioned holidays falls on a Saturday, the NYSE will not be open for
trading on the preceding Friday, and when any such holiday falls on a Sunday,
the NYSE will not be open for trading on the succeeding Monday, unless unusual
business conditions exist, such as the ending of a monthly or yearly accounting
period. The Fund reserves the right to change the time at which purchases,
redemptions, and exchanges are priced if the NYSE closes at a time other than
3:00 p.m. CT or if an emergency exists. The Fund's NAV is calculated by taking
the fair value of the Fund's total assets, subtracting all its liabilities, and
dividing by the total number of shares outstanding. Expenses are accrued daily
and applied when determining the NAV. The Fund's portfolio securities are
valued based on market quotations or at fair value as determined by the method
selected by the Fund's Board of Directors.
Equity securities traded on a national securities exchange or NASDAQ are valued
at the last sales price on the national securities exchange or NASDAQ on which
such securities are primarily traded. Securities traded on NASDAQ for which
there were no transactions on a given day or securities not listed on an
exchange or NASDAQ are valued at the average of the most recent bid and asked
prices. Other exchange-trade securities (generally foreign securities) will be
valued based on market quotations.
Securities quoted in foreign currency are valued daily in U.S. dollars at the
foreign currency exchange rates that are prevailing at the time the daily NAV
per share is determined. Although the Fund values its foreign assets in U.S.
dollars on a daily basis, it does not intend to convert its holdings of foreign
currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis. Foreign currency exchange rates
are generally determined prior to the close of trading on the NYSE.
Occasionally, events affecting the value of foreign investments and such
exchange rates occur between the time at which they are determined and the
close of trading on the NYSE. Such events would not normally be reflected in a
calculation of the Fund's NAV on that day. If events that materially affect
the value of the Fund's foreign investments or the foreign currency exchange
rates occur during such period, the investments will be valued at their fair
value as determined in good faith by
35
<PAGE>
or under the direction of the Board of Directors.
ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
REDEMPTION-IN-KIND
The Fund has elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, which
obligates the Fund to redeem shares in cash, with respect to any one
shareholder during any 90-day period, up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the
assets of the Fund. If the Advisor determines that existing conditions make
cash payments undesirable, redemption payments may be made in whole or in part
in securities or other financial assets, valued for this purpose as they are
valued in computing the NAV for the Fund's shares (a "redemption-in-kind").
Shareholders receiving securities or other financial assets in a
redemption-in-kind may realize a gain or loss for tax purposes, and will incur
any costs of sale, as well as the associated inconveniences. If you expect to
make a redemption in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the Fund's
assets during any 90-day period and would like to avoid any possibility of
being paid with securities in-kind, you may do so by providing Strong Funds
with an unconditional instruction to redeem at least 15 calendar days prior to
the date on which the redemption transaction is to occur, specifying the dollar
amount or number of shares to be redeemed and the date of the transaction
(please call 1-800-368-3863). This will provide the Fund with sufficient time
to raise the cash in an orderly manner to pay the redemption and thereby
minimize the effect of the redemption on the interests of the Fund's remaining
shareholders.
ORGANIZATION
The Fund is either a "Corporation" or a "Series" of common stock of a
Corporation, as described in the chart below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Incorporation Date Series Authorized Par
Corporation Date Created Shares Value ($)
- ---------------------------------------- ------------- ----------- ---------- ---------
Strong Variable Insurance Funds, Inc.(1) 12/28/90 Indefinite .00001
- - Strong Discovery Fund II* 04/21/95 Indefinite .00001
- - Strong Mid Cap Growth Fund II 04/21/95 Indefinite .00001
- - Strong International Stock Fund II* 04/21/95 Indefinite .00001
- - Strong Schafer Value Fund II* 12/30/97 Indefinite .00001
</TABLE>
* Described in a different prospectus and SAI.
(1) Prior to November 1, 1995, the Corporation's name was Strong Discovery
Fund II, Inc.
The Strong Mid Cap Growth Fund II is a diversified series of Strong Variable
Insurance Funds, Inc., which is an open-end management investment company.
The Corporation is a Wisconsin corporation that is authorized to offer separate
series of shares representing interests in separate portfolios of securities,
each with differing investment objectives. The shares in any one portfolio
may, in turn, be offered in separate classes, each with differing preferences,
limitations or relative rights. However, the Articles of Incorporation for the
Corporation provide that if additional series of shares are issued by the
Corporation, such new series of shares may not affect the preferences,
limitations or relative rights of the Corporation's outstanding shares. In
addition, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized to allocate
assets, liabilities, income and expenses to each series and class. Classes
within a series may have different expense arrangements than other classes of
the same series and, accordingly, the net asset value of shares within a series
may differ. Finally, all holders of shares of the Corporation may vote on each
matter presented to shareholders for action except with respect to any matter
which affects only one or more series or class, in which case only the shares
of the affected series or class are entitled to vote. Each share of the Fund
has one vote, and all shares participate equally in dividends and other capital
gains distributions by the Fund and in the residual assets of the Fund in the
event of liquidation. Fractional shares have the same rights proportionately
as do full shares. Shares of the Corporation have no preemptive, conversion, or
35
<PAGE>
subscription rights. If the Corporation issues additional series, the assets
belonging to each series of shares will be held separately by the custodian,
and in effect each series will be a separate fund.
SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS
The Wisconsin Business Corporation Law permits registered investment companies,
such as the Fund, to operate without an annual meeting of shareholders under
specified circumstances if an annual meeting is not required by the 1940 Act.
The Fund has adopted the appropriate provisions in its Bylaws and may, at its
discretion, not hold an annual meeting in any year in which the election of
directors is not required to be acted on by shareholders under the 1940 Act.
The Fund's Bylaws allow for a director to be removed by its shareholders with
or without cause, only at a meeting called for the purpose of removing the
director. Upon the written request of the holders of shares entitled to not
less than ten percent (10%) of all the votes entitled to be cast at such
meeting, the Secretary of the Fund shall promptly call a special meeting of
shareholders for the purpose of voting upon the question of removal of any
director. The Secretary shall inform such shareholders of the reasonable
estimated costs of preparing and mailing the notice of the meeting, and upon
payment to the Fund of such costs, the Fund shall give not less than ten nor
more than sixty days notice of the special meeting.
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
The Strong Funds may advertise a variety of types of performance information as
more fully described below. The Fund's performance is historical and past
performance does not guarantee the future performance of the Fund. From time
to time, the Advisor may agree to waive or reduce its management fee and/or to
absorb certain operating expenses for the Fund. Waivers of management fees and
absorption of expenses will have the effect of increasing the Fund's
performance.
DISTRIBUTION RATE
The distribution rate for the Fund is computed, according to a non-standardized
formula, by dividing the total amount of actual distributions per share paid by
the Fund over a twelve month period by the Fund's net asset value on the last
day of the period. The distribution rate differs from the Fund's yield because
the distribution rate includes distributions to shareholders from sources other
than dividends and interest, such as short-term capital gains. Therefore, the
Fund's distribution rate may be substantially different than its yield. Both
the Fund's yield and distribution rate will fluctuate.
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN
The Fund's average annual total return quotation is computed in accordance with
a standardized method prescribed by rules of the SEC. The average annual total
return for the Fund for a specific period is calculated by first taking a
hypothetical $10,000 investment ("initial investment") in the Fund's shares on
the first day of the period and computing the "redeemable value" of that
investment at the end of the period. The redeemable value is then divided by
the initial investment, and this quotient is taken to the Nth root (N
representing the number of years in the period) and 1 is subtracted from the
result, which is then expressed as a percentage. The calculation assumes that
all income and capital gains dividends paid by the Fund have been reinvested at
net asset value on the reinvestment dates during the period.
TOTAL RETURN
Calculation of the Fund's total return is not subject to a standardized
formula. Total return performance for a specific period is calculated by first
taking an investment (assumed below to be $10,000) ("initial investment") in
the Fund's shares on the first day of the period and computing the "ending
value" of that investment at the end of the period. The total return
percentage is then determined by subtracting the initial investment from the
ending value and dividing the remainder by the initial investment and
expressing the result as a percentage. The calculation assumes that all income
and capital gains dividends paid by the Fund have been reinvested at net asset
value of the Fund on the reinvestment dates during the period. Total return
may also be shown as the increased dollar value of the hypothetical investment
over the period.
36
<PAGE>
CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
Cumulative total return represents the simple change in value of an investment
over a stated period and may be quoted as a percentage or as a dollar amount.
Total returns and cumulative total returns may be broken down into their
components of income and capital (including capital gains and changes in share
price) in order to illustrate the relationship between these factors and their
contributions to total return.
TOTAL RETURN
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Initial $10,000 Ending $ value Cumulative Average Annual
Time Period Investment December 31, 1998 Total Return Total Return
- ------------- --------------- ----------------- ------------ ---------------
One Year $10,000 $12,868 28.68% 28.68%
- ------------- --------------- ----------------- ------------ ---------------
Life of Fund* $10,000 $16,695 66.95% 29.21%
- ------------- --------------- ----------------- ------------ ---------------
</TABLE>
* Commenced operations on January 2, 1997.
COMPARISONS
U.S. TREASURY BILLS, NOTES, OR BONDS. Investors may want to compare the
performance of the Fund to that of U.S. Treasury bills, notes, or bonds, which
are issued by the U.S. Government. Treasury obligations are issued in selected
denominations. Rates of Treasury obligations are fixed at the time of issuance
and payment of principal and interest is backed by the full faith and credit of
the Treasury. The market value of such instruments will generally fluctuate
inversely with interest rates prior to maturity and will equal par value at
maturity. Generally, the values of obligations with shorter maturities will
fluctuate less than those with longer maturities.
CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT. Investors may want to compare the Fund's performance
to that of certificates of deposit offered by banks and other depositary
institutions. Certificates of deposit may offer fixed or variable interest
rates and principal is guaranteed and may be insured. Withdrawal of the
deposits prior to maturity normally will be subject to a penalty. Rates
offered by banks and other depositary institutions are subject to change at any
time specified by the issuing institution.
MONEY MARKET FUNDS. Investors may also want to compare performance of the Fund
to that of money market funds. Money market fund yields will fluctuate and
shares are not insured, but share values usually remain stable.
LIPPER ANALYTICAL SERVICES, INC. ("LIPPER") AND OTHER INDEPENDENT RANKING
ORGANIZATIONS. From time to time, in marketing and other fund literature, the
Fund's performance may be compared to the performance of other mutual funds in
general or to the performance of particular types of mutual funds with similar
investment goals, as tracked by independent organizations. Among these
organizations, Lipper, a widely used independent research firm which ranks
mutual funds by overall performance, investment objectives, and assets, may be
cited. Lipper performance figures are based on changes in net asset value,
with all income and capital gains dividends reinvested. Such calculations do
not include the effect of any sales charges imposed by other funds. The Fund
will be compared to Lipper's appropriate fund category, that is, by fund
objective and portfolio holdings. The Fund's performance may also be compared
to the average performance of its Lipper category.
MORNINGSTAR, INC. The Fund's performance may also be compared to the
performance of other mutual funds by Morningstar, Inc., which rates funds on
the basis of historical risk and total return. Morningstar's ratings range
from five stars (highest) to one star (lowest) and represent Morningstar's
assessment of the historical risk level and total return of a fund as a
weighted average for 3, 5, and 10 year periods. Ratings are not absolute and
do not represent future results.
VARDS REPORT. The Fund's performance may also be compared to the performance
of other variable annuity products in general or to the performance of
particular types of variable annuity products, with similar investment goals,
as tracked by the VARDS Report (Variable Annuity Research and Data Service
Report) produced by Financial Planning Resources, Inc. The VARDS Report is a
monthly performance analysis of the variable annuity industry.
37
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT SOURCES. Evaluations of fund performance made by independent
sources may also be used in advertisements concerning the Fund, including
reprints of, or selections from, editorials or articles about the Fund,
especially those with similar objectives. Sources for fund performance and
articles about the Fund may include publications such as Money, Forbes,
Kiplinger's, Smart Money, Financial World, Business Week, U.S. News and World
Report, The Wall Street Journal, Barron's, and a variety of investment
newsletters.
INDICES. The Fund may compare its performance to a wide variety of indices.
There are differences and similarities between the investments that a Fund may
purchase and the investments measured by the indices.
HISTORICAL ASSET CLASS RETURNS. From time to time, marketing materials may
portray the historical returns of various asset classes. Such presentations
will typically compare the average annual rates of return of inflation, U.S.
Treasury bills, bonds, common stocks, and small stocks. There are important
differences between each of these investments that should be considered in
viewing any such comparison. The market value of stocks will fluctuate with
market conditions, and small-stock prices generally will fluctuate more than
large-stock prices. Stocks are generally more volatile than bonds. In return
for this volatility, stocks have generally performed better than bonds or cash
over time. Bond prices generally will fluctuate inversely with interest rates
and other market conditions, and the prices of bonds with longer maturities
generally will fluctuate more than those of shorter-maturity bonds. Interest
rates for bonds may be fixed at the time of issuance, and payment of principal
and interest may be guaranteed by the issuer and, in the case of U.S. Treasury
obligations, backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury.
STRONG VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS. The Strong Variable Insurance Funds offer a
range of investment options. All of the members of the Strong Variable
Insurance Funds and their investment objectives are listed below. The Funds are
listed in ascending order of risk and return, as determined by the Advisor.
FUND NAME INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Strong Opportunity Fund II Capital growth.
- ----------------------------- ---------------
Strong Mid Cap Growth Fund II Capital growth.
- ----------------------------- ---------------
Strong Discovery Fund II Capital growth.
- ----------------------------- ---------------
Strong International Stock Fund II Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------- ---------------
Strong Schafer Value Fund II Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------- ---------------
</TABLE>
The Fund may from time to time be compared to the other funds in the Strong
Variable Insurance Funds based on a risk/reward spectrum. In general, the
amount of risk associated with any investment product is commensurate with that
product's potential level of reward. The Strong Variable Insurance Funds'
risk/reward continuum or any fund's position on the continuum may be described
or diagrammed in marketing materials. The Strong Variable Insurance Funds'
risk/reward continuum positions the risk and reward potential of the Fund
relative to the other Strong Variable Insurance Funds, but is not intended to
position any fund relative to other mutual funds or investment products.
Marketing materials may also discuss the relationship between risk and reward
as it relates to an individual investor's portfolio. Financial goals vary from
person to person. You may choose one or more of the Strong Variable Insurance
Funds to help you reach your financial goals.
ADDITIONAL FUND INFORMATION
PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS. In order to present a more complete picture of the
Fund's portfolio, marketing materials may include various actual or estimated
portfolio characteristics, including but not limited to median market
capitalizations, earnings per share, alphas, betas, price/earnings ratios,
returns on equity, dividend yields, capitalization ranges, growth rates,
price/book ratios, top holdings, sector breakdowns, asset allocations, quality
breakdowns, and breakdowns by geographic region.
MEASURES OF VOLATILITY AND RELATIVE PERFORMANCE. Occasionally statistics may
be used to specify fund volatility or risk. The general premise is that greater
volatility connotes greater risk undertaken in achieving performance. Measures
of volatility or
38
<PAGE>
risk are generally used to compare the Fund's net asset value or performance
relative to a market index. One measure of volatility is beta. Beta is the
volatility of a fund relative to the total market as represented by the
Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index. A beta of more than 1.00 indicates
volatility greater than the market, and a beta of less than 1.00 indicates
volatility less than the market. Another measure of volatility or risk is
standard deviation. Standard deviation is a statistical tool that measures the
degree to which a fund's performance has varied from its average performance
during a particular time period.
Standard deviation is calculated using the following formula:
Standard deviation = the square root of S(xi - xm)2
n-1
Where: S = "the sum of",
xi = each individual return during the time period,
xm = the average return over the time period, and
n = the number of individual returns during the time period.
Statistics may also be used to discuss the Fund's relative performance. One
such measure is alpha. Alpha measures the actual return of a fund compared to
the expected return of a fund given its risk (as measured by beta). The
expected return is based on how the market as a whole performed, and how the
particular fund has historically performed against the market. Specifically,
alpha is the actual return less the expected return. The expected return is
computed by multiplying the advance or decline in a market representation by
the Fund's beta. A positive alpha quantifies the value that the fund manager
has added, and a negative alpha quantifies the value that the fund manager has
lost.
Other measures of volatility and relative performance may be used as
appropriate. However, all such measures will fluctuate and do not represent
future results.
GENERAL INFORMATION
BUSINESS PHILOSOPHY
The Advisor is an independent, Midwestern-based investment advisor, owned by
professionals active in its management. Recognizing that investors are the
focus of its business, the Advisor strives for excellence both in investment
management and in the service provided to investors. This commitment affects
many aspects of the business, including professional staffing, product
development, investment management, and service delivery.
The increasing complexity of the capital markets requires specialized skills
and processes for each asset class and style. Therefore, the Advisor believes
that active management should produce greater returns than a passively managed
index. The Advisor has brought together a group of top-flight investment
professionals with diverse product expertise, and each concentrates on their
investment specialty. The Advisor believes that people are the firm's most
important asset. For this reason, continuity of professionals is critical to
the firm's long-term success.
INVESTMENT ENVIRONMENT
Discussions of economic, social, and political conditions and their impact on
the Fund may be used in advertisements and sales materials. Such factors that
may impact the Fund include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates,
political developments, the competitive environment, consumer behavior,
industry trends, technological advances, macroeconomic trends, and the supply
and demand of various financial instruments. In addition, marketing materials
may cite the portfolio management's views or interpretations of such factors.
EIGHT BASIC PRINCIPLES FOR SUCCESSFUL MUTUAL FUND INVESTING
40
<PAGE>
These common sense rules are followed by many successful investors. They make
sense for beginners, too. If you have a question on these principles, or would
like to discuss them with us, please contact us at 1-800-368-3863.
1. HAVE A PLAN - even a simple plan can help you take control of your
financial future. Review your plan once a year, or if your circumstances
change.
2. START INVESTING AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. Make time a valuable ally. Let it
put the power of compounding to work for you, while helping to reduce your
potential investment risk.
3. DIVERSIFY YOUR PORTFOLIO. By investing in different asset classes -
stocks, bonds, and cash - you help protect against poor performance in one type
of investment while including investments most likely to help you achieve your
important goals.
4. INVEST REGULARLY. Investing is a process, not a one-time event. By
investing regularly over the long term, you reduce the impact of short-term
market gyrations, and you attend to your long-term plan before you're tempted
to spend those assets on short-term needs.
5. MAINTAIN A LONG-TERM PERSPECTIVE. For most individuals, the best
discipline is staying invested as market conditions change. Reactive, emotional
investment decisions are all too often a source of regret - and principal loss.
6. CONSIDER STOCKS TO HELP ACHIEVE MAJOR LONG-TERM GOALS. Over time, stocks
have provided the more powerful returns needed to help the value of your
investments stay well ahead of inflation.
7. KEEP A COMFORTABLE AMOUNT OF CASH IN YOUR PORTFOLIO. To meet current
needs, including emergencies, use a money market fund or a bank account - not
your long-term investment assets.
8. KNOW WHAT YOU'RE BUYING. Make sure you understand the potential risks
and rewards associated with each of your investments. Ask questions... request
information...make up your own mind. And choose a fund company that helps you
make informed investment decisions.
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 100 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin
53202, are the independent accountants for the Fund, providing audit services
and assistance and consultation with respect to the preparation of filings with
the SEC.
LEGAL COUNSEL
Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., 780 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, acts
as legal counsel for the Fund.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Annual Report for the Fund that is attached to this SAI contains the
following audited financial information:
1. Schedule of Investments in Securities.
2. Statement of Operations.
3. Statement of Assets and Liabilities.
4. Statement of Changes in Net Assets.
5. Notes to Financial Statements.
6. Financial Highlights.
7. Report of Independent Accountants.
41
<PAGE>
APPENDIX - DEFINITION OF BOND RATINGS
STANDARD & POOR'S ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
A Standard & Poor's issue credit rating is a current opinion of the
creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation,
a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program
(including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs).
It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or
other forms of credit enhancement of the obligation and takes into account the
currency in which the obligation is denominated. The issue credit rating is
not a recommendation to purchase, sell, or hold a financial obligation,
inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for a
particular investor.
Issue credit ratings are based on current information furnished by the obligors
or obtained by Standard & Poor's from other sources it considers to be
reliable. Standard & Poor's does not perform an audit in connection with any
credit rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information.
Credit ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes
in, or unavailability of, such information, or based on other circumstances.
Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term ratings
are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the
relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an
original maturity of no more than 365 days - including commercial paper.
Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor
with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual
rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition
to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term
ratings.
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
considerations:
1. Likelihood of payment capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet
its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the
obligation.
2. Nature of and provisions of the obligation.
3. Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the
event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of
bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.
The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such,
they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are
typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in
bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation applies when an entity has
both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or
operating company and holding company obligations.) Accordingly, in the case
of junior debt, the rating may not conform exactly with the category
definition.
'AAA'
An obligation rated 'AAA' has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's.
The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is
EXTREMELY STRONG.
'AA'
An obligation rated 'AA' differs from the highest rated obligations only in
small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
obligation is VERY STRONG.
'A'
An obligation rated 'A' is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of
changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher
rated categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation is still STRONG.
42
<PAGE>
'BBB'
An obligation rated 'BBB' exhibits ADEQUATE protection parameters. However,
adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead
to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the
obligation.
Obligations rated 'BB', 'B', 'CCC', 'CC' and 'C' are regarded as having
significant speculative characteristics. 'BB' indicates the least degree of
speculation and 'C' the highest. While such obligations will likely have some
quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large
uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
'BB'
An obligation rated 'BB' is LESS VULNERABLE to nonpayment than other
speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure
to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the
obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
obligation.
'B'
An obligation rated 'B' is MORE VULNERABLE to nonpayment than obligations rated
'BB', but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic
conditions will likely impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its
financial commitment on the obligation.
'CCC'
An obligation rated 'CCC' is CURRENTLY VULNERABLE to nonpayment, and is
dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the
obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of
adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely
to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
'CC'
An obligation rated 'CC' is CURRENTLY HIGHLY VULNERABLE to nonpayment.
'C'
The 'C' rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has
been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments on this obligation
are being continued.
'D'
An obligation rated 'D' is in payment default. The 'D' rating category is used
when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, even if the
applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's believes that
such payments will be made during such grade period. The 'D' rating also will
be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar
action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
43
<PAGE>
MOODY'S LONG-TERM DEBT RATINGS
Aaa - Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They
carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as
"gilt edged." Interest payments are protected by a large or by an
exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various
protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are
most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.
Aa - Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known
as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins
of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of
protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements
present which make the long-term risk appear somewhat larger than in Aaa
securities.
A - Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and
are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving
security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be
present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the future.
Baa - Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations
(I.E., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured). Interest
payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain
protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over
any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment
characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.
Ba - Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their
future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the protection of interest
and principal payments may be very moderate, and thereby not well safeguarded
during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position
characterizes bonds in this class.
B - Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable
investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of
other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.
Caa - Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in
default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or
interest.
Ca - Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a
high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked
shortcomings.
C - Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues so
rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any
real investment standing.
FITCH IBCA, INC. ("FITCH") LONG-TERM NATIONAL CREDIT RATINGS
AAA
Obligations which have the highest rating assigned by Fitch on its national
rating scale for that country. This rating is automatically assigned to all
obligations issued or guaranteed by the sovereign state. Capacity for timely
repayment of principal and interest is extremely strong, relative to other
obligors in the same country.
AA
Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
is very strong relative to other obligors in the same country. The risk
attached to these obligations differs only slightly from the country's highest
rated debt.
44
<PAGE>
A
Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
is strong relative to other obligors in the same country. However, adverse
changes in business, economic or financial conditions are more likely to affect
the capacity for timely repayment than for obligations in higher rated
categories.
BBB
Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
is adequate relative to other obligors in the same country. However, adverse
changes in business, economic or financial conditions are more likely to affect
the capacity for timely repayment than for obligations in higher rated
categories.
BB
Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
is uncertain relative to other obligors in the same country. Within the
context of the country, these obligations are speculative to some degree and
capacity for timely repayment remains susceptible over time to adverse changes
in business, financial or economic conditions.
B
Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
is uncertain relative to other obligors in the same country. Timely repayment
of principal and interest is not sufficiently protected against adverse changes
in business, economic or financial conditions and these obligations are more
speculative than those in higher rated categories.
CCC
Obligations for which there is a current perceived possibility of default
relative to other obligors in the same country. Timely repayment of principal
and interest is dependent on favorable business, economic or financial
conditions and these obligations are far more speculative than those in higher
rated categories.
CC
Obligations which are highly speculative relative to other obligors in the same
country or which have a high risk of default.
C
Obligations which are currently in default.
DUFF & PHELPS, INC. LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK RATING SCALE
Rating Definition
AAA Highest credit quality. The risk factors are negligible, being only
slightly more
than for risk-free U.S. Treasury debt.
AA+ High credit quality. Protection factors are strong. Risk is modest
but may
AA vary slightly from time to time because of economic conditions.
AA-
A+ Protection factors are average but adequate. However, risk factors are
more
A variable in periods of greater economic stress.
A-
45
<PAGE>
BBB+ Below-average protection factors but still considered sufficient for
prudent
BBB investment. Considerable variability in risk during economic cycles.
BBB-
BB+ Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet obligations when due.
BB Present or prospective financial protection factors fluctuate according
to
BB- industry conditions. Overall quality may move up or down frequently
within this category.
B+ Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligations will not be
met
B when due. Financial protection factors will fluctuate widely according
to
B- economic cycles, industry conditions and/or company fortunes. Potential
exists for frequent changes in the rating within this category or into a
higher
or lower rating grade.
CCC Well below investment-grade securities. Considerable uncertainty
exists as to
timely payment of principal, interest or preferred dividends. Protection
factors
are narrow and risk can be substantial with unfavorable economic/industry
conditions, and/or with unfavorable company developments.
DD Defaulted debt obligations. Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal
and/or
interest payments.
DP Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.
THOMSON BANKWATCH LONG-TERM DEBT RATINGS
Long-Term Debt Ratings assigned by Thomson BankWatch ALSO WEIGH HEAVILY
GOVERNMENT OWNERSHIP AND SUPPORT. The quality of both the company's management
and franchise are of even greater importance in the Long-Term Debt Rating
decisions. Long-Term Debt Ratings look out over a cycle and are not adjusted
frequently for what it believes are short-term performance aberrations.
Long-Term Debt Ratings can be restricted to local currency debt - ratings will
be identified by the designation LC. In addition, Long-Term Debt Ratings may
include a plus (+) or minus (-) to indicate where within the category the issue
is placed. BankWatch Long-Term Debt Ratings are based on the following scale:
INVESTMENT GRADE
AAA (LC-AAA) - Indicates that the ability to repay principal and interest on a
timely basis is extremely high.
AA (LC-AA) - Indicates a very strong ability to repay principal and interest on
a timely basis, with limited incremental risk compared to issues rated in the
highest category.
A (LC-A) - Indicates the ability to repay principal and interest is strong.
Issues rated A could be more vulnerable to adverse developments (both internal
and external) than obligations with higher ratings.
BBB (LC-BBB) - The lowest investment-grade category; indicates an acceptable
capacity to repay principal and interest. BBB issues are more vulnerable to
adverse developments (both internal and external) than obligations with higher
ratings.
NON-INVESTMENT GRADE - may be speculative in the likelihood of timely repayment
of principal and interest
BB (LC-BB) - While not investment grade, the BB rating suggests that the
likelihood of default is considerably less than for lower-rated issues.
However, there are significant uncertainties that could affect the ability to
adequately service debt obligations.
46
<PAGE>
B (LC-B) - Issues rated B show a higher degree of uncertainty and therefore
greater likelihood of default than higher-rated issues. Adverse developments
could negatively affect the payment of interest and principal on a timely
basis.
CCC (LC-CCC) - Issues rated CCC clearly have a high likelihood of default, with
little capacity to address further adverse changes in financial circumstances.
CC (LC-CC) - CC is applied to issues that are subordinate to other obligations
rated CCC and are afforded less protection in the event of bankruptcy or
reorganization.
D (LC-D) - Default.
SHORT-TERM RATINGS
STANDARD & POOR'S SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
'A-1'
A short-term obligation rated 'A-1' is rated in the highest category by
Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on
the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are
designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to
meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
'A-2'
A short-term obligation rated 'A-2' is somewhat more susceptible to the averse
effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in
higher rating categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its
financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
'A-3'
A short-term obligation rated 'A-3' exhibits adequate protection parameters.
However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely
to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment
on the obligation.
'B'
A short-term obligation rated 'B' is regarded as having significant speculative
characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties
which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation.
'C'
A short-term obligation rated 'C' is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is
dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the
obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
'D'
A short-term obligation rated 'D' is in payment default. The 'D' rating
category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due
even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's
believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The 'D'
rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking
of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
47
<PAGE>
MOODY'S SHORT-TERM DEBT RATINGS
Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to repay
punctually senior debt obligations. These obligations have an original
maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.
Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment
grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
PRIME - 1 Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institutions) have a
superior ability for repayment of senior short-term Debt
obligations. Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the
following characteristics:
- - Leading market positions in well-established industries.
- - High rates of return on funds employed.
- - Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt and
ample asset protection.
- - Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high
internal cash generation.
- - Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources
of alternate liquidity.
PRIME - 2 Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong
ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.
This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above, but
to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while
sound, may be more subject to variation. Capitalization
characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external
conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.
PRIME - 3 Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an
acceptable ability for repayment of senior short- term
obligations. The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions
may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and profitability
may result in changes in the level of debt protection measurements
and may require relatively high financial leverage. Adequate alternate
liquidity is maintained.
NOT PRIME Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime
rating categories.
FITCH IBCA, INC. ("FITCH") SHORT-TERM NATIONAL CREDIT RATINGS
F1
Obligations assigned this rating have the highest capacity for timely repayment
under Fitch's national rating scale for that country, relative to other
obligations in the same country. This rating is automatically assigned to all
obligations issued or guaranteed by the sovereign state. Where issues possess
a particularly strong credit feature, a "+" is added to the assigned rating.
F2
Obligations supported by a strong capacity for timely repayment relative to
other obligors in the same country. However, the relative degree of risk is
slightly higher than for issues classified as 'A1' and capacity for timely
repayment may be susceptible to adverse changes in business, economic, or
financial conditions.
F3
Obligations supported by an adequate capacity for timely repayment relative to
other obligors in the same country. Such capacity is more susceptible to
adverse changes in business, economic, or financial conditions than for
obligations in higher categories.
48
<PAGE>
B
Obligations for which the capacity for timely repayment is uncertain relative
to other obligors in the same country. The capacity for timely repayment is
susceptible to adverse changes in business, economic, or financial conditions.
C
Obligations for which there is a high risk of default to other obligors in the
same country or which are in default.
DUFF & PHELPS, INC. SHORT-TERM DEBT RATINGS
RATING: DEFINITION
HIGH GRADE
D-1+ Highest certainty of timely payment. Short-term liquidity, including
internal operating factors and/or access to alternative sources of funds, is
outstanding, and safety is just below risk-free U.S. Treasury short-term
obligations.
D-1 Very high certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are excellent
and supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk factors are minor.
D-1- High certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are strong and
supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk factors are very small.
GOOD GRADE
D-2 Good certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors and company
fundamentals are sound. Although ongoing funding needs may enlarge total
financing requirements, access to capital markets is good. Risk factors are
small.
SATISFACTORY GRADE
D-3 Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify issues as
to investment grade. Risk factors are larger and subject to more variation.
Nevertheless, timely payment is expected.
NON-INVESTMENT GRADE
D-4 Speculative investment characteristics. Liquidity is not sufficient to
insure against disruption in debt service. Operating factors and market access
may be subject to a high degree of variation.
DEFAULT
D-5 Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest
payments.
49
<PAGE>
THOMSON BANKWATCH (TBW) SHORT-TERM RATINGS
TBW assigns Short-Term Debt Ratings to specific debt instruments with original
maturities of one year or less.
TBW-1 (LC-1) The highest category; indicates a very high likelihood that
principal and interest will be paid on a timely basis.
TBW-2 (LC-2) The second-highest category; while the degree of safety regarding
timely repayment of principal and interest is strong, the relative degree of
safety is not as high as for issues rated TBW-1.
TBW-3 (LC-3) The lowest investment-grade category; indicates that while the
obligation is more susceptible to adverse developments (both internal and
external) than those with higher ratings, the capacity to service principal and
interest in a timely fashion is considered adequate.
TBW-4 (LC-4) The lowest rating category; this rating is regarded as
non-investment grade and therefore speculative.
50
<PAGE>
THE STRONG
INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND II
PROSPECTUS MAY 1, 1999
Shares of the fund are only offered and sold to the separate accounts of
insurance companies for the purpose of funding variable annuity and variable
life insurance contracts. This prospectus should be read together with the
prospectus of the separate account of the specific insurance product which
preceded or accompanies this prospectus.
AS WITH ALL MUTUAL FUNDS, THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (SEC) HAS NOT
APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OR
ACCURACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANYONE WHO INFORMS YOU OTHERWISE IS COMMITTING A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
1
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
What are the fund's goals?.....................................................1
What are the fund's principal investment strategies?...........................1
What are the main risks of investing in the fund?..............................1
Who are the fund's investment advisor and portfolio manager?...................2
Financial Highlights...........................................................2
Variable Annuity and Variable Life Insurance Contracts.........................3
Share Price....................................................................3
Buying Shares..................................................................3
Selling Shares.................................................................3
Distribution and Tax Policies..................................................3
Reserved Rights................................................................3
For More Information..................................................Back Cover
IN THIS PROSPECTUS, "WE" REFERS TO STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC., THE
INVESTMENT ADVISOR AND TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE STRONG FUNDS.
2
<PAGE>
WHAT ARE THE FUND'S GOALS?
The STRONG INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND II seeks capital growth.
WHAT ARE THE FUND'S PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES?
The INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND II selects stocks from any foreign country. The
manager seeks stocks that appear to have strong growth potential relative to
their risk using a three-step investment process involving country allocation,
intensive in-house research, and currency management. The manager examines the
economic outlook of individual countries in determining whether to invest and
chooses individual stocks based on rigorous, in-depth analysis which may
include interviews with company leaders. When a stock's negative factors
outweigh its positive ones, the manager may sell it.
The manager may invest any amount in cash or cash-type securities
(high-quality, short-term debt securities issued by corporations, financial
institutions, or the U.S. government) as a temporary defensive position to
avoid losses during adverse market conditions. This could reduce the benefit
to the fund if the market goes up. In this case, the fund may not achieve its
investment goal.
WHAT ARE THE MAIN RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE FUND?
GENERAL STOCK RISKS: The fund's major risks are those of investing in the stock
market. This means the fund may experience sudden, unpredictable declines in
value, as well as periods of poor performance. Because stock values go up and
down, the value of your fund's shares may go up and down. Therefore, when you
sell your investment, you may receive more or less money than you originally
invested. These risks are magnified in foreign markets.
FOREIGN SECURITIES: The fund invests predominantly in securities from foreign
markets. Foreign investments involve additional risks including currency-rate
fluctuations, political and economic instability, differences in financial
reporting standards, and less-strict regulation of securities markets. These
risks are greater in less-established, emerging markets. Other risks of
emerging foreign markets include, smaller securities markets and lower trading
volumes which may lead to greater price volatility, national policies
restricting investment opportunities, and less developed legal and accounting
structures governing investments.
SMALLER AND MEDIUM COMPANIES: The fund invests a substantial portion of its
assets in the stocks of smaller-capitalization companies. Small- and
medium-capitalization companies often have narrower markets and more limited
managerial and financial resources than larger, more established companies. As
a result, their performance can be more volatile and they face greater risk of
business failure, which could increase the volatility of the fund's portfolio.
Generally, the smaller the company size, the greater these risks.
The fund is appropriate for investors who are comfortable with the risks
described here and for investors whose financial goals are five or more years
in the future. The fund is not appropriate for investors concerned primarily
with principal stability.
The return information below illustrates how the fund's performance can vary,
which is one indication of the risks of investing in the fund. Please keep in
mind that the fund's past performance does not represent how it will perform in
the future. The return information includes the effect of deducting the fund's
expenses, but does not include charges and expenses attributable to any
insurance product. If those charges and expenses were included, the performance
would have been lower. The information assumes that you reinvested all
dividends and distributions.
CALENDAR YEAR TOTAL RETURNS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Year International
Stock Fund II
- ------- -------------
1996 10.4%
- ------- -------------
1997 -13.5%
- ------- -------------
1998 -4.8%
- ------- -------------
</TABLE>
3
<PAGE>
BEST AND WORST QUARTERLY PERFORMANCE
(During the periods shown)
Best quarter return: 11.0% (1st Q 1998) Worst quarter return: -18.6% (3rd Q
1998)
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS
AS OF 12-31-98
FUND/INDEX 1-YEAR SINCE INCEPTION
INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND II -4.78% -2.15% (10-20-95)
MSCI EAFE Index 20.00% 10.06%
THE MORGAN STANLEY CAPITAL INTERNATIONAL EUROPE, AUSTRALASIA, AND FAR EAST
INDEX (MSCI EAFE INDEX) IS AN UNMANAGED INDEX GENERALLY REPRESENTATIVE OF MAJOR
OVERSEAS STOCK MARKETS.
WHO ARE THE FUND'S INVESTMENT ADVISOR AND PORTFOLIO MANAGER?
Strong Capital Management, Inc. (Strong) is the investment advisor for the
fund. Strong provides investment management services for mutual funds and other
investment portfolios representing assets of over $34 billion. Strong began
conducting business in 1974. Since then, its principal business has been
providing investment advice for individuals and institutional accounts, such as
pension and profit-sharing plans, as well as mutual funds, several of which are
available through variable insurance products. Strong's address is P.O. Box
2936, Milwaukee, WI 53201.
DAVID LUI manages the fund. He has over five years of investment experience and
is a Chartered Financial Analyst. Mr. Lui joined Strong as a portfolio manager
in May 1998 and has managed the fund since then. For three years prior to
joining Strong, he served as a Vice President at Phoenix Duff & Phelps and
international portfolio manager of five funds, including the Phoenix
International Portfolio and the Phoenix Worldwide Opportunities Fund. From
1993 to 1995, Mr. Lui was Vice President of Asian Equities at Alliance Capital
Management. From 1990 to 1993, he was an Associate of Global Markets at
Bankers Trust Company. In 1982, he received his bachelors degree in Electrical
Engineering from Massachusetts Institute of Technology which he achieved in
three years. He received his Masters of Business Administration from Stanford
University in 1990 where he graduated as an Arjay Miller Scholar. He is fluent
in English, French, and Chinese.
((Side Box))
YEAR 2000 ISSUES
Your investment could be adversely affected if the computer systems used by the
fund, Strong, and the fund's service providers do not properly process and
calculate date-related information before, on, and after January 1, 2000. Year
2000-related computer problems could have a negative impact on your fund and
the fund's investments, however we are working to avoid these problems and to
obtain assurances from our service providers that they are taking similar
steps. Please note that Year 2000-related computer problems may have a greater
negative impact on investments in foreign countries, especially in emerging
markets.
4
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
This information describes investment performance for the periods shown.
Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total
Return" shows how much your investment in the fund would have increased (or
decreased) during each period, assuming you had reinvested all dividends and
distributions. These figures have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
whose report, along with the fund's financial statements, is included in the
fund's annual report.
Year Ended
------------------------------------------
Selected Per-Share Data(a) 1998 1997 1996 1995(b)
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period $9.32 $11.23 $10.22 $10.00
Income From Investment Operations
Net Investment Income 0.03 0.06 0.03 0.01
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains
(Losses) on Investments (0.46) (1.50) 1.03 0.25
Total from Investment Operations (0.43) (1.44) 1.06 0.26
Less Distributions
From Net Investment Income (0.11) (0.06) (0.03) (0.01)
In Excess of Net Investment Income - (0.12) (0.02) (0.03)
From Net Realized Gains - (0.29) - -
Total Distributions (0.11) (0.47) (0.05) (0.04)
Net Asset Value, End of Period $8.78 $9.32 $11.23 $10.22
Ratios and Supplemental Data
Total Return -4.8% -13.5% +10.4% +2.6%
Net Assets, End of Period (In Millions) $47 $60 $75 $2
Ratio of Expenses to Average
Net Assets 1.6% 1.5% 1.9% 2.0%*
Ratio of Net Investment Income
to Average Net Assets 0.3% 0.6% 0.4% 1.0%*
Portfolio Turnover Rate 255.2% 169.2% 126.0% 26.9%
* Calculated on an annualized basis.
(a) Information presented relates to a share of capital stock of the fund
outstanding for the entire period.
(b) For the period from October 20, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995.
5
<PAGE>
VARIABLE ANNUITY AND VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACTS
The fund is designed as an investment vehicle for variable annuity and variable
life insurance contracts funded by separate accounts of certain insurance
companies. The fund may sell its shares to the separate accounts of various
insurance companies, which are not affiliated with each other, for the purpose
of funding variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts. The fund
currently does not foresee any disadvantages to contract owners arising out of
the fact that it offers its shares to separate accounts of various insurance
companies, which are not affiliated with each other, to serve as an investment
medium for their variable products. However, it is theoretically possible that
the interests of owners of various contracts participating in the fund through
the separate accounts might, at some time, be in conflict. The fund's Board of
Directors, however, will monitor events in order to identify any material
irreconcilable conflicts which may possibly arise and to determine what action,
if any, should be taken in response to these conflicts. If a conflict were to
occur, one or more insurance companies' separate accounts might be required to
withdraw its investments in the fund, and shares of another fund may be
substituted. This might force the fund to sell securities at disadvantageous
prices. In addition, the Board of Directors may refuse to sell fund shares to
any separate account or may suspend or terminate the offering of fund shares if
this is required by law or regulatory authority or is in the best interest of
the fund's shareholders.
SHARE PRICE
Your transaction price for buying or selling shares is the net asset value per
share (NAV). NAV is generally calculated as of the close of trading on the New
York Stock Exchange (usually 3:00 p.m. Central Time) every day the NYSE is
open. If the NYSE closes at any other time, or if an emergency exists, NAV may
be calculated at a different time. Your share price will be the next NAV
calculated after we accept your order. However, on days that the fund does not
receive any purchase or redemption orders, NAV is not calculated.
NAV is based on the market value of the securities in a fund's portfolio. If
market prices are not available, NAV is based on a security's fair value as
determined in good faith by us under the supervision of the Board of Directors
of the Strong Funds.
FOREIGN SECURITIES
The fund's portfolio securities may be listed on foreign exchanges that trade
on days when we do not calculate an NAV. As a result, the market value of
securities in the fund's portfolio may change on days when you will not be able
to purchase or redeem shares. In addition, a foreign exchange may not value
its listed securities at the same time that we calculate a fund's NAV. Events
affecting the values of portfolio securities that occur between the time a
foreign exchange assigns a price to the portfolio securities and the time when
we calculate a fund's NAV generally will not be reflected in the fund's NAV.
These events will be reflected in the fund's NAV when we, under the supervision
of the Board of Directors of the Strong Funds, determine that they would have a
material affect on the fund's NAV.
((Side Box))
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
We determine a fund's share price or NAV by dividing net assets
(the value of its investments, cash, and other assets minus its
liabilities) by the number of shares outstanding.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
BUYING SHARES
Only separate accounts established and maintained by insurance companies for
purposes of funding variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts may
invest in the fund. For instructions on how to direct a separate account to
purchase shares in the fund, please refer to the prospectus of the insurance
company's separate account. The fund does not impose any sales charge or 12b-1
fee. Sales charges may apply to the variable annuity or variable life insurance
contract, which should be described in the prospectus of the insurance
company's separate account. The fund may decline to accept a purchase order
upon receipt when, in Strong's judgment, it would not be in the best interest
of the existing shareholders to accept the order. Shares of the fund will be
sold at the net asset value next determined after receipt by the fund of a
purchase order in proper form placed by an insurance company investing in the
fund.
6
<PAGE>
SELLING SHARES
Shares of the fund may be redeemed on any business day. The price received
upon redemption will be the NAV next determined after the redemption request in
proper form is received by the fund. Contract owners should refer to the
withdrawal or surrender instructions in the prospectus of the separate account
for instructions on how to redeem shares. Once the redemption request is
received in proper form, the fund will ordinarily forward payment to the
separate account no later than seven days after receipt.
DISTRIBUTION AND TAX POLICIES
Your fund generally pays you dividends from net investment income and
distributes any net capital gains that it realizes annually. Your dividends and
capital gain distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional
shares of the fund.
For information regarding tax implications for owners of variable annuity or
variable life insurance contracts investing in the fund, please refer to the
prospectus of your insurance company's separate account.
RESERVED RIGHTS
We reserve the right to:
- - Reject any purchase request for any reason. Generally, we do this if the
purchase or exchange is disruptive to the efficient management of a fund.
- - Delay sending out redemption proceeds for up to seven days (this generally
only applies to very large redemptions without notice or during unusual
market conditions).
- - Suspend redemptions or postpone payments when the NYSE is closed for any
reason other than its usual weekend or holiday closings, when trading is
restricted by the SEC, or under any emergency circumstances.
- - Make a redemption-in-kind (a payment in portfolio securities rather than
cash) if the amount you are redeeming is in excess of the lesser of (1)
$250,000 or (2) 1% of the fund's assets. Generally, redemption-in-kind is
used when large redemption requests may cause harm to the fund and its
shareholders.
- - Reject any purchase or redemption request that does not contain all required
documentation.
7
<PAGE>
FOR MORE INFORMATION
More information is available upon request at no charge, including:
SHAREHOLDER REPORTS: Additional information is available in the annual and
semi-annual report to shareholders. These reports contain a letter from
management, discuss recent market conditions, economic trends and investment
strategies that significantly affected your investment's performance during the
last fiscal year, and list portfolio holdings.
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI): The SAI contains more details about
investment policies and techniques. A current SAI is on file with the SEC and
is incorporated into this prospectus by reference. This means that the SAI is
legally considered a part of this prospectus even though it is not physically
contained within this prospectus.
To request information or to ask questions:
BY TELEPHONE FOR HEARING-IMPAIRED (TDD)
(800) 368-1683 800) 999-2780
BY MAIL BY OVERNIGHT DELIVERY
Strong Funds Strong Funds
P.O. Box 2936 900 Heritage Reserve
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-2936 Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin
53051
ON THE INTERNET BY E-MAIL
View online or download documents: [email protected]
Strong Funds: WWW.STRONGFUNDS.COM
SEC*: www.sec.gov
This prospectus is not an offer to sell securities in any place where it would
be illegal to do so.
*YOU CAN ALSO OBTAIN COPIES BY VISITING THE SEC'S PUBLIC REFERENCE ROOM IN
WASHINGTON, D.C. OR BY SENDING YOUR REQUEST AND A DUPLICATING FEE TO THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION'S PUBLIC REFERENCE SECTION, WASHINGTON, D.C.
20549-6009. YOU CAN CALL 1-800-SEC-0330 FOR INFORMATION ON THE OPERATION OF THE
PUBLIC REFERENCE ROOM.
Strong International Stock Fund II, a series of Strong Variable Insurance
Funds, Inc., SEC file number 811-6553
8
<PAGE>
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ("SAI")
STRONG INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND II, A SERIES FUND OF STRONG VARIABLE INSURANCE
FUNDS, INC.
P.O. Box 2936
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201
Toll-Free: (800) 368-1683
The Fund serves as an investment vehicle for variable annuity and variable life
insurance contracts of insurance companies. Shares in the Fund are only
offered and sold to the separate accounts of insurance companies. This SAI is
not a Prospectus and should read together with the Prospectus for the Fund
dated May 1, 1999 and the prospectus for the separate account of the specific
insurance product offering the Fund. Requests for copies of the Prospectus
should be made by calling any number listed above. The financial statements
appearing in the Annual Report, which accompanies this SAI, are incorporated
into this SAI by reference.
May 1, 1999
1
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS........................................................3
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES.............................................5
Borrowing......................................................................5
Cash Management................................................................5
Convertible Securities.........................................................5
Debt Obligations...............................................................6
Depositary Receipts............................................................6
Derivative Instruments.........................................................7
Foreign Investment Companies..................................................16
Foreign Securities............................................................16
High-Yield (High-Risk) Securities.............................................16
Illiquid Securities...........................................................18
Lending of Portfolio Securities...............................................19
Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Debt Securities....................................19
Participation Interests.......................................................20
Repurchase Agreements.........................................................20
Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Mortgage Dollar Rolls.......................21
Short Sales...................................................................21
Small and Medium Companies....................................................21
Standby Commitments...........................................................21
U.S. Government Securities....................................................22
Warrants......................................................................22
When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Securities...................................22
Zero-Coupon, Step-Coupon, and Pay-in-Kind Securities..........................23
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS........................................................23
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS........................................................25
INVESTMENT ADVISOR............................................................25
DISTRIBUTOR...................................................................28
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE..........................................28
CUSTODIAN.....................................................................31
TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT..................................31
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES.......................................................31
TAXES.........................................................................31
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE..............................................34
ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION............................................34
ORGANIZATION..................................................................35
SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS..........................................................35
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION.......................................................36
GENERAL INFORMATION...........................................................39
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS.......................................................40
LEGAL COUNSEL.................................................................40
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..........................................................40
APPENDIX - DEFINITION OF BOND RATINGS.........................................41
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations other than those contained in this SAI and its corresponding
Prospectus, and if given or made, such information or representations may not
be relied upon as having been authorized. This SAI does not constitute an
offer to sell securities.
2
<PAGE>
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS
The following are the Fund's fundamental investment limitations which, along
with the Fund's investment objective (which is described in the Prospectus),
cannot be changed without shareholder approval. To obtain approval, a majority
of the Fund's outstanding voting shares must vote for the change. A majority
of the Fund's outstanding voting securities means the vote of the lesser of:
(1) 67% or more of the voting securities present, if more than 50% of the
outstanding voting securities are present or represented, or (2) more than 50%
of the outstanding voting shares.
Unless indicated otherwise below, the Fund:
1. May not with respect to 75% of its total assets, purchase the securities
of any issuer (except securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or
its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result, (1) more than 5% of the
Fund's total assets would be invested in the securities of that issuer, or (2)
the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that
issuer.
2. May (1) borrow money from banks and (2) make other investments or engage
in other transactions permissible under the Investment Company Act of 1940
("1940 Act") which may involve a borrowing, provided that the combination of
(1) and (2) shall not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund's total assets
(including the amount borrowed), less the Fund's liabilities (other than
borrowings), except that the Fund may borrow up to an additional 5% of its
total assets (not including the amount borrowed) from a bank for temporary or
emergency purposes (but not for leverage or the purchase of investments). The
Fund may also borrow money from the other Strong Funds or other persons to the
extent permitted by applicable law.
3. May not issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act.
4. May not act as an underwriter of another issuer's securities, except to
the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning
of the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the purchase and sale of
portfolio securities.
5. May not purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a
result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not
prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options, futures contracts, or
other derivative instruments, or from investing in securities or other
instruments backed by physical commodities).
6. May not make loans if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of the Fund's
total assets would be lent to other persons, except through (1) purchases of
debt securities or other debt instruments, or (2) engaging in repurchase
agreements.
7. May not purchase the securities of any issuer if, as a result, more than
25% of the Fund's total assets would be invested in the securities of issuers,
the principal business activities of which are in the same industry.
8. May not purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of
ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prohibit the
Fund from purchasing or selling securities or other instruments backed by real
estate or of issuers engaged in real estate activities).
9. May, notwithstanding any other fundamental investment policy or
restriction, invest all of its assets in the securities of a single open-end
management investment company with substantially the same fundamental
investment objective, policies, and restrictions as the Fund.
3
<PAGE>
NON-FUNDAMENTAL OPERATING POLICIES
The following are the Fund's non-fundamental operating policies which may be
changed by the Fund's Board of Directors without shareholder approval.
Unless indicated otherwise below, the Fund may not:
1. Sell securities short, unless the Fund owns or has the right to obtain
securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short, or
unless it covers such short sale as required by the current rules and positions
of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") or its staff, and provided
that transactions in options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts,
or other derivative instruments are not deemed to constitute selling securities
short.
2. Purchase securities on margin, except that the Fund may obtain such
short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of transactions; and
provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on
futures contracts, or other derivative instruments shall not constitute
purchasing securities on margin.
3. Invest in illiquid securities if, as a result of such investment, more
than 15% (10% with respect to a money fund) of its net assets would be invested
in illiquid securities, or such other amounts as may be permitted under the
1940 Act.
4. Purchase securities of other investment companies except in compliance
with the 1940 Act and applicable state law.
5. Invest all of its assets in the securities of a single open-end
investment management company with substantially the same fundamental
investment objective, restrictions and policies as the Fund.
6. Engage in futures or options on futures transactions which are
impermissible pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the Commodity Exchange Act and, in
accordance with Rule 4.5, will use futures or options on futures transactions
solely for bona fide hedging transactions (within the meaning of the Commodity
Exchange Act), provided, however, that the Fund may, in addition to bona fide
hedging transactions, use futures and options on futures transactions if the
aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions,
less the amount by which any such options positions are in the money (within
the meaning of the Commodity Exchange Act), do not exceed 5% of the Fund's net
assets.
7. Borrow money except (1) from banks or (2) through reverse repurchase
agreements or mortgage dollar rolls, and will not purchase securities when bank
borrowings exceed 5% of its total assets.
8. Make any loans other than loans of portfolio securities, except through
(1) purchases of debt securities or other debt instruments, or (2) engaging in
repurchase agreements.
Unless noted otherwise, if a percentage restriction is adhered to at the time
of investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a
change in the Fund's assets (I.E. due to cash inflows or redemptions) or in
market value of the investment or the Fund's assets will not constitute a
violation of that restriction.
4
<PAGE>
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
The following information supplements the discussion of the Fund's investment
objective, policies, and techniques described in the Prospectus.
BORROWING
The Fund may borrow money from banks and make other investments or engage in
other transactions permissible under the 1940 Act which may be considered a
borrowing (such as mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements).
However, the Fund may not purchase securities when bank borrowings exceed 5% of
the Fund's total assets. Presently, the Fund only intends to borrow from banks
for temporary or emergency purposes.
The Fund has established a line-of-credit ("LOC") with certain banks by which
it may borrow funds for temporary or emergency purposes. A borrowing is
presumed to be for temporary or emergency purposes if it is repaid by the Fund
within 60 days and is not extended or renewed. The Fund intends to use the LOC
to meet large or unexpected redemptions that would otherwise force the Fund to
liquidate securities under circumstances which are unfavorable to the Fund's
remaining shareholders. The Fund pays a commitment fee to the banks for the
LOC.
CASH MANAGEMENT
The Fund may invest directly in cash and short-term fixed-income securities,
including, for this purpose, shares of one or more money market funds managed
by Strong Capital Management, Inc., the Fund's investment advisor ("Advisor")
(collectively, the "Strong Money Funds"). The Strong Money Funds seek current
income, a stable share price of $1.00, and daily liquidity. All money market
instruments can change in value when interest rates or an issuer's
creditworthiness change dramatically. The Strong Money Funds cannot guarantee
that they will always be able to maintain a stable net asset value of $1.00 per
share.
CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES
Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks, or other
securities that may be converted into or exchanged for a specified amount of
common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of
time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the
holder to receive interest normally paid or accrued on debt or the dividend
paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed,
converted, or exchanged. Convertible securities have unique investment
characteristics in that they generally (1) have higher yields than common
stocks, but lower yields than comparable non-convertible securities, (2) are
less subject to fluctuation in value than the underlying stock since they have
fixed income characteristics, and (3) provide the potential for capital
appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock increases.
Most convertible securities currently are issued by U.S. companies, although a
substantial Eurodollar convertible securities market has developed, and the
markets for convertible securities denominated in local currencies are
increasing.
The value of a convertible security is a function of its "investment value"
(determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of
comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and
its "conversion value" (the security's worth, at market value, if converted
into the underlying common stock). The investment value of a convertible
security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value
declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline.
The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on
the convertible security's investment value. The conversion value of a
convertible security is determined by the market price of the underlying common
stock. If the conversion value is low relative to the investment value, the
price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment
value. Generally, the conversion value decreases as the convertible security
approaches maturity. To the extent the market price of the underlying common
stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible
security will be increasingly influenced by its conversion value. A
convertible security generally will sell at a premium over its conversion value
by the extent to which investors place value on the right to acquire the
underlying common stock while holding a fixed income security.
5
<PAGE>
A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer
at a price established in the convertible security's governing instrument. If
a convertible security is called for redemption, the Fund will be required to
permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common
stock, or sell it to a third party.
DEBT OBLIGATIONS
The Fund may invest a portion of its assets in debt obligations. Issuers of
debt obligations have a contractual obligation to pay interest at a specified
rate on specified dates and to repay principal on a specified maturity date.
Certain debt obligations (usually intermediate- and long-term bonds) have
provisions that allow the issuer to redeem or "call" a bond before its
maturity. Issuers are most likely to call such securities during periods of
falling interest rates and the Fund may have to replace such securities with
lower yielding securities, which could result in a lower return for the Fund.
PRICE VOLATILITY. The market value of debt obligations is affected primarily
by changes in prevailing interest rates. The market value of a debt obligation
generally reacts inversely to interest-rate changes, meaning, when prevailing
interest rates decline, an obligation's price usually rises, and when
prevailing interest rates rise, an obligation's price usually declines.
MATURITY. In general, the longer the maturity of a debt obligation, the higher
its yield and the greater its sensitivity to changes in interest rates.
Conversely, the shorter the maturity, the lower the yield but the greater the
price stability. Commercial paper is generally considered the shortest
maturity form of debt obligation.
CREDIT QUALITY. The values of debt obligations may also be affected by changes
in the credit rating or financial condition of their issuers. Generally, the
lower the quality rating of a security, the higher the degree of risk as to the
payment of interest and return of principal. To compensate investors for
taking on such increased risk, those issuers deemed to be less creditworthy
generally must offer their investors higher interest rates than do issuers with
better credit ratings.
In conducting its credit research and analysis, the Advisor considers both
qualitative and quantitative factors to evaluate the creditworthiness of
individual issuers. The Advisor also relies, in part, on credit ratings
compiled by a number of Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations
("NRSROs").
DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS
The Fund may invest in foreign securities by purchasing depositary receipts,
including American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs") and European Depositary
Receipts ("EDRs"), or other securities convertible into securities of foreign
issuers. These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same
currency as the securities into which they may be converted. Generally, ADRs,
in registered form, are denominated in U.S. dollars and are designed for use in
the U.S. securities markets, while EDRs, in bearer form, may be denominated in
other currencies and are designed for use in the European securities markets.
ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing
ownership of the underlying securities. EDRs are European receipts evidencing
a similar arrangement. For purposes of the Fund's investment policies, ADRs
and EDRs are deemed to have the same classification as the underlying
securities they represent, except that ADRs and EDRs shall be treated as
indirect foreign investments. For example, an ADR or EDR representing
ownership of common stock will be treated as common stock. Depositary receipts
do not eliminate all of the risks associated with directly investing in the
securities of foreign issuers.
ADR facilities may be established as either "unsponsored" or "sponsored." While
ADRs issued under these two types of facilities are in some respects similar,
there are distinctions between them relating to the rights and obligations of
ADR holders and the practices of market participants.
A depositary may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by (or
even necessarily the permission of) the issuer of the deposited securities,
although typically the depositary requests a letter of non-objection from such
issuer prior to the establishment of the facility. Holders of unsponsored ADRs
generally bear all the costs of such facility. The depositary usually charges
fees upon the deposit and withdrawal of the deposited securities, the
conversion of dividends into U.S. dollars, the disposition of non-cash
distributions, and the performance of other services. The depositary of an
unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to pass through voting
rights to ADR holders in respect of the deposited securities. In addition, an
unsponsored facility is generally not obligated to distribute communications
received from the issuer of the
6
<PAGE>
deposited securities or to disclose material information about such issuer in
the U.S. and there may not be a correlation between such information and the
market value of the depositary receipts.
Sponsored ADR facilities are created in generally the same manner as
unsponsored facilities, except that the issuer of the deposited securities
enters into a deposit agreement with the depositary. The deposit agreement
sets out the rights and responsibilities of the issuer, the depositary, and the
ADR holders. With sponsored facilities, the issuer of the deposited securities
generally will bear some of the costs relating to the facility (such as
dividend payment fees of the depositary), although ADR holders continue to bear
certain other costs (such as deposit and withdrawal fees). Under the terms of
most sponsored arrangements, depositories agree to distribute notices of
shareholder meetings and voting instructions, and to provide shareholder
communications and other information to the ADR holders at the request of the
issuer of the deposited securities.
DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
IN GENERAL. The Fund may use derivative instruments for any lawful purpose
consistent with its investment objective such as hedging or managing risk.
Derivative instruments are commonly defined to include securities or contracts
whose values depend on (or "derive" from) the value of one or more other
assets, such as securities, currencies, or commodities. These "other assets"
are commonly referred to as "underlying assets."
A derivative instrument generally consists of, is based upon, or exhibits
characteristics similar to OPTIONS or FORWARD CONTRACTS. Options and forward
contracts are considered to be the basic "building blocks" of derivatives. For
example, forward-based derivatives include forward contracts, swap contracts,
as well as exchange-traded futures. Option-based derivatives include privately
negotiated, over-the-counter ("OTC") options (including caps, floors, collars,
and options on forward and swap contracts) and exchange-traded options on
futures. Diverse types of derivatives may be created by combining options or
forward contracts in different ways, and by applying these structures to a wide
range of underlying assets.
An option is a contract in which the "holder" (the buyer) pays a certain amount
("premium") to the "writer" (the seller) to obtain the right, but not the
obligation, to buy from the writer (in a "call") or sell to the writer (in a
"put") a specific asset at an agreed upon price at or before a certain time.
The holder pays the premium at inception and has no further financial
obligation. The holder of an option-based derivative generally will benefit
from favorable movements in the price of the underlying asset but is not
exposed to corresponding losses due to adverse movements in the value of the
underlying asset. The writer of an option-based derivative generally will
receive fees or premiums but generally is exposed to losses due to changes in
the value of the underlying asset.
A forward is a sales contract between a buyer (holding the "long" position) and
a seller (holding the "short" position) for an asset with delivery deferred
until a future date. The buyer agrees to pay a fixed price at the agreed
future date and the seller agrees to deliver the asset. The seller hopes that
the market price on the delivery date is less than the agreed upon price, while
the buyer hopes for the contrary. The change in value of a forward-based
derivative generally is roughly proportional to the change in value of the
underlying asset.
HEDGING. The Fund may use derivative instruments to protect against possible
adverse changes in the market value of securities held in, or are anticipated
to be held in, its portfolio. Derivatives may also be used to "lock-in"
realized but unrecognized gains in the value of its portfolio securities.
Hedging strategies, if successful, can reduce the risk of loss by wholly or
partially offsetting the negative effect of unfavorable price movements in the
investments being hedged. However, hedging strategies can also reduce the
opportunity for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable price
movements in the hedged investments. To the extent that a hedge matures prior
to or after the disposition of the investment subject to the hedge, any gain or
loss on the hedge will be realized earlier or later than any offsetting gain or
loss on the hedged investment.
MANAGING RISK. The Fund may also use derivative instruments to manage the
risks of its portfolio. Risk management strategies include, but are not
limited to, facilitating the sale of portfolio securities, managing the
effective maturity or duration of debt obligations in its portfolio,
establishing a position in the derivatives markets as a substitute for buying
or selling certain securities, or creating or altering exposure to certain
asset classes, such as equity, debt, or foreign securities. The use of
derivative instruments may provide a less expensive, more expedient or more
specifically focused way to invest than "traditional" securities (I.E., stocks
or bonds) would.
7
<PAGE>
EXCHANGE AND OTC DERIVATIVES. Derivative instruments may be exchange-traded or
traded in OTC transactions between private parties. Exchange-traded
derivatives are standardized options and futures contracts traded in an auction
on the floor of a regulated exchange. Exchange contracts are generally very
liquid. The exchange clearinghouse is the counterparty of every contract.
Thus, each holder of an exchange contract bears the credit risk of the
clearinghouse (and has the benefit of its financial strength) rather than that
of a particular counterparty. OTC transactions are subject to additional
risks, such as the credit risk of the counterparty to the instrument, and are
less liquid than exchange-traded derivatives since they often can only be
closed out with the other party to the transaction.
RISKS AND SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS. The use of derivative instruments involves
risks and special considerations as described below. Risks pertaining to
particular derivative instruments are described in the sections that follow.
(1) MARKET RISK. The primary risk of derivatives is the same as the risk
of the underlying assets, namely that the value of the underlying asset may go
up or down. Adverse movements in the value of an underlying asset can expose
the Fund to losses. Derivative instruments may include elements of leverage
and, accordingly, the fluctuation of the value of the derivative instrument in
relation to the underlying asset may be magnified. The successful use of
derivative instruments depends upon a variety of factors, particularly the
ability of the Advisor to predict movements of the securities, currencies, and
commodity markets, which requires different skills than predicting changes in
the prices of individual securities. There can be no assurance that any
particular strategy adopted will succeed. The Advisor's decision to engage in
a derivative instrument will reflect its judgment that the derivative
transaction will provide value to the Fund and its shareholders and is
consistent with the Fund's objectives, investment limitations, and operating
policies. In making such a judgment, the Advisor will analyze the benefits and
risks of the derivative transaction and weigh them in the context of the Fund's
entire portfolio and investment objective.
(2) CREDIT RISK. The Fund will be subject to the risk that a loss may be
sustained as a result of the failure of a counterparty to comply with the terms
of a derivative instrument. The counterparty risk for exchange-traded
derivative instruments is generally less than for privately negotiated or OTC
derivative instruments, since generally a clearing agency, which is the issuer
or counterparty to each exchange-traded instrument, provides a guarantee of
performance. For privately negotiated instruments, there is no similar
clearing agency guarantee. In all transactions, the Fund will bear the risk
that the counterparty will default, and this could result in a loss of the
expected benefit of the derivative transaction and possibly other losses. The
Fund will enter into transactions in derivative instruments only with
counterparties that the Advisor reasonably believes are capable of performing
under the contract.
(3) CORRELATION RISK. When a derivative transaction is used to completely
hedge another position, changes in the market value of the combined position
(the derivative instrument plus the position being hedged) result from an
imperfect correlation between the price movements of the two instruments. With
a perfect hedge, the value of the combined position remains unchanged for any
change in the price of the underlying asset. With an imperfect hedge, the
values of the derivative instrument and its hedge are not perfectly correlated.
Correlation risk is the risk that there might be imperfect correlation, or even
no correlation, between price movements of an instrument and price movements of
investments being hedged. For example, if the value of a derivative
instruments used in a short hedge (such as writing a call option, buying a put
option, or selling a futures contract) increased by less than the decline in
value of the hedged investments, the hedge would not be perfectly correlated.
Such a lack of correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of
the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the
markets in which these instruments are traded. The effectiveness of hedges
using instruments on indices will depend, in part, on the degree of correlation
between price movements in the index and price movements in the investments
being hedged.
(4) LIQUIDITY RISK. Derivatives are also subject to liquidity risk.
Liquidity risk is the risk that a derivative instrument cannot be sold, closed
out, or replaced quickly at or very close to its fundamental value. Generally,
exchange contracts are very liquid because the exchange clearinghouse is the
counterparty of every contract. OTC transactions are less liquid than
exchange-traded derivatives since they often can only be closed out with the
other party to the transaction. The Fund might be required by applicable
regulatory requirement to maintain assets as "cover," maintain segregated
accounts, and/or make margin payments when it takes positions in derivative
instruments involving obligations to third parties (I.E., instruments other
than purchased options). If the Fund was unable to close out its positions in
such instruments, it might be required to continue to maintain such assets or
accounts or make such payments until the position expired, matured, or was
closed out. The requirements might impair the Fund's ability to sell a
portfolio security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be
favorable to do so, or require that the Fund sell a portfolio security at a
disadvantageous time. The Fund's ability
8
<PAGE>
to sell or close out a position in an instrument prior to expiration or
maturity depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market or, in the
absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the counterparty to
enter into a transaction closing out the position. Therefore, there is no
assurance that any derivatives position can be sold or closed out at a time
and price that is favorable to the Fund.
(5) LEGAL RISK. Legal risk is the risk of loss caused by the legal
unenforcibility of a party's obligations under the derivative. While a party
seeking price certainty agrees to surrender the potential upside in exchange
for downside protection, the party taking the risk is looking for a positive
payoff. Despite this voluntary assumption of risk, a counterparty that has
lost money in a derivative transaction may try to avoid payment by exploiting
various legal uncertainties about certain derivative products.
(6) SYSTEMIC OR "INTERCONNECTION" RISK. Interconnection risk is the risk
that a disruption in the financial markets will cause difficulties for all
market participants. In other words, a disruption in one market will spill
over into other markets, perhaps creating a chain reaction. Much of the OTC
derivatives market takes place among the OTC dealers themselves, thus creating
a large interconnected web of financial obligations. This interconnectedness
raises the possibility that a default by one large dealer could create losses
at other dealers and destabilize the entire market for OTC derivative
instruments.
GENERAL LIMITATIONS. The use of derivative instruments is subject to
applicable regulations of the SEC, the several options and futures exchanges
upon which they may be traded, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission
("CFTC"), and various state regulatory authorities. In addition, the Fund's
ability to use derivative instruments may be limited by certain tax
considerations.
The Fund has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of
the term "commodity pool operator" with the CFTC and the National Futures
Association, which regulate trading in the futures markets. In accordance with
Rule 4.5 of the regulations under the Commodity Exchange Act ("CEA"), the
notice of eligibility for the Fund includes representations that the Fund will
use futures contracts and related options solely for bona fide hedging purposes
within the meaning of CFTC regulations, provided that the Fund may hold other
positions in futures contracts and related options that do not qualify as a
bona fide hedging position if the aggregate initial margin deposits and
premiums required to establish these positions, less the amount by which any
such futures contracts and related options positions are "in the money," do not
exceed 5% of the Fund's net assets. Adherence to these guidelines does not
limit the Fund's risk to 5% of the Fund's assets.
The SEC has identified certain trading practices involving derivative
instruments that involve the potential for leveraging the Fund's assets in a
manner that raises issues under the 1940 Act. In order to limit the potential
for the leveraging of the Fund's assets, as defined under the 1940 Act, the SEC
has stated that the Fund may use coverage or the segregation of the Fund's
assets. To the extent required by SEC guidelines, the Fund will not enter into
any such transactions unless it owns either: (1) an offsetting ("covered")
position in securities, options, futures, or derivative instruments; or (2)
cash or liquid securities positions with a value sufficient at all times to
cover its potential obligations to the extent that the position is not
"covered". The Fund will also set aside cash and/or appropriate liquid assets
in a segregated custodial account if required to do so by SEC and CFTC
regulations. Assets used as cover or held in a segregated account cannot be
sold while the derivative position is open, unless they are replaced with
similar assets. As a result, the commitment of a large portion of the Fund's
assets to segregated accounts could impede portfolio management or the Fund's
ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.
In some cases, the Fund may be required to maintain or limit exposure to a
specified percentage of its assets to a particular asset class. In such cases,
when the Fund uses a derivative instrument to increase or decrease exposure to
an asset class and is required by applicable SEC guidelines to set aside liquid
assets in a segregated account to secure its obligations under the derivative
instruments, the Advisor may, where reasonable in light of the circumstances,
measure compliance with the applicable percentage by reference to the nature of
the economic exposure created through the use of the derivative instrument and
not by reference to the nature of the exposure arising from the liquid assets
set aside in the segregated account (unless another interpretation is specified
by applicable regulatory requirements).
OPTIONS. The Fund may use options for any lawful purpose consistent with its
investment objective such as hedging or managing risk. An option is a contract
in which the "holder" (the buyer) pays a certain amount ("premium") to the
"writer" (the seller) to obtain the right, but not the obligation, to buy from
the writer (in a "call") or sell to the writer (in a "put") a specific asset at
an agreed upon price ("strike price" or "exercise price") at or before a
certain time ("expiration date"). The holder pays the premium at inception and
has no further financial obligation. The holder of an option will benefit from
9
<PAGE>
favorable movements in the price of the underlying asset but is not exposed to
corresponding losses due to adverse movements in the value of the underlying
asset. The writer of an option will receive fees or premiums but is exposed to
losses due to changes in the value of the underlying asset. The Fund may buy
or write (sell) put and call options on assets, such as securities, currencies,
financial commodities, and indices of debt and equity securities ("underlying
assets") and enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to
terminate an existing position. Options used by the Fund may include European,
American, and Bermuda style options. If an option is exercisable only at
maturity, it is a "European" option; if it is also exercisable prior to
maturity, it is an "American" option. If it is exercisable only at certain
times, it is a "Bermuda" option.
The Fund may purchase (buy) and write (sell) put and call options underlying
assets and enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to
terminate an existing position. The purchase of a call option serves as a long
hedge, and the purchase of a put option serves as a short hedge. Writing put
or call options can enable the Fund to enhance income by reason of the premiums
paid by the purchaser of such options. Writing call options serves as a
limited short hedge because declines in the value of the hedged investment
would be offset to the extent of the premium received for writing the option.
However, if the security appreciates to a price higher than the exercise price
of the call option, it can be expected that the option will be exercised and
the Fund will be obligated to sell the security at less than its market value
or will be obligated to purchase the security at a price greater than that at
which the security must be sold under the option. All or a portion of any
assets used as cover for OTC options written by the Fund would be considered
illiquid to the extent described under "Investment Policies and Techniques -
Illiquid Securities." Writing put options serves as a limited long hedge
because decreases in the value of the hedged investment would be offset to the
extent of the premium received for writing the option. However, if the
security depreciates to a price lower than the exercise price of the put
option, it can be expected that the put option will be exercised and the Fund
will be obligated to purchase the security at more than its market value.
The value of an option position will reflect, among other things, the
historical price volatility of the underlying investment, the current market
value of the underlying investment, the time remaining until expiration, the
relationship of the exercise price to the market price of the underlying
investment, and general market conditions.
The Fund may effectively terminate its right or obligation under an option by
entering into a closing transaction. For example, the Fund may terminate its
obligation under a call or put option that it had written by purchasing an
identical call or put option; this is known as a closing purchase transaction.
Conversely, the Fund may terminate a position in a put or call option it had
purchased by writing an identical put or call option; this is known as a
closing sale transaction. Closing transactions permit the Fund to realize the
profit or limit the loss on an option position prior to its exercise or
expiration.
The Fund may purchase or write both exchange-traded and OTC options.
Exchange-traded options are issued by a clearing organization affiliated with
the exchange on which the option is listed that, in effect, guarantees
completion of every exchange-traded option transaction. In contrast, OTC
options are contracts between the Fund and the other party to the transaction
("counterparty") (usually a securities dealer or a bank) with no clearing
organization guarantee. Thus, when the Fund purchases or writes an OTC option,
it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying
investment upon exercise of the option. Failure by the counterparty to do so
would result in the loss of any premium paid by the Fund as well as the loss of
any expected benefit of the transaction.
The Fund's ability to establish and close out positions in exchange-listed
options depends on the existence of a liquid market. The Fund intends to
purchase or write only those exchange-traded options for which there appears to
be a liquid secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that such a
market will exist at any particular time. Closing transactions can be made for
OTC options only by negotiating directly with the counterparty, or by a
transaction in the secondary market if any such market exists. Although the
Fund will enter into OTC options only with counter parties that are expected to
be capable of entering into closing transactions with the Fund, there is no
assurance that the Fund will in fact be able to close out an OTC option at a
favorable price prior to expiration. In the event of insolvency of the
counterparty, the Fund might be unable to close out an OTC option position at
any time prior to its expiration. If the Fund were unable to effect a closing
transaction for an option it had purchased, it would have to exercise the
option to realize any profit.
The Fund may engage in options transactions on indices in much the same manner
as the options on securities discussed above, except the index options may
serve as a hedge against overall fluctuations in the securities market
represented by the relevant market index.
10
<PAGE>
The writing and purchasing of options is a highly specialized activity that
involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with
ordinary portfolio securities transactions. Imperfect correlation between the
options and securities markets may detract from the effectiveness of the
attempted hedging.
SPREAD TRANSACTIONS. The Fund may use spread transactions for any lawful
purpose consistent with its investment objective such as hedging or managing
risk. The Fund may purchase covered spread options from securities dealers.
Such covered spread options are not presently exchange-listed or
exchange-traded. The purchase of a spread option gives the Fund the right to
put, or sell, a security that it owns at a fixed dollar spread or fixed yield
spread in relation to another security that the Fund does not own, but which is
used as a benchmark. The risk to the Fund in purchasing covered spread options
is the cost of the premium paid for the spread option and any transaction
costs. In addition, there is no assurance that closing transactions will be
available. The purchase of spread options will be used to protect the Fund
against adverse changes in prevailing credit quality spreads, I.E., the yield
spread between high quality and lower quality securities. Such protection is
only provided during the life of the spread option.
FUTURES CONTRACTS. The Fund may use futures contracts for any lawful purpose
consistent with its investment objective such as hedging or managing risk. The
Fund may enter into futures contracts, including, but not limited to, interest
rate and index futures. The Fund may also purchase put and call options, and
write covered put and call options, on futures in which it is allowed to
invest. The purchase of futures or call options thereon can serve as a long
hedge, and the sale of futures or the purchase of put options thereon can serve
as a short hedge. Writing covered call options on futures contracts can serve
as a limited short hedge, and writing covered put options on futures contracts
can serve as a limited long hedge, using a strategy similar to that used for
writing covered options in securities. The Fund may also write put options on
futures contracts while at the same time purchasing call options on the same
futures contracts in order to create synthetically a long futures contract
position. Such options would have the same strike prices and expiration dates.
The Fund will engage in this strategy only when the Advisor believes it is more
advantageous to the Fund than purchasing the futures contract.
To the extent required by regulatory authorities, the Fund only enters into
futures contracts that are traded on national futures exchanges and are
standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument. Futures
exchanges and trading are regulated under the CEA by the CFTC. Although
techniques other than sales and purchases of futures contracts could be used to
reduce the Fund's exposure to market or interest rate fluctuations, the Fund
may be able to hedge its exposure more effectively and perhaps at a lower cost
through the use of futures contracts.
An interest rate futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and
purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific financial
instrument (E.G., debt security) for a specified price at a designated date,
time, and place. An index futures contract is an agreement pursuant to which
the parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the
difference between the value of the index at the close of the last trading day
of the contract and the price at which the index futures contract was
originally written. Transaction costs are incurred when a futures contract is
bought or sold and margin deposits must be maintained. A futures contract may
be satisfied by delivery or purchase, as the case may be, of the instrument or
by payment of the change in the cash value of the index. More commonly,
futures contracts are closed out prior to delivery by entering into an
offsetting transaction in a matching futures contract. Although the value of
an index might be a function of the value of certain specified securities, no
physical delivery of those securities is made. If the offsetting purchase
price is less than the original sale price, the Fund realizes a gain; if it is
more, the Fund realizes a loss. Conversely, if the offsetting sale price is
more than the original purchase price, the Fund realizes a gain; if it is less,
the Fund realizes a loss. The transaction costs must also be included in these
calculations. There can be no assurance, however, that the Fund will be able
to enter into an offsetting transaction with respect to a particular futures
contract at a particular time. If the Fund is not able to enter into an
offsetting transaction, the Fund will continue to be required to maintain the
margin deposits on the futures contract.
No price is paid by the Fund upon entering into a futures contract. Instead,
at the inception of a futures contract, the Fund is required to deposit in a
segregated account with its custodian, in the name of the futures broker
through whom the transaction was effected, "initial margin" consisting of cash
and/or other appropriate liquid assets in an amount generally equal to 10% or
less of the contract value. Margin must also be deposited when writing a call
or put option on a futures contract, in accordance with applicable exchange
rules. Unlike margin in securities transactions, initial margin on futures
contracts does not represent a borrowing, but rather is in the nature of a
performance bond or good-faith deposit that is returned to the Fund at the
termination of the transaction if all contractual obligations have been
satisfied. Under certain circumstances, such as periods of high
11
<PAGE>
volatility, the Fund may be required by an exchange to increase the level of
its initial margin payment, and initial margin requirements might be increased
generally in the future by regulatory action.
Subsequent "variation margin" payments are made to and from the futures broker
daily as the value of the futures position varies, a process known as "marking
to market." Variation margin does not involve borrowing, but rather represents
a daily settlement of the Fund's obligations to or from a futures broker. When
the Fund purchases an option on a future, the premium paid plus transaction
costs is all that is at risk. In contrast, when the Fund purchases or sells a
futures contract or writes a call or put option thereon, it is subject to daily
variation margin calls that could be substantial in the event of adverse price
movements. If the Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin
requirements, it might need to sell securities at a time when such sales are
disadvantageous. Purchasers and sellers of futures positions and options on
futures can enter into offsetting closing transactions by selling or
purchasing, respectively, an instrument identical to the instrument held or
written. Positions in futures and options on futures may be closed only on an
exchange or board of trade that provides a secondary market. The Fund intends
to enter into futures transactions only on exchanges or boards of trade where
there appears to be a liquid secondary market. However, there can be no
assurance that such a market will exist for a particular contract at a
particular time.
Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits on
the amount that the price of a future or option on a futures contract can vary
from the previous day's settlement price; once that limit is reached, no trades
may be made that day at a price beyond the limit. Daily price limits do not
limit potential losses because prices could move to the daily limit for several
consecutive days with little or no trading, thereby preventing liquidation of
unfavorable positions.
If the Fund were unable to liquidate a futures or option on a futures contract
position due to the absence of a liquid secondary market or the imposition of
price limits, it could incur substantial losses. The Fund would continue to be
subject to market risk with respect to the position. In addition, except in
the case of purchased options, the Fund would continue to be required to make
daily variation margin payments and might be required to maintain the position
being hedged by the future or option or to maintain cash or securities in a
segregated account.
Certain characteristics of the futures market might increase the risk that
movements in the prices of futures contracts or options on futures contracts
might not correlate perfectly with movements in the prices of the investments
being hedged. For example, all participants in the futures and options on
futures contracts markets are subject to daily variation margin calls and might
be compelled to liquidate futures or options on futures contracts positions
whose prices are moving unfavorably to avoid being subject to further calls.
These liquidations could increase price volatility of the instruments and
distort the normal price relationship between the futures or options and the
investments being hedged. Also, because initial margin deposit requirements in
the futures markets are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities
markets, there might be increased participation by speculators in the future
markets. This participation also might cause temporary price distortions. In
addition, activities of large traders in both the futures and securities
markets involving arbitrage, "program trading" and other investment strategies
might result in temporary price distortions.
FOREIGN CURRENCIES. The Fund may purchase and sell foreign currency on a spot
basis, and may use currency-related derivatives instruments such as options on
foreign currencies, futures on foreign currencies, options on futures on
foreign currencies and forward currency contracts (I.E., an obligation to
purchase or sell a specific currency at a specified future date, which may be
any fixed number of days from the contract date agreed upon by the parties, at
a price set at the time the contract is entered into). The Fund may use these
instruments for hedging or any other lawful purpose consistent with the Fund's
investment objective, including transaction hedging, anticipatory hedging,
cross hedging, proxy hedging, and position hedging. The Fund's use of
currency-related derivative instruments will be directly related to the Fund's
current or anticipated portfolio securities, and the Fund may engage in
transactions in currency-related derivative instruments as a means to protect
against some or all of the effects of adverse changes in foreign currency
exchange rates on its investment portfolio. In general, if the currency in
which a portfolio investment is denominated appreciates against the U.S.
dollar, the dollar value of the security will increase. Conversely, a decline
in the exchange rate of the currency would adversely affect the value of the
portfolio investment expressed in U.S. dollars.
For example, the Fund might use currency-related derivative instruments to
"lock in" a U.S. dollar price for a portfolio investment, thereby enabling the
Fund to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change
in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the subject foreign currency
during the period between the date the security is purchased or sold and the
date on which payment is made or received. The Fund also might use
currency-related derivative
12
<PAGE>
instruments when the Advisor believes that one currency may experience a
substantial movement against another currency, including the U.S. dollar, and
it may use currency-related derivative instruments to sell or buy the amount of
the former foreign currency, approximating the value of some or all of the
Fund's portfolio securities denominated in such foreign currency.
Alternatively, where appropriate, the Fund may use currency-related derivative
instruments to hedge all or part of its foreign currency exposure through the
use of a basket of currencies or a proxy currency where such currency or
currencies act as an effective proxy for other currencies. The use of this
basket hedging technique may be more efficient and economical than using
separate currency-related derivative instruments for each currency exposure
held by the Fund. Furthermore, currency-related derivative instruments may be
used for short hedges - for example, the Fund may sell a forward currency
contract to lock in the U.S. dollar equivalent of the proceeds from the
anticipated sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency.
In addition, the Fund may use a currency-related derivative instrument to shift
exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one foreign country to another
foreign country where the Advisor believes that the foreign currency exposure
purchased will appreciate relative to the U.S. dollar and thus better protect
the Fund against the expected decline in the foreign currency exposure sold.
For example, if the Fund owns securities denominated in a foreign currency and
the Advisor believes that currency will decline, it might enter into a forward
contract to sell an appropriate amount of the first foreign currency, with
payment to be made in a second foreign currency that the Advisor believes would
better protect the Fund against the decline in the first security than would a
U.S. dollar exposure. Hedging transactions that use two foreign currencies are
sometimes referred to as "cross hedges." The effective use of currency-related
derivative instruments by the Fund in a cross hedge is dependent upon a
correlation between price movements of the two currency instruments and the
underlying security involved, and the use of two currencies magnifies the risk
that movements in the price of one instrument may not correlate or may
correlate unfavorably with the foreign currency being hedged. Such a lack of
correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the currency
instruments used or investments being hedged, such as speculative or other
pressures on the markets in which these instruments are traded.
The Fund also might seek to hedge against changes in the value of a particular
currency when no hedging instruments on that currency are available or such
hedging instruments are more expensive than certain other hedging instruments.
In such cases, the Fund may hedge against price movements in that currency by
entering into transactions using currency-related derivative instruments on
another foreign currency or a basket of currencies, the values of which the
Advisor believes will have a high degree of positive correlation to the value
of the currency being hedged. The risk that movements in the price of the
hedging instrument will not correlate perfectly with movements in the price of
the currency being hedged is magnified when this strategy is used.
The use of currency-related derivative instruments by the Fund involves a
number of risks. The value of currency-related derivative instruments depends
on the value of the underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar. Because
foreign currency transactions occurring in the interbank market might involve
substantially larger amounts than those involved in the use of such derivative
instruments, the Fund could be disadvantaged by having to deal in the odd lot
market (generally consisting of transactions of less than $1 million) for the
underlying foreign currencies at prices that are less favorable than for round
lots (generally consisting of transactions of greater than $1 million).
There is no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign
currencies or any regulatory requirement that quotations available through
dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis.
Quotation information generally is representative of very large transactions in
the interbank market and thus might not reflect odd-lot transactions where
rates might be less favorable. The interbank market in foreign currencies is a
global, round-the-clock market. To the extent the U.S. options or futures
markets are closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open,
significant price and rate movements might take place in the underlying markets
that cannot be reflected in the markets for the derivative instruments until
they re-open.
Settlement of transactions in currency-related derivative instruments might be
required to take place within the country issuing the underlying currency.
Thus, the Fund might be required to accept or make delivery of the underlying
foreign currency in accordance with any U.S. or foreign regulations regarding
the maintenance of foreign banking arrangements by U.S. residents and might be
required to pay any fees, taxes and charges associated with such delivery
assessed in the issuing country.
When the Fund engages in a transaction in a currency-related derivative
instrument, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the
underlying currency at the maturity of the contract or otherwise complete the
contract. In other words, the Fund
13
<PAGE>
will be subject to the risk that a loss may be sustained by the Fund as a
result of the failure of the counterparty to comply with the terms of the
transaction. The counterparty risk for exchange-traded instruments is
generally less than for privately negotiated or OTC currency instruments, since
generally a clearing agency, which is the issuer or counterparty to each
instrument, provides a guarantee of performance. For privately negotiated
instruments, there is no similar clearing agency guarantee. In all
transactions, the Fund will bear the risk that the counterparty will default,
and this could result in a loss of the expected benefit of the transaction and
possibly other losses to the Fund. The Fund will enter into transactions in
currency-related derivative instruments only with counterparties that the
Advisor reasonably believes are capable of performing under the contract.
Purchasers and sellers of currency-related derivative instruments may enter
into offsetting closing transactions by selling or purchasing, respectively, an
instrument identical to the instrument purchased or sold. Secondary markets
generally do not exist for forward currency contracts, with the result that
closing transactions generally can be made for forward currency contracts only
by negotiating directly with the counterparty. Thus, there can be no assurance
that the Fund will in fact be able to close out a forward currency contract (or
any other currency-related derivative instrument) at a time and price favorable
to the Fund. In addition, in the event of insolvency of the counterparty, the
Fund might be unable to close out a forward currency contract at any time prior
to maturity. In the case of an exchange-traded instrument, the Fund will be
able to close the position out only on an exchange which provides a market for
the instruments. The ability to establish and close out positions on an
exchange is subject to the maintenance of a liquid market, and there can be no
assurance that a liquid market will exist for any instrument at any specific
time. In the case of a privately negotiated instrument, the Fund will be able
to realize the value of the instrument only by entering into a closing
transaction with the issuer or finding a third party buyer for the instrument.
While the Fund will enter into privately negotiated transactions only with
entities who are expected to be capable of entering into a closing transaction,
there can be no assurance that the Fund will in fact be able to enter into such
closing transactions.
The precise matching of currency-related derivative instrument amounts and the
value of the portfolio securities involved generally will not be possible
because the value of such securities, measured in the foreign currency, will
change after the currency-related derivative instrument position has been
established. Thus, the Fund might need to purchase or sell foreign currencies
in the spot (cash) market. The projection of short-term currency market
movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term
hedging strategy is highly uncertain.
Permissible foreign currency options will include options traded primarily in
the OTC market. Although options on foreign currencies are traded primarily in
the OTC market, the Fund will normally purchase or sell OTC options on foreign
currency only when the Advisor reasonably believes a liquid secondary market
will exist for a particular option at any specific time.
There will be a cost to the Fund of engaging in transactions in
currency-related derivative instruments that will vary with factors such as the
contract or currency involved, the length of the contract period and the market
conditions then prevailing. The Fund using these instruments may have to pay a
fee or commission or, in cases where the instruments are entered into on a
principal basis, foreign exchange dealers or other counterparties will realize
a profit based on the difference ("spread") between the prices at which they
are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, for example, a dealer may
offer to sell a foreign currency to the Fund at one rate, while offering a
lesser rate of exchange should the Fund desire to resell that currency to the
dealer.
When required by the SEC guidelines, the Fund will set aside permissible liquid
assets in segregated accounts or otherwise cover the Fund's potential
obligations under currency-related derivatives instruments. To the extent the
Fund's assets are so set aside, they cannot be sold while the corresponding
currency position is open, unless they are replaced with similar assets. As a
result, if a large portion of the Fund's assets are so set aside, this could
impede portfolio management or the Fund's ability to meet redemption requests
or other current obligations.
The Advisor's decision to engage in a transaction in a particular
currency-related derivative instrument will reflect the Advisor's judgment that
the transaction will provide value to the Fund and its shareholders and is
consistent with the Fund's objectives and policies. In making such a judgment,
the Advisor will analyze the benefits and risks of the transaction and weigh
them in the context of the Fund's entire portfolio and objectives. The
effectiveness of any transaction in a currency-related derivative instrument is
dependent on a variety of factors, including the Advisor's skill in analyzing
and predicting currency values and upon a correlation between price movements
of the currency instrument and the underlying security. There might be
imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of an
instrument and price movements of investments being hedged. Such a lack of
correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the investments
14
<PAGE>
being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the markets in which
these instruments are traded. In addition, the Fund's use of currency-related
derivative instruments is always subject to the risk that the currency in
question could be devalued by the foreign government. In such a case, any long
currency positions would decline in value and could adversely affect any
hedging position maintained by the Fund.
The Fund's dealing in currency-related derivative instruments will generally be
limited to the transactions described above. However, the Fund reserves the
right to use currency-related derivatives instruments for different purposes
and under different circumstances. Of course, the Fund is not required to use
currency-related derivatives instruments and will not do so unless deemed
appropriate by the Advisor. It also should be realized that use of these
instruments does not eliminate, or protect against, price movements in the
Fund's securities that are attributable to other (I.E., non-currency related)
causes. Moreover, while the use of currency-related derivatives instruments
may reduce the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of a hedged currency,
at the same time the use of these instruments tends to limit any potential gain
which may result from an increase in the value of that currency.
SWAP AGREEMENTS. The Fund may enter into interest rate, securities index,
commodity, or security and currency exchange rate swap agreements for any
lawful purpose consistent with the Fund's investment objective, such as for the
purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular desired return or
spread at a lower cost to the Fund than if the Fund had invested directly in an
instrument that yielded that desired return or spread. The Fund also may enter
into swaps in order to protect against an increase in the price of, or the
currency exchange rate applicable to, securities that the Fund anticipates
purchasing at a later date. Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered
into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks
to several years. In a standard "swap" transaction, two parties agree to
exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized
on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to
be exchanged or "swapped" between the parties are calculated with respect to a
"notional amount" (I.E., the return on or increase in value of a particular
dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate) in a particular foreign
currency, or in a "basket" of securities representing a particular index. Swap
agreements may include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a
premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that
interest rates exceed a specified rate, or "cap;" interest rate floors, under
which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other
to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified level, or "floor;" and
interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor,
or vice versa, in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements
exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.
The "notional amount" of the swap agreement is the agreed upon basis for
calculating the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to
exchange. Under most swap agreements entered into by the Fund, the obligations
of the parties would be exchanged on a "net basis." Consequently, the Fund's
obligation (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to
the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative
values of the positions held by each party to the agreement ("net amount").
The Fund's obligation under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset
against amounts owed to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed
to a swap counterparty will be covered by the maintenance of a segregated
account consisting of cash and/or other appropriate liquid assets.
Whether the Fund's use of swap agreements will be successful in furthering its
investment objective will depend, in part, on the Advisor's ability to predict
correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater
returns than other investments. Swap agreements may be considered to be
illiquid. Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to
be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of
a swap agreement counterparty. Certain restrictions imposed on the Fund by the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 ("IRC") may limit the Fund's ability to use swap
agreements. The swaps market is largely unregulated.
The Fund will enter swap agreements only with counterparties that the Advisor
reasonably believes are capable of performing under the swap agreements. If
there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have
to rely on its contractual remedies (which may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency or similar laws) pursuant to the agreements related to the
transaction.
ADDITIONAL DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND STRATEGIES. In addition to the
derivative instruments and strategies described above and in the Prospectus,
the Advisor expects to discover additional derivative instruments and other
hedging or risk management techniques. The Advisor may utilize these new
derivative instruments and techniques to the extent that they are consistent
with
15
<PAGE>
the Fund's investment objective and permitted by the Fund's investment
limitations, operating policies, and applicable regulatory authorities.
FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES
The Fund may invest, to a limited extent, in foreign investment companies.
Some of the countries in which the Fund invests may not permit direct
investment by outside investors. Investments in such countries may only be
permitted through foreign government-approved or -authorized investment
vehicles, which may include other investment companies. In addition, it may be
less expensive and more expedient for the Fund to invest in a foreign
investment company in a country which permits direct foreign investment.
Investing through such vehicles may involve frequent or layered fees or
expenses and may also be subject to limitation under the 1940 Act. Under the
1940 Act, the Fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in shares of other
investment companies and up to 5% of its assets in any one investment company
as long as the investment does not represent more than 3% of the voting stock
of the acquired investment company. The Fund does not intend to invest in such
investment companies unless, in the judgment of the Advisor, the potential
benefits of such investments justify the payment of any associated fees and
expenses.
FOREIGN SECURITIES
Investing in foreign securities involves a series of risks not present in
investing in U.S. securities. Many of the foreign securities held by the Fund
will not be registered with the SEC, nor will the foreign issuers be subject to
SEC reporting requirements. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available
information concerning foreign issuers of securities held by the Fund than is
available concerning U.S. companies. Disclosure and regulatory standards in
many respects are less stringent in emerging market countries than in the U.S.
and other major markets. There also may be a lower level of monitoring and
regulation of emerging markets and the activities of investors in such markets,
and enforcement of existing regulations may be extremely limited. Foreign
companies, and in particular, companies in smaller and emerging capital markets
are not generally subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial
reporting standards, or to other regulatory requirements comparable to those
applicable to U.S. companies. The Fund's net investment income and capital
gains from its foreign investment activities may be subject to non-U.S.
withholding taxes.
The costs attributable to foreign investing that the Fund must bear frequently
are higher than those attributable to domestic investing; this is particularly
true with respect to emerging capital markets. For example, the cost of
maintaining custody of foreign securities exceeds custodian costs for domestic
securities, and transaction and settlement costs of foreign investing also
frequently are higher than those attributable to domestic investing. Costs
associated with the exchange of currencies also make foreign investing more
expensive than domestic investing. Investment income on certain foreign
securities in which the Fund may invest may be subject to foreign withholding
or other government taxes that could reduce the return of these securities.
Tax treaties between the U.S. and foreign countries, however, may reduce or
eliminate the amount of foreign tax to which the Fund would be subject.
Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in
certain markets there have been times when settlements have failed to keep pace
with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such
transactions. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when
assets of the Fund are uninvested and are earning no investment return. The
inability of the Fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement
problems could cause the Fund to miss investment opportunities. Inability to
dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either
in losses to the Fund due to subsequent declines in the value of such portfolio
security or, if the Fund has entered into a contract to sell the security,
could result in possible liability to the purchaser.
HIGH-YIELD (HIGH-RISK) SECURITIES
IN GENERAL. Non-investment grade debt obligations ("lower-quality securities")
include (1) bonds rated as low as C by Moody's Investors ("Moody's"), Standard
& Poor's Ratings Group ("S&P"), and comparable ratings of other nationally
recognized statistical rating organizations ("NRSROs"); (2) commercial paper
rated as low as C by S&P, Not Prime by Moody's, and comparable ratings of other
NRSROs; and (3) unrated debt obligations of comparable quality. Lower-quality
securities, while generally offering higher yields than investment grade
securities with similar maturities, involve greater risks, including the
possibility of default or bankruptcy. They are regarded as predominantly
speculative with respect to the
16
<PAGE>
issuer's capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The special risk
considerations in connection with investments in these securities are discussed
below. Refer to the Appendix for a description of the securities ratings.
EFFECT OF INTEREST RATES AND ECONOMIC CHANGES. The lower-quality and
comparable unrated security market is relatively new and its growth has
paralleled a long economic expansion. As a result, it is not clear how this
market may withstand a prolonged recession or economic downturn. Such
conditions could severely disrupt the market for and adversely affect the value
of such securities.
All interest-bearing securities typically experience appreciation when interest
rates decline and depreciation when interest rates rise. The market values of
lower-quality and comparable unrated securities tend to reflect individual
corporate developments to a greater extent than do higher rated securities,
which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates.
Lower-quality and comparable unrated securities also tend to be more sensitive
to economic conditions than are higher-rated securities. As a result, they
generally involve more credit risks than securities in the higher-rated
categories. During an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising
interest rates, highly leveraged issuers of lower-quality and comparable
unrated securities may experience financial stress and may not have sufficient
revenues to meet their payment obligations. The issuer's ability to service
its debt obligations may also be adversely affected by specific corporate
developments, the issuer's inability to meet specific projected business
forecasts or the unavailability of additional financing. The risk of loss due
to default by an issuer of these securities is significantly greater than
issuers of higher-rated securities because such securities are generally
unsecured and are often subordinated to other creditors. Further, if the
issuer of a lower-quality or comparable unrated security defaulted, the Fund
might incur additional expenses to seek recovery. Periods of economic
uncertainty and changes would also generally result in increased volatility in
the market prices of these securities and thus in the Fund's net asset value.
As previously stated, the value of a lower-quality or comparable unrated
security will decrease in a rising interest rate market and accordingly, so
will the Fund's net asset value. If the Fund experiences unexpected net
redemptions in such a market, it may be forced to liquidate a portion of its
portfolio securities without regard to their investment merits. Due to the
limited liquidity of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities (discussed
below), the Fund may be forced to liquidate these securities at a substantial
discount. Any such liquidation would force the Fund to sell the more liquid
portion of its portfolio.
PAYMENT EXPECTATIONS. Lower-quality and comparable unrated securities
typically contain redemption, call or prepayment provisions which permit the
issuer of such securities containing such provisions to, at its discretion,
redeem the securities. During periods of falling interest rates, issuers of
these securities are likely to redeem or prepay the securities and refinance
them with debt securities with a lower interest rate. To the extent an issuer
is able to refinance the securities, or otherwise redeem them, the Fund may
have to replace the securities with a lower yielding security, which would
result in a lower return for the Fund.
CREDIT RATINGS. Credit ratings issued by credit rating agencies are designed
to evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments of rated securities.
They do not, however, evaluate the market value risk of lower-quality
securities and, therefore, may not fully reflect the true risks of an
investment. In addition, credit rating agencies may or may not make timely
changes in a rating to reflect changes in the economy or in the condition of
the issuer that affect the market value of the security. Consequently, credit
ratings are used only as a preliminary indicator of investment quality.
Investments in lower-quality and comparable unrated obligations will be more
dependent on the Advisor's credit analysis than would be the case with
investments in investment-grade debt obligations. The Advisor employs its own
credit research and analysis, which includes a study of existing debt, capital
structure, ability to service debt and to pay dividends, the issuer's
sensitivity to economic conditions, its operating history and the current trend
of earnings. The Advisor continually monitors the investments in the Fund's
portfolio and carefully evaluates whether to dispose of or to retain
lower-quality and comparable unrated securities whose credit ratings or credit
quality may have changed.
LIQUIDITY AND VALUATION. The Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain
lower-quality and comparable unrated securities because there may be a thin
trading market for such securities. Because not all dealers maintain markets
in all lower-quality and comparable unrated securities, there is no established
retail secondary market for many of these securities. The Fund anticipates
that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of dealers or
institutional investors. To the extent a secondary trading market does exist,
it is generally not as liquid as the secondary market for higher-rated
securities. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact
on the market price of the security. As a result, the Fund's asset value
16
<PAGE>
and ability to dispose of particular securities, when necessary to meet the
Fund's liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, may be
impacted. The lack of a liquid secondary market for certain securities may
also make it more difficult for the Fund to obtain accurate market quotations
for purposes of valuing the Fund's portfolio. Market quotations are generally
available on many lower-quality and comparable unrated issues only from a
limited number of dealers and may not necessarily represent firm bids of such
dealers or prices for actual sales. During periods of thin trading, the spread
between bid and asked prices is likely to increase significantly. In addition,
adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental
analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of lower-quality and comparable
unrated securities, especially in a thinly traded market.
LEGISLATION. Legislation may be adopted, from time to time, designed to limit
the use of certain lower-quality and comparable unrated securities by certain
issuers. It is anticipated that if additional legislation is enacted or
proposed, it could have a material affect on the value of these securities and
the existence of a secondary trading market for the securities.
ILLIQUID SECURITIES
The Fund may invest in illiquid securities (I.E., securities that are not
readily marketable). However, the Fund will not acquire illiquid securities
if, as a result, the illiquid securities would comprise more than 15% (10% for
money market funds) of the value of the Fund's net assets (or such other
amounts as may be permitted under the 1940 Act). However, as a matter of
internal policy, the Advisor intends to limit the Fund's investments in
illiquid securities to 10% of its net assets.
The Board of Directors of the Fund, or its delegate, has the ultimate
authority to determine, to the extent permissible under the federal securities
laws, which securities are illiquid for purposes of this limitation. Certain
securities exempt from registration or issued in transactions exempt from
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("Securities Act"),
such as securities that may be resold to institutional investors under Rule
144A under the Securities Act and Section 4(2) commercial paper, may be
considered liquid under guidelines adopted by the Fund's Board of Directors.
The Board of Directors of the Fund has delegated to the Advisor the day-to-day
determination of the liquidity of a security, although it has retained
oversight and ultimate responsibility for such determinations. The Board of
Directors has directed the Advisor to look to such factors as (1) the frequency
of trades or quotes for a security, (2) the number of dealers willing to
purchase or sell the security and number of potential buyers, (3) the
willingness of dealers to undertake to make a market in the security, (4) the
nature of the security and nature of the marketplace trades, such as the time
needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers, and the
mechanics of transfer, (5) the likelihood that the security's marketability
will be maintained throughout the anticipated holding period, and (6) any other
relevant factors. The Advisor may determine 4(2) commercial paper to be liquid
if (1) the 4(2) commercial paper is not traded flat or in default as to
principal and interest, (2) the 4(2) commercial paper is rated in one of the
two highest rating categories by at least two NRSROs), or if only one NRSRO
rates the security, by that NRSRO, or is determined by the Advisor to be of
equivalent quality, and (3) the Advisor considers the trading market for the
specific security taking into account all relevant factors. With respect to
any foreign holdings, a foreign security may be considered liquid by the
Advisor (despite its restricted nature under the Securities Act) if the
security can be freely traded in a foreign securities market and all the facts
and circumstances support a finding of liquidity.
Restricted securities may be sold only in privately negotiated transactions or
in a public offering with respect to which a registration statement is in
effect under the Securities Act. Where registration is required, the Fund may
be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable
period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the
Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration
statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to
develop, the Fund might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it
decided to sell. Restricted securities will be priced in accordance with
pricing procedures adopted by the Board of Directors of the Fund. If through
the appreciation of restricted securities or the depreciation of unrestricted
securities the Fund should be in a position where more than 15% of the value of
its net assets are invested in illiquid securities, including restricted
securities which are not readily marketable (except for 144A Securities and
4(2) commercial paper deemed to be liquid by the Advisor), the Fund will take
such steps as is deemed advisable, if any, to protect the liquidity of the
Fund's portfolio.
The Fund may sell OTC options and, in connection therewith, segregate assets or
cover its obligations with respect to OTC options written by the Fund. The
assets used as cover for OTC options written by the Fund will be considered
illiquid unless the OTC options are sold to qualified dealers who agree that
the Fund may repurchase any OTC option it writes at a maximum
18
<PAGE>
price to be calculated by a formula set forth in the option agreement. The
cover for an OTC option written subject to this procedure would be considered
illiquid only to the extent that the maximum repurchase price under the formula
exceeds the intrinsic value of the option.
LENDING OF PORTFOLIO SECURITIES
The Fund is authorized to lend up to 33 1/3% of the total value of its
portfolio securities to broker-dealers or institutional investors that the
Advisor deems qualified, but only when the borrower maintains with the Fund's
custodian bank collateral either in cash or money market instruments in an
amount at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned, plus
accrued interest and dividends, determined on a daily basis and adjusted
accordingly. Although the Fund is authorized to lend, the Fund does not
presently intend to engage in lending. In determining whether to lend
securities to a particular broker-dealer or institutional investor, the Advisor
will consider, and during the period of the loan will monitor, all relevant
facts and circumstances, including the creditworthiness of the borrower. The
Fund will retain authority to terminate any loans at any time. The Fund may
pay reasonable administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan and
may pay a negotiated portion of the interest earned on the cash or money market
instruments held as collateral to the borrower or placing broker. The Fund
will receive reasonable interest on the loan or a flat fee from the borrower
and amounts equivalent to any dividends, interest or other distributions on the
securities loaned. The Fund will retain record ownership of loaned securities
to exercise beneficial rights, such as voting and subscription rights and
rights to dividends, interest or other distributions, when retaining such
rights is considered to be in the Fund's interest.
MORTGAGE- AND ASSET-BACKED DEBT SECURITIES
Mortgage-backed securities represent direct or indirect participations in, or
are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans secured by real property, and
include single- and multi-class pass-through securities and collateralized
mortgage obligations. Such securities may be issued or guaranteed by U.S.
government agencies or instrumentalities, such as the Government National
Mortgage Association and the Federal National Mortgage Association, or by
private issuers, generally originators and investors in mortgage loans,
including savings associations, mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment
bankers, and special purpose entities (collectively, "private lenders").
Mortgage-backed securities issued by private lenders may be supported by pools
of mortgage loans or other mortgage-backed securities that are guaranteed,
directly or indirectly, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or
instrumentalities, or they may be issued without any governmental guarantee of
the underlying mortgage assets but with some form of non-governmental credit
enhancement.
Asset-backed securities have structural characteristics similar to
mortgage-backed securities. Asset-backed debt obligations represent direct or
indirect participation in, or are secured by and payable from, assets such as
motor vehicle installment sales contracts, other installment loan contracts,
home equity loans, leases of various types of property, and receivables from
credit card or other revolving credit arrangements. The credit quality of most
asset-backed securities depends primarily on the credit quality of the assets
underlying such securities, how well the entity issuing the security is
insulated from the credit risk of the originator or any other affiliated
entities, and the amount and quality of any credit enhancement of the
securities. Payments or distributions of principal and interest on
asset-backed debt obligations may be supported by non-governmental credit
enhancements including letters of credit, reserve funds, overcollateralization,
and guarantees by third parties. The market for privately issued asset-backed
debt obligations is smaller and less liquid than the market for government
sponsored mortgage-backed securities.
The rate of principal payment on mortgage- and asset-backed securities
generally depends on the rate of principal payments received on the underlying
assets which in turn may be affected by a variety of economic and other
factors. As a result, the yield on any mortgage- and asset-backed security is
difficult to predict with precision and actual yield to maturity may be more or
less than the anticipated yield to maturity. The yield characteristics of
mortgage- and asset-backed securities differ from those of traditional debt
securities. Among the principal differences are that interest and principal
payments are made more frequently on mortgage-and asset-backed securities,
usually monthly, and that principal may be prepaid at any time because the
underlying mortgage loans or other assets generally may be prepaid at any time.
As a result, if the Fund purchases these securities at a premium, a prepayment
rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a
prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of
increasing the yield to maturity. Conversely, if the Fund purchases these
securities at a discount, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will
increase yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than
expected will reduce yield to maturity. Amounts available for reinvestment by
the Fund are likely to be
19
<PAGE>
greater during a period of declining interest rates and, as a result, are
likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of rising
interest rates. Accelerated prepayments on securities purchased by the Fund at
a premium also impose a risk of loss of principal because the premium may not
have been fully amortized at the time the principal is prepaid in full. The
market for privately issued mortgage- and asset-backed securities is smaller
and less liquid than the market for government-sponsored mortgage-backed
securities.
While many mortgage- and asset-backed securities are issued with only one class
of security, many are issued in more than one class, each with different
payment terms. Multiple class mortgage- and asset-backed securities are issued
for two main reasons. First, multiple classes may be used as a method of
providing credit support. This is accomplished typically through creation of
one or more classes whose right to payments on the security is made subordinate
to the right to such payments of the remaining class or classes. Second,
multiple classes may permit the issuance of securities with payment terms,
interest rates, or other characteristics differing both from those of each
other and from those of the underlying assets. Examples include so-called
"strips" (mortgage- and asset-backed securities entitling the holder to
disproportionate interests with respect to the allocation of interest and
principal of the assets backing the security), and securities with class or
classes having characteristics which mimic the characteristics of non-mortgage-
or asset-backed securities, such as floating interest rates (I.E., interest
rates which adjust as a specified benchmark changes) or scheduled amortization
of principal.
The Fund may invest in stripped mortgage- or asset-backed securities, which
receive differing proportions of the interest and principal payments from the
underlying assets. The market value of such securities generally is more
sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates than is the case with
traditional mortgage- and asset-backed securities, and in some cases such
market value may be extremely volatile. With respect to certain stripped
securities, such as interest only and principal only classes, a rate of
prepayment that is faster or slower than anticipated may result in the Fund
failing to recover all or a portion of its investment, even though the
securities are rated investment grade.
Mortgage- and asset-backed securities backed by assets, other than as described
above, or in which the payment streams on the underlying assets are allocated
in a manner different than those described above may be issued in the future.
The Fund may invest in such securities if such investment is otherwise
consistent with its investment objectives and policies and with the investment
restrictions of the Fund.
PARTICIPATION INTERESTS
A participation interest gives the Fund an undivided interest in a municipal
obligation in the proportion that the Fund's participation interest bears to
the principal amount of the obligation. These instruments may have fixed,
floating, or variable rates of interest. The Fund will only purchase
participation interests if accompanied by an opinion of counsel that the
interest earned on the underlying municipal obligations will be tax-exempt. If
the Fund purchases unrated participation interests, the Board of Directors or
its delegate must have determined that the credit risk is equivalent to the
rated obligations in which the Fund may invest. Participation interests may be
backed by a letter of credit or guaranty of the selling institution. When
determining whether such a participation interest meets the Fund's credit
quality requirements, the Fund may look to the credit quality of any financial
guarantor providing a letter of credit or guaranty.
REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with certain banks or non-bank
dealers. In a repurchase agreement, the Fund buys a security at one price, and
at the time of sale, the seller agrees to repurchase the obligation at a
mutually agreed upon time and price (usually within seven days). The
repurchase agreement, thereby, determines the yield during the purchaser's
holding period, while the seller's obligation to repurchase is secured by the
value of the underlying security. The Advisor will monitor, on an ongoing
basis, the value of the underlying securities to ensure that the value always
equals or exceeds the repurchase price plus accrued interest. Repurchase
agreements could involve certain risks in the event of a default or insolvency
of the other party to the agreement, including possible delays or restrictions
upon the Fund's ability to dispose of the underlying securities. Although no
definitive creditworthiness criteria are used, the Advisor reviews the
creditworthiness of the banks and non-bank dealers with which the Fund enters
into repurchase agreements to evaluate those risks. The Fund may, under
certain circumstances, deem repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S.
government securities to be investments in U.S. government securities.
20
<PAGE>
REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND MORTGAGE DOLLAR ROLLS
The Fund may engage in reverse repurchase agreements to facilitate portfolio
liquidity, a practice common in the mutual fund industry, or for arbitrage
transactions as discussed below. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund
would sell a security and enter into an agreement to repurchase the security at
a specified future date and price. The Fund generally retains the right to
interest and principal payments on the security. Since the Fund receives cash
upon entering into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may be considered a
borrowing. When required by guidelines of the SEC, the Fund will set aside
permissible liquid assets in a segregated account to secure its obligations to
repurchase the security.
The Fund may also enter into mortgage dollar rolls, in which the Fund would
sell mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the current month and
simultaneously contract to purchase substantially similar securities on a
specified future date. While the Fund would forego principal and interest paid
on the mortgage-backed securities during the roll period, the Fund would be
compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower
price for the future purchase as well as by any interest earned on the proceeds
of the initial sale. The Fund also could be compensated through the receipt of
fee income equivalent to a lower forward price. At the time the Fund would
enter into a mortgage dollar roll, it would set aside permissible liquid assets
in a segregated account to secure its obligation for the forward commitment to
buy mortgage-backed securities. Mortgage dollar roll transactions may be
considered a borrowing by the Fund.
The mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements entered into by the
Fund may be used as arbitrage transactions in which the Fund will maintain an
offsetting position in investment grade debt obligations or repurchase
agreements that mature on or before the settlement date on the related mortgage
dollar roll or reverse repurchase agreements. Since the Fund will receive
interest on the securities or repurchase agreements in which it invests the
transaction proceeds, such transactions may involve leverage. However, since
such securities or repurchase agreements will be high quality and will mature
on or before the settlement date of the mortgage dollar roll or reverse
repurchase agreement, the Advisor believes that such arbitrage transactions do
not present the risks to the Fund that are associated with other types of
leverage.
SHORT SALES
The Fund may sell securities short (1) to hedge unrealized gains on portfolio
securities or (2) if it covers such short sale with liquid assets as required
by the current rules and positions of the SEC or its staff. Selling securities
short against the box involves selling a security that the Fund owns or has the
right to acquire, for delivery at a specified date in the future. If the Fund
sells securities short against the box, it may protect unrealized gains, but
will lose the opportunity to profit on such securities if the price rises.
SMALL AND MEDIUM COMPANIES
The Fund may invest its assets in small and medium companies. While small and
medium companies generally have the potential for rapid growth, investments in
small and medium companies often involve greater risks than investments in
larger, more established companies because small and medium companies may lack
the management experience, financial resources, product diversification, and
competitive strengths of larger companies. In addition, in many instances the
securities of small and medium companies are traded only OTC or on a regional
securities exchange, and the frequency and volume of their trading is
substantially less than is typical of larger companies. Therefore, the
securities of small and medium companies may be subject to greater and more
abrupt price fluctuations. When making large sales, the Fund may have to sell
portfolio
21
<PAGE>
holdings at discounts from quoted prices or may have to make a series of small
sales over an extended period of time due to the trading volume of small and
medium company securities. Investors should be aware that, based on the
foregoing factors, an investment in the Fund may be subject to greater price
fluctuations than an investment in the Fund that invests primarily in larger,
more established companies. The Advisor's research efforts may also play a
greater role in selecting securities for the Fund than in the Fund that invests
in larger, more established companies.
STANDBY COMMITMENTS
In order to facilitate portfolio liquidity, the Fund may acquire standby
commitments from brokers, dealers, or banks with respect to securities in its
portfolio. Standby commitments entitle the holder to achieve same-day
settlement and receive an exercise price equal to the amortized cost of the
underlying security plus accrued interest. Standby commitments generally
increase the cost of the acquisition of the underlying security, thereby
reducing the yield. Standby commitments are subject to the issuer's ability to
fulfill its obligation upon demand. Although no definitive creditworthiness
criteria are used, the Advisor reviews the creditworthiness of the brokers,
dealers, and banks from which the Fund obtains standby commitments to evaluate
those risks.
U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES
U.S. government securities are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or
its agencies or instrumentalities. Securities issued by the government include
U.S. Treasury obligations, such as Treasury bills, notes, and bonds. Securities
issued by government agencies or instrumentalities include obligations of the
following:
- - the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration,
Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, and
the Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA"), including GNMA
pass-through certificates, whose securities are supported by the full faith
and credit of the United States;
- - the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and the
Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of
the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury;
- - the Federal National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by
the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain
obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and
- - the Student Loan Marketing Association, the Interamerican Development Bank,
and International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, whose securities
are supported only by the credit of such agencies.
Although the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S.
government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given
that it will always do so. The U.S. government and its agencies and
instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities;
consequently, the value of such securities will fluctuate.
WARRANTS
The Fund may acquire warrants. Warrants are securities giving the holder the
right, but not the obligation, to buy the stock of an issuer at a given price
(generally higher than the value of the stock at the time of issuance) during a
specified period or perpetually. Warrants may be acquired separately or in
connection with the acquisition of securities. Warrants do not carry with them
the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to the securities that
they entitle their holder to purchase, and they do not represent any rights in
the assets of the issuer. As a result, warrants may be considered to have more
speculative characteristics than certain other types of investments. In
addition, the value of a warrant does not necessarily change with the value of
the underlying securities, and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not
exercised prior to its expiration date.
WHEN-ISSUED AND DELAYED-DELIVERY SECURITIES
The Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis.
The price of debt obligations so purchased, which may be expressed in yield
terms, generally is fixed at the time the commitment to purchase is made, but
delivery and payment for the securities take place at a later date. During the
period between the purchase and settlement, no payment is made by the Fund to
the issuer and no interest on the debt obligations accrues to the Fund.
Forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be
purchased declines prior to the settlement date, which risk is in addition to
the risk of decline in value of the Fund's other assets. While when-issued and
delayed-delivery securities may be sold prior to the
21
<PAGE>
settlement date, the Fund intends to purchase such securities with the purpose
of actually acquiring them unless a sale appears desirable for investment
reasons. At the time the Fund makes the commitment to purchase these types of
securities, it will record the transaction and reflect the value of the
security in determining its net asset value. The Fund does not believe that
its net asset value will be adversely affected by these types of securities
purchases.
To the extent required by the SEC, the Fund will maintain cash and marketable
securities equal in value to commitments for when-issued or delayed-delivery
securities. Such segregated securities either will mature or, if necessary, be
sold on or before the settlement date. When the time comes to pay for
when-issued or delayed-delivery securities, the Fund will meet its obligations
from then-available cash flow, sale of the securities held in the separate
account, described above, sale of other securities or, although it would not
normally expect to do so, from the sale of the when-issued or delayed-delivery
securities themselves (which may have a market value greater or less than the
Fund's payment obligation).
ZERO-COUPON, STEP-COUPON, AND PAY-IN-KIND SECURITIES
The Fund may invest in zero-coupon, step-coupon, and pay-in-kind securities.
These securities are debt securities that do not make regular cash interest
payments. Zero-coupon and step-coupon securities are sold at a deep discount
to their face value. Pay-in-kind securities pay interest through the issuance
of additional securities. Because such securities do not pay current cash
income, the price of these securities can be volatile when interest rates
fluctuate. While these securities do not pay current cash income, federal
income tax law requires the holders of zero-coupon, step-coupon, and
pay-in-kind securities to include in income each year the portion of the
original issue discount (or deemed discount) and other non-cash income on such
securities accruing that year. In order to continue to qualify as a "regulated
investment company" or "RIC" under the IRC and avoid a certain excise tax, the
Fund may be required to distribute a portion of such discount and income and
may be required to dispose of other portfolio securities, which may occur in
periods of adverse market prices, in order to generate cash to meet these
distribution requirements.
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
The Board of Directors of the Fund is responsible for managing the Fund's
business and affairs. Directors and officers of the Fund, together with
information as to their principal business occupations during the last five
years, and other information are shown below. Each director who is deemed an
"interested person," as defined in the 1940 Act, is indicated by an asterisk
(*). Each officer and director holds the same position with the 27 registered
open-end management investment companies consisting of 53 mutual funds ("Strong
Funds"). The Strong Funds, in the aggregate, pay each Director who is not a
director, officer, or employee of the Advisor, or any affiliated company (a
"disinterested director") an annual fee of $50,000, plus $100 per Board meeting
for each Strong Fund. In addition, each disinterested director is reimbursed
by the Strong Funds for travel and other expenses incurred in connection with
attendance at such meetings. Other officers and directors of the Strong Funds
receive no compensation or expense reimbursement from the Strong Funds.
*RICHARD S. STRONG (DOB 5/12/42), Director and Chairman of the Board of the
Strong Funds.
Prior to August 1985, Mr. Strong was Chief Executive Officer of the Advisor,
which he founded in 1974. Since August 1985, Mr. Strong has been a Security
Analyst and Portfolio Manager of the Advisor. In October 1991, Mr. Strong also
became the Chairman of the Advisor. Mr. Strong is a Director of the Advisor.
Mr. Strong has been in the investment management business since 1967.
MARVIN E. NEVINS (DOB 7/19/18), Director of the Strong Funds.
Private Investor. From 1945 to 1980, Mr. Nevins was Chairman of Wisconsin
Centrifugal Inc., a foundry. Mr. Nevins is a former Chairman of the Wisconsin
Association of Manufacturers & Commerce. He has been a Director of A-Life
Medical, Inc., San Diego, CA since 1996 and Surface Systems, Inc. (a weather
information company), St. Louis, MO since 1992. He was also a regent of the
Milwaukee School of Engineering and a member of the Board of Trustees of the
Medical College of Wisconsin and Carroll College.
WILLIE D. DAVIS (DOB 7/24/34), Director of the Strong Funds.
23
<PAGE>
Mr. Davis has been Director of Alliance Bank since 1980, Sara Lee Corporation
(a food/consumer products company) since 1983, KMart Corporation (a discount
consumer products company) since 1985, Dow Chemical Company since 1988, MGM
Grand, Inc. (an entertainment/hotel company) since 1990, WICOR, Inc. (a utility
company) since 1990, Johnson Controls, Inc. (an industrial company) since 1992,
and Rally's Hamburger, Inc. since 1994. Mr. Davis has been a trustee of the
University of Chicago since 1980 and Marquette University since 1988. Since
1977, Mr. Davis has been President and Chief Executive Officer of All Pro
Broadcasting, Inc. Mr. Davis was a Director of the Fireman's Fund (an
insurance company) from 1975 until 1990.
STANLEY KRITZIK (DOB 1/9/30), Director of the Strong Funds.
Mr. Kritzik has been a Partner of Metropolitan Associates since 1962, a
Director of Aurora Health Care since 1987, and Health Network Ventures, Inc.
since 1992.
WILLIAM F. VOGT (DOB 7/19/47), Director of the Strong Funds.
Mr. Vogt has been the President of Vogt Management Consulting, Inc. since 1990.
From 1982 until 1990, he served as Executive Director of University Physicians
of the University of Colorado. Mr. Vogt is the Past President of the Medical
Group Management Association and a Fellow of the American College of Medical
Practice Executives.
THOMAS P. LEMKE (DOB 7/30/54), Vice President of the Strong Funds.
Mr. Lemke has been Senior Vice President, Secretary, and General Counsel of the
Advisor since September 1994. For two years prior to joining the Advisor, Mr.
Lemke acted as Resident Counsel for Funds Management at J.P. Morgan & Co., Inc.
From February 1989 until April 1992, Mr. Lemke acted as Associate General
Counsel to Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., Inc. For two years prior to that, Mr.
Lemke was Of Counsel at the Washington D.C. law firm of Tew Jorden & Schulte, a
successor of Finley, Kumble & Wagner. From August 1979 until December 1986,
Mr. Lemke worked at the SEC, most notably as the Chief Counsel to the Division
of Investment Management (November 1984 - December 1986), and as Special
Counsel to the Office of Insurance Products, Division of Investment Management
(April 1982 - October 1984).
STEPHEN J. SHENKENBERG (DOB 6/14/58), Vice President and Secretary of the
Strong Funds.
Mr. Shenkenberg has been Deputy General Counsel of the Advisor since November
1996. From December 1992 until November 1996, Mr. Shenkenberg acted as
Associate Counsel to the Advisor. From June 1987 until December 1992, Mr.
Shenkenberg was an attorney for Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., a Milwaukee law firm.
JOHN S. WEITZER (DOB 10/31/67), Vice President of the Strong Funds.
Mr. Weitzer has been Senior Counsel of the Advisor since December 1997. From
July 1993 until December 1997, Mr. Weitzer acted as Associate Counsel to the
Advisor.
MARY F. HOPPA (DOB 5/31/64), Vice President of the Strong Funds.
Ms. Hoppa has been Vice President and Director of Mutual Fund Administration of
the Advisor since January 1998. From October 1996 to January 1998, Ms. Hoppa
acted as Director of Transfer Agency Services of the Advisor and, from January
1988 to October 1996, as Transfer Agency Systems Liaison Manager of the
Advisor. From January 1987 to January 1988, Ms. Hoppa acted as a Shareholder
Services Associate of the Advisor.
JOHN W. WIDMER (DOB 1/19/65), Treasurer of the Strong Funds.
24
<PAGE>
Mr. Widmer has been Manager of Financial Management & Sales Reporting Systems
since May 1997. From May 1992 to May 1997, Mr. Widmer was an Accounting and
Business Advisory Manager in the Milwaukee office of Arthur Andersen LLP. From
June 1987 to May 1992, Mr. Widmer was an accountant at Arthur Andersen LLP.
RHONDA K. HAIGHT (DOB 11/13/64), Assistant Treasurer of the Strong Funds.
Ms. Haight has been Manager of the Mutual Fund Accounting Department of the
Advisor since January 1994. From May 1990 to January 1994, Ms. Haight was a
supervisor in the Mutual Fund Accounting Department of the Advisor. From June
1987 to May 1990, Ms. Haight was a Mutual Fund Accountant of the Advisor.
Except for Messrs. Nevins, Davis, Kritzik, and Vogt, the address of all of the
above persons is P.O. Box 2936, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201. Mr. Nevins'
address is 6075 Pelican Bay Boulevard, Naples, Florida 34108. Mr. Davis'
address is 161 North La Brea, Inglewood, California 90301. Mr. Kritzik's
address is 1123 North Astor Street, P.O. Box 92547, Milwaukee, Wisconsin
53202-0547. Mr. Vogt's address is 2830 East Third Avenue, Denver, Colorado
80206.
Unless otherwise noted below, as of March 31, 1999, the officers and directors
of the Fund in the aggregate beneficially owned less than 1% of the Fund's then
outstanding shares.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
FUND SHARES PERCENT
- ---- ------ -------
None
</TABLE>
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
Except for the organizational shares of the Fund, the Fund's shares may only be
held of record by the separate accounts of insurance companies. As of March
31, 1999, the following insurance companies owned of record or is known by the
Fund to own of record or beneficially more than 5% of the Fund's then
outstanding shares:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
NAME AND ADDRESS SHARES PERCENT
- ---------------------------------- --------- -------
Nationwide Life Insurance Co. 3,799,405 77.68%
P.O. Box 182029
Columbus, OH 43218-2029
Acadia National Life Insurance Co. 351,144 7.18%
Separate Account II
7315 Wisconsin Avenue
Bethesda, MD 20814-3202
Acadia National Life Insurance Co. 297,280 6.08%
Separate Account I
7315 Wisconsin Avenue
Bethesda, MD 20814-3202
</TABLE>
Any person owning more than 25% of the Fund's shares may be considered a
"controlling person" of the Fund. Accordingly, a controlling person's vote
could have a more significant effect on matters presented to shareholders for
approval than the vote of other Fund shareholders.
INVESTMENT ADVISOR
25
<PAGE>
The Fund has entered into an Advisory Agreement with Strong Capital Management,
Inc. ("Advisor"). Mr. Strong controls the Advisor due to his stock ownership
of the Advisor. Mr. Strong is the Chairman and a Director of the Advisor, Mr.
Lemke is a Senior Vice President, Secretary, and General Counsel of the
Advisor, Mr. Shenkenberg is Vice President, Assistant Secretary, and Deputy
General Counsel of the Advisor, Ms. Hoppa is a Senior Vice President of the
Advisor, Mr. Weitzer is Senior Counsel of the Advisor, and Ms. Haight is the
Manager of the Mutual Fund Accounting Department. As of March 31, 1999, the
Advisor had $34 billion under management.
The Advisory Agreement is required to be approved annually by either the Board
of Directors of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the Fund's outstanding
voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act). In either case, each annual
renewal must be approved by the vote of a majority of the Fund's directors who
are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or interested persons of any such
party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such
approval. The Advisory Agreement is terminable, without penalty, on 60 days
written notice by the Board of Directors of the Fund, by vote of a majority of
the Fund's outstanding voting securities, or by the Advisor, and will terminate
automatically in the event of its assignment.
Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Advisor manages the Fund's
investments subject to the supervision of the Fund's Board of Directors. The
Advisor is responsible for investment decisions and supplies investment
research and portfolio management. The Advisory Agreement authorizes the
Advisor to delegate its investment advisory duties to a subadvisor in
accordance with a written agreement under which the subadvisor would furnish
such investment advisory services to the Advisor. In that situation, the
Advisor continues to have responsibility for all investment advisory services
furnished by the subadvisor under the subadvisory agreement. At its expense,
the Advisor provides office space and all necessary office facilities,
equipment and personnel for servicing the investments of the Fund. The Advisor
places all orders for the purchase and sale of the Fund's portfolio securities
at the Fund's expense.
Except for expenses assumed by the Advisor, as set forth above, or by Strong
Investments, Inc. with respect to the distribution of the Fund's shares, the
Fund is responsible for all its other expenses, including, without limitation,
interest charges, taxes, brokerage commissions, and similar expenses; expenses
of issue, sale, repurchase or redemption of shares; expenses of registering or
qualifying shares for sale with the states and the SEC; expenses for printing
and distribution of prospectuses to existing shareholders; charges of
custodians (including fees as custodian for keeping books and similar services
for the Fund), transfer agents (including the printing and mailing of reports
and notices to shareholders), registrars, auditing and legal services, and
clerical services related to recordkeeping and shareholder relations; printing
of stock certificates; fees for directors who are not "interested persons" of
the Advisor; expenses of indemnification; extraordinary expenses; and costs of
shareholder and director meetings.
As compensation for its services, the Fund pays to the Advisor a monthly
management fee at the annual rate specified below of the average daily net
asset value of the Fund. From time to time, the Advisor may voluntarily waive
all or a portion of its management fee for the Fund.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
FUND ANNUAL RATE
- --------------------------- -----------
International Stock Fund II 1.00%
</TABLE>
The Fund paid the following management fees for the time periods indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
MANAGEMENT FEE
FISCAL YEAR ENDED MANAGEMENT FEE ($) WAIVER ($) AFTER WAIVER ($)
- ----------------- ------------------ ---------- ----------------
12/31/96 476,498 0 476,498
12/31/97 762,688 0 762,688
12/31/98 548,043 0 548,043
</TABLE>
The Advisory Agreement requires the Advisor to reimburse the Fund in the event
that the expenses and charges payable by the Fund in any fiscal year, including
the management fee but excluding taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, and
similar fees
25
<PAGE>
and to the extent permitted extraordinary expenses, exceed two percent (2%) of
the average net asset value of the Fund for such year, as determined by
valuations made as of the close of each business day of the year.
Reimbursement of expenses in excess of the applicable limitation will be made
on a monthly basis and will be paid to the Fund by reduction of the Advisor's
fee, subject to later adjustment, month by month, for the remainder of the
Fund's fiscal year. The Advisor may from time to time voluntarily absorb
expenses for the Fund in addition to the reimbursement of expenses in excess of
applicable limitations.
On July 12, 1994, the SEC filed an administrative action ("Order") against the
Advisor, Mr. Strong, and another employee of the Advisor in connection with
conduct that occurred between 1987 and early 1990. In re Strong/Corneliuson
Capital Management, Inc., et al. Admin. Proc. File No. 3-8411. The proceeding
was settled by consent without admitting or denying the allegations in the
Order. The Order found that the Advisor and Mr. Strong aided and abetted
violations of Section 17(a) of the 1940 Act by effecting trades between mutual
funds, and between mutual funds and Harbour Investments Ltd. ("Harbour"),
without complying with the exemptive provisions of SEC Rule 17a-7 or otherwise
obtaining an exemption. It further found that the Advisor violated, and Mr.
Strong aided and abetted violations of, the disclosure provisions of the 1940
Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 by misrepresenting the Advisor's
policy on personal trading and by failing to disclose trading by Harbour, an
entity in which principals of the Advisor owned between 18 and 25 percent of
the voting stock. As part of the settlement, the respondents agreed to a
censure and a cease and desist order and the Advisor agreed to various
undertakings, including adoption of certain procedures and a limitation for six
months on accepting certain types of new advisory clients.
On June 6, 1996, the Department of Labor ("DOL") filed an action against the
Advisor for equitable relief alleging violations of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA") in connection with cross trades that
occurred between 1987 and late 1989 involving certain pension accounts managed
by the Advisor. Contemporaneous with this filing, the Advisor, without
admitting or denying the DOL's allegations, agreed to the entry of a consent
judgment resolving all matters relating to the allegations. Reich v. Strong
Capital Management, Inc., (U.S.D.C. E.D. WI) ("Consent Judgment"). Under the
terms of the Consent Judgment, the Advisor agreed to reimburse the affected
accounts a total of $5.9 million. The settlement did not have any material
impact on the Advisor's financial position or operations.
The Fund and the Advisor have adopted a Code of Ethics ("Code") which governs
the personal trading activities of all "Access Persons" of the Advisor. Access
Persons include every director and officer of the Advisor and the investment
companies managed by the Advisor, including the Fund, as well as certain
employees of the Advisor who have access to information relating to the
purchase or sale of securities by the Advisor on behalf of accounts managed by
it. The Code is based upon the principal that such Access Persons have a
fiduciary duty to place the interests of the Fund and the Advisor 's other
clients ahead of their own.
The Code requires Access Persons (other than Access Persons who are independent
directors of the investment companies managed by the Advisor, including the
Fund) to, among other things, preclear their securities transactions (with
limited exceptions, such as transactions in shares of mutual funds, direct
obligations of the U.S. government, and certain options on broad-based
securities market indexes) and to execute such transactions through the
Advisor's trading department. The Code, which applies to all Access Persons
(other than Access Persons who are independent directors of the investment
companies managed by the Advisor, including the Fund), includes a ban on
acquiring any securities in an initial public offering, other than a new
offering of a registered open-end investment company, and a prohibition from
profiting on short-term trading in securities. In addition, no Access Person
may purchase or sell any security which is contemporaneously being purchased or
sold, or to the knowledge of the Access Person, is being considered for
purchase or sale, by the Advisor on behalf of any mutual fund or other account
managed by it. Finally, the Code provides for trading "black out" periods of
seven calendar days during which time Access Persons who are portfolio managers
may not trade in securities which have been purchased or sold by any mutual
fund or other account managed by the portfolio manager.
The Advisor provides investment advisory services for multiple clients through
different types of investment accounts (E.G., mutual funds, hedge funds,
separately managed accounts, etc.) who may have similar or different investment
objectives and investment policies (E.G., some accounts may have an active
trading strategy while others follow a "buy and hold" strategy). In managing
these accounts, the Advisor seeks to maximize each account's return, consistent
with the account's investment objectives and investment strategies. While the
Advisor's policies are designed to ensure that over time similarly-situated
clients receive similar treatment, to the maximum extent possible, because of
the range of the Advisor's clients, the Advisor may give advice and take action
with respect to one account that may differ from the advice given, or the
timing or nature of action taken, with respect to another account (the Advisor,
its principals and associates also may take such actions in their
26
<PAGE>
personal securities transactions, to the extent permitted by and consistent
with the Code). For example, the Advisor may use the same investment style in
managing two accounts, but one may have a shorter-term horizon and accept
high-turnover while the other may have a longer-term investment horizon and
desire to minimize turnover. If the Advisor reasonably believes that a
particular security may provide an attractive opportunity due to short-term
volatility but may no longer be attractive on a long-term basis, the Advisor
may cause accounts with a shorter-term investment horizon to buy the security
at the same time it is causing accounts with a longer-term investment horizon
to sell the security. The Advisor takes all reasonable steps to ensure that
investment opportunities are, over time, allocated to accounts on a fair and
equitable basis relative to the other similarly-situated accounts and that the
investment activities of different accounts do not unfairly disadvantage other
accounts.
From time to time, the Advisor votes the shares owned by the Fund according to
its Statement of General Proxy Voting Policy ("Proxy Voting Policy"). The
general principal of the Proxy Voting Policy is to vote any beneficial interest
in an equity security prudently and solely in the best long-term economic
interest of the Fund and its beneficiaries considering all relevant factors and
without undue influence from individuals or groups who may have an economic
interest in the outcome of a proxy vote. Shareholders may obtain a copy of the
Proxy Voting Policy upon request from the Advisor.
The Advisor also provides a program of custom portfolio management called the
Strong Advisor. This program is designed to determine which investment
approach fits an investor's financial needs and then provides the investor with
a custom built portfolio of Strong Funds based on that allocation. The
Advisor, on behalf of participants in the Strong Advisor program, may determine
to invest a portion of the program's assets in any one Strong Fund, which
investment, particularly in the case of a smaller Strong Fund, could represent
a material portion of the Fund's assets. In such cases, a decision to redeem
the Strong Advisor program's investment in a Fund on short notice could raise a
potential conflict of interest for the Advisor, between the interests of
participants in the Strong Advisor program and of the Fund's other
shareholders. In general, the Advisor does not expect to direct the Strong
Advisor program to make redemption requests on short notice. However, should
the Advisor determine this to be necessary, the Advisor will use its best
efforts and act in good faith to balance the potentially competing interests of
participants in the Strong Advisor program and the Fund's other shareholders in
a manner the Advisor deems most appropriate for both parties in light of the
circumstances.
From time to time, the Advisor may make available to third parties current and
historical information about the portfolio holdings of the Advisor's mutual
funds or other clients. Release may be made to entities such as fund ratings
entities, industry trade groups, and financial publications. Generally, the
Advisor will release this type of information only where it is otherwise
publicly available. This information may also be released where the Advisor
reasonably believes that the release will not be to the detriment of the best
interests of its clients.
For more complete information about the Advisor, including its services,
investment strategies, policies, and procedures, please call 1-800-368-3863 and
ask for a copy of the Advisor's Form ADV.
DISTRIBUTOR
Under a Distribution Agreement with the Fund ("Distribution Agreement"), Strong
Investments, Inc. ("Distributor") acts as underwriter of the Fund's shares.
Mr. Strong is the Chairman and Director of the Distributor, Mr. Lemke is a
Vice President of the Distributor, and Mr. Shenkenberg is a Vice President and
Secretary of the Distributor. The Distribution Agreement provides that the
Distributor will use its best efforts to distribute the Fund's shares. Shares
are only offered and sold to the separate accounts of certain insurance
companies. Since the Fund is a "no-load" fund, no sales commissions are
charged on the purchase of Fund shares. Certain sales charges may apply to the
variable annuity or life insurance contract, which should be described in the
prospectus of the insurance company's separate account. The Distribution
Agreement further provides that the Distributor will bear the additional costs
of printing prospectuses and shareholder reports which are used for selling
purposes, as well as advertising and other costs attributable to the
distribution of the Fund's shares. The Distributor is an indirect subsidiary
of the Advisor and controlled by the Advisor and Mr. Strong. The Distribution
Agreement is subject to the same termination and renewal provisions as are
described above with respect to the Advisory Agreement.
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
28
<PAGE>
The Advisor is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the
Fund and for the placement of the Fund's investment business and the
negotiation of the commissions to be paid on such transactions. It is the
policy of the Advisor, to seek the best execution at the best security price
available with respect to each transaction, in light of the overall quality of
brokerage and research services provided to the Advisor, or the Fund. In OTC
transactions, orders are placed directly with a principal market maker unless
it is believed that a better price and execution can be obtained using a
broker. The best price to the Fund means the best net price without regard to
the mix between purchase or sale price and commissions, if any. In selecting
broker-dealers and in negotiating commissions, the Advisor considers a variety
of factors, including best price and execution, the full range of brokerage
services provided by the broker, as well as its capital strength and stability,
and the quality of the research and research services provided by the broker.
Brokerage will not be allocated based on the sale of any shares of the Strong
Funds.
The Advisor has adopted procedures that provide generally for the Advisor to
seek to bunch orders for the purchase or sale of the same security for the
Fund, other mutual funds managed by the Advisor, and other advisory clients
(collectively, "client accounts"). The Advisor will bunch orders when it deems
it to be appropriate and in the best interest of the client accounts. When a
bunched order is filled in its entirety, each participating client account will
participate at the average share price for the bunched order on the same
business day, and transaction costs shall be shared pro rata based on each
client's participation in the bunched order. When a bunched order is only
partially filled, the securities purchased will be allocated on a pro rata
basis to each client account participating in the bunched order based upon the
initial amount requested for the account, subject to certain exceptions, and
each participating account will participate at the average share price for the
bunched order on the same business day.
Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Section 28(e)") permits
an investment advisor, under certain circumstances, to cause an account to pay
a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction in excess of the
amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting
the transaction in recognition of the value of the brokerage and research
services provided by the broker or dealer. Brokerage and research services
include (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability
of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of
securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and
reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and
trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting
securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as
clearance, settlement, and custody).
In carrying out the provisions of the Advisory Agreement, the Advisor may cause
the Fund to pay a broker, which provides brokerage and research services to the
Advisor, a commission for effecting a securities transaction in excess of the
amount another broker would have charged for effecting the transaction. The
Advisor believes it is important to its investment decision-making process to
have access to independent research. The Advisory Agreement provides that such
higher commissions will not be paid by the Fund unless (1) the Advisor
determines in good faith that the amount is reasonable in relation to the
services in terms of the particular transaction or in terms of the Advisor's
overall responsibilities with respect to the accounts as to which it exercises
investment discretion; (2) such payment is made in compliance with the
provisions of Section 28(e), other applicable state and federal laws, and the
Advisory Agreement; and (3) in the opinion of the Advisor, the total
commissions paid by the Fund will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to
the Fund over the long term. The investment management fee paid by the Fund
under the Advisory Agreement is not reduced as a result of the Advisor's
receipt of research services.
Generally, research services provided by brokers may include information on the
economy, industries, groups of securities, individual companies, statistical
information, accounting and tax law interpretations, political developments,
legal developments affecting portfolio securities, technical market action,
pricing and appraisal services, credit analysis, risk measurement analysis,
performance analysis, and analysis of corporate responsibility issues. Such
research services are received primarily in the form of written reports,
telephone contacts, and personal meetings with security analysts. In addition,
such research services may be provided in the form of access to various
computer-generated data, computer hardware and software, and meetings arranged
with corporate and industry spokespersons, economists, academicians, and
government representatives. In some cases, research services are generated by
third parties but are provided to the Advisor by or through brokers. Such
brokers may pay for all or a portion of computer hardware and software costs
relating to the pricing of securities.
Where the Advisor itself receives both administrative benefits and research and
brokerage services from the services provided by brokers, it makes a good faith
allocation between the administrative benefits and the research and brokerage
services, and
28
<PAGE>
will pay for any administrative benefits with cash. In making good faith
allocations between administrative benefits and research and brokerage
services, a conflict of interest may exist by reason of the Advisor's
allocation of the costs of such benefits and services between those that
primarily benefit the Advisor and those that primarily benefit the Fund and
other advisory clients.
From time to time, the Advisor may purchase new issues of securities for the
Fund in a fixed income price offering. In these situations, the seller may be a
member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling the securities to
the Fund and other advisory clients, provide the Advisor with research. The
NASD has adopted rules expressly permitting these types of arrangements under
certain circumstances. Generally, the seller will provide research "credits" in
these situations at a rate that is higher than that which is available for
typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within
the safe harbor of Section 28(e).
At least annually, the Advisor considers the amount and nature of research and
research services provided by brokers, as well as the extent to which such
services are relied upon, and attempts to allocate a portion of the brokerage
business of the Fund and other advisory clients on the basis of that
consideration. In addition, brokers may suggest a level of business they would
like to receive in order to continue to provide such services. The actual
brokerage business received by a broker may be more or less than the suggested
allocations, depending upon the Advisor's evaluation of all applicable
considerations.
The Advisor has informal arrangements with various brokers whereby, in
consideration for providing research services and subject to Section 28(e), the
Advisor allocates brokerage to those firms, provided that the value of any
research and brokerage services was reasonable in relationship to the amount of
commission paid and was subject to best execution. In no case will the
Advisor make binding commitments as to the level of brokerage commissions it
will allocate to a broker, nor will it commit to pay cash if any informal
targets are not met. The Advisor anticipates it will continue to enter into
such brokerage arrangements.
The Advisor may direct the purchase of securities on behalf of the Fund and
other advisory clients in secondary market transactions, in public offerings
directly from an underwriter, or in privately negotiated transactions with an
issuer. When the Advisor believes the circumstances so warrant, securities
purchased in public offerings may be resold shortly after acquisition in the
immediate aftermarket for the security in order to take advantage of price
appreciation from the public offering price or for other reasons. Short-term
trading of securities acquired in public offerings, or otherwise, may result in
higher portfolio turnover and associated brokerage expenses.
With respect to the Fund's foreign equity investing, the Advisor is responsible
for selecting brokers in connection with foreign securities transactions. The
fixed commissions paid in connection with most foreign stock transactions are
usually higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. stock transactions. Foreign
stock exchanges and brokers are subject to less government supervision and
regulation as compared with the U.S. exchanges and brokers. In addition,
foreign security settlements may in some instances be subject to delays and
related administrative uncertainties.
The Advisor places portfolio transactions for other advisory accounts,
including other mutual funds managed by the Advisor. Research services
furnished by firms through which the Fund effects its securities transactions
may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts; not all of such
services may be used by the Advisor in connection with the Fund. In the
opinion of the Advisor, it is not possible to measure separately the benefits
from research services to each of the accounts managed by the Advisor. Because
the volume and nature of the trading activities of the accounts are not
uniform, the amount of commissions in excess of those charged by another broker
paid by each account for brokerage and research services will vary. However,
in the opinion of the Advisor, such costs to the Fund will not be
disproportionate to the benefits received by the Fund on a continuing basis.
The Advisor seeks to allocate portfolio transactions equitably whenever
concurrent decisions are made to purchase or sell securities by the Fund and
another advisory account. In some cases, this procedure could have an adverse
effect on the price or the amount of securities available to the Fund. In
making such allocations between the Fund and other advisory accounts, the main
factors considered by the Advisor are the respective investment objectives, the
relative size of portfolio holdings of the same or comparable securities, the
availability of cash for investment, the size of investment commitments
generally held, and the opinions of the persons responsible for recommending
the investment.
30
<PAGE>
Where consistent with a client's investment objectives, investment
restrictions, and risk tolerance, the Advisor may purchase securities sold in
underwritten public offerings for client accounts, commonly referred to as
"deal" securities. The Advisor has adopted deal allocation procedures
("Procedures"), summarized below, that reflect the Advisor's overriding policy
that deal securities must be allocated among participating client accounts in a
fair and equitable manner and that deal securities may not be allocated in a
manner that unfairly discriminates in favor of certain clients or types of
clients.
The Procedures provide that, in determining which client accounts a portfolio
manager team will seek to have purchase deal securities, the team will consider
all relevant factors including, but not limited to, the nature, size, and
expected allocation to the Advisor of deal securities; the size of the
account(s); the accounts' investment objectives and restrictions; the risk
tolerance of the client; the client's tolerance for possibly higher portfolio
turnover; the amount of commissions generated by the account during the past
year; and the number and nature of other deals the client has participated in
during the past year.
Where more than one of the Advisor's portfolio manager team seeks to have
client accounts participate in a deal and the amount of deal securities
allocated to the Advisor by the underwriting syndicate is less than the
aggregate amount ordered by the Advisor (a "reduced allocation"), the deal
securities will be allocated among the portfolio manager teams based on all
relevant factors. The primary factor shall be assets under management,
although other factors that may be considered in the allocation decision
include, but are not limited to, the nature, size, and expected allocation of
the deal; the amount of brokerage commissions or other amounts generated by the
respective participating portfolio manager teams; and which portfolio manager
team is primarily responsible for the Advisor receiving securities in the deal.
Based on relevant factors, the Advisor has established general allocation
percentages for its portfolio manager teams, and these percentages are reviewed
on a regular basis to determine whether asset growth or other factors make it
appropriate to use different general allocation percentages for reduced
allocations.
When a portfolio manager team receives a reduced allocation of deal securities,
the portfolio manager team will allocate the reduced allocation among client
accounts in accordance with the allocation percentages set forth in the team's
initial allocation instructions for the deal securities, except where this
would result in a DE MINIMIS allocation to any client account. On a regular
basis, the Advisor reviews the allocation of deal securities to ensure that
they have been allocated in a fair and equitable manner that does not unfairly
discriminate in favor of certain clients or types of clients.
Transactions in futures contracts are executed through futures commission
merchants ("FCMs"). The Fund's procedures in selecting FCMs to execute the
Fund's transactions in futures contracts are similar to those in effect with
respect to brokerage transactions in securities.
The Fund paid the following brokerage commissions for the time periods
indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS ($)
- ------------------ -------------------------
12/31/96 639,406
12/31/97 820,240
12/31/98 844,634
</TABLE>
Unless otherwise noted below, the Fund has not acquired securities of its
regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act) or
their parents.
For the 1998 fiscal period ended December 31, the Fund's portfolio turnover
rate was 255.2%. This portfolio turnover was higher than anticipated primarily
because of a portfolio management change made during the year.
CUSTODIAN
As custodian of the Fund's assets, Firstar Bank Milwaukee, N.A., P.O. Box 761,
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201, has custody of all securities and cash of the Fund,
delivers and receives payment for securities sold, receives and pays for
securities purchased,
31
<PAGE>
collects income from investments, and performs other duties, all as directed by
officers of the Fund. The custodian is in no way responsible for any of the
investment policies or decisions of the Fund.
TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT
The Advisor acts as transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent for the Fund
at no cost.
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
From time to time the Fund and/or the Advisor may enter into arrangements under
which certain administrative services may be performed by the insurance
companies that purchase shares of the Fund. These administrative services may
include, among other things, responding to ministerial inquiries concerning the
Fund's investment objective, investment program, policies and performance,
transmitting, on behalf of the Fund, proxy statements, annual reports, updated
prospectuses, and other communications regarding the Fund, and providing only
related services as the Fund or its shareholders may reasonably request.
Depending on the arrangements, the Fund and/or Advisor may compensate such
insurance companies or their agents directly or indirectly for the
administrative services. To the extent the Fund compensates the insurance
company for these services, the Fund will pay the insurance company an annual
fee that will vary depending upon the number of contract holders that utilize
the Fund as the funding medium for their contracts. The insurance company may
impose other account or service charges. See the prospectus for the separate
account of the insurance company for additional information regarding such
charges.
TAXES
GENERAL
The Fund intends to qualify annually for treatment as a regulated investment
company ("RIC") under Subchapter M of the IRC. If so qualified, the Fund will
not be liable for federal income tax on earnings and gains distributed to its
shareholders in a timely manner. This qualification does not involve
government supervision of the Fund's management practices or policies. The
following federal tax discussion is intended to provide you with an overview of
the impact of federal income tax provisions on the Fund or its shareholders.
These tax provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative
action at the federal, state, or local level, and any changes may be applied
retroactively. Any such action that limits or restricts the Fund's current
ability to pass-through earnings without taxation at the Fund level, or
otherwise materially changes the Fund's tax treatment, could adversely affect
the value of a shareholder's investment in the Fund. Because the Fund's taxes
are a complex matter, you should consult your tax adviser for more detailed
information concerning the taxation of the Fund and the federal, state, and
local tax consequences to shareholders of an investment in the Fund.
In order to qualify for treatment as a RIC under the IRC, the Fund must
distribute to its shareholders for each taxable year at least 90% of its
investment company taxable income (consisting generally of taxable net
investment income, net short-term capital gain, and net gains from certain
foreign currency transactions, if applicable) ("Distribution Requirement") and
must meet several additional requirements. These requirements include the
following: (1) the Fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income each
taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities
loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of securities (or foreign
currencies if applicable) or other income (including gains from options,
futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of
investing in securities ("Income Requirement"); (2) at the close of each
quarter of the Fund's taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total
assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities,
securities of other RICs, and other securities, with these other securities
limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount that does not exceed 5% of
the value of the Fund's total assets and that does not represent more than 10%
of the issuer's outstanding voting securities; and (3) at the close of each
quarter of the Fund's taxable year, not more than 25% of the value of its total
assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S. government securities or
the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer. From time to time the Advisor
may find it necessary to make certain types of investments for the purpose of
ensuring that the Fund continues to qualify for treatment as a RIC under the
IRC.
If Fund shares are sold at a loss after being held for 12 months or less, the
loss will be treated as long-term, instead of short-term, capital loss to the
extent of any capital gain distributions received on those shares.
31
<PAGE>
The Fund's distributions are taxable in the year they are paid, whether they
are taken in cash or reinvested in additional shares, except that certain
distributions declared in the last three months of the year and paid in January
are taxable as if paid on December 31.
In addition, the Fund must satisfy the diversification requirements of Section
817(h) of the IRC. In general, for a Fund to meet these investment
diversification requirements, Treasury regulations require that no more than
55% of the total value of the assets of the Fund may be represented by any one
investment, no more than 70% by two investments, no more than 80% by three
investments and no more than 90% by four investments. Generally, for purposes
of the regulations, all securities of the same issuer are treated as a single
investment. With respect to the United States Government securities (including
any security that is issued, guaranteed or insured by the United States or an
instrumentality of the United States), each governmental agency or
instrumentality is treated as a separate issuer. Compliance with the
regulations is tested on the last day of each calendar year quarter. There is
a 30-day period after the end of each calendar year quarter in which to cure
any non-compliance with these requirements.
FOREIGN TRANSACTIONS
Dividends and interest received by the Fund may be subject to income,
withholding, or other taxes imposed by foreign countries and U.S. possessions
that would reduce the yield on its securities. Tax conventions between certain
countries and the U.S may reduce or eliminate these foreign taxes, however, and
many foreign countries do not impose taxes on capital gains in respect of
investments by foreign investors. If more than 50% of the value of the Fund's
total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of foreign
corporations, it will be eligible to, and may, file an election with the
Internal Revenue Service that would enable its shareholders, in effect, to
receive the benefit of the foreign tax credit with respect to any foreign and
U.S. possessions income taxes paid by it. The Fund would treat those taxes as
dividends paid to its shareholders and each shareholder would be required to
(1) include in gross income, and treat as paid by the shareholder, the
shareholder's proportionate share of those taxes, (2) treat the shareholder's
share of those taxes and of any dividend paid by the Fund that represents
income from foreign or U.S. possessions sources as the shareholder's own income
from those sources, and (3) either deduct the taxes deemed paid by the
shareholder in computing the shareholder's taxable income or, alternatively,
use the foregoing information in calculating the foreign tax credit against the
shareholder's federal income tax. The Fund will report to its shareholders
shortly after each taxable year their respective shares of its income from
sources within, and taxes paid to, foreign countries and U.S. possessions if it
makes this election.
The Fund holding foreign securities in its investment portfolio maintains its
accounts and calculates its income in U.S. dollars. In general, gain or loss
(1) from the disposition of foreign currencies and forward currency contracts,
(2) from the disposition of foreign-currency-denominated debt securities that
are attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the date the
securities are acquired and their disposition date, and (3) attributable to
fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues interest or
other receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign
currency and the time the Fund actually collects those receivables or pays
those liabilities, will be treated as ordinary income or loss. A
foreign-currency-denominated debt security acquired by the Fund may bear
interest at a high normal rate that takes into account expected decreases in
the value of the principal amount of the security due to anticipated currency
devaluations; in that case, the Fund would be required to include the interest
in income as it accrues but generally would realize a currency loss with
respect to the principal only when the principal was received (through
disposition or upon maturity).
The Fund may invest in the stock of "passive foreign investment companies"
("PFICs") in accordance with its investment objective, policies and
restrictions. A PFIC is a foreign corporation that, in general, meets either
of the following tests: (1) at least 75% of its gross income is passive or (2)
an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for the
production of, passive income. Under certain circumstances, the Fund will be
subject to federal income tax on a portion of any "excess distribution"
received on the stock or of any gain on disposition of the stock (collectively,
"PFIC income"), plus interest thereon, even if the Fund distributes the PFIC
income as a taxable dividend to its shareholders. The balance of the PFIC
income will be included in the Fund's investment company taxable income and,
accordingly, will not be taxable to it to the extent that income is distributed
to its shareholders. If the Fund invests in a PFIC and elects to treat the
PFIC as a "qualified electing fund," then in lieu of the foregoing tax and
interest obligation, the Fund will be required to include in income each year
its pro rata share of the qualified electing fund's annual ordinary earnings
and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net
short-term capital loss) -- which probably would have to be distributed to its
shareholders to satisfy the
33
<PAGE>
Distribution Requirement and avoid imposition of the Excise Tax -- even if
those earnings and gain were not received by the Fund. In most instances it
will be very difficult, if not impossible, to make this election because of
certain requirements thereof.
DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
The use of derivatives strategies, such as purchasing and selling (writing)
options and futures and entering into forward currency contracts, if
applicable, involves complex rules that will determine for income tax purposes
the character and timing of recognition of the gains and losses the Fund
realizes in connection therewith. Gains from the disposition of foreign
currencies, if any (except certain gains therefrom that may be excluded by
future regulations), and income from transactions in options, futures, and
forward currency contracts, if applicable, derived by the Fund with respect to
its business of investing in securities or foreign currencies, if applicable,
will qualify as permissible income under the Income Requirement.
For federal income tax purposes, the Fund is required to recognize as income
for each taxable year its net unrealized gains and losses on options, futures,
or forward currency contracts, if any, that are subject to section 1256 of the
IRC ("Section 1256 Contracts") and are held by the Fund as of the end of the
year, as well as gains and losses on Section 1256 Contracts actually realized
during the year. Except for Section 1256 Contracts that are part of a "mixed
straddle" and with respect to which the Fund makes a certain election, any gain
or loss recognized with respect to Section 1256 Contracts is considered to be
60% long-term capital gain or loss and 40% short-term capital gain or loss,
without regard to the holding period of the Section 1256 Contract.
ZERO-COUPON, STEP-COUPON, AND PAY-IN-KIND SECURITIES
The Fund may acquire zero-coupon, step-coupon, or other securities issued with
original issue discount. As a holder of those securities, the Fund must
include in its income the original issue discount that accrues on the
securities during the taxable year, even if the Fund receives no corresponding
payment on the securities during the year. Similarly, the Fund must include in
its income securities it receives as "interest" on pay-in-kind securities.
Because the Fund annually must distribute substantially all of its investment
company taxable income, including any original issue discount and other
non-cash income, to satisfy the Distribution Requirement, it may be required in
a particular year to distribute as a dividend an amount that is greater than
the total amount of cash it actually receives. Those distributions may be made
from the proceeds on sales of portfolio securities, if necessary. The Fund may
realize capital gains or losses from those sales, which would increase or
decrease its investment company taxable income or net capital gain, or both.
USE OF TAX-LOT ACCOUNTING
When sell decisions are made by the Fund's portfolio manager, the Advisor
generally sells the tax lots of the Fund's securities that results in the
lowest amount of taxes to be paid by the shareholders on the Fund's capital
gain distributions. The Advisor uses tax-lot accounting to identify and sell
the tax lots of a security that have the highest cost basis and/or longest
holding period to minimize adverse tax consequences to the Fund's shareholders.
However, if the Fund has a capital loss carry forward position, the Advisor
would reverse its strategy and sell the tax lots of a security that have the
lowest cost basis and/or shortest holding period to maximize the use of the
Fund's capital loss carry forward position.
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE
The Fund is 100% no load. This means that an investor may purchase, redeem or
exchange shares at the Fund's net asset value ("NAV") without paying a sales
charge. Generally, when an investor makes any purchases, sales, or exchanges,
the price of the investor's shares will be the NAV next determined after Strong
Funds receives a request in proper form (which includes receipt of all
necessary and appropriate documentation and subject to available funds). If
Strong Funds receives such a request prior to the close of the New York Stock
Exchange ("NYSE") on a day on which the NYSE is open, the share price will be
the NAV determined that day. The NAV for each Fund is normally determined as
of 3:00 p.m. Central Time ("CT") each day the NYSE is open. The NYSE is open
for trading Monday through Friday except, New Year's Day, Martin Luther King
Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor
Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. Additionally, if any of the
aforementioned holidays falls on a Saturday, the NYSE will not be open for
trading on the preceding Friday, and when any such holiday falls on a Sunday,
the NYSE will not be open for trading on the succeeding Monday, unless unusual
business conditions exist, such as the ending of a monthly or yearly accounting
period. The Fund reserves the right to
34
<PAGE>
change the time at which purchases, redemptions, and exchanges are priced if
the NYSE closes at a time other than 3:00 p.m. CT or if an emergency exists.
The Fund's NAV is calculated by taking the fair value of the Fund's total
assets, subtracting all its liabilities, and dividing by the total number of
shares outstanding. Expenses are accrued daily and applied when determining
the NAV. The Fund's portfolio securities are valued based on market quotations
or at fair value as determined by the method selected by the Fund's Board of
Directors.
Equity securities traded on a national securities exchange or NASDAQ are valued
at the last sales price on the national securities exchange or NASDAQ on which
such securities are primarily traded. Securities traded on NASDAQ for which
there were no transactions on a given day or securities not listed on an
exchange or NASDAQ are valued at the average of the most recent bid and asked
prices. Other exchange-trade securities (generally foreign securities) will be
valued based on market quotations.
Securities quoted in foreign currency are valued daily in U.S. dollars at the
foreign currency exchange rates that are prevailing at the time the daily NAV
per share is determined. Although the Fund values its foreign assets in U.S.
dollars on a daily basis, it does not intend to convert its holdings of foreign
currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis. Foreign currency exchange rates
are generally determined prior to the close of trading on the NYSE.
Occasionally, events affecting the value of foreign investments and such
exchange rates occur between the time at which they are determined and the
close of trading on the NYSE. Such events would not normally be reflected in a
calculation of the Fund's NAV on that day. If events that materially affect
the value of the Fund's foreign investments or the foreign currency exchange
rates occur during such period, the investments will be valued at their fair
value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Board of
Directors.
ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
REDEMPTION-IN-KIND
The Fund has elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, which
obligates the Fund to redeem shares in cash, with respect to any one
shareholder during any 90-day period, up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the
assets of the Fund. If the Advisor determines that existing conditions make
cash payments undesirable, redemption payments may be made in whole or in part
in securities or other financial assets, valued for this purpose as they are
valued in computing the NAV for the Fund's shares (a "redemption-in-kind").
Shareholders receiving securities or other financial assets in a
redemption-in-kind may realize a gain or loss for tax purposes, and will incur
any costs of sale, as well as the associated inconveniences. If you expect to
make a redemption in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the Fund's
assets during any 90-day period and would like to avoid any possibility of
being paid with securities in-kind, you may do so by providing Strong Funds
with an unconditional instruction to redeem at least 15 calendar days prior to
the date on which the redemption transaction is to occur, specifying the dollar
amount or number of shares to be redeemed and the date of the transaction
(please call 1-800-368-3863). This will provide the Fund with sufficient time
to raise the cash in an orderly manner to pay the redemption and thereby
minimize the effect of the redemption on the interests of the Fund's remaining
shareholders.
ORGANIZATION
The Fund is either a "Corporation" or a "Series" of common stock of a
Corporation, as described in the chart below:
35
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Incorporation Date Series Authorized Par
Corporation Date Created Shares Value ($)
- ---------------------------------------- ------------- ----------- ---------- ---------
Strong Variable Insurance Funds, Inc.(1) 12/28/90 Indefinite .00001
- - Strong Discovery Fund II* 04/21/95 Indefinite .00001
- - Strong Mid Cap Growth Fund II* 04/21/95 Indefinite .00001
- - Strong International Stock Fund II 04/21/95 Indefinite .00001
- - Strong Schafer Value Fund II* 12/30/97 Indefinite .00001
</TABLE>
* Described in a different prospectus and SAI.
(1) Prior to November 1, 1995, the Corporation's name was Strong Discovery
Fund II, Inc.
The Strong International Stock Fund II is a diversified series of Strong
Variable Insurance Funds, Inc., which is an open-end management investment
company.
The Corporation is a Wisconsin corporation that is authorized to offer separate
series of shares representing interests in separate portfolios of securities,
each with differing investment objectives. The shares in any one portfolio
may, in turn, be offered in separate classes, each with differing preferences,
limitations or relative rights. However, the Articles of Incorporation for the
Corporation provide that if additional series of shares are issued by the
Corporation, such new series of shares may not affect the preferences,
limitations or relative rights of the Corporation's outstanding shares. In
addition, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized to allocate
assets, liabilities, income and expenses to each series and class. Classes
within a series may have different expense arrangements than other classes of
the same series and, accordingly, the net asset value of shares within a series
may differ. Finally, all holders of shares of the Corporation may vote on each
matter presented to shareholders for action except with respect to any matter
which affects only one or more series or class, in which case only the shares
of the affected series or class are entitled to vote. Each share of the Fund
has one vote, and all shares participate equally in dividends and other capital
gains distributions by the Fund and in the residual assets of the Fund in the
event of liquidation. Fractional shares have the same rights proportionately
as do full shares. Shares of the Corporation have no preemptive, conversion, or
subscription rights. If the Corporation issues additional series, the assets
belonging to each series of shares will be held separately by the custodian,
and in effect each series will be a separate fund.
SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS
The Wisconsin Business Corporation Law permits registered investment companies,
such as the Fund, to operate without an annual meeting of shareholders under
specified circumstances if an annual meeting is not required by the 1940 Act.
The Fund has adopted the appropriate provisions in its Bylaws and may, at its
discretion, not hold an annual meeting in any year in which the election of
directors is not required to be acted on by shareholders under the 1940 Act.
The Fund's Bylaws allow for a director to be removed by its shareholders with
or without cause, only at a meeting called for the purpose of removing the
director. Upon the written request of the holders of shares entitled to not
less than ten percent (10%) of all the votes entitled to be cast at such
meeting, the Secretary of the Fund shall promptly call a special meeting of
shareholders for the purpose of voting upon the question of removal of any
director. The Secretary shall inform such shareholders of the reasonable
estimated costs of preparing and mailing the notice of the meeting, and upon
payment to the Fund of such costs, the Fund shall give not less than ten nor
more than sixty days notice of the special meeting.
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
The Strong Funds may advertise a variety of types of performance information as
more fully described below. The Fund's performance is historical and past
performance does not guarantee the future performance of the Fund. From time
to time, the Advisor may agree to waive or reduce its management fee and/or to
absorb certain operating expenses for the Fund. Waivers of management fees and
absorption of expenses will have the effect of increasing the Fund's
performance.
DISTRIBUTION RATE
36
<PAGE>
The distribution rate for the Fund is computed, according to a non-standardized
formula, by dividing the total amount of actual distributions per share paid by
the Fund over a twelve month period by the Fund's net asset value on the last
day of the period. The distribution rate differs from the Fund's yield because
the distribution rate includes distributions to shareholders from sources other
than dividends and interest, such as short-term capital gains. Therefore, the
Fund's distribution rate may be substantially different than its yield. Both
the Fund's yield and distribution rate will fluctuate.
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN
The Fund's average annual total return quotation is computed in accordance with
a standardized method prescribed by rules of the SEC. The average annual total
return for the Fund for a specific period is calculated by first taking a
hypothetical $10,000 investment ("initial investment") in the Fund's shares on
the first day of the period and computing the "redeemable value" of that
investment at the end of the period. The redeemable value is then divided by
the initial investment, and this quotient is taken to the Nth root (N
representing the number of years in the period) and 1 is subtracted from the
result, which is then expressed as a percentage. The calculation assumes that
all income and capital gains dividends paid by the Fund have been reinvested at
net asset value on the reinvestment dates during the period.
TOTAL RETURN
Calculation of the Fund's total return is not subject to a standardized
formula. Total return performance for a specific period is calculated by first
taking an investment (assumed below to be $10,000) ("initial investment") in
the Fund's shares on the first day of the period and computing the "ending
value" of that investment at the end of the period. The total return
percentage is then determined by subtracting the initial investment from the
ending value and dividing the remainder by the initial investment and
expressing the result as a percentage. The calculation assumes that all income
and capital gains dividends paid by the Fund have been reinvested at net asset
value of the Fund on the reinvestment dates during the period. Total return
may also be shown as the increased dollar value of the hypothetical investment
over the period.
CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
Cumulative total return represents the simple change in value of an investment
over a stated period and may be quoted as a percentage or as a dollar amount.
Total returns and cumulative total returns may be broken down into their
components of income and capital (including capital gains and changes in share
price) in order to illustrate the relationship between these factors and their
contributions to total return.
TOTAL RETURN
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Initial $10,000 Ending value Cumulative Average Annual
Time Period Investment December 31, 1998 Total Return Total Return
- ------------- --------------- ----------------- ------------ ---------------
One Year $10,000 $9,522 (4.78%) (4.78%)
- ------------- --------------- ----------------- ------------ ---------------
Life of Fund* $10,000 $9,327 (6.73%) (2.15%)
- ------------- --------------- ----------------- ------------ ---------------
</TABLE>
* Commenced operations on October 20, 1995.
COMPARISONS
U.S. TREASURY BILLS, NOTES, OR BONDS. Investors may want to compare the
performance of the Fund to that of U.S. Treasury bills, notes, or bonds, which
are issued by the U.S. Government. Treasury obligations are issued in selected
denominations. Rates of Treasury obligations are fixed at the time of issuance
and payment of principal and interest is backed by the full faith and credit of
the Treasury. The market value of such instruments will generally fluctuate
inversely with interest rates prior to maturity and will equal par value at
maturity. Generally, the values of obligations with shorter maturities will
fluctuate less than those with longer maturities.
37
<PAGE>
CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT. Investors may want to compare the Fund's performance
to that of certificates of deposit offered by banks and other depositary
institutions. Certificates of deposit may offer fixed or variable interest
rates and principal is guaranteed and may be insured. Withdrawal of the
deposits prior to maturity normally will be subject to a penalty. Rates
offered by banks and other depositary institutions are subject to change at any
time specified by the issuing institution.
MONEY MARKET FUNDS. Investors may also want to compare performance of the Fund
to that of money market funds. Money market fund yields will fluctuate and
shares are not insured, but share values usually remain stable.
LIPPER ANALYTICAL SERVICES, INC. ("LIPPER") AND OTHER INDEPENDENT RANKING
ORGANIZATIONS. From time to time, in marketing and other fund literature, the
Fund's performance may be compared to the performance of other mutual funds in
general or to the performance of particular types of mutual funds with similar
investment goals, as tracked by independent organizations. Among these
organizations, Lipper, a widely used independent research firm which ranks
mutual funds by overall performance, investment objectives, and assets, may be
cited. Lipper performance figures are based on changes in net asset value,
with all income and capital gains dividends reinvested. Such calculations do
not include the effect of any sales charges imposed by other funds. The Fund
will be compared to Lipper's appropriate fund category, that is, by fund
objective and portfolio holdings. The Fund's performance may also be compared
to the average performance of its Lipper category.
MORNINGSTAR, INC. The Fund's performance may also be compared to the
performance of other mutual funds by Morningstar, Inc., which rates funds on
the basis of historical risk and total return. Morningstar's ratings range
from five stars (highest) to one star (lowest) and represent Morningstar's
assessment of the historical risk level and total return of a fund as a
weighted average for 3, 5, and 10 year periods. Ratings are not absolute and
do not represent future results.
VARDS REPORT. The Fund's performance may also be compared to the performance
of other variable annuity products in general or to the performance of
particular types of variable annuity products, with similar investment goals,
as tracked by the VARDS Report (Variable Annuity Research and Data Service
Report) produced by Financial Planning Resources, Inc. The VARDS Report is a
monthly performance analysis of the variable annuity industry.
INDEPENDENT SOURCES. Evaluations of fund performance made by independent
sources may also be used in advertisements concerning the Fund, including
reprints of, or selections from, editorials or articles about the Fund,
especially those with similar objectives. Sources for fund performance and
articles about the Fund may include publications such as Money, Forbes,
Kiplinger's, Smart Money, Financial World, Business Week, U.S. News and World
Report, The Wall Street Journal, Barron's, and a variety of investment
newsletters.
INDICES. The Fund may compare its performance to a wide variety of indices.
There are differences and similarities between the investments that a Fund may
purchase and the investments measured by the indices.
HISTORICAL ASSET CLASS RETURNS. From time to time, marketing materials may
portray the historical returns of various asset classes. Such presentations
will typically compare the average annual rates of return of inflation, U.S.
Treasury bills, bonds, common stocks, and small stocks. There are important
differences between each of these investments that should be considered in
viewing any such comparison. The market value of stocks will fluctuate with
market conditions, and small-stock prices generally will fluctuate more than
large-stock prices. Stocks are generally more volatile than bonds. In return
for this volatility, stocks have generally performed better than bonds or cash
over time. Bond prices generally will fluctuate inversely with interest rates
and other market conditions, and the prices of bonds with longer maturities
generally will fluctuate more than those of shorter-maturity bonds. Interest
rates for bonds may be fixed at the time of issuance, and payment of principal
and interest may be guaranteed by the issuer and, in the case of U.S. Treasury
obligations, backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury.
STRONG VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS. The Strong Variable Insurance Funds offer a
range of investment options. All of the members of the Strong Variable
Insurance Funds and their investment objectives are listed below. The Funds are
listed in ascending order of risk and return, as determined by the Advisor.
FUND NAME INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Strong Opportunity Fund II Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------- ---------------
Strong Mid Cap Growth Fund II Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------- ---------------
Strong Discovery Fund II Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------- ---------------
Strong International Stock Fund II Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------- ---------------
Strong Schafer Value Fund II Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------- ---------------
</TABLE>
37
<PAGE>
The Fund may from time to time be compared to the other funds in the Strong
Variable Insurance Funds based on a risk/reward spectrum. In general, the
amount of risk associated with any investment product is commensurate with that
product's potential level of reward. The Strong Variable Insurance Funds'
risk/reward continuum or any fund's position on the continuum may be described
or diagrammed in marketing materials. The Strong Variable Insurance Funds'
risk/reward continuum positions the risk and reward potential of the Fund
relative to the other Strong Variable Insurance Funds, but is not intended to
position any fund relative to other mutual funds or investment products.
Marketing materials may also discuss the relationship between risk and reward
as it relates to an individual investor's portfolio. Financial goals vary from
person to person. You may choose one or more of the Strong Variable Insurance
Funds to help you reach your financial goals.
ADDITIONAL FUND INFORMATION
PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS. In order to present a more complete picture of the
Fund's portfolio, marketing materials may include various actual or estimated
portfolio characteristics, including but not limited to median market
capitalizations, earnings per share, alphas, betas, price/earnings ratios,
returns on equity, dividend yields, capitalization ranges, growth rates,
price/book ratios, top holdings, sector breakdowns, asset allocations, quality
breakdowns, and breakdowns by geographic region.
MEASURES OF VOLATILITY AND RELATIVE PERFORMANCE. Occasionally statistics may
be used to specify fund volatility or risk. The general premise is that greater
volatility connotes greater risk undertaken in achieving performance. Measures
of volatility or risk are generally used to compare the Fund's net asset value
or performance relative to a market index. One measure of volatility is beta.
Beta is the volatility of a fund relative to the total market as represented by
the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index. A beta of more than 1.00 indicates
volatility greater than the market, and a beta of less than 1.00 indicates
volatility less than the market. Another measure of volatility or risk is
standard deviation. Standard deviation is a statistical tool that measures the
degree to which a fund's performance has varied from its average performance
during a particular time period.
Standard deviation is calculated using the following formula:
Standard deviation = the square root of S(xi - xm)2
n-1
Where: S = "the sum of",
xi = each individual return during the time period,
xm = the average return over the time period, and
n = the number of individual returns during the time period.
Statistics may also be used to discuss the Fund's relative performance. One
such measure is alpha. Alpha measures the actual return of a fund compared to
the expected return of a fund given its risk (as measured by beta). The
expected return is based on how the market as a whole performed, and how the
particular fund has historically performed against the market. Specifically,
alpha is the actual return less the expected return. The expected return is
computed by multiplying the advance or decline in a market representation by
the Fund's beta. A positive alpha quantifies the value that the fund manager
has added, and a negative alpha quantifies the value that the fund manager has
lost.
Other measures of volatility and relative performance may be used as
appropriate. However, all such measures will fluctuate and do not represent
future results.
GENERAL INFORMATION
BUSINESS PHILOSOPHY
39
<PAGE>
The Advisor is an independent, Midwestern-based investment advisor, owned by
professionals active in its management. Recognizing that investors are the
focus of its business, the Advisor strives for excellence both in investment
management and in the service provided to investors. This commitment affects
many aspects of the business, including professional staffing, product
development, investment management, and service delivery.
The increasing complexity of the capital markets requires specialized skills
and processes for each asset class and style. Therefore, the Advisor believes
that active management should produce greater returns than a passively managed
index. The Advisor has brought together a group of top-flight investment
professionals with diverse product expertise, and each concentrates on their
investment specialty. The Advisor believes that people are the firm's most
important asset. For this reason, continuity of professionals is critical to
the firm's long-term success.
INVESTMENT ENVIRONMENT
Discussions of economic, social, and political conditions and their impact on
the Fund may be used in advertisements and sales materials. Such factors that
may impact the Fund include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates,
political developments, the competitive environment, consumer behavior,
industry trends, technological advances, macroeconomic trends, and the supply
and demand of various financial instruments. In addition, marketing materials
may cite the portfolio management's views or interpretations of such factors.
EIGHT BASIC PRINCIPLES FOR SUCCESSFUL MUTUAL FUND INVESTING
These common sense rules are followed by many successful investors. They make
sense for beginners, too. If you have a question on these principles, or would
like to discuss them with us, please contact us at 1-800-368-3863.
1. HAVE A PLAN - even a simple plan can help you take control of your
financial future. Review your plan once a year, or if your circumstances
change.
2. START INVESTING AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. Make time a valuable ally. Let it
put the power of compounding to work for you, while helping to reduce your
potential investment risk.
3. DIVERSIFY YOUR PORTFOLIO. By investing in different asset classes -
stocks, bonds, and cash - you help protect against poor performance in one type
of investment while including investments most likely to help you achieve your
important goals.
4. INVEST REGULARLY. Investing is a process, not a one-time event. By
investing regularly over the long term, you reduce the impact of short-term
market gyrations, and you attend to your long-term plan before you're tempted
to spend those assets on short-term needs.
5. MAINTAIN A LONG-TERM PERSPECTIVE. For most individuals, the best
discipline is staying invested as market conditions change. Reactive, emotional
investment decisions are all too often a source of regret - and principal loss.
6. CONSIDER STOCKS TO HELP ACHIEVE MAJOR LONG-TERM GOALS. Over time, stocks
have provided the more powerful returns needed to help the value of your
investments stay well ahead of inflation.
7. KEEP A COMFORTABLE AMOUNT OF CASH IN YOUR PORTFOLIO. To meet current
needs, including emergencies, use a money market fund or a bank account - not
your long-term investment assets.
8. KNOW WHAT YOU'RE BUYING. Make sure you understand the potential risks
and rewards associated with each of your investments. Ask questions... request
information...make up your own mind. And choose a fund company that helps you
make informed investment decisions.
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
40
<PAGE>
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 100 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin
53202, are the independent accountants for the Fund, providing audit services
and assistance and consultation with respect to the preparation of filings with
the SEC.
LEGAL COUNSEL
Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., 780 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, acts
as legal counsel for the Fund.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Annual Report for the Fund that is attached to this SAI contains the
following audited financial information:
1. Schedule of Investments in Securities.
2. Statement of Operations.
3. Statement of Assets and Liabilities.
4. Statement of Changes in Net Assets.
5. Notes to Financial Statements.
6. Financial Highlights.
7. Report of Independent Accountants.
41
<PAGE>
APPENDIX - DEFINITION OF BOND RATINGS
STANDARD & POOR'S ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
A Standard & Poor's issue credit rating is a current opinion of the
creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation,
a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program
(including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs).
It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or
other forms of credit enhancement of the obligation and takes into account the
currency in which the obligation is denominated. The issue credit rating is
not a recommendation to purchase, sell, or hold a financial obligation,
inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for a
particular investor.
Issue credit ratings are based on current information furnished by the obligors
or obtained by Standard & Poor's from other sources it considers to be
reliable. Standard & Poor's does not perform an audit in connection with any
credit rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information.
Credit ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes
in, or unavailability of, such information, or based on other circumstances.
Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term ratings
are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the
relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an
original maturity of no more than 365 days - including commercial paper.
Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor
with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual
rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition
to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term
ratings.
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
considerations:
1. Likelihood of payment capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet
its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the
obligation.
2. Nature of and provisions of the obligation.
3. Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the
event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of
bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.
The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such,
they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are
typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in
bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation applies when an entity has
both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or
operating company and holding company obligations.) Accordingly, in the case
of junior debt, the rating may not conform exactly with the category
definition.
'AAA'
An obligation rated 'AAA' has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's.
The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is
EXTREMELY STRONG.
'AA'
An obligation rated 'AA' differs from the highest rated obligations only in
small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
obligation is VERY STRONG.
'A'
An obligation rated 'A' is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of
changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher
rated categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation is still STRONG.
42
<PAGE>
'BBB'
An obligation rated 'BBB' exhibits ADEQUATE protection parameters. However,
adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead
to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the
obligation.
Obligations rated 'BB', 'B', 'CCC', 'CC' and 'C' are regarded as having
significant speculative characteristics. 'BB' indicates the least degree of
speculation and 'C' the highest. While such obligations will likely have some
quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large
uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
'BB'
An obligation rated 'BB' is LESS VULNERABLE to nonpayment than other
speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure
to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the
obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
obligation.
'B'
An obligation rated 'B' is MORE VULNERABLE to nonpayment than obligations rated
'BB', but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic
conditions will likely impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its
financial commitment on the obligation.
'CCC'
An obligation rated 'CCC' is CURRENTLY VULNERABLE to nonpayment, and is
dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the
obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of
adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely
to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
'CC'
An obligation rated 'CC' is CURRENTLY HIGHLY VULNERABLE to nonpayment.
'C'
The 'C' rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has
been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments on this obligation
are being continued.
'D'
An obligation rated 'D' is in payment default. The 'D' rating category is used
when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, even if the
applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's believes that
such payments will be made during such grade period. The 'D' rating also will
be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar
action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
MOODY'S LONG-TERM DEBT RATINGS
Aaa - Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They
carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as
"gilt edged." Interest payments are protected by a large or by an
exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various
protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are
most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.
Aa - Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known
as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins
of protection may
43
<PAGE>
not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may
be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the
long-term risk appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.
A - Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and
are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving
security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be
present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the future.
Baa - Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations
(I.E., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured). Interest
payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain
protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over
any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment
characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.
Ba - Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their
future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the protection of interest
and principal payments may be very moderate, and thereby not well safeguarded
during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position
characterizes bonds in this class.
B - Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable
investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of
other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.
Caa - Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in
default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or
interest.
Ca - Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a
high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked
shortcomings.
C - Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues so
rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any
real investment standing.
FITCH IBCA, INC. ("FITCH") LONG-TERM NATIONAL CREDIT RATINGS
AAA
Obligations which have the highest rating assigned by Fitch on its national
rating scale for that country. This rating is automatically assigned to all
obligations issued or guaranteed by the sovereign state. Capacity for timely
repayment of principal and interest is extremely strong, relative to other
obligors in the same country.
AA
Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
is very strong relative to other obligors in the same country. The risk
attached to these obligations differs only slightly from the country's highest
rated debt.
44
<PAGE>
A
Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
is strong relative to other obligors in the same country. However, adverse
changes in business, economic or financial conditions are more likely to affect
the capacity for timely repayment than for obligations in higher rated
categories.
BBB
Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
is adequate relative to other obligors in the same country. However, adverse
changes in business, economic or financial conditions are more likely to affect
the capacity for timely repayment than for obligations in higher rated
categories.
BB
Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
is uncertain relative to other obligors in the same country. Within the
context of the country, these obligations are speculative to some degree and
capacity for timely repayment remains susceptible over time to adverse changes
in business, financial or economic conditions.
B
Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
is uncertain relative to other obligors in the same country. Timely repayment
of principal and interest is not sufficiently protected against adverse changes
in business, economic or financial conditions and these obligations are more
speculative than those in higher rated categories.
CCC
Obligations for which there is a current perceived possibility of default
relative to other obligors in the same country. Timely repayment of principal
and interest is dependent on favorable business, economic or financial
conditions and these obligations are far more speculative than those in higher
rated categories.
CC
Obligations which are highly speculative relative to other obligors in the same
country or which have a high risk of default.
C
Obligations which are currently in default.
DUFF & PHELPS, INC. LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK RATING SCALE
Rating Definition
AAA Highest credit quality. The risk factors are negligible, being only
slightly more
than for risk-free U.S. Treasury debt.
AA+ High credit quality. Protection factors are strong. Risk is modest
but may
AA vary slightly from time to time because of economic conditions.
AA-
A+ Protection factors are average but adequate. However, risk factors are
more
A variable in periods of greater economic stress.
A-
44
<PAGE>
BBB+ Below-average protection factors but still considered sufficient for
prudent
BBB investment. Considerable variability in risk during economic cycles.
BBB-
BB+ Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet obligations when due.
BB Present or prospective financial protection factors fluctuate according
to
BB- industry conditions. Overall quality may move up or down frequently
within this category.
B+ Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligations will not be
met
B when due. Financial protection factors will fluctuate widely according
to
B- economic cycles, industry conditions and/or company fortunes. Potential
exists for frequent changes in the rating within this category or into a
higher
or lower rating grade.
CCC Well below investment-grade securities. Considerable uncertainty
exists as to
timely payment of principal, interest or preferred dividends. Protection
factors
are narrow and risk can be substantial with unfavorable economic/industry
conditions, and/or with unfavorable company developments.
DD Defaulted debt obligations. Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal
and/or
interest payments.
DP Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.
THOMSON BANKWATCH LONG-TERM DEBT RATINGS
Long-Term Debt Ratings assigned by Thomson BankWatch ALSO WEIGH HEAVILY
GOVERNMENT OWNERSHIP AND SUPPORT. The quality of both the company's management
and franchise are of even greater importance in the Long-Term Debt Rating
decisions. Long-Term Debt Ratings look out over a cycle and are not adjusted
frequently for what it believes are short-term performance aberrations.
Long-Term Debt Ratings can be restricted to local currency debt - ratings will
be identified by the designation LC. In addition, Long-Term Debt Ratings may
include a plus (+) or minus (-) to indicate where within the category the issue
is placed. BankWatch Long-Term Debt Ratings are based on the following scale:
INVESTMENT GRADE
AAA (LC-AAA) - Indicates that the ability to repay principal and interest on a
timely basis is extremely high.
AA (LC-AA) - Indicates a very strong ability to repay principal and interest on
a timely basis, with limited incremental risk compared to issues rated in the
highest category.
A (LC-A) - Indicates the ability to repay principal and interest is strong.
Issues rated A could be more vulnerable to adverse developments (both internal
and external) than obligations with higher ratings.
BBB (LC-BBB) - The lowest investment-grade category; indicates an acceptable
capacity to repay principal and interest. BBB issues are more vulnerable to
adverse developments (both internal and external) than obligations with higher
ratings.
NON-INVESTMENT GRADE - may be speculative in the likelihood of timely repayment
of principal and interest
46
<PAGE>
BB (LC-BB) - While not investment grade, the BB rating suggests that the
likelihood of default is considerably less than for lower-rated issues.
However, there are significant uncertainties that could affect the ability to
adequately service debt obligations.
B (LC-B) - Issues rated B show a higher degree of uncertainty and therefore
greater likelihood of default than higher-rated issues. Adverse developments
could negatively affect the payment of interest and principal on a timely
basis.
CCC (LC-CCC) - Issues rated CCC clearly have a high likelihood of default, with
little capacity to address further adverse changes in financial circumstances.
CC (LC-CC) - CC is applied to issues that are subordinate to other obligations
rated CCC and are afforded less protection in the event of bankruptcy or
reorganization.
D (LC-D) - Default.
SHORT-TERM RATINGS
STANDARD & POOR'S SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
'A-1'
A short-term obligation rated 'A-1' is rated in the highest category by
Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on
the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are
designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to
meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
'A-2'
A short-term obligation rated 'A-2' is somewhat more susceptible to the averse
effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in
higher rating categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its
financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
'A-3'
A short-term obligation rated 'A-3' exhibits adequate protection parameters.
However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely
to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment
on the obligation.
'B'
A short-term obligation rated 'B' is regarded as having significant speculative
characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties
which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation.
'C'
A short-term obligation rated 'C' is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is
dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the
obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
'D'
A short-term obligation rated 'D' is in payment default. The 'D' rating
category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due
even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's
believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The 'D'
rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking
of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
47
<PAGE>
MOODY'S SHORT-TERM DEBT RATINGS
Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to repay
punctually senior debt obligations. These obligations have an original
maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.
Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment
grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
PRIME - 1 Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institutions) have a
superior ability for repayment of senior short-term Debt
obligations. Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the
following characteristics:
- - Leading market positions in well-established industries.
- - High rates of return on funds employed.
- - Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt and
ample asset protection.
- - Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high
internal cash generation.
- - Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources
of alternate liquidity.
PRIME - 2 Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong
ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.
This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above, but
to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while
sound, may be more subject to variation. Capitalization
characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external
conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.
PRIME - 3 Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an
acceptable ability for repayment of senior short- term
obligations. The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions
may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and profitability
may result in changes in the level of debt protection measurements
and may require relatively high financial leverage. Adequate alternate
liquidity is maintained.
NOT PRIME Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime
rating categories.
FITCH IBCA, INC. ("FITCH") SHORT-TERM NATIONAL CREDIT RATINGS
F1
Obligations assigned this rating have the highest capacity for timely repayment
under Fitch's national rating scale for that country, relative to other
obligations in the same country. This rating is automatically assigned to all
obligations issued or guaranteed by the sovereign state. Where issues possess
a particularly strong credit feature, a "+" is added to the assigned rating.
F2
Obligations supported by a strong capacity for timely repayment relative to
other obligors in the same country. However, the relative degree of risk is
slightly higher than for issues classified as 'A1' and capacity for timely
repayment may be susceptible to adverse changes in business, economic, or
financial conditions.
F3
Obligations supported by an adequate capacity for timely repayment relative to
other obligors in the same country. Such capacity is more susceptible to
adverse changes in business, economic, or financial conditions than for
obligations in higher categories.
48
<PAGE>
B
Obligations for which the capacity for timely repayment is uncertain relative
to other obligors in the same country. The capacity for timely repayment is
susceptible to adverse changes in business, economic, or financial conditions.
C
Obligations for which there is a high risk of default to other obligors in the
same country or which are in default.
48
<PAGE>
DUFF & PHELPS, INC. SHORT-TERM DEBT RATINGS
RATING: DEFINITION
HIGH GRADE
D-1+ Highest certainty of timely payment. Short-term liquidity, including
internal operating factors and/or access to alternative sources of funds, is
outstanding, and safety is just below risk-free U.S. Treasury short-term
obligations.
D-1 Very high certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are excellent
and supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk factors are minor.
D-1- High certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are strong and
supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk factors are very small.
GOOD GRADE
D-2 Good certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors and company
fundamentals are sound. Although ongoing funding needs may enlarge total
financing requirements, access to capital markets is good. Risk factors are
small.
SATISFACTORY GRADE
D-3 Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify issues as
to investment grade. Risk factors are larger and subject to more variation.
Nevertheless, timely payment is expected.
NON-INVESTMENT GRADE
D-4 Speculative investment characteristics. Liquidity is not sufficient to
insure against disruption in debt service. Operating factors and market access
may be subject to a high degree of variation.
DEFAULT
D-5 Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest
payments.
THOMSON BANKWATCH (TBW) SHORT-TERM RATINGS
TBW assigns Short-Term Debt Ratings to specific debt instruments with original
maturities of one year or less.
TBW-1 (LC-1) The highest category; indicates a very high likelihood that
principal and interest will be paid on a timely basis.
TBW-2 (LC-2) The second-highest category; while the degree of safety regarding
timely repayment of principal and interest is strong, the relative degree of
safety is not as high as for issues rated TBW-1.
TBW-3 (LC-3) The lowest investment-grade category; indicates that while the
obligation is more susceptible to adverse developments (both internal and
external) than those with higher ratings, the capacity to service principal and
interest in a timely fashion is considered adequate.
TBW-4 (LC-4) The lowest rating category; this rating is regarded as
non-investment grade and therefore speculative.
51
<PAGE>
THE STRONG
SCHAFER VALUE FUND II
PROSPECTUS MAY 1, 1999
Shares of the fund are only offered and sold to the separate accounts of
insurance companies for the purpose of funding variable annuity and variable
life insurance contracts. This prospectus should be read together with the
prospectus of the separate account of the specific insurance product which
preceded or accompanies this prospectus.
AS WITH ALL MUTUAL FUNDS, THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (SEC) HAS NOT
APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OR
ACCURACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANYONE WHO INFORMS YOU OTHERWISE IS COMMITTING A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
1
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
What are the fund's goals?.....................................................1
What are the fund's principal investment strategies?...........................1
What are the main risks of investing in the fund?..............................1
Who are the fund's investment advisor and portfolio manager?...................2
Financial Highlights...........................................................2
Variable Annuity and Variable Life Insurance Contracts.........................3
Share Price....................................................................3
Buying Shares..................................................................3
Selling Shares.................................................................3
Distribution and Tax Policies..................................................3
Reserved Rights................................................................3
For More Information..................................................Back Cover
IN THIS PROSPECTUS, "WE" REFERS TO STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC., THE
INVESTMENT ADVISOR AND TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE STRONG FUNDS.
2
<PAGE>
WHAT ARE THE FUND'S GOALS?
The STRONG SCHAFER VALUE FUND II seeks long-term capital growth. Current income
is a secondary objective.
WHAT ARE THE FUND'S PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES?
The SCHAFER VALUE FUND II invests primarily in common stocks of medium- and
large-capitalization companies. The portfolio manager generally selects stocks
of companies that have above-average projected earnings growth whose stock has
a lower price/earnings ratio than that of the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock
Index. The manager believes these value-oriented stocks have the potential to
increase in price. The fund invests roughly equal amounts of its assets in each
stock in the portfolio. The manager may sell stocks when, based on their
growth potential or price, they no longer are attractive.
The manager may invest any amount in cash or cash-type securities
(high-quality, short-term debt securities issued by corporations, financial
institutions, or the U.S. government) as a temporary defensive position to
avoid losses during adverse market conditions. This could reduce the benefit
to the fund if the market goes up. In that case, the fund may not achieve its
investment goal.
WHAT ARE THE MAIN RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE FUND?
GENERAL STOCK RISKS: The fund's major risks are those of investing in the stock
market. That means the fund may experience sudden, unpredictable declines in
value, as well as periods of poor performance. Because stock values go up and
down, the value of your fund's shares may go up and down. Therefore, when you
sell your investment, you may receive more or less money than you originally
invested.
VALUE-STYLE INVESTING: Different types of stocks tend to shift into and out of
favor with stock market investors depending on market and economic conditions.
Because the fund focuses on value-style stocks, the fund's performance may at
times be better or worse than the performance of stock funds that focus on
other types of stocks, or that have a broader investment style.
FOREIGN SECURITIES: The fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in foreign
securities. Foreign investments involve additional risks, including
currency-rate fluctuations, political and economic instability, differences in
financial reporting standards, and less-strict regulation of securities
markets.
MEDIUM-CAPITALIZATION COMPANIES: The fund invests a substantial portion of its
assets in the stocks of medium-capitalization companies. Medium-capitalization
companies often have narrower markets and more limited managerial and financial
resources than larger, more established companies. As a result, their
performance can be more volatile and they face greater risk of business
failure, which could increase the volatility of the fund's portfolio.
The fund is appropriate for investors who are comfortable with the risks
described here and for investors whose financial goals are five or more years
in the future. The fund is not appropriate for investors concerned primarily
with principal stability.
The return information below gives some indication of the risks of investing in
the fund by comparing the fund's performance with a broad measure of market
performance. Please keep in mind that the fund's past performance does not
represent how it will perform in the future. The return information includes
the effect of deducting the fund's expenses, but does not include charges and
expenses attributable to any insurance product. If those charges and expenses
were included, the performance would have been lower. The information assumes
that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
CALENDAR YEAR TOTAL RETURNS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Year Schafer Value
Fund II
- ------- -------------
1998 2.2%
- ------- -------------
</TABLE>
3
<PAGE>
BEST AND WORST QUARTERLY PERFORMANCE
(During the period shown)
Best quarter return: 29.7% (4th Q 1998) Worst quarter return: -21.9% (3rd Q
1998)
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS
AS OF 12-31-98
FUND/INDEX 1-YEAR SINCE INCEPTION
SCHAFER VALUE FUND II 2.18% 1.10% (10-10-97)
S&P 500 Stock Index 28.58% 23.50%
THE S&P 500 STOCK INDEX IS THE STANDARD & POOR'S 500 STOCK INDEX WHICH IS AN
UNMANAGED INDEX GENERALLY REPRESENTATIVE OF THE U.S. STOCK MARKET.
WHO ARE THE FUND'S INVESTMENT ADVISOR AND PORTFOLIO MANAGER?
Strong Capital Management, Inc. (Strong) is the investment advisor for the
fund. Strong provides investment management services for mutual funds and other
investment portfolios representing assets of over $34 billion. Strong began
conducting business in 1974. Since then, its principal business has been
providing investment advice for individuals and institutional accounts, such as
pension and profit-sharing plans, as well as mutual funds, several of which are
available through variable insurance products. Strong's address is P.O. Box
2936, Milwaukee, WI 53201.
SUBADVISOR FOR SCHAFER VALUE FUND II. Schafer Capital Management, Inc.
(Subadvisor) is the subadvisor for the fund under an agreement with Strong.
Under this agreement and under the supervision of the fund's Board of Directors
and Strong, the Subadvisor provides a continuous investment program for the
fund. This means the Subadvisor selects the securities the fund buys and
sells. The Subadvisor began conducting business in 1984 and has approximately
$1.5 billion under management. It provides investment supervision to
institutional investors and other equity accounts. Its address is 101 Carnegie
Center, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.
DAVID K. SCHAFER manages the fund and has more than 30 years of investment
experience. Mr. Schafer has managed the fund since its inception on October
10, 1997. He has been the Subadvisor's president since he founded it.
((Side Box))
YEAR 2000 ISSUES
Your investment could be adversely affected if the computer systems used by the
fund, Strong, and the fund's service providers do not properly process and
calculate date-related information before, on, and after January 1, 2000. Year
2000-related computer problems could have a negative impact on your fund and
the fund's investments, however we are working to avoid these problems and to
obtain assurances from our service providers that they are taking similar
steps.
4
<PAGE>
5
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
This information describes investment performance for the periods shown.
Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total
Return" shows how much your investment in the fund would have increased (or
decreased) during each period, assuming you had reinvested all dividends and
distributions. These figures have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
whose report, along with the fund's financial statements, is included in the
fund's annual report.
Year Ended
----------------------
Selected Per-Share Data(a) 1998 1997(b)
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period $9.90 $10.00
Income From Investment Operations
Net Investment Income 0.03 0.01
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains
(Losses) on Investments 0.18 (0.09)
Total from Investment Operations 0.21 (0.08)
Less Distributions
From Net Investment Income (0.03) (0.01)
In Excess of Net Investment Income - (0.01)
Total Distributions (0.03) (0.02)
Net Asset Value, End of Period $10.08 $9.90
Ratios and Supplemental Data
Total Return +2.2% -0.8%
Net Assets, End of Period (In Thousands) $4,022 $705
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets
Without Waivers and Absorptions 2.0% 1.5%*
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets 1.2% 1.5%*
Ratio of Net Investment Income to
Average Net Assets 0.7% 0.7%*
Portfolio Turnover Rate 73.3% 3.1%
* Calculated on an annualized basis.
(a) Information presented relates to a share of capital stock of the fund
outstanding for the entire period.
(b) For the period from October 10, 1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997.
Total return and portfolio turnover rate are not annualized.
6
<PAGE>
VARIABLE ANNUITY AND VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACTS
The fund is designed as an investment vehicle for variable annuity and variable
life insurance contracts funded by separate accounts of certain insurance
companies. The fund may sell its shares to the separate accounts of various
insurance companies, which are not affiliated with each other, for the purpose
of funding variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts. The fund
currently does not foresee any disadvantages to contract owners arising out of
the fact that it offers its shares to separate accounts of various insurance
companies, which are not affiliated with each other, to serve as an investment
medium for their variable products. However, it is theoretically possible that
the interests of owners of various contracts participating in the fund through
the separate accounts might, at some time, be in conflict. The fund's Board of
Directors, however, will monitor events in order to identify any material
irreconcilable conflicts which may possibly arise and to determine what action,
if any, should be taken in response to these conflicts. If a conflict were to
occur, one or more insurance companies' separate accounts might be required to
withdraw its investments in the fund, and shares of another fund may be
substituted. This might force the fund to sell securities at disadvantageous
prices. In addition, the Board of Directors may refuse to sell fund shares to
any separate account or may suspend or terminate the offering of fund shares if
this is required by law or regulatory authority or is in the best interest of
the fund's shareholders.
SHARE PRICE
Your transaction price for buying or selling shares is the net asset value per
share (NAV). NAV is generally calculated as of the close of trading on the New
York Stock Exchange (usually 3:00 p.m. Central Time) every day the NYSE is
open. If the NYSE closes at any other time, or if an emergency exists, NAV may
be calculated at a different time. Your share price will be the next NAV
calculated after we accept your order. However, on days that the fund does not
receive any purchase or redemption orders, NAV is not calculated.
NAV is based on the market value of the securities in a fund's portfolio. If
market prices are not available, NAV is based on a security's fair value as
determined in good faith by us under the supervision of the Board of Directors
of the Strong Funds.
FOREIGN SECURITIES
The fund's portfolio securities may be listed on foreign exchanges that trade
on days when we do not calculate an NAV. As a result, the market value of
securities in the fund's portfolio may change on days when you will not be able
to purchase or redeem shares. In addition, a foreign exchange may not value
its listed securities at the same time that we calculate a fund's NAV. Events
affecting the values of portfolio securities that occur between the time a
foreign exchange assigns a price to the portfolio securities and the time when
we calculate a fund's NAV generally will not be reflected in the fund's NAV.
These events will be reflected in the fund's NAV when we, under the supervision
of the Board of Directors of the Strong Funds, determine that they would have a
material affect on the fund's NAV.
((Side Box))
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
We determine a fund's share price or NAV by dividing net assets
(the value of its investments, cash, and other assets minus its
liabilities) by the number of shares outstanding.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
BUYING SHARES
Only separate accounts established and maintained by insurance companies for
purposes of funding variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts may
invest in the fund. For instructions on how to direct a separate account to
purchase shares in the fund, please refer to the prospectus of the insurance
company's separate account. The fund does not impose any sales charge or 12b-1
fee. Sales charges may apply to the variable annuity or variable life insurance
contract, which should be described in the prospectus of the insurance
company's separate account. The fund may decline to accept a purchase order
upon receipt when, in Strong's judgment, it would not be in the best interest
of the existing shareholders to accept the order. Shares of the fund will be
sold at the net asset value next determined after receipt by the fund of a
purchase order in proper form placed by an insurance company investing in the
fund.
7
<PAGE>
SELLING SHARES
Shares of the fund may be redeemed on any business day. The price received
upon redemption will be the NAV next determined after the redemption request in
proper form is received by the fund. Contract owners should refer to the
withdrawal or surrender instructions in the prospectus of the separate account
for instructions on how to redeem shares. Once the redemption request is
received in proper form, the fund will ordinarily forward payment to the
separate account no later than seven days after receipt.
DISTRIBUTION AND TAX POLICIES
Your fund generally pays you dividends from net investment income and
distributes any net capital gains that it realizes annually. Your dividends and
capital gain distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional
shares of the fund.
For information regarding tax implications for owners of variable annuity or
variable life insurance contracts investing in the fund, please refer to the
prospectus of your insurance company's separate account.
RESERVED RIGHTS
We reserve the right to:
- - Reject any purchase request for any reason. Generally, we do this if the
purchase or exchange is disruptive to the efficient management of a fund.
- - Delay sending out redemption proceeds for up to seven days (this generally
only applies to very large redemptions without notice or during unusual
market conditions).
- - Suspend redemptions or postpone payments when the NYSE is closed for any
reason other than its usual weekend or holiday closings, when trading is
restricted by the SEC, or under any emergency circumstances.
- - Make a redemption-in-kind (a payment in portfolio securities rather than
cash) if the amount you are redeeming is in excess of the lesser of (1)
$250,000 or (2) 1% of the fund's assets. Generally, redemption-in-kind is
used when large redemption requests may cause harm to the fund and its
shareholders.
- - Reject any purchase or redemption request that does not contain all required
documentation.
8
<PAGE>
FOR MORE INFORMATION
More information is available upon request at no charge, including:
SHAREHOLDER REPORTS: Additional information is available in the annual and
semi-annual report to shareholders. These reports contain a letter from
management, discuss recent market conditions, economic trends and investment
strategies that significantly affected your investment's performance during the
last fiscal year, and list portfolio holdings.
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI): The SAI contains more details about
investment policies and techniques. A current SAI is on file with the SEC and
is incorporated into this prospectus by reference. This means that the SAI is
legally considered a part of this prospectus even though it is not physically
contained within this prospectus.
To request information or to ask questions:
BY TELEPHONE FOR HEARING-IMPAIRED (TDD)
(800) 368-1683 (800) 999-2780
BY MAIL BY OVERNIGHT DELIVERY
Strong Funds Strong Funds
P.O. Box 2936 900 Heritage Reserve
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-2936 Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin 53051
ON THE INTERNET BY E-MAIL
View online or download documents: [email protected]
Strong Funds: WWW.STRONGFUNDS.COM
SEC*: www.sec.gov
This prospectus is not an offer to sell securities in any place where it would
be illegal to do so.
*YOU CAN ALSO OBTAIN COPIES BY VISITING THE SEC'S PUBLIC REFERENCE ROOM IN
WASHINGTON, D.C. OR BY SENDING YOUR REQUEST AND A DUPLICATING FEE TO THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION'S PUBLIC REFERENCE SECTION, WASHINGTON, D.C.
20549-6009. YOU CAN CALL 1-800-SEC-0330 FOR INFORMATION ON THE OPERATION OF THE
PUBLIC REFERENCE ROOM.
Strong Schafer Value Fund II, a series of Strong Variable Insurance Funds,
Inc., SEC file number 811-6553
9
<PAGE>
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ("SAI")
STRONG SCHAFER VALUE FUND II, A SERIES FUND OF STRONG VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS,
INC.
P.O. Box 2936
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201
Toll-Free: (800) 368-1683
The Fund serves as an investment vehicle for variable annuity and variable life
insurance contracts of insurance companies. Shares in the Fund are only
offered and sold to the separate accounts of insurance companies. This SAI is
not a Prospectus and should read together with the Prospectus for the Fund
dated May 1, 1999 and the prospectus for the separate account of the specific
insurance product offering the Fund. Requests for copies of the Prospectus
should be made by calling any number listed above. The financial statements
appearing in the Annual Report, which accompanies this SAI, are incorporated
into this SAI by reference.
May 1, 1999
1
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS........................................................3
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES.............................................5
Borrowing......................................................................5
Cash Management................................................................5
Convertible Securities.........................................................5
Debt Obligations...............................................................6
Depositary Receipts............................................................6
Foreign Investment Companies...................................................7
Foreign Securities.............................................................7
Illiquid Securities............................................................8
Lending of Portfolio Securities................................................8
Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Debt Securities.....................................9
Participation Interests.......................................................10
Repurchase Agreements.........................................................10
Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Mortgage Dollar Rolls.......................10
Short Sales...................................................................11
Small and Medium Companies....................................................11
Standby Commitments...........................................................11
U.S. Government Securities....................................................11
Warrants......................................................................12
When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Securities...................................12
Zero-Coupon, Step-Coupon, and Pay-in-Kind Securities..........................12
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS........................................................13
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS........................................................15
INVESTMENT ADVISOR............................................................15
INVESTMENT SUBADVISOR.........................................................18
DISTRIBUTOR...................................................................19
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE..........................................19
CUSTODIAN.....................................................................22
TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT..................................22
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES.......................................................22
TAXES.........................................................................22
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE..............................................24
ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION............................................25
ORGANIZATION..................................................................25
SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS..........................................................26
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION.......................................................26
GENERAL INFORMATION...........................................................29
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS.......................................................30
LEGAL COUNSEL.................................................................30
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..........................................................31
APPENDIX - DEFINITION OF BOND RATINGS.........................................32
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations other than those contained in this SAI and its corresponding
Prospectus, and if given or made, such information or representations may not
be relied upon as having been authorized. This SAI does not constitute an
offer to sell securities.
2
<PAGE>
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS
The following are the Fund's fundamental investment limitations which, along
with the Fund's investment objective (which is described in the Prospectus),
cannot be changed without shareholder approval. To obtain approval, a majority
of the Fund's outstanding voting shares must vote for the change. A majority
of the Fund's outstanding voting securities means the vote of the lesser of:
(1) 67% or more of the voting securities present, if more than 50% of the
outstanding voting securities are present or represented, or (2) more than 50%
of the outstanding voting shares.
Unless indicated otherwise below, the Fund:
1. May not with respect to 75% of its total assets, purchase the securities
of any issuer (except securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or
its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result, (1) more than 5% of the
Fund's total assets would be invested in the securities of that issuer, or (2)
the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that
issuer.
2. May (1) borrow money from banks and (2) make other investments or engage
in other transactions permissible under the Investment Company Act of 1940
("1940 Act") which may involve a borrowing, provided that the combination of
(1) and (2) shall not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund's total assets
(including the amount borrowed), less the Fund's liabilities (other than
borrowings), except that the Fund may borrow up to an additional 5% of its
total assets (not including the amount borrowed) from a bank for temporary or
emergency purposes (but not for leverage or the purchase of investments). The
Fund may also borrow money from the other Strong Funds or other persons to the
extent permitted by applicable law.
3. May not issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act.
4. May not act as an underwriter of another issuer's securities, except to
the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning
of the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the purchase and sale of
portfolio securities.
5. May not purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a
result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not
prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options, futures contracts, or
other derivative instruments, or from investing in securities or other
instruments backed by physical commodities).
6. May not make loans if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of the Fund's
total assets would be lent to other persons, except through (1) purchases of
debt securities or other debt instruments, or (2) engaging in repurchase
agreements.
7. May not purchase the securities of any issuer if, as a result, more than
25% of the Fund's total assets would be invested in the securities of issuers,
the principal business activities of which are in the same industry.
8. May not purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of
ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prohibit the
Fund from purchasing or selling securities or other instruments backed by real
estate or of issuers engaged in real estate activities).
9. May, notwithstanding any other fundamental investment policy or
restriction, invest all of its assets in the securities of a single open-end
management investment company with substantially the same fundamental
investment objective, policies, and restrictions as the Fund.
3
<PAGE>
NON-FUNDAMENTAL OPERATING POLICIES
The following are the Fund's non-fundamental operating policies which may be
changed by the Fund's Board of Directors without shareholder approval.
Unless indicated otherwise below, the Fund may not:
1. Sell securities short, unless the Fund owns or has the right to obtain
securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short, or
unless it covers such short sale as required by the current rules and positions
of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") or its staff, and provided
that transactions in options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts,
or other derivative instruments are not deemed to constitute selling securities
short.
2. Purchase securities on margin, except that the Fund may obtain such
short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of transactions; and
provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on
futures contracts, or other derivative instruments shall not constitute
purchasing securities on margin.
3. Invest in illiquid securities if, as a result of such investment, more
than 15% (10% with respect to a money fund) of its net assets would be invested
in illiquid securities, or such other amounts as may be permitted under the
1940 Act.
4. Purchase securities of other investment companies except in compliance
with the 1940 Act and applicable state law.
5. Invest all of its assets in the securities of a single open-end
investment management company with substantially the same fundamental
investment objective, restrictions and policies as the Fund.
6. Engage in futures or options on futures transactions which are
impermissible pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the Commodity Exchange Act and, in
accordance with Rule 4.5, will use futures or options on futures transactions
solely for bona fide hedging transactions (within the meaning of the Commodity
Exchange Act), provided, however, that the Fund may, in addition to bona fide
hedging transactions, use futures and options on futures transactions if the
aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions,
less the amount by which any such options positions are in the money (within
the meaning of the Commodity Exchange Act), do not exceed 5% of the Fund's net
assets.
7. Borrow money except (1) from banks or (2) through reverse repurchase
agreements or mortgage dollar rolls, and will not purchase securities when bank
borrowings exceed 5% of its total assets.
8. Make any loans other than loans of portfolio securities, except through
(1) purchases of debt securities or other debt instruments, or (2) engaging in
repurchase agreements.
Unless noted otherwise, if a percentage restriction is adhered to at the time
of investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a
change in the Fund's assets (I.E. due to cash inflows or redemptions) or in
market value of the investment or the Fund's assets will not constitute a
violation of that restriction.
4
<PAGE>
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
The following information supplements the discussion of the Fund's investment
objective, policies, and techniques described in the Prospectus.
BORROWING
The Fund may borrow money from banks and make other investments or engage in
other transactions permissible under the 1940 Act which may be considered a
borrowing (such as mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements).
However, the Fund may not purchase securities when bank borrowings exceed 5% of
the Fund's total assets. Presently, the Fund only intends to borrow from banks
for temporary or emergency purposes.
The Fund has established a line-of-credit ("LOC") with certain banks by which
it may borrow funds for temporary or emergency purposes. A borrowing is
presumed to be for temporary or emergency purposes if it is repaid by the Fund
within 60 days and is not extended or renewed. The Fund intends to use the LOC
to meet large or unexpected redemptions that would otherwise force the Fund to
liquidate securities under circumstances which are unfavorable to the Fund's
remaining shareholders. The Fund pays a commitment fee to the banks for the
LOC.
CASH MANAGEMENT
The Fund may invest directly in cash and short-term fixed-income securities,
including, for this purpose, shares of one or more money market funds managed
by Strong Capital Management, Inc., the Fund's investment advisor ("Advisor")
(collectively, the "Strong Money Funds"). The Strong Money Funds seek current
income, a stable share price of $1.00, and daily liquidity. All money market
instruments can change in value when interest rates or an issuer's
creditworthiness change dramatically. The Strong Money Funds cannot guarantee
that they will always be able to maintain a stable net asset value of $1.00 per
share.
CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES
Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks, or other
securities that may be converted into or exchanged for a specified amount of
common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of
time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the
holder to receive interest normally paid or accrued on debt or the dividend
paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed,
converted, or exchanged. Convertible securities have unique investment
characteristics in that they generally (1) have higher yields than common
stocks, but lower yields than comparable non-convertible securities, (2) are
less subject to fluctuation in value than the underlying stock since they have
fixed income characteristics, and (3) provide the potential for capital
appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock increases.
Most convertible securities currently are issued by U.S. companies, although a
substantial Eurodollar convertible securities market has developed, and the
markets for convertible securities denominated in local currencies are
increasing.
The value of a convertible security is a function of its "investment value"
(determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of
comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and
its "conversion value" (the security's worth, at market value, if converted
into the underlying common stock). The investment value of a convertible
security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value
declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline.
The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on
the convertible security's investment value. The conversion value of a
convertible security is determined by the market price of the underlying common
stock. If the conversion value is low relative to the investment value, the
price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment
value. Generally, the conversion value decreases as the convertible security
approaches maturity. To the extent the market price of the underlying common
stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible
security will be increasingly influenced by its conversion value. A
convertible security generally will sell at a premium over its conversion value
by the extent to which investors place value on the right to acquire the
underlying common stock while holding a fixed income security.
5
<PAGE>
A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer
at a price established in the convertible security's governing instrument. If
a convertible security is called for redemption, the Fund will be required to
permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common
stock, or sell it to a third party.
DEBT OBLIGATIONS
The Fund may invest a portion of its assets in debt obligations. Issuers of
debt obligations have a contractual obligation to pay interest at a specified
rate on specified dates and to repay principal on a specified maturity date.
Certain debt obligations (usually intermediate- and long-term bonds) have
provisions that allow the issuer to redeem or "call" a bond before its
maturity. Issuers are most likely to call such securities during periods of
falling interest rates and the Fund may have to replace such securities with
lower yielding securities, which could result in a lower return for the Fund.
PRICE VOLATILITY. The market value of debt obligations is affected primarily
by changes in prevailing interest rates. The market value of a debt obligation
generally reacts inversely to interest-rate changes, meaning, when prevailing
interest rates decline, an obligation's price usually rises, and when
prevailing interest rates rise, an obligation's price usually declines.
MATURITY. In general, the longer the maturity of a debt obligation, the higher
its yield and the greater its sensitivity to changes in interest rates.
Conversely, the shorter the maturity, the lower the yield but the greater the
price stability. Commercial paper is generally considered the shortest form of
debt obligation.
CREDIT QUALITY. The values of debt obligations may also be affected by changes
in the credit rating or financial condition of their issuers. Generally, the
lower the quality rating of a security, the higher the degree of risk as to the
payment of interest and return of principal. To compensate investors for
taking on such increased risk, those issuers deemed to be less creditworthy
generally must offer their investors higher interest rates than do issuers with
better credit ratings.
In conducting its credit research and analysis, the Advisor considers both
qualitative and quantitative factors to evaluate the creditworthiness of
individual issuers. The Advisor also relies, in part, on credit ratings
compiled by a number of Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations
("NRSROs").
DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS
The Fund may invest in foreign securities by purchasing depositary receipts,
including American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs") and European Depositary
Receipts ("EDRs"), or other securities convertible into securities of foreign
issuers. These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same
currency as the securities into which they may be converted. Generally, ADRs,
in registered form, are denominated in U.S. dollars and are designed for use in
the U.S. securities markets, while EDRs, in bearer form, may be denominated in
other currencies and are designed for use in the European securities markets.
ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing
ownership of the underlying securities. EDRs are European receipts evidencing
a similar arrangement. For purposes of the Fund's investment policies, ADRs
and EDRs are deemed to have the same classification as the underlying
securities they represent, except that ADRs and EDRs shall be treated as
indirect foreign investments. For example, an ADR or EDR representing
ownership of common stock will be treated as common stock. Depositary receipts
do not eliminate all of the risks associated with directly investing in the
securities of foreign issuers.
ADR facilities may be established as either "unsponsored" or "sponsored." While
ADRs issued under these two types of facilities are in some respects similar,
there are distinctions between them relating to the rights and obligations of
ADR holders and the practices of market participants.
A depositary may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by (or
even necessarily the permission of) the issuer of the deposited securities,
although typically the depositary requests a letter of non-objection from such
issuer prior to the establishment of the facility. Holders of unsponsored ADRs
generally bear all the costs of such facility. The depositary usually charges
fees upon the deposit and withdrawal of the deposited securities, the
conversion of dividends into U.S. dollars, the disposition of non-cash
distributions, and the performance of other services. The depositary of an
unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to pass through voting
rights to ADR holders in respect of the deposited securities. In addition, an
unsponsored facility is generally not obligated to distribute communications
received from the issuer of the
6
<PAGE>
deposited securities or to disclose material information about such issuer in
the U.S. and there may not be a correlation between such information and the
market value of the depositary receipts.
Sponsored ADR facilities are created in generally the same manner as
unsponsored facilities, except that the issuer of the deposited securities
enters into a deposit agreement with the depositary. The deposit agreement
sets out the rights and responsibilities of the issuer, the depositary, and the
ADR holders. With sponsored facilities, the issuer of the deposited securities
generally will bear some of the costs relating to the facility (such as
dividend payment fees of the depositary), although ADR holders continue to bear
certain other costs (such as deposit and withdrawal fees). Under the terms of
most sponsored arrangements, depositories agree to distribute notices of
shareholder meetings and voting instructions, and to provide shareholder
communications and other information to the ADR holders at the request of the
issuer of the deposited securities.
FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES
The Fund may invest, to a limited extent, in foreign investment companies.
Some of the countries in which the Fund invests may not permit direct
investment by outside investors. Investments in such countries may only be
permitted through foreign government-approved or -authorized investment
vehicles, which may include other investment companies. In addition, it may be
less expensive and more expedient for the Fund to invest in a foreign
investment company in a country which permits direct foreign investment.
Investing through such vehicles may involve frequent or layered fees or
expenses and may also be subject to limitation under the 1940 Act. Under the
1940 Act, the Fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in shares of other
investment companies and up to 5% of its assets in any one investment company
as long as the investment does not represent more than 3% of the voting stock
of the acquired investment company. The Fund does not intend to invest in such
investment companies unless, in the judgment of the Advisor, the potential
benefits of such investments justify the payment of any associated fees and
expenses.
FOREIGN SECURITIES
Investing in foreign securities involves a series of risks not present in
investing in U.S. securities. Many of the foreign securities held by the Fund
will not be registered with the SEC, nor will the foreign issuers be subject to
SEC reporting requirements. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available
information concerning foreign issuers of securities held by the Fund than is
available concerning U.S. companies. Disclosure and regulatory standards in
many respects are less stringent in emerging market countries than in the U.S.
and other major markets. There also may be a lower level of monitoring and
regulation of emerging markets and the activities of investors in such markets,
and enforcement of existing regulations may be extremely limited. Foreign
companies, and in particular, companies in smaller and emerging capital markets
are not generally subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial
reporting standards, or to other regulatory requirements comparable to those
applicable to U.S. companies. The Fund's net investment income and capital
gains from its foreign investment activities may be subject to non-U.S.
withholding taxes.
The costs attributable to foreign investing that the Fund must bear frequently
are higher than those attributable to domestic investing; this is particularly
true with respect to emerging capital markets. For example, the cost of
maintaining custody of foreign securities exceeds custodian costs for domestic
securities, and transaction and settlement costs of foreign investing also
frequently are higher than those attributable to domestic investing. Costs
associated with the exchange of currencies also make foreign investing more
expensive than domestic investing. Investment income on certain foreign
securities in which the Fund may invest may be subject to foreign withholding
or other government taxes that could reduce the return of these securities.
Tax treaties between the U.S. and foreign countries, however, may reduce or
eliminate the amount of foreign tax to which the Fund would be subject.
Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in
certain markets there have been times when settlements have failed to keep pace
with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such
transactions. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when
assets of the Fund are uninvested and are earning no investment return. The
inability of the Fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement
problems could cause the Fund to miss investment opportunities. Inability to
dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either
in losses to the Fund due to subsequent declines in the value of such portfolio
security or, if the Fund has entered into a contract to sell the security,
could result in possible liability to the purchaser.
7
<PAGE>
ILLIQUID SECURITIES
The Fund may invest in illiquid securities (I.E., securities that are not
readily marketable). However, the Fund will not acquire illiquid securities
if, as a result, the illiquid securities would comprise more than 15% (10% for
money market funds) of the value of the Fund's net assets (or such other
amounts as may be permitted under the 1940 Act). However, as a matter of
internal policy, the Advisor intends to limit the Fund's investments in
illiquid securities to 10% of its net assets.
The Board of Directors of the Fund, or its delegate, has the ultimate
authority to determine, to the extent permissible under the federal securities
laws, which securities are illiquid for purposes of this limitation. Certain
securities exempt from registration or issued in transactions exempt from
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("Securities Act"),
such as securities that may be resold to institutional investors under Rule
144A under the Securities Act and Section 4(2) commercial paper, may be
considered liquid under guidelines adopted by the Fund's Board of Directors.
The Board of Directors of the Fund has delegated to the Advisor the day-to-day
determination of the liquidity of a security, although it has retained
oversight and ultimate responsibility for such determinations. The Board of
Directors has directed the Advisor to look to such factors as (1) the frequency
of trades or quotes for a security, (2) the number of dealers willing to
purchase or sell the security and number of potential buyers, (3) the
willingness of dealers to undertake to make a market in the security, (4) the
nature of the security and nature of the marketplace trades, such as the time
needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers, and the
mechanics of transfer, (5) the likelihood that the security's marketability
will be maintained throughout the anticipated holding period, and (6) any other
relevant factors. The Advisor may determine 4(2) commercial paper to be liquid
if (1) the 4(2) commercial paper is not traded flat or in default as to
principal and interest, (2) the 4(2) commercial paper is rated in one of the
two highest rating categories by at least two NRSROs), or if only one NRSRO
rates the security, by that NRSRO, or is determined by the Advisor to be of
equivalent quality, and (3) the Advisor considers the trading market for the
specific security taking into account all relevant factors. With respect to
any foreign holdings, a foreign security may be considered liquid by the
Advisor (despite its restricted nature under the Securities Act) if the
security can be freely traded in a foreign securities market and all the facts
and circumstances support a finding of liquidity.
Restricted securities may be sold only in privately negotiated transactions or
in a public offering with respect to which a registration statement is in
effect under the Securities Act. Where registration is required, the Fund may
be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable
period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the
Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration
statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to
develop, the Fund might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it
decided to sell. Restricted securities will be priced in accordance with
pricing procedures adopted by the Board of Directors of the Fund. If through
the appreciation of restricted securities or the depreciation of unrestricted
securities the Fund should be in a position where more than 15% of the value of
its net assets are invested in illiquid securities, including restricted
securities which are not readily marketable (except for 144A Securities and
4(2) commercial paper deemed to be liquid by the Advisor), the Fund will take
such steps as is deemed advisable, if any, to protect the liquidity of the
Fund's portfolio.
The Fund may sell OTC options and, in connection therewith, segregate assets or
cover its obligations with respect to OTC options written by the Fund. The
assets used as cover for OTC options written by the Fund will be considered
illiquid unless the OTC options are sold to qualified dealers who agree that
the Fund may repurchase any OTC option it writes at a maximum price to be
calculated by a formula set forth in the option agreement. The cover for an
OTC option written subject to this procedure would be considered illiquid only
to the extent that the maximum repurchase price under the formula exceeds the
intrinsic value of the option.
LENDING OF PORTFOLIO SECURITIES
The Fund is authorized to lend up to 33 1/3% of the total value of its
portfolio securities to broker-dealers or institutional investors that the
Advisor deems qualified, but only when the borrower maintains with the Fund's
custodian bank collateral either in cash or money market instruments in an
amount at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned, plus
accrued interest and dividends, determined on a daily basis and adjusted
accordingly. Although the Fund is authorized to lend, the Fund does not
presently intend to engage in lending. In determining whether to lend
securities to a particular broker-dealer or institutional investor, the Advisor
will consider, and during the period of the loan will monitor, all relevant
facts and circumstances, including the creditworthiness of the borrower. The
Fund will retain authority to terminate any loans at any
8
<PAGE>
time. The Fund may pay reasonable administrative and custodial fees in
connection with a loan and may pay a negotiated portion of the interest earned
on the cash or money market instruments held as collateral to the borrower or
placing broker. The Fund will receive reasonable interest on the loan or a
flat fee from the borrower and amounts equivalent to any dividends, interest or
other distributions on the securities loaned. The Fund will retain record
ownership of loaned securities to exercise beneficial rights, such as voting
and subscription rights and rights to dividends, interest or other
distributions, when retaining such rights is considered to be in the Fund's
interest.
MORTGAGE- AND ASSET-BACKED DEBT SECURITIES
Mortgage-backed securities represent direct or indirect participations in, or
are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans secured by real property, and
include single- and multi-class pass-through securities and collateralized
mortgage obligations. Such securities may be issued or guaranteed by U.S.
government agencies or instrumentalities, such as the Government National
Mortgage Association and the Federal National Mortgage Association, or by
private issuers, generally originators and investors in mortgage loans,
including savings associations, mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment
bankers, and special purpose entities (collectively, "private lenders").
Mortgage-backed securities issued by private lenders may be supported by pools
of mortgage loans or other mortgage-backed securities that are guaranteed,
directly or indirectly, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or
instrumentalities, or they may be issued without any governmental guarantee of
the underlying mortgage assets but with some form of non-governmental credit
enhancement.
Asset-backed securities have structural characteristics similar to
mortgage-backed securities. Asset-backed debt obligations represent direct or
indirect participation in, or are secured by and payable from, assets such as
motor vehicle installment sales contracts, other installment loan contracts,
home equity loans, leases of various types of property, and receivables from
credit card or other revolving credit arrangements. The credit quality of most
asset-backed securities depends primarily on the credit quality of the assets
underlying such securities, how well the entity issuing the security is
insulated from the credit risk of the originator or any other affiliated
entities, and the amount and quality of any credit enhancement of the
securities. Payments or distributions of principal and interest on
asset-backed debt obligations may be supported by non-governmental credit
enhancements including letters of credit, reserve funds, overcollateralization,
and guarantees by third parties. The market for privately issued asset-backed
debt obligations is smaller and less liquid than the market for government
sponsored mortgage-backed securities.
The rate of principal payment on mortgage- and asset-backed securities
generally depends on the rate of principal payments received on the underlying
assets which in turn may be affected by a variety of economic and other
factors. As a result, the yield on any mortgage- and asset-backed security is
difficult to predict with precision and actual yield to maturity may be more or
less than the anticipated yield to maturity. The yield characteristics of
mortgage- and asset-backed securities differ from those of traditional debt
securities. Among the principal differences are that interest and principal
payments are made more frequently on mortgage-and asset-backed securities,
usually monthly, and that principal may be prepaid at any time because the
underlying mortgage loans or other assets generally may be prepaid at any time.
As a result, if the Fund purchases these securities at a premium, a prepayment
rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a
prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of
increasing the yield to maturity. Conversely, if the Fund purchases these
securities at a discount, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will
increase yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than
expected will reduce yield to maturity. Amounts available for reinvestment by
the Fund are likely to be greater during a period of declining interest rates
and, as a result, are likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than
during a period of rising interest rates. Accelerated prepayments on
securities purchased by the Fund at a premium also impose a risk of loss of
principal because the premium may not have been fully amortized at the time the
principal is prepaid in full. The market for privately issued mortgage- and
asset-backed securities is smaller and less liquid than the market for
government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities.
While many mortgage- and asset-backed securities are issued with only one class
of security, many are issued in more than one class, each with different
payment terms. Multiple class mortgage- and asset-backed securities are issued
for two main reasons. First, multiple classes may be used as a method of
providing credit support. This is accomplished typically through creation of
one or more classes whose right to payments on the security is made subordinate
to the right to such payments of the remaining class or classes. Second,
multiple classes may permit the issuance of securities with payment terms,
interest rates, or other characteristics differing both from those of each
other and from those of the underlying assets. Examples include so-called
"strips" (mortgage- and asset-backed securities entitling the holder to
disproportionate interests with respect to the allocation of
9
<PAGE>
interest and principal of the assets backing the security), and securities with
class or classes having characteristics which mimic the characteristics of
non-mortgage- or asset-backed securities, such as floating interest rates
(I.E., interest rates which adjust as a specified benchmark changes) or
scheduled amortization of principal.
The Fund may invest in stripped mortgage- or asset-backed securities, which
receive differing proportions of the interest and principal payments from the
underlying assets. The market value of such securities generally is more
sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates than is the case with
traditional mortgage- and asset-backed securities, and in some cases such
market value may be extremely volatile. With respect to certain stripped
securities, such as interest only and principal only classes, a rate of
prepayment that is faster or slower than anticipated may result in the Fund
failing to recover all or a portion of its investment, even though the
securities are rated investment grade.
Mortgage- and asset-backed securities backed by assets, other than as described
above, or in which the payment streams on the underlying assets are allocated
in a manner different than those described above may be issued in the future.
The Fund may invest in such securities if such investment is otherwise
consistent with its investment objectives and policies and with the investment
restrictions of the Fund.
PARTICIPATION INTERESTS
A participation interest gives the Fund an undivided interest in a municipal
obligation in the proportion that the Fund's participation interest bears to
the principal amount of the obligation. These instruments may have fixed,
floating, or variable rates of interest. The Fund will only purchase
participation interests if accompanied by an opinion of counsel that the
interest earned on the underlying municipal obligations will be tax-exempt. If
the Fund purchases unrated participation interests, the Board of Directors or
its delegate must have determined that the credit risk is equivalent to the
rated obligations in which the Fund may invest. Participation interests may be
backed by a letter of credit or guaranty of the selling institution. When
determining whether such a participation interest meets the Fund's credit
quality requirements, the Fund may look to the credit quality of any financial
guarantor providing a letter of credit or guaranty.
REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with certain banks or non-bank
dealers. In a repurchase agreement, the Fund buys a security at one price, and
at the time of sale, the seller agrees to repurchase the obligation at a
mutually agreed upon time and price (usually within seven days). The
repurchase agreement, thereby, determines the yield during the purchaser's
holding period, while the seller's obligation to repurchase is secured by the
value of the underlying security. The Advisor will monitor, on an ongoing
basis, the value of the underlying securities to ensure that the value always
equals or exceeds the repurchase price plus accrued interest. Repurchase
agreements could involve certain risks in the event of a default or insolvency
of the other party to the agreement, including possible delays or restrictions
upon the Fund's ability to dispose of the underlying securities. Although no
definitive creditworthiness criteria are used, the Advisor reviews the
creditworthiness of the banks and non-bank dealers with which the Fund enters
into repurchase agreements to evaluate those risks. The Fund may, under
certain circumstances, deem repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S.
government securities to be investments in U.S. government securities.
REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND MORTGAGE DOLLAR ROLLS
The Fund may engage in reverse repurchase agreements to facilitate portfolio
liquidity, a practice common in the mutual fund industry, or for arbitrage
transactions as discussed below. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund
would sell a security and enter into an agreement to repurchase the security at
a specified future date and price. The Fund generally retains the right to
interest and principal payments on the security. Since the Fund receives cash
upon entering into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may be considered a
borrowing. When required by guidelines of the SEC, the Fund will set aside
permissible liquid assets in a segregated account to secure its obligations to
repurchase the security.
The Fund may also enter into mortgage dollar rolls, in which the Fund would
sell mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the current month and
simultaneously contract to purchase substantially similar securities on a
specified future date. While the Fund would forego principal and interest paid
on the mortgage-backed securities during the roll period, the Fund would be
compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower
price for the future purchase as well as by any
10
<PAGE>
interest earned on the proceeds of the initial sale. The Fund also could be
compensated through the receipt of fee income equivalent to a lower forward
price. At the time the Fund would enter into a mortgage dollar roll, it would
set aside permissible liquid assets in a segregated account to secure its
obligation for the forward commitment to buy mortgage-backed securities.
Mortgage dollar roll transactions may be considered a borrowing by the Fund.
The mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements entered into by the
Fund may be used as arbitrage transactions in which the Fund will maintain an
offsetting position in investment grade debt obligations or repurchase
agreements that mature on or before the settlement date on the related mortgage
dollar roll or reverse repurchase agreements. Since the Fund will receive
interest on the securities or repurchase agreements in which it invests the
transaction proceeds, such transactions may involve leverage. However, since
such securities or repurchase agreements will be high quality and will mature
on or before the settlement date of the mortgage dollar roll or reverse
repurchase agreement, the Advisor believes that such arbitrage transactions do
not present the risks to the Fund that are associated with other types of
leverage.
SHORT SALES
The Fund may sell securities short (1) to hedge unrealized gains on portfolio
securities or (2) if it covers such short sale with liquid assets as required
by the current rules and positions of the SEC or its staff. Selling securities
short against the box involves selling a security that the Fund owns or has the
right to acquire, for delivery at a specified date in the future. If the Fund
sells securities short against the box, it may protect unrealized gains, but
will lose the opportunity to profit on such securities if the price rises.
SMALL AND MEDIUM COMPANIES
The Fund may invest its assets in small and medium companies. While small and
medium companies generally have the potential for rapid growth, investments in
small and medium companies often involve greater risks than investments in
larger, more established companies because small and medium companies may lack
the management experience, financial resources, product diversification, and
competitive strengths of larger companies. In addition, in many instances the
securities of small and medium companies are traded only OTC or on a regional
securities exchange, and the frequency and volume of their trading is
substantially less than is typical of larger companies. Therefore, the
securities of small and medium companies may be subject to greater and more
abrupt price fluctuations. When making large sales, the Fund may have to sell
portfolio holdings at discounts from quoted prices or may have to make a series
of small sales over an extended period of time due to the trading volume of
small and medium company securities. Investors should be aware that, based on
the foregoing factors, an investment in the Fund may be subject to greater
price fluctuations than an investment in the Fund that invests primarily in
larger, more established companies. The Advisor's research efforts may also
play a greater role in selecting securities for the Fund than in the Fund that
invests in larger, more established companies.
STANDBY COMMITMENTS
In order to facilitate portfolio liquidity, the Fund may acquire standby
commitments from brokers, dealers, or banks with respect to securities in its
portfolio. Standby commitments entitle the holder to achieve same-day
settlement and receive an exercise price equal to the amortized cost of the
underlying security plus accrued interest. Standby commitments generally
increase the cost of the acquisition of the underlying security, thereby
reducing the yield. Standby commitments are subject to the issuer's ability to
fulfill its obligation upon demand. Although no definitive creditworthiness
criteria are used, the Advisor
11
<PAGE>
reviews the creditworthiness of the brokers, dealers, and banks from which the
Fund obtains standby commitments to evaluate those risks.
U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES
U.S. government securities are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or
its agencies or instrumentalities. Securities issued by the government include
U.S. Treasury obligations, such as Treasury bills, notes, and bonds. Securities
issued by government agencies or instrumentalities include obligations of the
following:
- - the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration,
Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, and
the Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA"), including GNMA
pass-through certificates, whose securities are supported by the full faith
and credit of the United States;
- - the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and the
Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of
the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury;
- - the Federal National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by
the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain
obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and
- - the Student Loan Marketing Association, the Interamerican Development Bank,
and International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, whose securities
are supported only by the credit of such agencies.
Although the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S.
government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given
that it will always do so. The U.S. government and its agencies and
instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities;
consequently, the value of such securities will fluctuate.
WARRANTS
The Fund may acquire warrants. Warrants are securities giving the holder the
right, but not the obligation, to buy the stock of an issuer at a given price
(generally higher than the value of the stock at the time of issuance) during a
specified period or perpetually. Warrants may be acquired separately or in
connection with the acquisition of securities. Warrants do not carry with them
the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to the securities that
they entitle their holder to purchase, and they do not represent any rights in
the assets of the issuer. As a result, warrants may be considered to have more
speculative characteristics than certain other types of investments. In
addition, the value of a warrant does not necessarily change with the value of
the underlying securities, and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not
exercised prior to its expiration date.
WHEN-ISSUED AND DELAYED-DELIVERY SECURITIES
The Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis.
The price of debt obligations so purchased, which may be expressed in yield
terms, generally is fixed at the time the commitment to purchase is made, but
delivery and payment for the securities take place at a later date. During the
period between the purchase and settlement, no payment is made by the Fund to
the issuer and no interest on the debt obligations accrues to the Fund.
Forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be
purchased declines prior to the settlement date, which risk is in addition to
the risk of decline in value of the Fund's other assets. While when-issued and
delayed-delivery securities may be sold prior to the settlement date, the Fund
intends to purchase such securities with the purpose of actually acquiring them
unless a sale appears desirable for investment reasons. At the time the Fund
makes the commitment to purchase these types of securities, it will record the
transaction and reflect the value of the security in determining its net asset
value. The Fund does not believe that its net asset value will be adversely
affected by these types of securities purchases.
To the extent required by the SEC, the Fund will maintain cash and marketable
securities equal in value to commitments for when-issued or delayed-delivery
securities. Such segregated securities either will mature or, if necessary, be
sold on or before the settlement date. When the time comes to pay for
when-issued or delayed-delivery securities, the Fund will meet its obligations
from then-available cash flow, sale of the securities held in the separate
account, described above, sale of other securities or, although it would not
normally expect to do so, from the sale of the when-issued or delayed-delivery
securities themselves (which may have a market value greater or less than the
Fund's payment obligation).
ZERO-COUPON, STEP-COUPON, AND PAY-IN-KIND SECURITIES
11
<PAGE>
The Fund may invest in zero-coupon, step-coupon, and pay-in-kind securities.
These securities are debt securities that do not make regular cash interest
payments. Zero-coupon and step-coupon securities are sold at a deep discount
to their face value. Pay-in-kind securities pay interest through the issuance
of additional securities. Because such securities do not pay current cash
income, the price of these securities can be volatile when interest rates
fluctuate. While these securities do not pay current cash income, federal
income tax law requires the holders of zero-coupon, step-coupon, and
pay-in-kind securities to include in income each year the portion of the
original issue discount (or deemed discount) and other non-cash income on such
securities accruing that year. In order to continue to qualify as a "regulated
investment company" or "RIC" under the IRC and avoid a certain excise tax, the
Fund may be required to distribute a portion of such discount and income and
may be required to dispose of other portfolio securities, which may occur in
periods of adverse market prices, in order to generate cash to meet these
distribution requirements.
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
The Board of Directors of the Fund is responsible for managing the Fund's
business and affairs. Directors and officers of the Fund, together with
information as to their principal business occupations during the last five
years, and other information are shown below. Each director who is deemed an
"interested person," as defined in the 1940 Act, is indicated by an asterisk
(*). Each officer and director holds the same position with the 27 registered
open-end management investment companies consisting of 53 mutual funds ("Strong
Funds"). The Strong Funds, in the aggregate, pay each Director who is not a
director, officer, or employee of the Advisor, or any affiliated company (a
"disinterested director") an annual fee of $50,000, plus $100 per Board meeting
for each Strong Fund. In addition, each disinterested director is reimbursed
by the Strong Funds for travel and other expenses incurred in connection with
attendance at such meetings. Other officers and directors of the Strong Funds
receive no compensation or expense reimbursement from the Strong Funds.
*RICHARD S. STRONG (DOB 5/12/42), Director and Chairman of the Board of the
Strong Funds.
Prior to August 1985, Mr. Strong was Chief Executive Officer of the Advisor,
which he founded in 1974. Since August 1985, Mr. Strong has been a Security
Analyst and Portfolio Manager of the Advisor. In October 1991, Mr. Strong also
became the Chairman of the Advisor. Mr. Strong is a Director of the Advisor.
Mr. Strong has been in the investment management business since 1967.
MARVIN E. NEVINS (DOB 7/19/18), Director of the Strong Funds.
Private Investor. From 1945 to 1980, Mr. Nevins was Chairman of Wisconsin
Centrifugal Inc., a foundry. Mr. Nevins is a former Chairman of the Wisconsin
Association of Manufacturers & Commerce. He has been a Director of A-Life
Medical, Inc., San Diego, CA since 1996 and Surface Systems, Inc. (a weather
information company), St. Louis, MO since 1992. He was also a regent of the
Milwaukee School of Engineering and a member of the Board of Trustees of the
Medical College of Wisconsin and Carroll College.
WILLIE D. DAVIS (DOB 7/24/34), Director of the Strong Funds.
Mr. Davis has been Director of Alliance Bank since 1980, Sara Lee Corporation
(a food/consumer products company) since 1983, KMart Corporation (a discount
consumer products company) since 1985, Dow Chemical Company since 1988, MGM
Grand, Inc. (an entertainment/hotel company) since 1990, WICOR, Inc. (a utility
company) since 1990, Johnson Controls, Inc. (an industrial company) since 1992,
and Rally's Hamburger, Inc. since 1994. Mr. Davis has been a trustee of the
University of Chicago since 1980 and Marquette University since 1988. Since
1977, Mr. Davis has been President and Chief Executive Officer of All Pro
Broadcasting, Inc. Mr. Davis was a Director of the Fireman's Fund (an
insurance company) from 1975 until 1990.
STANLEY KRITZIK (DOB 1/9/30), Director of the Strong Funds.
Mr. Kritzik has been a Partner of Metropolitan Associates since 1962, a
Director of Aurora Health Care since 1987, and Health Network Ventures, Inc.
since 1992.
13
<PAGE>
WILLIAM F. VOGT (DOB 7/19/47), Director of the Strong Funds.
Mr. Vogt has been the President of Vogt Management Consulting, Inc. since 1990.
From 1982 until 1990, he served as Executive Director of University Physicians
of the University of Colorado. Mr. Vogt is the Past President of the Medical
Group Management Association and a Fellow of the American College of Medical
Practice Executives.
THOMAS P. LEMKE (DOB 7/30/54), Vice President of the Strong Funds.
Mr. Lemke has been Senior Vice President, Secretary, and General Counsel of the
Advisor since September 1994. For two years prior to joining the Advisor, Mr.
Lemke acted as Resident Counsel for Funds Management at J.P. Morgan & Co., Inc.
From February 1989 until April 1992, Mr. Lemke acted as Associate General
Counsel to Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., Inc. For two years prior to that, Mr.
Lemke was Of Counsel at the Washington D.C. law firm of Tew Jorden & Schulte, a
successor of Finley, Kumble & Wagner. From August 1979 until December 1986,
Mr. Lemke worked at the SEC, most notably as the Chief Counsel to the Division
of Investment Management (November 1984 - December 1986), and as Special
Counsel to the Office of Insurance Products, Division of Investment Management
(April 1982 - October 1984).
STEPHEN J. SHENKENBERG (DOB 6/14/58), Vice President and Secretary of the
Strong Funds.
Mr. Shenkenberg has been Deputy General Counsel of the Advisor since November
1996. From December 1992 until November 1996, Mr. Shenkenberg acted as
Associate Counsel to the Advisor. From June 1987 until December 1992, Mr.
Shenkenberg was an attorney for Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., a Milwaukee law firm.
JOHN S. WEITZER (DOB 10/31/67), Vice President of the Strong Funds.
Mr. Weitzer has been Senior Counsel of the Advisor since December 1997. From
July 1993 until December 1997, Mr. Weitzer acted as Associate Counsel to the
Advisor.
MARY F. HOPPA (DOB 5/31/64), Vice President of the Strong Funds.
Ms. Hoppa has been Vice President and Director of Mutual Fund Administration of
the Advisor since January 1998. From October 1996 to January 1998, Ms. Hoppa
acted as Director of Transfer Agency Services of the Advisor and, from January
1988 to October 1996, as Transfer Agency Systems Liaison Manager of the
Advisor. From January 1987 to January 1988, Ms. Hoppa acted as a Shareholder
Services Associate of the Advisor.
JOHN W. WIDMER (DOB 1/19/65), Treasurer of the Strong Funds.
Mr. Widmer has been Manager of Financial Management & Sales Reporting Systems
since May 1997. From May 1992 to May 1997, Mr. Widmer was an Accounting and
Business Advisory Manager in the Milwaukee office of Arthur Andersen LLP. From
June 1987 to May 1992, Mr. Widmer was an accountant at Arthur Andersen LLP.
RHONDA K. HAIGHT (DOB 11/13/64), Assistant Treasurer of the Strong Funds.
14
<PAGE>
Ms. Haight has been Manager of the Mutual Fund Accounting Department of the
Advisor since January 1994. From May 1990 to January 1994, Ms. Haight was a
supervisor in the Mutual Fund Accounting Department of the Advisor. From June
1987 to May 1990, Ms. Haight was a Mutual Fund Accountant of the Advisor.
Except for Messrs. Nevins, Davis, Kritzik, and Vogt, the address of all of the
above persons is P.O. Box 2936, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201. Mr. Nevins'
address is 6075 Pelican Bay Boulevard, Naples, Florida 34108. Mr. Davis'
address is 161 North La Brea, Inglewood, California 90301. Mr. Kritzik's
address is 1123 North Astor Street, P.O. Box 92547, Milwaukee, Wisconsin
53202-0547. Mr. Vogt's address is 2830 East Third Avenue, Denver, Colorado
80206.
Unless otherwise noted below, as of March 31, 1999, the officers and directors
of the Fund in the aggregate beneficially owned less than 1% of the Fund's then
outstanding shares.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
FUND SHARES PERCENT
- ---- ------ -------
Schafer Value Fund II 51,816 8.80%
</TABLE>
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
Except for the organizational shares of the Fund, the Fund's shares may only be
held of record by the separate accounts of insurance companies. As of March
31, 1999, the following insurance companies owned of record or is known by the
Fund to own of record or beneficially more than 5% of the Fund's then
outstanding shares:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
NAME AND ADDRESS SHARES PERCENT
- ---------------------------------- ------- -------
The Travelers Separate Account 447,668 76.05%
1 Tower Square #5MS
Hartford, CT 06183
Peoples Benefit Life Insurance Co. 68,702 11.67%
4333 Edgewood Road NE
Cedar Rapids, IA 52499
Strong Investments, Inc. 51,816 8.80%
100 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, WI 53051
</TABLE>
Any person owning more than 25% of the Fund's shares may be considered a
"controlling person" of the Fund. Accordingly, a controlling person's vote
could have a more significant effect on matters presented to shareholders for
approval than the vote of other Fund shareholders.
INVESTMENT ADVISOR
The Fund has entered into an Advisory Agreement with Strong Capital Management,
Inc. ("Advisor"). Mr. Strong controls the Advisor due to his stock ownership
of the Advisor. Mr. Strong is the Chairman and a Director of the Advisor, Mr.
Lemke is a Senior Vice President, Secretary, and General Counsel of the
Advisor, Mr. Shenkenberg is Vice President, Assistant Secretary, and Deputy
General Counsel of the Advisor, Ms. Hoppa is a Senior Vice President of the
Advisor, Mr. Weitzer is Senior Counsel of the Advisor, and Ms. Haight is the
Manager of the Mutual Fund Accounting Department. As of March 31, 1999, the
Advisor had $34 billion under management.
The Advisory Agreement is required to be approved annually by either the Board
of Directors of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the Fund's outstanding
voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act). In either case, each annual
renewal must be
15
<PAGE>
approved by the vote of a majority of the Fund's directors who are not parties
to the Advisory Agreement or interested persons of any such party, cast in
person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The
Advisory Agreement is terminable, without penalty, on 60 days written notice by
the Board of Directors of the Fund, by vote of a majority of the Fund's
outstanding voting securities, or by the Advisor, and will terminate
automatically in the event of its assignment.
Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Advisor manages the Fund's
investments subject to the supervision of the Fund's Board of Directors. The
Advisor is responsible for investment decisions and supplies investment
research and portfolio management. The Advisory Agreement authorizes the
Advisor to delegate its investment advisory duties to a subadvisor in
accordance with a written agreement under which the subadvisor would furnish
such investment advisory services to the Advisor. In that situation, the
Advisor continues to have responsibility for all investment advisory services
furnished by the subadvisor under the subadvisory agreement. At its expense,
the Advisor provides office space and all necessary office facilities,
equipment and personnel for servicing the investments of the Fund. The Advisor
places all orders for the purchase and sale of the Fund's portfolio securities
at the Fund's expense.
Except for expenses assumed by the Advisor, as set forth above, or by Strong
Investments, Inc. with respect to the distribution of the Fund's shares, the
Fund is responsible for all its other expenses, including, without limitation,
interest charges, taxes, brokerage commissions, and similar expenses; expenses
of issue, sale, repurchase or redemption of shares; expenses of registering or
qualifying shares for sale with the states and the SEC; expenses for printing
and distribution of prospectuses to existing shareholders; charges of
custodians (including fees as custodian for keeping books and similar services
for the Fund), transfer agents (including the printing and mailing of reports
and notices to shareholders), registrars, auditing and legal services, and
clerical services related to recordkeeping and shareholder relations; printing
of stock certificates; fees for directors who are not "interested persons" of
the Advisor; expenses of indemnification; extraordinary expenses; and costs of
shareholder and director meetings.
As compensation for its services, the Fund pays to the Advisor a monthly
management fee at the annual rate specified below of the average daily net
asset value of the Fund. From time to time, the Advisor may voluntarily waive
all or a portion of its management fee for the Fund.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
FUND ANNUAL RATE
- --------------------- -----------
Schafer Value Fund II 1.00%
</TABLE>
The Fund paid the following management fees for the time periods indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
MANAGEMENT FEE
FISCAL YEAR ENDED MANAGEMENT FEE ($) WAIVER ($) AFTER WAIVER ($)
- ----------------- ------------------ ---------- ----------------
12/31/97(1) 1,310 0 1,310
12/31/98 13,864 0 13,864
</TABLE>
(1) Commenced operations on October 10, 1997.
The organizational expenses for the Fund which were advanced by the Advisor and
which will be reimbursed by the Fund over a period of not more than 60 months
from the Fund's date of inception are listed below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
FUND ORGANIZATIONAL EXPENSES
- --------------------- -----------------------
Schafer Value Fund II $7,946
</TABLE>
The Advisory Agreement requires the Advisor to reimburse the Fund in the event
that the expenses and charges payable by the Fund in any fiscal year, including
the management fee but excluding taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, and
similar fees
15
<PAGE>
and to the extent permitted extraordinary expenses, exceed two percent (2%) of
the average net asset value of the Fund for such year, as determined by
valuations made as of the close of each business day of the year.
Reimbursement of expenses in excess of the applicable limitation will be made
on a monthly basis and will be paid to the Fund by reduction of the Advisor's
fee, subject to later adjustment, month by month, for the remainder of the
Fund's fiscal year. The Advisor may from time to time voluntarily absorb
expenses for the Fund in addition to the reimbursement of expenses in excess of
applicable limitations.
On July 12, 1994, the SEC filed an administrative action ("Order") against the
Advisor, Mr. Strong, and another employee of the Advisor in connection with
conduct that occurred between 1987 and early 1990. In re Strong/Corneliuson
Capital Management, Inc., et al. Admin. Proc. File No. 3-8411. The proceeding
was settled by consent without admitting or denying the allegations in the
Order. The Order found that the Advisor and Mr. Strong aided and abetted
violations of Section 17(a) of the 1940 Act by effecting trades between mutual
funds, and between mutual funds and Harbour Investments Ltd. ("Harbour"),
without complying with the exemptive provisions of SEC Rule 17a-7 or otherwise
obtaining an exemption. It further found that the Advisor violated, and Mr.
Strong aided and abetted violations of, the disclosure provisions of the 1940
Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 by misrepresenting the Advisor's
policy on personal trading and by failing to disclose trading by Harbour, an
entity in which principals of the Advisor owned between 18 and 25 percent of
the voting stock. As part of the settlement, the respondents agreed to a
censure and a cease and desist order and the Advisor agreed to various
undertakings, including adoption of certain procedures and a limitation for six
months on accepting certain types of new advisory clients.
On June 6, 1996, the Department of Labor ("DOL") filed an action against the
Advisor for equitable relief alleging violations of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA") in connection with cross trades that
occurred between 1987 and late 1989 involving certain pension accounts managed
by the Advisor. Contemporaneous with this filing, the Advisor, without
admitting or denying the DOL's allegations, agreed to the entry of a consent
judgment resolving all matters relating to the allegations. Reich v. Strong
Capital Management, Inc., (U.S.D.C. E.D. WI) ("Consent Judgment"). Under the
terms of the Consent Judgment, the Advisor agreed to reimburse the affected
accounts a total of $5.9 million. The settlement did not have any material
impact on the Advisor's financial position or operations.
The Fund and the Advisor have adopted a Code of Ethics ("Code") which governs
the personal trading activities of all "Access Persons" of the Advisor. Access
Persons include every director and officer of the Advisor and the investment
companies managed by the Advisor, including the Fund, as well as certain
employees of the Advisor who have access to information relating to the
purchase or sale of securities by the Advisor on behalf of accounts managed by
it. The Code is based upon the principal that such Access Persons have a
fiduciary duty to place the interests of the Fund and the Advisor 's other
clients ahead of their own.
The Code requires Access Persons (other than Access Persons who are independent
directors of the investment companies managed by the Advisor, including the
Fund) to, among other things, preclear their securities transactions (with
limited exceptions, such as transactions in shares of mutual funds, direct
obligations of the U.S. government, and certain options on broad-based
securities market indexes) and to execute such transactions through the
Advisor's trading department. The Code, which applies to all Access Persons
(other than Access Persons who are independent directors of the investment
companies managed by the Advisor, including the Fund), includes a ban on
acquiring any securities in an initial public offering, other than a new
offering of a registered open-end investment company, and a prohibition from
profiting on short-term trading in securities. In addition, no Access Person
may purchase or sell any security which is contemporaneously being purchased or
sold, or to the knowledge of the Access Person, is being considered for
purchase or sale, by the Advisor on behalf of any mutual fund or other account
managed by it. Finally, the Code provides for trading "black out" periods of
seven calendar days during which time Access Persons who are portfolio managers
may not trade in securities which have been purchased or sold by any mutual
fund or other account managed by the portfolio manager.
The Advisor provides investment advisory services for multiple clients through
different types of investment accounts (E.G., mutual funds, hedge funds,
separately managed accounts, etc.) who may have similar or different investment
objectives and investment policies (E.G., some accounts may have an active
trading strategy while others follow a "buy and hold" strategy). In managing
these accounts, the Advisor seeks to maximize each account's return, consistent
with the account's investment objectives and investment strategies. While the
Advisor's policies are designed to ensure that over time similarly-situated
clients receive similar treatment, to the maximum extent possible, because of
the range of the Advisor's clients, the Advisor may give advice and take action
with respect to one account that may differ from the advice given, or the
timing or nature of action taken, with respect to another account (the Advisor,
its principals and associates also may take such actions in their
16
<PAGE>
personal securities transactions, to the extent permitted by and consistent
with the Code). For example, the Advisor may use the same investment style in
managing two accounts, but one may have a shorter-term horizon and accept
high-turnover while the other may have a longer-term investment horizon and
desire to minimize turnover. If the Advisor reasonably believes that a
particular security may provide an attractive opportunity due to short-term
volatility but may no longer be attractive on a long-term basis, the Advisor
may cause accounts with a shorter-term investment horizon to buy the security
at the same time it is causing accounts with a longer-term investment horizon
to sell the security. The Advisor takes all reasonable steps to ensure that
investment opportunities are, over time, allocated to accounts on a fair and
equitable basis relative to the other similarly-situated accounts and that the
investment activities of different accounts do not unfairly disadvantage other
accounts.
From time to time, the Advisor votes the shares owned by the Fund according to
its Statement of General Proxy Voting Policy ("Proxy Voting Policy"). The
general principal of the Proxy Voting Policy is to vote any beneficial interest
in an equity security prudently and solely in the best long-term economic
interest of the Fund and its beneficiaries considering all relevant factors and
without undue influence from individuals or groups who may have an economic
interest in the outcome of a proxy vote. Shareholders may obtain a copy of the
Proxy Voting Policy upon request from the Advisor.
The Advisor also provides a program of custom portfolio management called the
Strong Advisor. This program is designed to determine which investment
approach fits an investor's financial needs and then provides the investor with
a custom built portfolio of Strong Funds based on that allocation. The
Advisor, on behalf of participants in the Strong Advisor program, may determine
to invest a portion of the program's assets in any one Strong Fund, which
investment, particularly in the case of a smaller Strong Fund, could represent
a material portion of the Fund's assets. In such cases, a decision to redeem
the Strong Advisor program's investment in a Fund on short notice could raise a
potential conflict of interest for the Advisor, between the interests of
participants in the Strong Advisor program and of the Fund's other
shareholders. In general, the Advisor does not expect to direct the Strong
Advisor program to make redemption requests on short notice. However, should
the Advisor determine this to be necessary, the Advisor will use its best
efforts and act in good faith to balance the potentially competing interests of
participants in the Strong Advisor program and the Fund's other shareholders in
a manner the Advisor deems most appropriate for both parties in light of the
circumstances.
From time to time, the Advisor may make available to third parties current and
historical information about the portfolio holdings of the Advisor's mutual
funds or other clients. Release may be made to entities such as fund ratings
entities, industry trade groups, and financial publications. Generally, the
Advisor will release this type of information only where it is otherwise
publicly available. This information may also be released where the Advisor
reasonably believes that the release will not be to the detriment of the best
interests of its clients.
For more complete information about the Advisor, including its services,
investment strategies, policies, and procedures, please call 1-800-368-3863 and
ask for a copy of the Advisor's Form ADV.
INVESTMENT SUBADVISOR
The Advisor has entered into a Subadvisory Agreement with Schafer Capital
Management, Inc. ( "Subadvisor") with respect to Schafer Value Fund II. Under
the terms of the Subadvisory Agreement, the Subadvisor furnishes investment
advisory and portfolio management services to the Fund with respect to its
investments. The Subadvisor is responsible for decisions to buy and sell the
Fund's investments and all other transactions related to investment and the
negotiation of brokerage commissions, if any, except that the Advisor is
responsible for managing the cash equivalent investments maintained by the Fund
in the ordinary course of its business and which, on average, are expected to
equal approximately five percent of the Fund's total assets. During the term
of the Subadvisory Agreement, the Subadvisor will bear all expenses incurred by
it in connection with its services under such agreement. The Subadvisory
Agreement requires the Advisor, not the Fund, to pay the Subadvisor a fee,
computed and paid monthly, at an annual rate of 0.60% of the Fund's average
daily net asset value.
The Subadvisory Agreement may be terminated at any time, without payment of any
penalty, by vote of the Board of Directors of the Fund or by a vote of a
majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund on 60 days written
notice to the Subadvisor. The Subadvisory Agreement may also be terminated by
the Advisor for breach upon 20 days notice, immediately in the event that the
Subadvisor becomes unable to discharge its duties and obligations, and upon 60
days notice for any reason. The Subadvisory Agreement may be terminated by the
Subadvisor upon 180 days notice for any reason. The Subadvisory Agreement will
terminate automatically in the event of its unauthorized assignment.
18
<PAGE>
The Subadvisor received the following subadvisory fees from the Advisor for the
time periods indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED SUBADVISORY FEE ($)
- ----------------- -------------------
12/31/97* 786
12/31/98 6,643
</TABLE>
* Commenced operations on September 30, 1997.
The Subadvisor has adopted a Code of Ethics which is substantially identical to
the Code discussed above under "Investment Advisor."
The Advisor has two relationships with the Subadvisor that are not related to
the subadvisory arrangement for the Fund. On September 7, 1997, the Subadviser
and the Advisor entered into a Limited Liability Company Agreement (the "LLC
Agreement") forming Strong Schafer Capital Management, L.L.C. (the "LLC"). The
LLC contemplates that the Subadvisor, subject to obtaining necessary regulatory
approvals, including, without limitation, approval of the shareholders of
Strong Schafer Value Fund (the "Schafer Fund"), will cause the LLC to become
the investment adviser to the Schafer Fund. The LLC agreement further provides
that each of the Subadvisor and the Advisor shall be members of the LLC, with
the Subadvisor as the managing member, and grants to Strong an option, pursuant
to which Strong may purchase the Subadvisor's interest in the LLC, which is
first exercisable on January 10, 2001, or earlier in the event of certain other
circumstances. Under the LLC Agreement, the Advisor, together with its
subsidiary, Strong Funds Distributors, Inc., is to act as distributor of the
Schafer Fund and to pay for and provide marketing assistance. The Advisor has
provided transfer agency and fund accounting services to the Schafer Fund since
January 1996. Second, since March 31, 1997, Matthew D. Strong, the son of
Richard S. Strong, CEO and controlling shareholder of the Advisor, has been
employed by Schafer Cullen Capital Management, Inc., an affiliate of the
Subadvisor, as a research analyst. Matthew D. Strong has a beneficial interest
in certain trusts which hold shares of the Advisor. In addition to the Fund,
the Subadvisor also serves as an investment subadviser to certain other
accounts for which the Advisor acts as either investment adviser or subadviser.
DISTRIBUTOR
Under a Distribution Agreement with the Fund ("Distribution Agreement"), Strong
Investments, Inc. ("Distributor") acts as underwriter of the Fund's shares.
Mr. Strong is the Chairman and Director of the Distributor, Mr. Lemke is a
Vice President of the Distributor, and Mr. Shenkenberg is a Vice President and
Secretary of the Distributor. The Distribution Agreement provides that the
Distributor will use its best efforts to distribute the Fund's shares. Shares
are only offered and sold to the separate accounts of certain insurance
companies. Since the Fund is a "no-load" fund, no sales commissions are
charged on the purchase of Fund shares. Certain sales charges may apply to the
variable annuity or life insurance contract, which should be described in the
prospectus of the insurance company's separate account. The Distribution
Agreement further provides that the Distributor will bear the additional costs
of printing prospectuses and shareholder reports which are used for selling
purposes, as well as advertising and other costs attributable to the
distribution of the Fund's shares. The Distributor is an indirect subsidiary
of the Advisor and controlled by the Advisor and Mr. Strong. The Distribution
Agreement is subject to the same termination and renewal provisions as are
described above with respect to the Advisory Agreement.
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
The Advisor is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the
Fund and for the placement of the Fund's investment business and the
negotiation of the commissions to be paid on such transactions. Reference in
this section to the Advisor also refer to the Subadvisor unless indicated
otherwise. It is the policy of the Advisor, to seek the best execution at the
best security price available with respect to each transaction, in light of the
overall quality of brokerage and research services provided to the Advisor, or
the Fund. In OTC transactions, orders are placed directly with a principal
market maker unless it is believed that a better price and execution can be
obtained using a broker. The best price to the Fund means the best net price
without regard to
19
<PAGE>
the mix between purchase or sale price and commissions, if any. In selecting
broker-dealers and in negotiating commissions, the Advisor considers a variety
of factors, including best price and execution, the full range of brokerage
services provided by the broker, as well as its capital strength and stability,
and the quality of the research and research services provided by the broker.
Brokerage will not be allocated based on the sale of any shares of the Strong
Funds.
The Advisor has adopted procedures that provide generally for the Advisor to
seek to bunch orders for the purchase or sale of the same security for the
Fund, other mutual funds managed by the Advisor, and other advisory clients
(collectively, "client accounts"). The Advisor will bunch orders when it deems
it to be appropriate and in the best interest of the client accounts. When a
bunched order is filled in its entirety, each participating client account will
participate at the average share price for the bunched order on the same
business day, and transaction costs shall be shared pro rata based on each
client's participation in the bunched order. When a bunched order is only
partially filled, the securities purchased will be allocated on a pro rata
basis to each client account participating in the bunched order based upon the
initial amount requested for the account, subject to certain exceptions, and
each participating account will participate at the average share price for the
bunched order on the same business day.
Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Section 28(e)") permits
an investment advisor, under certain circumstances, to cause an account to pay
a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction in excess of the
amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting
the transaction in recognition of the value of the brokerage and research
services provided by the broker or dealer. Brokerage and research services
include (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability
of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of
securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and
reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and
trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting
securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as
clearance, settlement, and custody).
In carrying out the provisions of the Advisory Agreement, the Advisor may cause
the Fund to pay a broker, which provides brokerage and research services to the
Advisor, a commission for effecting a securities transaction in excess of the
amount another broker would have charged for effecting the transaction. The
Advisor believes it is important to its investment decision-making process to
have access to independent research. The Advisory Agreement provides that such
higher commissions will not be paid by the Fund unless (1) the Advisor
determines in good faith that the amount is reasonable in relation to the
services in terms of the particular transaction or in terms of the Advisor's
overall responsibilities with respect to the accounts as to which it exercises
investment discretion; (2) such payment is made in compliance with the
provisions of Section 28(e), other applicable state and federal laws, and the
Advisory Agreement; and (3) in the opinion of the Advisor, the total
commissions paid by the Fund will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to
the Fund over the long term. The investment management fee paid by the Fund
under the Advisory Agreement is not reduced as a result of the Advisor's
receipt of research services.
Generally, research services provided by brokers may include information on the
economy, industries, groups of securities, individual companies, statistical
information, accounting and tax law interpretations, political developments,
legal developments affecting portfolio securities, technical market action,
pricing and appraisal services, credit analysis, risk measurement analysis,
performance analysis, and analysis of corporate responsibility issues. Such
research services are received primarily in the form of written reports,
telephone contacts, and personal meetings with security analysts. In addition,
such research services may be provided in the form of access to various
computer-generated data, computer hardware and software, and meetings arranged
with corporate and industry spokespersons, economists, academicians, and
government representatives. In some cases, research services are generated by
third parties but are provided to the Advisor by or through brokers. Such
brokers may pay for all or a portion of computer hardware and software costs
relating to the pricing of securities.
Where the Advisor itself receives both administrative benefits and research and
brokerage services from the services provided by brokers, it makes a good faith
allocation between the administrative benefits and the research and brokerage
services, and will pay for any administrative benefits with cash. In making
good faith allocations between administrative benefits and research and
brokerage services, a conflict of interest may exist by reason of the Advisor's
allocation of the costs of such benefits and services between those that
primarily benefit the Advisor and those that primarily benefit the Fund and
other advisory clients.
19
<PAGE>
From time to time, the Advisor may purchase new issues of securities for the
Fund in a fixed income price offering. In these situations, the seller may be a
member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling the securities to
the Fund and other advisory clients, provide the Advisor with research. The
NASD has adopted rules expressly permitting these types of arrangements under
certain circumstances. Generally, the seller will provide research "credits" in
these situations at a rate that is higher than that which is available for
typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within
the safe harbor of Section 28(e).
At least annually, the Advisor considers the amount and nature of research and
research services provided by brokers, as well as the extent to which such
services are relied upon, and attempts to allocate a portion of the brokerage
business of the Fund and other advisory clients on the basis of that
consideration. In addition, brokers may suggest a level of business they would
like to receive in order to continue to provide such services. The actual
brokerage business received by a broker may be more or less than the suggested
allocations, depending upon the Advisor's evaluation of all applicable
considerations.
The Advisor has informal arrangements with various brokers whereby, in
consideration for providing research services and subject to Section 28(e), the
Advisor allocates brokerage to those firms, provided that the value of any
research and brokerage services was reasonable in relationship to the amount of
commission paid and was subject to best execution. In no case will the
Advisor make binding commitments as to the level of brokerage commissions it
will allocate to a broker, nor will it commit to pay cash if any informal
targets are not met. The Advisor anticipates it will continue to enter into
such brokerage arrangements.
The Advisor may direct the purchase of securities on behalf of the Fund and
other advisory clients in secondary market transactions, in public offerings
directly from an underwriter, or in privately negotiated transactions with an
issuer. When the Advisor believes the circumstances so warrant, securities
purchased in public offerings may be resold shortly after acquisition in the
immediate aftermarket for the security in order to take advantage of price
appreciation from the public offering price or for other reasons. Short-term
trading of securities acquired in public offerings, or otherwise, may result in
higher portfolio turnover and associated brokerage expenses.
With respect to the Fund's foreign equity investing, the Advisor is responsible
for selecting brokers in connection with foreign securities transactions. The
fixed commissions paid in connection with most foreign stock transactions are
usually higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. stock transactions. Foreign
stock exchanges and brokers are subject to less government supervision and
regulation as compared with the U.S. exchanges and brokers. In addition,
foreign security settlements may in some instances be subject to delays and
related administrative uncertainties.
The Advisor places portfolio transactions for other advisory accounts,
including other mutual funds managed by the Advisor. Research services
furnished by firms through which the Fund effects its securities transactions
may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts; not all of such
services may be used by the Advisor in connection with the Fund. In the
opinion of the Advisor, it is not possible to measure separately the benefits
from research services to each of the accounts managed by the Advisor. Because
the volume and nature of the trading activities of the accounts are not
uniform, the amount of commissions in excess of those charged by another broker
paid by each account for brokerage and research services will vary. However,
in the opinion of the Advisor, such costs to the Fund will not be
disproportionate to the benefits received by the Fund on a continuing basis.
The Advisor seeks to allocate portfolio transactions equitably whenever
concurrent decisions are made to purchase or sell securities by the Fund and
another advisory account. In some cases, this procedure could have an adverse
effect on the price or the amount of securities available to the Fund. In
making such allocations between the Fund and other advisory accounts, the main
factors considered by the Advisor are the respective investment objectives, the
relative size of portfolio holdings of the same or comparable securities, the
availability of cash for investment, the size of investment commitments
generally held, and the opinions of the persons responsible for recommending
the investment.
Where consistent with a client's investment objectives, investment
restrictions, and risk tolerance, the Advisor may purchase securities sold in
underwritten public offerings for client accounts, commonly referred to as
"deal" securities. The Advisor has adopted deal allocation procedures
("Procedures"), summarized below, that reflect the Advisor's overriding policy
that deal securities must be allocated among participating client accounts in a
fair and equitable manner and that deal securities may not be allocated in a
manner that unfairly discriminates in favor of certain clients or types of
clients.
21
<PAGE>
The Procedures provide that, in determining which client accounts a portfolio
manager team will seek to have purchase deal securities, the team will consider
all relevant factors including, but not limited to, the nature, size, and
expected allocation to the Advisor of deal securities; the size of the
account(s); the accounts' investment objectives and restrictions; the risk
tolerance of the client; the client's tolerance for possibly higher portfolio
turnover; the amount of commissions generated by the account during the past
year; and the number and nature of other deals the client has participated in
during the past year.
Where more than one of the Advisor's portfolio manager team seeks to have
client accounts participate in a deal and the amount of deal securities
allocated to the Advisor by the underwriting syndicate is less than the
aggregate amount ordered by the Advisor (a "reduced allocation"), the deal
securities will be allocated among the portfolio manager teams based on all
relevant factors. The primary factor shall be assets under management,
although other factors that may be considered in the allocation decision
include, but are not limited to, the nature, size, and expected allocation of
the deal; the amount of brokerage commissions or other amounts generated by the
respective participating portfolio manager teams; and which portfolio manager
team is primarily responsible for the Advisor receiving securities in the deal.
Based on relevant factors, the Advisor has established general allocation
percentages for its portfolio manager teams, and these percentages are reviewed
on a regular basis to determine whether asset growth or other factors make it
appropriate to use different general allocation percentages for reduced
allocations.
When a portfolio manager team receives a reduced allocation of deal securities,
the portfolio manager team will allocate the reduced allocation among client
accounts in accordance with the allocation percentages set forth in the team's
initial allocation instructions for the deal securities, except where this
would result in a DE MINIMIS allocation to any client account. On a regular
basis, the Advisor reviews the allocation of deal securities to ensure that
they have been allocated in a fair and equitable manner that does not unfairly
discriminate in favor of certain clients or types of clients.
The Fund paid the following brokerage commissions for the time periods
indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS ($)
- ------------------ -------------------------
12/31/97 1,173
12/31/98 7,866
</TABLE>
Unless otherwise noted below, the Fund has not acquired securities of its
regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act) or
their parents:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
REGULAR BROKER OR DEALER (OR PARENT) ISSUER VALUE OF SECURITIES OWNED AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1998
- ------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc. $67,000
</TABLE>
CUSTODIAN
As custodian of the Fund's assets, Firstar Bank Milwaukee, N.A., P.O. Box 761,
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201, has custody of all securities and cash of the Fund,
delivers and receives payment for securities sold, receives and pays for
securities purchased, collects income from investments, and performs other
duties, all as directed by officers of the Fund. The custodian is in no way
responsible for any of the investment policies or decisions of the Fund.
TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT
The Advisor acts as transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent for the Fund
at no cost.
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
From time to time the Fund and/or the Advisor may enter into arrangements under
which certain administrative services may be performed by the insurance
companies that purchase shares of the Fund. These administrative services may
include, among
22
<PAGE>
other things, responding to ministerial inquiries concerning the Fund's
investment objective, investment program, policies and performance,
transmitting, on behalf of the Fund, proxy statements, annual reports, updated
prospectuses, and other communications regarding the Fund, and providing only
related services as the Fund or its shareholders may reasonably request.
Depending on the arrangements, the Fund and/or Advisor may compensate such
insurance companies or their agents directly or indirectly for the
administrative services. To the extent the Fund compensates the insurance
company for these services, the Fund will pay the insurance company an annual
fee that will vary depending upon the number of contract holders that utilize
the Fund as the funding medium for their contracts. The insurance company may
impose other account or service charges. See the prospectus for the separate
account of the insurance company for additional information regarding such
charges.
TAXES
GENERAL
The Fund intends to qualify annually for treatment as a regulated investment
company ("RIC") under Subchapter M of the IRC. If so qualified, the Fund will
not be liable for federal income tax on earnings and gains distributed to its
shareholders in a timely manner. This qualification does not involve
government supervision of the Fund's management practices or policies. The
following federal tax discussion is intended to provide you with an overview of
the impact of federal income tax provisions on the Fund or its shareholders.
These tax provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative
action at the federal, state, or local level, and any changes may be applied
retroactively. Any such action that limits or restricts the Fund's current
ability to pass-through earnings without taxation at the Fund level, or
otherwise materially changes the Fund's tax treatment, could adversely affect
the value of a shareholder's investment in the Fund. Because the Fund's taxes
are a complex matter, you should consult your tax adviser for more detailed
information concerning the taxation of the Fund and the federal, state, and
local tax consequences to shareholders of an investment in the Fund.
In order to qualify for treatment as a RIC under the IRC, the Fund must
distribute to its shareholders for each taxable year at least 90% of its
investment company taxable income (consisting generally of taxable net
investment income, net short-term capital gain, and net gains from certain
foreign currency transactions, if applicable) ("Distribution Requirement") and
must meet several additional requirements. These requirements include the
following: (1) the Fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income each
taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities
loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of securities (or foreign
currencies if applicable) or other income (including gains from options,
futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of
investing in securities ("Income Requirement"); (2) at the close of each
quarter of the Fund's taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total
assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities,
securities of other RICs, and other securities, with these other securities
limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount that does not exceed 5% of
the value of the Fund's total assets and that does not represent more than 10%
of the issuer's outstanding voting securities; and (3) at the close of each
quarter of the Fund's taxable year, not more than 25% of the value of its total
assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S. government securities or
the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer.
If Fund shares are sold at a loss after being held for 12 months or less, the
loss will be treated as long-term, instead of short-term, capital loss to the
extent of any capital gain distributions received on those shares.
The Fund's distributions are taxable in the year they are paid, whether they
are taken in cash or reinvested in additional shares, except that certain
distributions declared in the last three months of the year and paid in January
are taxable as if paid on December 31.
In addition, the Fund must satisfy the diversification requirements of Section
817(h) of the IRC. In general, for a Fund to meet these investment
diversification requirements, Treasury regulations require that no more than
55% of the total value of the assets of the Fund may be represented by any one
investment, no more than 70% by two investments, no more than 80% by three
investments and no more than 90% by four investments. Generally, for purposes
of the regulations, all securities of the same issuer are treated as a single
investment. With respect to the United States Government securities (including
any security that is issued, guaranteed or insured by the United States or an
instrumentality of the United States), each governmental agency or
instrumentality is treated as a separate issuer. Compliance with the
regulations is tested on the last day of each calendar year
22
<PAGE>
quarter. There is a 30-day period after the end of each calendar year quarter
in which to cure any non-compliance with these requirements.
FOREIGN TRANSACTIONS
Dividends and interest received by the Fund may be subject to income,
withholding, or other taxes imposed by foreign countries and U.S. possessions
that would reduce the yield on its securities. Tax conventions between certain
countries and the U.S may reduce or eliminate these foreign taxes, however, and
many foreign countries do not impose taxes on capital gains in respect of
investments by foreign investors. If more than 50% of the value of the Fund's
total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of foreign
corporations, it will be eligible to, and may, file an election with the
Internal Revenue Service that would enable its shareholders, in effect, to
receive the benefit of the foreign tax credit with respect to any foreign and
U.S. possessions income taxes paid by it. The Fund would treat those taxes as
dividends paid to its shareholders and each shareholder would be required to
(1) include in gross income, and treat as paid by the shareholder, the
shareholder's proportionate share of those taxes, (2) treat the shareholder's
share of those taxes and of any dividend paid by the Fund that represents
income from foreign or U.S. possessions sources as the shareholder's own income
from those sources, and (3) either deduct the taxes deemed paid by the
shareholder in computing the shareholder's taxable income or, alternatively,
use the foregoing information in calculating the foreign tax credit against the
shareholder's federal income tax. The Fund will report to its shareholders
shortly after each taxable year their respective shares of its income from
sources within, and taxes paid to, foreign countries and U.S. possessions if it
makes this election.
The Fund holding foreign securities in its investment portfolio maintains its
accounts and calculates its income in U.S. dollars. In general, gain or loss
(1) from the disposition of foreign currencies and forward currency contracts,
(2) from the disposition of foreign-currency-denominated debt securities that
are attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the date the
securities are acquired and their disposition date, and (3) attributable to
fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues interest or
other receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign
currency and the time the Fund actually collects those receivables or pays
those liabilities, will be treated as ordinary income or loss. A
foreign-currency-denominated debt security acquired by the Fund may bear
interest at a high normal rate that takes into account expected decreases in
the value of the principal amount of the security due to anticipated currency
devaluations; in that case, the Fund would be required to include the interest
in income as it accrues but generally would realize a currency loss with
respect to the principal only when the principal was received (through
disposition or upon maturity).
The Fund may invest in the stock of "passive foreign investment companies"
("PFICs") in accordance with its investment objective, policies and
restrictions. A PFIC is a foreign corporation that, in general, meets either
of the following tests: (1) at least 75% of its gross income is passive or (2)
an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for the
production of, passive income. Under certain circumstances, the Fund will be
subject to federal income tax on a portion of any "excess distribution"
received on the stock or of any gain on disposition of the stock (collectively,
"PFIC income"), plus interest thereon, even if the Fund distributes the PFIC
income as a taxable dividend to its shareholders. The balance of the PFIC
income will be included in the Fund's investment company taxable income and,
accordingly, will not be taxable to it to the extent that income is distributed
to its shareholders. If the Fund invests in a PFIC and elects to treat the
PFIC as a "qualified electing fund," then in lieu of the foregoing tax and
interest obligation, the Fund will be required to include in income each year
its pro rata share of the qualified electing fund's annual ordinary earnings
and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net
short-term capital loss) -- which probably would have to be distributed to its
shareholders to satisfy the Distribution Requirement and avoid imposition of
the Excise Tax -- even if those earnings and gain were not received by the
Fund. In most instances it will be very difficult, if not impossible, to make
this election because of certain requirements thereof.
ZERO-COUPON, STEP-COUPON, AND PAY-IN-KIND SECURITIES
The Fund may acquire zero-coupon, step-coupon, or other securities issued with
original issue discount. As a holder of those securities, the Fund must
include in its income the original issue discount that accrues on the
securities during the taxable year, even if the Fund receives no corresponding
payment on the securities during the year. Similarly, the Fund must include in
its income securities it receives as "interest" on pay-in-kind securities.
Because the Fund annually must distribute substantially all of its investment
company taxable income, including any original issue discount and other
non-cash income, to satisfy the Distribution Requirement, it may be required in
a particular year to distribute as a dividend an amount that is greater than
the total amount of cash it actually receives. Those distributions may be made
from the proceeds on sales of portfolio securities, if
24
<PAGE>
necessary. The Fund may realize capital gains or losses from those sales,
which would increase or decrease its investment company taxable income or net
capital gain, or both.
USE OF TAX-LOT ACCOUNTING
When sell decisions are made by the Fund's portfolio manager, the Advisor
generally sells the tax lots of the Fund's securities that results in the
lowest amount of taxes to be paid by the shareholders on the Fund's capital
gain distributions. The Advisor uses tax-lot accounting to identify and sell
the tax lots of a security that have the highest cost basis and/or longest
holding period to minimize adverse tax consequences to the Fund's shareholders.
However, if the Fund has a capital loss carry forward position, the Advisor
would reverse its strategy and sell the tax lots of a security that have the
lowest cost basis and/or shortest holding period to maximize the use of the
Fund's capital loss carry forward position.
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE
The Fund is 100% no load. This means that an investor may purchase, redeem or
exchange shares at the Fund's net asset value ("NAV") without paying a sales
charge. Generally, when an investor makes any purchases, sales, or exchanges,
the price of the investor's shares will be the NAV next determined after Strong
Funds receives a request in proper form (which includes receipt of all
necessary and appropriate documentation and subject to available funds). If
Strong Funds receives such a request prior to the close of the New York Stock
Exchange ("NYSE") on a day on which the NYSE is open, the share price will be
the NAV determined that day. The NAV for each Fund is normally determined as
of 3:00 p.m. Central Time ("CT") each day the NYSE is open. The NYSE is open
for trading Monday through Friday except, New Year's Day, Martin Luther King
Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor
Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. Additionally, if any of the
aforementioned holidays falls on a Saturday, the NYSE will not be open for
trading on the preceding Friday, and when any such holiday falls on a Sunday,
the NYSE will not be open for trading on the succeeding Monday, unless unusual
business conditions exist, such as the ending of a monthly or yearly accounting
period. The Fund reserves the right to change the time at which purchases,
redemptions, and exchanges are priced if the NYSE closes at a time other than
3:00 p.m. CT or if an emergency exists. The Fund's NAV is calculated by taking
the fair value of the Fund's total assets, subtracting all its liabilities, and
dividing by the total number of shares outstanding. Expenses are accrued daily
and applied when determining the NAV. The Fund's portfolio securities are
valued based on market quotations or at fair value as determined by the method
selected by the Fund's Board of Directors.
Equity securities traded on a national securities exchange or NASDAQ are valued
at the last sales price on the national securities exchange or NASDAQ on which
such securities are primarily traded. Securities traded on NASDAQ for which
there were no transactions on a given day or securities not listed on an
exchange or NASDAQ are valued at the average of the most recent bid and asked
prices. Other exchange-trade securities (generally foreign securities) will be
valued based on market quotations.
Securities quoted in foreign currency are valued daily in U.S. dollars at the
foreign currency exchange rates that are prevailing at the time the daily NAV
per share is determined. Although the Fund values its foreign assets in U.S.
dollars on a daily basis, it does not intend to convert its holdings of foreign
currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis. Foreign currency exchange rates
are generally determined prior to the close of trading on the NYSE.
Occasionally, events affecting the value of foreign investments and such
exchange rates occur between the time at which they are determined and the
close of trading on the NYSE. Such events would not normally be reflected in a
calculation of the Fund's NAV on that day. If events that materially affect
the value of the Fund's foreign investments or the foreign currency exchange
rates occur during such period, the investments will be valued at their fair
value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Board of
Directors.
25
<PAGE>
ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
REDEMPTION-IN-KIND
The Fund has elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, which
obligates the Fund to redeem shares in cash, with respect to any one
shareholder during any 90-day period, up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the
assets of the Fund. If the Advisor determines that existing conditions make
cash payments undesirable, redemption payments may be made in whole or in part
in securities or other financial assets, valued for this purpose as they are
valued in computing the NAV for the Fund's shares (a "redemption-in-kind").
Shareholders receiving securities or other financial assets in a
redemption-in-kind may realize a gain or loss for tax purposes, and will incur
any costs of sale, as well as the associated inconveniences. If you expect to
make a redemption in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the Fund's
assets during any 90-day period and would like to avoid any possibility of
being paid with securities in-kind, you may do so by providing Strong Funds
with an unconditional instruction to redeem at least 15 calendar days prior to
the date on which the redemption transaction is to occur, specifying the dollar
amount or number of shares to be redeemed and the date of the transaction
(please call 1-800-368-3863). This will provide the Fund with sufficient time
to raise the cash in an orderly manner to pay the redemption and thereby
minimize the effect of the redemption on the interests of the Fund's remaining
shareholders.
ORGANIZATION
The Fund is either a "Corporation" or a "Series" of common stock of a
Corporation, as described in the chart below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Incorporation Date Series Authorized Par
Corporation Date Created Shares Value ($)
- ---------------------------------------- ------------- ----------- ---------- ---------
Strong Variable Insurance Funds, Inc.(1) 12/28/90 Indefinite .00001
- - Strong Discovery Fund II* 04/21/95 Indefinite .00001
- - Strong Mid Cap Growth Fund II* 04/21/95 Indefinite .00001
- - Strong International Stock Fund II* 04/21/95 Indefinite .00001
- - Strong Schafer Value Fund II 12/30/97 Indefinite .00001
</TABLE>
* Described in a different prospectus and SAI.
(1) Prior to November 1, 1995, the Corporation's name was Strong Discovery
Fund II, Inc.
The Strong Schafer Value Fund II, is a diversified series of Strong Variable
Insurance Funds, Inc., which is an open-end management investment company.
The Corporation is a Wisconsin corporation that is authorized to offer separate
series of shares representing interests in separate portfolios of securities,
each with differing investment objectives. The shares in any one portfolio
may, in turn, be offered in separate classes, each with differing preferences,
limitations or relative rights. However, the Articles of Incorporation for the
Corporation provide that if additional series of shares are issued by the
Corporation, such new series of shares may not affect the preferences,
limitations or relative rights of the Corporation's outstanding shares. In
addition, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized to allocate
assets, liabilities, income and expenses to each series and class. Classes
within a series may have different expense arrangements than other classes of
the same series and, accordingly, the net asset value of shares within a series
may differ. Finally, all holders of shares of the Corporation may vote on each
matter presented to shareholders for action except with respect to any matter
which affects only one or more series or class, in which case only the shares
of the affected series or class are entitled to vote. Each share of the Fund
has one vote, and all shares participate equally in dividends and other capital
gains distributions by the Fund and in the residual assets of the Fund in the
event of liquidation. Fractional shares have the same rights proportionately
as do full shares. Shares of the Corporation have no preemptive, conversion, or
subscription rights. If the Corporation issues additional series, the assets
belonging to each series of shares will be held separately by the custodian,
and in effect each series will be a separate fund.
SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS
25
<PAGE>
The Wisconsin Business Corporation Law permits registered investment companies,
such as the Fund, to operate without an annual meeting of shareholders under
specified circumstances if an annual meeting is not required by the 1940 Act.
The Fund has adopted the appropriate provisions in its Bylaws and may, at its
discretion, not hold an annual meeting in any year in which the election of
directors is not required to be acted on by shareholders under the 1940 Act.
The Fund's Bylaws allow for a director to be removed by its shareholders with
or without cause, only at a meeting called for the purpose of removing the
director. Upon the written request of the holders of shares entitled to not
less than ten percent (10%) of all the votes entitled to be cast at such
meeting, the Secretary of the Fund shall promptly call a special meeting of
shareholders for the purpose of voting upon the question of removal of any
director. The Secretary shall inform such shareholders of the reasonable
estimated costs of preparing and mailing the notice of the meeting, and upon
payment to the Fund of such costs, the Fund shall give not less than ten nor
more than sixty days notice of the special meeting.
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
The Strong Funds may advertise a variety of types of performance information as
more fully described below. The Fund's performance is historical and past
performance does not guarantee the future performance of the Fund. From time
to time, the Advisor may agree to waive or reduce its management fee and/or to
absorb certain operating expenses for the Fund. Waivers of management fees and
absorption of expenses will have the effect of increasing the Fund's
performance.
DISTRIBUTION RATE
The distribution rate for the Fund is computed, according to a non-standardized
formula, by dividing the total amount of actual distributions per share paid by
the Fund over a twelve month period by the Fund's net asset value on the last
day of the period. The distribution rate differs from the Fund's yield because
the distribution rate includes distributions to shareholders from sources other
than dividends and interest, such as short-term capital gains. Therefore, the
Fund's distribution rate may be substantially different than its yield. Both
the Fund's yield and distribution rate will fluctuate.
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN
The Fund's average annual total return quotation is computed in accordance with
a standardized method prescribed by rules of the SEC. The average annual total
return for the Fund for a specific period is calculated by first taking a
hypothetical $10,000 investment ("initial investment") in the Fund's shares on
the first day of the period and computing the "redeemable value" of that
investment at the end of the period. The redeemable value is then divided by
the initial investment, and this quotient is taken to the Nth root (N
representing the number of years in the period) and 1 is subtracted from the
result, which is then expressed as a percentage. The calculation assumes that
all income and capital gains dividends paid by the Fund have been reinvested at
net asset value on the reinvestment dates during the period.
TOTAL RETURN
Calculation of the Fund's total return is not subject to a standardized
formula. Total return performance for a specific period is calculated by first
taking an investment (assumed below to be $10,000) ("initial investment") in
the Fund's shares on the first day of the period and computing the "ending
value" of that investment at the end of the period. The total return
percentage is then determined by subtracting the initial investment from the
ending value and dividing the remainder by the initial investment and
expressing the result as a percentage. The calculation assumes that all income
and capital gains dividends paid by the Fund have been reinvested at net asset
value of the Fund on the reinvestment dates during the period. Total return
may also be shown as the increased dollar value of the hypothetical investment
over the period.
CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
Cumulative total return represents the simple change in value of an investment
over a stated period and may be quoted as a percentage or as a dollar amount.
Total returns and cumulative total returns may be broken down into their
components of
27
<PAGE>
income and capital (including capital gains and changes in share price) in
order to illustrate the relationship between these factors and their
contributions to total return.
TOTAL RETURN
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Initial $10,000 Ending $ value Cumulative Average Annual
Time Period Investment December 31, 1998 Total Return Total Return
- ------------- --------------- ----------------- ------------ ---------------
One Year $10,000 $10,218 2.18% 2.18%
- ------------- --------------- ----------------- ------------ ---------------
Life of Fund* $10,000 $10,135 1.35% 1.10%
- ------------- --------------- ----------------- ------------ ---------------
</TABLE>
* Commenced operations on October 10, 1997.
COMPARISONS
U.S. TREASURY BILLS, NOTES, OR BONDS. Investors may want to compare the
performance of the Fund to that of U.S. Treasury bills, notes, or bonds, which
are issued by the U.S. Government. Treasury obligations are issued in selected
denominations. Rates of Treasury obligations are fixed at the time of issuance
and payment of principal and interest is backed by the full faith and credit of
the Treasury. The market value of such instruments will generally fluctuate
inversely with interest rates prior to maturity and will equal par value at
maturity. Generally, the values of obligations with shorter maturities will
fluctuate less than those with longer maturities.
CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT. Investors may want to compare the Fund's performance
to that of certificates of deposit offered by banks and other depositary
institutions. Certificates of deposit may offer fixed or variable interest
rates and principal is guaranteed and may be insured. Withdrawal of the
deposits prior to maturity normally will be subject to a penalty. Rates
offered by banks and other depositary institutions are subject to change at any
time specified by the issuing institution.
MONEY MARKET FUNDS. Investors may also want to compare performance of the Fund
to that of money market funds. Money market fund yields will fluctuate and
shares are not insured, but share values usually remain stable.
LIPPER ANALYTICAL SERVICES, INC. ("LIPPER") AND OTHER INDEPENDENT RANKING
ORGANIZATIONS. From time to time, in marketing and other fund literature, the
Fund's performance may be compared to the performance of other mutual funds in
general or to the performance of particular types of mutual funds with similar
investment goals, as tracked by independent organizations. Among these
organizations, Lipper, a widely used independent research firm which ranks
mutual funds by overall performance, investment objectives, and assets, may be
cited. Lipper performance figures are based on changes in net asset value,
with all income and capital gains dividends reinvested. Such calculations do
not include the effect of any sales charges imposed by other funds. The Fund
will be compared to Lipper's appropriate fund category, that is, by fund
objective and portfolio holdings. The Fund's performance may also be compared
to the average performance of its Lipper category.
MORNINGSTAR, INC. The Fund's performance may also be compared to the
performance of other mutual funds by Morningstar, Inc., which rates funds on
the basis of historical risk and total return. Morningstar's ratings range
from five stars (highest) to one star (lowest) and represent Morningstar's
assessment of the historical risk level and total return of a fund as a
weighted average for 3, 5, and 10 year periods. Ratings are not absolute and
do not represent future results.
VARDS REPORT. The Fund's performance may also be compared to the performance
of other variable annuity products in general or to the performance of
particular types of variable annuity products, with similar investment goals,
as tracked by the VARDS Report (Variable Annuity Research and Data Service
Report) produced by Financial Planning Resources, Inc. The VARDS Report is a
monthly performance analysis of the variable annuity industry.
INDEPENDENT SOURCES. Evaluations of fund performance made by independent
sources may also be used in advertisements concerning the Fund, including
reprints of, or selections from, editorials or articles about the Fund,
especially those with similar objectives. Sources for fund performance and
articles about the Fund may include publications such as Money, Forbes,
28
<PAGE>
Kiplinger's, Smart Money, Financial World, Business Week, U.S. News and World
Report, The Wall Street Journal, Barron's, and a variety of investment
newsletters.
INDICES. The Fund may compare its performance to a wide variety of indices.
There are differences and similarities between the investments that a Fund may
purchase and the investments measured by the indices.
HISTORICAL ASSET CLASS RETURNS. From time to time, marketing materials may
portray the historical returns of various asset classes. Such presentations
will typically compare the average annual rates of return of inflation, U.S.
Treasury bills, bonds, common stocks, and small stocks. There are important
differences between each of these investments that should be considered in
viewing any such comparison. The market value of stocks will fluctuate with
market conditions, and small-stock prices generally will fluctuate more than
large-stock prices. Stocks are generally more volatile than bonds. In return
for this volatility, stocks have generally performed better than bonds or cash
over time. Bond prices generally will fluctuate inversely with interest rates
and other market conditions, and the prices of bonds with longer maturities
generally will fluctuate more than those of shorter-maturity bonds. Interest
rates for bonds may be fixed at the time of issuance, and payment of principal
and interest may be guaranteed by the issuer and, in the case of U.S. Treasury
obligations, backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury.
STRONG VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS. The Strong Variable Insurance Funds offer a
range of investment options. All of the members of the Strong Variable
Insurance Funds and their investment objectives are listed below. The Funds are
listed in ascending order of risk and return, as determined by the Advisor.
FUND NAME INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Strong Opportunity Fund II Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------- ---------------
Strong Mid Cap Growth Fund II Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------- ---------------
Strong Discovery Fund II Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------- ---------------
Strong International Stock Fund II Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------- ---------------
Strong Schafer Value Fund II Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------- ---------------
</TABLE>
The Fund may from time to time be compared to the other funds in the Strong
Variable Insurance Funds based on a risk/reward spectrum. In general, the
amount of risk associated with any investment product is commensurate with that
product's potential level of reward. The Strong Variable Insurance Funds'
risk/reward continuum or any fund's position on the continuum may be described
or diagrammed in marketing materials. The Strong Variable Insurance Funds'
risk/reward continuum positions the risk and reward potential of the Fund
relative to the other Strong Variable Insurance Funds, but is not intended to
position any fund relative to other mutual funds or investment products.
Marketing materials may also discuss the relationship between risk and reward
as it relates to an individual investor's portfolio. Financial goals vary from
person to person. You may choose one or more of the Strong Variable Insurance
Funds to help you reach your financial goals.
ADDITIONAL FUND INFORMATION
PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS. In order to present a more complete picture of the
Fund's portfolio, marketing materials may include various actual or estimated
portfolio characteristics, including but not limited to median market
capitalizations, earnings per share, alphas, betas, price/earnings ratios,
returns on equity, dividend yields, capitalization ranges, growth rates,
price/book ratios, top holdings, sector breakdowns, asset allocations, quality
breakdowns, and breakdowns by geographic region.
MEASURES OF VOLATILITY AND RELATIVE PERFORMANCE. Occasionally statistics may
be used to specify fund volatility or risk. The general premise is that greater
volatility connotes greater risk undertaken in achieving performance. Measures
of volatility or risk are generally used to compare the Fund's net asset value
or performance relative to a market index. One measure of volatility is beta.
Beta is the volatility of a fund relative to the total market as represented by
the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock
28
<PAGE>
Index. A beta of more than 1.00 indicates volatility greater than the market,
and a beta of less than 1.00 indicates volatility less than the market.
Another measure of volatility or risk is standard deviation. Standard deviation
is a statistical tool that measures the degree to which a fund's performance
has varied from its average performance during a particular time period.
Standard deviation is calculated using the following formula:
Standard deviation = the square root of S(xi - xm)2
n-1
Where: S = "the sum of",
xi = each individual return during the time period,
xm = the average return over the time period, and
n = the number of individual returns during the time period.
Statistics may also be used to discuss the Fund's relative performance. One
such measure is alpha. Alpha measures the actual return of a fund compared to
the expected return of a fund given its risk (as measured by beta). The
expected return is based on how the market as a whole performed, and how the
particular fund has historically performed against the market. Specifically,
alpha is the actual return less the expected return. The expected return is
computed by multiplying the advance or decline in a market representation by
the Fund's beta. A positive alpha quantifies the value that the fund manager
has added, and a negative alpha quantifies the value that the fund manager has
lost.
Other measures of volatility and relative performance may be used as
appropriate. However, all such measures will fluctuate and do not represent
future results.
GENERAL INFORMATION
BUSINESS PHILOSOPHY
The Advisor is an independent, Midwestern-based investment advisor, owned by
professionals active in its management. Recognizing that investors are the
focus of its business, the Advisor strives for excellence both in investment
management and in the service provided to investors. This commitment affects
many aspects of the business, including professional staffing, product
development, investment management, and service delivery.
The increasing complexity of the capital markets requires specialized skills
and processes for each asset class and style. Therefore, the Advisor believes
that active management should produce greater returns than a passively managed
index. The Advisor has brought together a group of top-flight investment
professionals with diverse product expertise, and each concentrates on their
investment specialty. The Advisor believes that people are the firm's most
important asset. For this reason, continuity of professionals is critical to
the firm's long-term success.
INVESTMENT ENVIRONMENT
Discussions of economic, social, and political conditions and their impact on
the Fund may be used in advertisements and sales materials. Such factors that
may impact the Fund include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates,
political developments, the competitive environment, consumer behavior,
industry trends, technological advances, macroeconomic trends, and the supply
and demand of various financial instruments. In addition, marketing materials
may cite the portfolio management's views or interpretations of such factors.
EIGHT BASIC PRINCIPLES FOR SUCCESSFUL MUTUAL FUND INVESTING
29
<PAGE>
These common sense rules are followed by many successful investors. They make
sense for beginners, too. If you have a question on these principles, or would
like to discuss them with us, please contact us at 1-800-368-3863.
1. HAVE A PLAN - even a simple plan can help you take control of your
financial future. Review your plan once a year, or if your circumstances
change.
2. START INVESTING AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. Make time a valuable ally. Let it
put the power of compounding to work for you, while helping to reduce your
potential investment risk.
3. DIVERSIFY YOUR PORTFOLIO. By investing in different asset classes -
stocks, bonds, and cash - you help protect against poor performance in one type
of investment while including investments most likely to help you achieve your
important goals.
4. INVEST REGULARLY. Investing is a process, not a one-time event. By
investing regularly over the long term, you reduce the impact of short-term
market gyrations, and you attend to your long-term plan before you're tempted
to spend those assets on short-term needs.
5. MAINTAIN A LONG-TERM PERSPECTIVE. For most individuals, the best
discipline is staying invested as market conditions change. Reactive, emotional
investment decisions are all too often a source of regret - and principal loss.
6. CONSIDER STOCKS TO HELP ACHIEVE MAJOR LONG-TERM GOALS. Over time, stocks
have provided the more powerful returns needed to help the value of your
investments stay well ahead of inflation.
7. KEEP A COMFORTABLE AMOUNT OF CASH IN YOUR PORTFOLIO. To meet current
needs, including emergencies, use a money market fund or a bank account - not
your long-term investment assets.
8. KNOW WHAT YOU'RE BUYING. Make sure you understand the potential risks
and rewards associated with each of your investments. Ask questions... request
information...make up your own mind. And choose a fund company that helps you
make informed investment decisions.
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 100 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin
53202, are the independent accountants for the Fund, providing audit services
and assistance and consultation with respect to the preparation of filings with
the SEC.
LEGAL COUNSEL
Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., 780 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, acts
as legal counsel for the Fund.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Annual Report for the Fund that is attached to this SAI contains the
following audited financial information:
1. Schedule of Investments in Securities.
2. Statement of Operations.
3. Statement of Assets and Liabilities.
4. Statement of Changes in Net Assets.
5. Notes to Financial Statements.
6. Financial Highlights.
31
<PAGE>
7. Report of Independent Accountants.
32
<PAGE>
APPENDIX - DEFINITION OF BOND RATINGS
STANDARD & POOR'S ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
A Standard & Poor's issue credit rating is a current opinion of the
creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation,
a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program
(including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs).
It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or
other forms of credit enhancement of the obligation and takes into account the
currency in which the obligation is denominated. The issue credit rating is
not a recommendation to purchase, sell, or hold a financial obligation,
inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for a
particular investor.
Issue credit ratings are based on current information furnished by the obligors
or obtained by Standard & Poor's from other sources it considers to be
reliable. Standard & Poor's does not perform an audit in connection with any
credit rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information.
Credit ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes
in, or unavailability of, such information, or based on other circumstances.
Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term ratings
are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the
relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an
original maturity of no more than 365 days - including commercial paper.
Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor
with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual
rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition
to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term
ratings.
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
considerations:
1. Likelihood of payment capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet
its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the
obligation.
2. Nature of and provisions of the obligation.
3. Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the
event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of
bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.
The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such,
they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are
typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in
bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation applies when an entity has
both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or
operating company and holding company obligations.) Accordingly, in the case
of junior debt, the rating may not conform exactly with the category
definition.
'AAA'
An obligation rated 'AAA' has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's.
The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is
EXTREMELY STRONG.
'AA'
An obligation rated 'AA' differs from the highest rated obligations only in
small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
obligation is VERY STRONG.
'A'
An obligation rated 'A' is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of
changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher
rated categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation is still STRONG.
33
<PAGE>
'BBB'
An obligation rated 'BBB' exhibits ADEQUATE protection parameters. However,
adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead
to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the
obligation.
Obligations rated 'BB', 'B', 'CCC', 'CC' and 'C' are regarded as having
significant speculative characteristics. 'BB' indicates the least degree of
speculation and 'C' the highest. While such obligations will likely have some
quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large
uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
'BB'
An obligation rated 'BB' is LESS VULNERABLE to nonpayment than other
speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure
to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the
obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
obligation.
'B'
An obligation rated 'B' is MORE VULNERABLE to nonpayment than obligations rated
'BB', but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic
conditions will likely impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its
financial commitment on the obligation.
'CCC'
An obligation rated 'CCC' is CURRENTLY VULNERABLE to nonpayment, and is
dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the
obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of
adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely
to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
'CC'
An obligation rated 'CC' is CURRENTLY HIGHLY VULNERABLE to nonpayment.
'C'
The 'C' rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has
been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments on this obligation
are being continued.
'D'
An obligation rated 'D' is in payment default. The 'D' rating category is used
when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, even if the
applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's believes that
such payments will be made during such grade period. The 'D' rating also will
be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar
action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
MOODY'S LONG-TERM DEBT RATINGS
Aaa - Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They
carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as
"gilt edged." Interest payments are protected by a large or by an
exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various
protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are
most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.
Aa - Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known
as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins
of protection may
34
<PAGE>
not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may
be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the
long-term risk appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.
A - Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and
are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving
security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be
present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the future.
Baa - Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations
(I.E., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured). Interest
payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain
protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over
any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment
characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.
Ba - Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their
future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the protection of interest
and principal payments may be very moderate, and thereby not well safeguarded
during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position
characterizes bonds in this class.
B - Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable
investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of
other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.
Caa - Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in
default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or
interest.
Ca - Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a
high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked
shortcomings.
C - Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues so
rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any
real investment standing.
FITCH IBCA, INC. ("FITCH") LONG-TERM NATIONAL CREDIT RATINGS
AAA
Obligations which have the highest rating assigned by Fitch on its national
rating scale for that country. This rating is automatically assigned to all
obligations issued or guaranteed by the sovereign state. Capacity for timely
repayment of principal and interest is extremely strong, relative to other
obligors in the same country.
AA
Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
is very strong relative to other obligors in the same country. The risk
attached to these obligations differs only slightly from the country's highest
rated debt.
35
<PAGE>
A
Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
is strong relative to other obligors in the same country. However, adverse
changes in business, economic or financial conditions are more likely to affect
the capacity for timely repayment than for obligations in higher rated
categories.
BBB
Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
is adequate relative to other obligors in the same country. However, adverse
changes in business, economic or financial conditions are more likely to affect
the capacity for timely repayment than for obligations in higher rated
categories.
BB
Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
is uncertain relative to other obligors in the same country. Within the
context of the country, these obligations are speculative to some degree and
capacity for timely repayment remains susceptible over time to adverse changes
in business, financial or economic conditions.
B
Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
is uncertain relative to other obligors in the same country. Timely repayment
of principal and interest is not sufficiently protected against adverse changes
in business, economic or financial conditions and these obligations are more
speculative than those in higher rated categories.
CCC
Obligations for which there is a current perceived possibility of default
relative to other obligors in the same country. Timely repayment of principal
and interest is dependent on favorable business, economic or financial
conditions and these obligations are far more speculative than those in higher
rated categories.
CC
Obligations which are highly speculative relative to other obligors in the same
country or which have a high risk of default.
C
Obligations which are currently in default.
DUFF & PHELPS, INC. LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK RATING SCALE
Rating Definition
AAA Highest credit quality. The risk factors are negligible, being only
slightly more
than for risk-free U.S. Treasury debt.
AA+ High credit quality. Protection factors are strong. Risk is modest
but may
AA vary slightly from time to time because of economic conditions.
AA-
A+ Protection factors are average but adequate. However, risk factors are
more
A variable in periods of greater economic stress.
A-
35
<PAGE>
BBB+ Below-average protection factors but still considered sufficient for
prudent
BBB investment. Considerable variability in risk during economic cycles.
BBB-
BB+ Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet obligations when due.
BB Present or prospective financial protection factors fluctuate according
to
BB- industry conditions. Overall quality may move up or down frequently
within this category.
B+ Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligations will not be
met
B when due. Financial protection factors will fluctuate widely according
to
B- economic cycles, industry conditions and/or company fortunes. Potential
exists for frequent changes in the rating within this category or into a
higher
or lower rating grade.
CCC Well below investment-grade securities. Considerable uncertainty
exists as to
timely payment of principal, interest or preferred dividends. Protection
factors
are narrow and risk can be substantial with unfavorable economic/industry
conditions, and/or with unfavorable company developments.
DD Defaulted debt obligations. Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal
and/or
interest payments.
DP Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.
THOMSON BANKWATCH LONG-TERM DEBT RATINGS
Long-Term Debt Ratings assigned by Thomson BankWatch ALSO WEIGH HEAVILY
GOVERNMENT OWNERSHIP AND SUPPORT. The quality of both the company's management
and franchise are of even greater importance in the Long-Term Debt Rating
decisions. Long-Term Debt Ratings look out over a cycle and are not adjusted
frequently for what it believes are short-term performance aberrations.
Long-Term Debt Ratings can be restricted to local currency debt - ratings will
be identified by the designation LC. In addition, Long-Term Debt Ratings may
include a plus (+) or minus (-) to indicate where within the category the issue
is placed. BankWatch Long-Term Debt Ratings are based on the following scale:
INVESTMENT GRADE
AAA (LC-AAA) - Indicates that the ability to repay principal and interest on a
timely basis is extremely high.
AA (LC-AA) - Indicates a very strong ability to repay principal and interest on
a timely basis, with limited incremental risk compared to issues rated in the
highest category.
A (LC-A) - Indicates the ability to repay principal and interest is strong.
Issues rated A could be more vulnerable to adverse developments (both internal
and external) than obligations with higher ratings.
BBB (LC-BBB) - The lowest investment-grade category; indicates an acceptable
capacity to repay principal and interest. BBB issues are more vulnerable to
adverse developments (both internal and external) than obligations with higher
ratings.
NON-INVESTMENT GRADE - may be speculative in the likelihood of timely repayment
of principal and interest
37
<PAGE>
BB (LC-BB) - While not investment grade, the BB rating suggests that the
likelihood of default is considerably less than for lower-rated issues.
However, there are significant uncertainties that could affect the ability to
adequately service debt obligations.
B (LC-B) - Issues rated B show a higher degree of uncertainty and therefore
greater likelihood of default than higher-rated issues. Adverse developments
could negatively affect the payment of interest and principal on a timely
basis.
CCC (LC-CCC) - Issues rated CCC clearly have a high likelihood of default, with
little capacity to address further adverse changes in financial circumstances.
CC (LC-CC) - CC is applied to issues that are subordinate to other obligations
rated CCC and are afforded less protection in the event of bankruptcy or
reorganization.
D (LC-D) - Default.
SHORT-TERM RATINGS
STANDARD & POOR'S SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
'A-1'
A short-term obligation rated 'A-1' is rated in the highest category by
Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on
the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are
designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to
meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
'A-2'
A short-term obligation rated 'A-2' is somewhat more susceptible to the averse
effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in
higher rating categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its
financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
'A-3'
A short-term obligation rated 'A-3' exhibits adequate protection parameters.
However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely
to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment
on the obligation.
'B'
A short-term obligation rated 'B' is regarded as having significant speculative
characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties
which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation.
'C'
A short-term obligation rated 'C' is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is
dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the
obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
'D'
A short-term obligation rated 'D' is in payment default. The 'D' rating
category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due
even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's
believes that such payments
37
<PAGE>
will be made during such grace period. The 'D' rating also will be used upon
the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if
payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
MOODY'S SHORT-TERM DEBT RATINGS
Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to repay
punctually senior debt obligations. These obligations have an original
maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.
Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment
grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
PRIME - 1 Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institutions) have a
superior ability for repayment of senior short-term Debt
obligations. Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the
following characteristics:
- - Leading market positions in well-established industries.
- - High rates of return on funds employed.
- - Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt and
ample asset protection.
- - Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high
internal cash generation.
- - Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources
of alternate liquidity.
PRIME - 2 Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong
ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.
This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above, but
to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while
sound, may be more subject to variation. Capitalization
characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external
conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.
PRIME - 3 Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an
acceptable ability for repayment of senior short- term
obligations. The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions
may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and profitability
may result in changes in the level of debt protection measurements
and may require relatively high financial leverage. Adequate alternate
liquidity is maintained.
NOT PRIME Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime
rating categories.
FITCH IBCA, INC. ("FITCH") SHORT-TERM NATIONAL CREDIT RATINGS
F1
Obligations assigned this rating have the highest capacity for timely repayment
under Fitch's national rating scale for that country, relative to other
obligations in the same country. This rating is automatically assigned to all
obligations issued or guaranteed by the sovereign state. Where issues possess
a particularly strong credit feature, a "+" is added to the assigned rating.
F2
Obligations supported by a strong capacity for timely repayment relative to
other obligors in the same country. However, the relative degree of risk is
slightly higher than for issues classified as 'A1' and capacity for timely
repayment may be susceptible to adverse changes in business, economic, or
financial conditions.
F3
Obligations supported by an adequate capacity for timely repayment relative to
other obligors in the same country. Such capacity is more susceptible to
adverse changes in business, economic, or financial conditions than for
obligations in higher categories.
39
<PAGE>
40
<PAGE>
B
Obligations for which the capacity for timely repayment is uncertain relative
to other obligors in the same country. The capacity for timely repayment is
susceptible to adverse changes in business, economic, or financial conditions.
C
Obligations for which there is a high risk of default to other obligors in the
same country or which are in default.
DUFF & PHELPS, INC. SHORT-TERM DEBT RATINGS
RATING: DEFINITION
HIGH GRADE
D-1+ Highest certainty of timely payment. Short-term liquidity, including
internal operating factors and/or access to alternative sources of funds, is
outstanding, and safety is just below risk-free U.S. Treasury short-term
obligations.
D-1 Very high certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are excellent
and supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk factors are minor.
D-1- High certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are strong and
supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk factors are very small.
GOOD GRADE
D-2 Good certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors and company
fundamentals are sound. Although ongoing funding needs may enlarge total
financing requirements, access to capital markets is good. Risk factors are
small.
SATISFACTORY GRADE
D-3 Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify issues as
to investment grade. Risk factors are larger and subject to more variation.
Nevertheless, timely payment is expected.
NON-INVESTMENT GRADE
D-4 Speculative investment characteristics. Liquidity is not sufficient to
insure against disruption in debt service. Operating factors and market access
may be subject to a high degree of variation.
DEFAULT
D-5 Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest
payments.
THOMSON BANKWATCH (TBW) SHORT-TERM RATINGS
TBW assigns Short-Term Debt Ratings to specific debt instruments with original
maturities of one year or less.
TBW-1 (LC-1) The highest category; indicates a very high likelihood that
principal and interest will be paid on a timely basis.
TBW-2 (LC-2) The second-highest category; while the degree of safety regarding
timely repayment of principal and interest is strong, the relative degree of
safety is not as high as for issues rated TBW-1.
TBW-3 (LC-3) The lowest investment-grade category; indicates that while the
obligation is more susceptible to adverse developments (both internal and
external) than those with higher ratings, the capacity to service principal and
interest in a timely fashion is considered adequate.
TBW-4 (LC-4) The lowest rating category; this rating is regarded as
non-investment grade and therefore speculative.
42
<PAGE>
STRONG VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS, INC.
PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
Item 23. EXHIBITS
(a) Articles of Incorporation dated July 31, 1996(5)
(a.1) Amendment to Articles of Incorporation dated August 7, 1997(6)
(b) Bylaws dated October 20, 1995(2)
(b.1) Amendment to Bylaws dated May 1, 1998(8)
(c) Specimen Stock Certificate and Article IV to the Articles of
Incorporation(1)
(d) Investment Advisory Agreement(1)
(d.1) Schedule of Additional Funds (Strong Mid Cap Growth Fund II and
Strong International Stock Fund II)(2)
(d.2) Subadvisory Agreement (Strong Schafer Value Fund II)(6)
(e) Distribution Agreement(2)
(f) Inapplicable
(g) Custody Agreement with Firstar (Strong Discovery Fund II, Strong Mid
Cap Growth Fund II, and Strong Schafer Value Fund II)(4)
(g.1) Custody Agreement with Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (Strong
International Stock Fund II)(4)
(g.2) Amendment to Custody Agreement with Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
(Strong International Stock Fund II)(3)
(g.3) Amendment to Custody Agreement with Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
dated August 20, 1996 (Strong International Stock Fund II)(5)
(g.4) Global Custody Agreement with Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (Strong
Discovery Fund II, Strong Mid Cap Growth Fund II, and Strong Schafer Value Fund
II)(4)
(g.5) Amendment to Global Custody Agreement with Brown Brothers Harriman &
Co. dated August 26, 1996 (Strong Discovery Fund II, Strong Mid Cap Growth Fund
II, and Strong Schafer Value Fund II)(8)
(h) Shareholder Servicing Agent Agreement(2)
(i) Inapplicable
(j) Consent of Independent Accountants
(k) Inapplicable
(l) Inapplicable
(m) Inapplicable
(n) Financial Data Schedule
(o) Inapplicable
(p) Power of Attorney dated April 28, 1999
(q) Letter of Representation
(r) Code of Ethics for Access Persons dated January 1, 1999
(r.1) Code of Ethics for Non-Access Persons dated January 1, 1999
______________________________________
(1) Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to
the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about April
21, 1992.
(2) Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to
the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about May 9,
1995.
(3) Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 to
the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about July 7,
1995.
(4) Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 11 to
the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about April
23, 1996.
1
<PAGE>
(5) Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 13 to
the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about July
30, 1996.
(6) Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 to
the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about April
25, 1997.
(7) Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 16 to
the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about
September 26, 1997.
(8) Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 18 to
the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about March
2, 1999.
Item 24. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT
Registrant neither controls any person nor is under common control with
any other person.
Item 25. INDEMNIFICATION
Officers and directors of the Funds, its advisor and underwriter are
insured under a joint directors and officers/errors and omissions insurance
policy underwritten by a group of insurance companies in the aggregate amount
of $115,000,000, subject to certain deductions. Pursuant to the authority of
the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law ("WBCL"), Article VII of Registrant's
Bylaws provides as follows:
ARTICLE VII. INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
SECTION 7.01. MANDATORY INDEMNIFICATION. The Corporation shall
indemnify, to the full extent permitted by the WBCL, as in effect from time to
time, the persons described in Sections 180.0850 through 180.0859 (or any
successor provisions) of the WBCL or other provisions of the law of the State
of Wisconsin relating to indemnification of directors and officers, as in
effect from time to time. The indemnification afforded such persons by this
section shall not be exclusive of other rights to which they may be entitled as
a matter of law.
SECTION 7.02. PERMISSIVE SUPPLEMENTARY BENEFITS. The Corporation may,
but shall not be required to, supplement the right of indemnification under
Section 7.01 by (a) the purchase of insurance on behalf of any one or more of
such persons, whether or not the Corporation would be obligated to indemnify
such person under Section 7.01; (b) individual or group indemnification
agreements with any one or more of such persons; and (c) advances for related
expenses of such a person.
SECTION 7.03. AMENDMENT. This Article VII may be amended or repealed
only by a vote of the shareholders and not by a vote of the Board of Directors.
SECTION 7.04. INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT. In no event shall the Corporation
indemnify any person hereunder in contravention of any provision of the
Investment Company Act.
Item 26. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISOR
The information contained under "Who are the fund's investment advisor and
portfolio managers?" in the Prospectus and under "Directors and Officers,"
"Investment Advisor," "Subadvisor," and "Distributor" in the Statement of
Additional Information is hereby incorporated by reference pursuant to Rule 411
under the Securities Act of 1933.
Item 27. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS
(a) Strong Investments, Inc., principal underwriter for Registrant, also
serves as principal underwriter for Strong Advantage Fund, Inc.; Strong Asia
Pacific Fund, Inc.; Strong Asset Allocation Fund, Inc.; Strong Common
2
<PAGE>
Stock Fund, Inc.; Strong Conservative Equity Funds, Inc.; Strong Corporate Bond
Fund, Inc.; Strong Discovery Fund, Inc.; Strong Equity Funds, Inc.; Strong
Government Securities Fund, Inc.; Strong Heritage Reserve Series, Inc.; Strong
High-Yield Municipal Bond Fund, Inc.; Strong Income Funds, Inc.; Strong
Institutional Funds, Inc.; Strong International Equity Funds, Inc.; Strong
International Income Funds, Inc.; Strong Life Stage Series, Inc.; Strong Money
Market Fund, Inc.; Strong Municipal Bond Fund, Inc.; Strong Municipal Funds,
Inc.; Strong Opportunity Fund, Inc.; Strong Opportunity Fund II, Inc.; Strong
Schafer Funds, Inc.; Strong Schafer Value Fund, Inc.; Strong Short-Term Bond
Fund, Inc.; Strong Short-Term Global Bond Fund, Inc.; Strong Short-Term
Municipal Bond Fund, Inc.; and Strong Total Return Fund, Inc.
(b)
Name and Principal Positions and Offices Positions and Offices
BUSINESS ADDRESS WITH UNDERWRITER WITH FUND
Richard S. Strong Director and Chairman Director and Chairman of
900 Heritage Reserve of the Board the Board
Menomonee Falls, WI 53051
Thomas P. Lemke Vice President and Chief Vice President
900 Heritage Reserve Compliance Officer
Menomonee Falls, WI 53051
Stephen J. Shenkenberg Vice President, Deputy Vice President
900 Heritage Reserve Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary
Menomonee Falls, WI 53051 and Secretary
Peter D. Schwab Vice President none
900 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, WI 53051
Joseph R. DeMartine Vice President none
900 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, WI 53051
Anthony J. D'Amato Vice President none
900 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, WI 53051
Dana J. Russart Vice President none
900 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, WI 53051
Mary F. Hoppa Vice President none
900 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, WI 53051
Thomas M. Zoeller Treasurer and Chief none
900 Heritage Reserve Financial Officer
Menomonee Falls, WI 53051
Richard T. Weiss Director none
900 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, WI 53051
(c) None
3
<PAGE>
Item 28. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS
All accounts, books, or other documents required to be maintained by
Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules promulgated
thereunder are in the physical possession of Registrant's Vice President,
Thomas P. Lemke, at Registrant's corporate offices, 100 Heritage Reserve,
Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin 53051.
Item 29. MANAGEMENT SERVICES
All management-related service contracts entered into by Registrant are
discussed in Parts A and B of this Registration Statement.
Item 30. UNDERTAKINGS
None
4
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the
Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant certifies that it meets all the
requirements for effectiveness of this Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 to the
Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of
1933, and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 to the
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto
duly authorized, in the Village of Menomonee Falls, and State of Wisconsin on
the 28th day of April, 1999.
STRONG VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS, INC.
(Registrant)
By: /S/ THOMAS P. LEMKE
Thomas P. Lemke, Vice President
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A has
been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date
indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
NAME TITLE DATE
- --------------------------- ---------------------------------- ----------------
Chairman of the Board (Principal
/s/ Richard S. Strong Executive Officer) and a Director April 28, 1999
- ---------------------------
Richard S. Strong
Treasurer (Principal Financial and
/s/ Dana J. Russart Accounting Officer) April 28, 1999
- ---------------------------
Dana J. Russart
Director April 28, 1999
- ---------------------------
Marvin E. Nevins*
Director April 28, 1999
- ---------------------------
Willie D. Davis*
Director April 28, 1999
- ---------------------------
William F. Vogt*
Director April 28, 1999
- ---------------------------
Stanley Kritzik*
</TABLE>
* John S. Weitzer signs this document pursuant to powers of attorney filed
with this Post-Effective Amendment
to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
By: /S/ JOHN S. WEITZER
John S. Weitzer
1
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
EDGAR
EXHIBIT NO. EXHIBIT EXHIBIT NO.
- ------------ --------------------------------------------
(j) Consent of Independent Accountants EX-99.j
(n) Financial Data Schedule EX-27.1 Discovery Fund II
EX-27.2 Mid Cap Growth Fund II
EX-27.3 International Stock Fund II
EX-27.4 Schafer Value Fund II
(p) Power of Attorney EX-99.p
(q) Letter of Representation EX-99.q
(r) Code of Ethics for Access Persons EX-99.r
(r.1) Code of Ethics for Non-Access Persons EX-99.r1
</TABLE>
2
<PAGE>
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
To the Board of Directors of
Strong Variable Insurance Funds, Inc.
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Post-Effective Amendment No. 19
to the Registration Statement of Strong Variable Insurance Funds, Inc.
(comprising, respectively, the Strong Discovery Fund II, Strong Mid Cap Growth
Fund II, Strong International Stock Fund II and Strong Schafer Value Fund II)
on Form N-1A of our reports dated February 1, 1999 (Strong Discovery Fund II
and Strong Mid Cap Growth Fund II (formerly known as Strong Growth Fund II)),
February 3, 1999 (Strong International Stock Fund II), and February 4, 1999
(Strong Schafer Value Fund II) on our audits of the financial statements and
financial highlights of Strong Variable Insurance Funds, Inc., which reports
are included in the Annual Reports to Shareholders for the year ended December
31, 1998, which are incorporated by reference in the Post-Effective Amendment
to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to our Firm
under the captions "Independent Accountants" in the Statement of Additional
Information and "Financial Highlights" in the Prospectus.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
April 28, 1999
1
<PAGE>
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<ARTICLE> 6
<CIK> 0000883644
<NAME> "Strong Variable Insurance Funds, Inc."
<SERIES>
<NUMBER> 3
<NAME> Strong Discovery Fund II
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 12-Mos
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START> JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END> DEC-31-1998
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST> 175602886
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE> 185320217
<RECEIVABLES> 12352592
<ASSETS-OTHER> 82352
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS> 0
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 197755161
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES> 1532698
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT> 0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES> 49934
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES> 1582632
<SENIOR-EQUITY> 0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON> 167210968
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK> 15418542
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR> 17778536
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT> 0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII> 0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS> 19021075
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS> 0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC> 9940486
<NET-ASSETS> 196172529
<DIVIDEND-INCOME> 863036
<INTEREST-INCOME> 890019
<OTHER-INCOME> 0
<EXPENSES-NET> (2,344,534)
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME> (591479)
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT> 22745346
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT> (8638452)
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS> 13515415
<EQUALIZATION> 0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME> 0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS> (3,179,809)
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER> 0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD> 5844176
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED> (8,445,910)
<SHARES-REINVESTED> 241739
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS> (17721271)
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR> 0
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR> 47017
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR> 0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR> 0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES> 1988031
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 0
<GROSS-EXPENSE> 2,344,534
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS> 197264202
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN> 12.03
<PER-SHARE-NII> (0.04)
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC> 0.92
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND> 0.00
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS> (0.19)
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL> 0.00
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END> 12.72
<EXPENSE-RATIO> 1.2
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING> 0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE> 0
</TABLE>
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<ARTICLE> 6
<CIK> 0000883644
<NAME> "Strong Variable Insurance Funds, Inc."
<SERIES>
<NUMBER> 7
<NAME> Strong Mid Cap Growth Fund II
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 12-Mos
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> Dec-31-1998
<PERIOD-START> Jan-01-1998
<PERIOD-END> Dec-31-1998
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST> 14329742
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE> 16974287
<RECEIVABLES> 645201
<ASSETS-OTHER> 11848
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS> 0
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 17631336
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES> 889491
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT> 0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES> 12073
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES> 901564
<SENIOR-EQUITY> 0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON> 14179240
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK> 1044272
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR> 190755
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT> 0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII> 0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS> 0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS> (94,013)
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC> 2644545
<NET-ASSETS> 16729772
<DIVIDEND-INCOME> 25987
<INTEREST-INCOME> 57211
<OTHER-INCOME> 0
<EXPENSES-NET> (108,002)
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME> (24804)
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT> (7363)
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT> 2515909
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS> 2483742
<EQUALIZATION> 0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME> (41)
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS> 0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER> 0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD> 1194214
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED> (340,700)
<SHARES-REINVESTED> 3
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS> 14355800
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR> 41
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR> 0
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR> 0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR> (61,846)
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES> 90090
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 0
<GROSS-EXPENSE> 139,483
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS> 8878939
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN> 12.45
<PER-SHARE-NII> (0.02)
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC> 3.59
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND> 0
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS> 0
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL> 0
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END> 16.02
<EXPENSE-RATIO> 1.2<F1>
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING> 0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE> 0
<FN>
<F1> Expense ratio without waivers and absorptions would have been 1.6%.
</FN>
</TABLE>
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<ARTICLE> 6
<CIK> 0000883644
<NAME> "Strong Variable Insurance Funds, Inc."
<SERIES>
<NUMBER> 4
<NAME> Strong International Stock Fund II
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 12-Mos
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> Dec-31-1998
<PERIOD-START> Jan-01-1998
<PERIOD-END> Dec-31-1998
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST> 42785096
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE> 47798671
<RECEIVABLES> 75350
<ASSETS-OTHER> 5822
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS> 0
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 47879843
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES> 504053
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT> 0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES> 95033
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES> 599086
<SENIOR-EQUITY> 0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON> 61176924
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK> 5387173
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR> 6416977
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT> 177022
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII> 0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS> 0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS> (19,089,366)
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC> 5016177
<NET-ASSETS> 47280757
<DIVIDEND-INCOME> 912104
<INTEREST-INCOME> 138178
<OTHER-INCOME> 0
<EXPENSES-NET> (880,936)
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME> 169346
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT> (13833706)
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT> 11702258
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS> (1962102)
<EQUALIZATION> 0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME> (642,787)
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS> 0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER> 0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD> 6670162
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED> (7,763,041)
<SHARES-REINVESTED> 63075
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS> (12540096)
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR> 283556
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR> 0
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR> 0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR> (4,888,753)
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES> (548043)
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 0
<GROSS-EXPENSE> (880,936)
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS> 54406865
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN> 9.32
<PER-SHARE-NII> 0.03
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC> (0.46)
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND> (0.11)
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS> 0.00
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL> 0.00
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END> 8.78
<EXPENSE-RATIO> 1.6
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING> 0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE> 0
</TABLE>
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<ARTICLE> 6
<CIK> 0000883644
<NAME> "Strong Variable Insurance Funds, Inc."
<SERIES>
<NUMBER> 8
<NAME> Strong Schafer Value II Fund
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 12-Mos
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> Dec-31-1998
<PERIOD-START> Jan-01-1998
<PERIOD-END> Dec-31-1998
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST> 4030509
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE> 4207974
<RECEIVABLES> 4830
<ASSETS-OTHER> 8030
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS> 0
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 4220834
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES> 190792
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT> 0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES> 8059
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES> 198851
<SENIOR-EQUITY> 0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON> 3681833
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK> 399191
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR> 71149
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT> 292
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII> 0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS> 162386
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS> 0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC> 177472
<NET-ASSETS> 4021983
<DIVIDEND-INCOME> 22188
<INTEREST-INCOME> 3799
<OTHER-INCOME> 0
<EXPENSES-NET> (16596)
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME> 9391
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT> 165383
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT> 174773
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS> 349547
<EQUALIZATION> 0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME> (9099)
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS> 0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER> 0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD> 341863
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED> (14752)
<SHARES-REINVESTED> 931
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS> 3317304
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR> 0
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR> 0
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR> 0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR> (2998)
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES> 13864
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 0
<GROSS-EXPENSE> 31378
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS> 1355142
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN> 9.90
<PER-SHARE-NII> 0.03
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC> 0.18
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND> (0.03)
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS> 0.00
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL> 0.00
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END> 10.08
<EXPENSE-RATIO> 1.2<F1>
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING> 0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE> 0
<FN>
<F1> Expense ratio without waivers and absorptions would have been 2.0%.
</FN>
</TABLE>
STRONG VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS, INC.
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below, constitutes and appoints Thomas
P. Lemke, Stephen J. Shenkenberg, and John S. Weitzer, and each of them, his
true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign this Registration Statement on Form N-1A, and any and all
amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits, and any other
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission
and any other regulatory body granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent,
full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes, as he
might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do
or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
NAME
TITLE DATE
- ----------------------------- ------------------------------------------ -----------------
/s/ Thomas P. Lemke Vice President April 28, 1999
- -----------------------------
Thomas P. Lemke
Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive
/s/ Richard S. Strong Officer) and a Director April 28, 1999
- -----------------------------
Richard S. Strong
Treasurer (Principal Financial and
/s/ Dana J. Russart Accounting Officer) April 28, 1999
- -----------------------------
Dana J. Russart
/s/ Marvin E. Nevins Director April 28, 1999
- -----------------------------
Marvin E. Nevins
/s/ Willie D. Davis Director April 28, 1999
- -----------------------------
Willie D. Davis
/s/ William F. Vogt Director April 28, 1999
- -----------------------------
William F. Vogt
/s/ Stanley Kritzik Director April 28, 1999
- -----------------------------
Stanley Kritzik
</TABLE>
1
<PAGE>
GODFREY & KAHN, S.C.
ATTORNEYS AT LAW
780 North Water Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
Phone (414) 273-3500 Fax (414) 273-5198
April 28, 1999
Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549
Re: STRONG VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS, INC.
Gentlemen:
We represent Strong Variable Insurance Funds, Inc. (the "Company"), in
connection with its filing of Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 (the
"Post-Effective Amendment") to the Company's Registration Statement
(Registration Nos. 33-45321; 811-6553) on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of
1933 (the "Securities Act") and the Investment Company Act of 1940. The
Post-Effective Amendment is being filed pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the
Securities Act.
We have reviewed the Post-Effective Amendment and, in accordance with Rule
485(b)(4) under the Securities Act, hereby represent that the Post-Effective
Amendment does not contain disclosures which would render it ineligible to
become effective pursuant to Rule 485(b).
Very truly yours,
GODFREY & KAHN, S.C.
/s/ Renee Hardt Torr
Renee Hardt Torr
1
<PAGE>
CODE OF ETHICS
FOR ACCESS PERSONS OF
THE STRONG FAMILY OF MUTUAL FUNDS,
STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.,
STRONG FUNDS DISTRIBUTORS, INC.,
AND FLINT PRAIRIE, L.L.C.
[STRONG LOGO]
STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
January 1, 1999
1
<PAGE>
CODE OF ETHICS
For Access Persons of
The Strong Family of Mutual Funds,
Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.,
and Flint Prairie, L.L.C.
Dated January 1, 1999
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. INTRODUCTION 1
A. Fiduciary Duty 1
1. Place the interests of Advisory Clients first 1
2. Avoid taking inappropriate advantage of their position 1
3. Conduct all Personal Securities Transactions in full compliance with this
Code including both the preclearance and reporting requirements 1
B. Appendices to the Code 1
1. Definitions 2
2. Contact Persons 2
3. Disclosure of Personal Holdings in Securities 2
4. Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics and Limited Power of Attorney 2
5. Preclearance Request for Access Persons 2
6. Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire 2
7. List of Broad-Based Indices 2
8. Form Letter to Broker or Bank 2
9. Gift Policy 2
10. Insider Trading Policy 2
C. Application of the Code to Independent Fund Directors 2
D. Application of the Code to Funds Subadvised by SCM 2
II. PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS 2
A. Annual Disclosure of Personal Holdings by Access Persons 2
B. Preclearance Requirements for Access Persons 3
1. General Requirement 3
2. Transactions Exempt from Preclearance Requirements 3
a. Mutual Funds 3
b. No Knowledge 3
c. Certain Corporate Actions 3
d. Rights 3
e. Application to Commodities, Futures, Options on Futures and Options on
Broad-Based Indices 3
f. Miscellaneous 4
C. Preclearance Requests 4
1. Trade Authorization Request Forms 4
2. Review of Form 4
3. Access Person Designees 4
1
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
D. Prohibited Transactions 5
1. Prohibited Securities Transactions 5
a. Initial Public Offerings 5
b. Pending Buy or Sell Orders 5
c. Seven Day Blackout 5
d. Intention to Buy or Sell for Advisory Client 5
e. 60-Day Blackout 6
2. Always Prohibited Securities Transactions 6
a. Inside Information 6
b. Market Manipulation 6
c. Large Positions in Registered Investment Companies 6
d. Others 6
3. Private Placements 6
4. No Explanation Required for Refusals 6
E. Execution of Personal Securities Transactions 7
F. Length of Trade Authorization Approval 7
G. Trade Reporting Requirements 7
1. Reporting Requirement 7
2. Disclaimers 8
3. Quarterly Review 8
4. Availability of Reports 8
III. FIDUCIARY DUTIES 8
A. Confidentiality 8
B. Gifts 9
1. Accepting Gifts 9
2. Solicitation of Gifts 9
3. Giving Gifts 9
C. Payments to Advisory Clients 9
D. Corporate Opportunities 9
E. Undue Influence 9
F. Service as a Director 10
G. Involvement in Criminal Matters or Investment-Related Civil Proceedings 10
2
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
IV. COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE OF ETHICS 10
A. Code of Ethics Review Committee 10
1. Membership, Voting, and Quorum 10
2. Investigating Violations of the Code 10
3. Annual Reports 10
B. Remedies 11
1. Sanctions 11
2. Sole Authority 11
3. Review 11
C. Exceptions to the Code 11
D. Compliance Certification 12
E. Record Retention 12
1. Code of Ethics 12
2. Violations 12
3. Required Reports 12
4. Access Person List 12
F. Inquiries Regarding the Code 12
CODE OF ETHICS
For Access Persons of
The Strong Family of Mutual Funds,
Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.,
and Flint Prairie, L.L.C.
Dated January 1, 1999
TABLE OF APPENDICES
Appendix 1 (Definitions) 13
Appendix 2 (Contact Persons) 16
Appendix 3 (Disclosure of Personal Holdings in Securities) 17
Appendix 4 (Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics and
Limited Power of Attorney) 18
Appendix 5 (Preclearance Request for Access Persons) 19
Appendix 6 (Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire) 20
Appendix 7 (List of Broad-Based Indices) 23
Appendix 8 (Form Letter to Broker or Bank) 24
Appendix 9 (Gift Policy) 25
Appendix 10 (Insider Trading Policy) 27
CODE OF ETHICS
For Access Persons of
The Strong Family of Mutual Funds,
Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.,
and Flint Prairie, L.L.C.
Dated January 1, 1999
I. INTRODUCTION(1)
A. FIDUCIARY DUTY. This Code of Ethics is based upon the principle
that directors, officers and associates of Strong Capital Management, Inc.
("SCM"), Strong Funds Distributors, Inc. ("the Distributor"), the Strong
Family of Mutual Funds ("the Strong Funds") and Flint Prairie, L.L.C.
("Flint Prairie") have a fiduciary duty to place the interests of clients ahead
of their own. The Code applies to all Access Persons and focuses principally on
preclearance and reporting of personal transactions in securities. Access
Persons must avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere
with making decisions in the best interests of the Advisory Clients of SCM.
As fiduciaries, Access Persons must at all times:
1. PLACE THE INTERESTS OF ADVISORY CLIENTS FIRST. Access Persons must
scrupulously avoid serving their own personal interests ahead of the interests
of the Advisory Clients of SCM. AN ACCESS PERSON MAY NOT INDUCE OR CAUSE AN
ADVISORY CLIENT TO TAKE ACTION, OR NOT TO TAKE ACTION, FOR PERSONAL BENEFIT
RATHER THAN FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ADVISORY CLIENT. For example, an Access
Person would violate this Code by causing an Advisory Client to purchase a
Security he or she owned for the purpose of increasing the price of that
Security.
2. AVOID TAKING INAPPROPRIATE ADVANTAGE OF THEIR POSITION. The receipt of
investment opportunities, perquisites or gifts from persons seeking business
with the Strong Funds, SCM, the Distributor, Flint Prairie or their clients
could call into question the exercise of an Access Person's independent
judgment. Access persons may not, for example, use their knowledge of portfolio
transactions to profit by the market effect of such transactions.
3. CONDUCT ALL PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS IN FULL COMPLIANCE
WITH THIS CODE INCLUDING BOTH THE PRECLEARANCE AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.
Doubtful situations should be resolved in favor of Advisory Clients. Technical
compliance with the Code's procedures will not automatically insulate from
scrutiny any trades that may indicate an abuse of fiduciary duties.
(1) Capitalized words are defined in Appendix 1.
<PAGE>
B. APPENDICES TO THE CODE. The appendices to this Code are attached
hereto, are a part of the Code and include the following:
1. DEFINITIONS--capitalized words as defined in the Code (Appendix
1),
2. CONTACT PERSONS, including the Preclearance Officer designees and the
Code of Ethics Review Committee (Appendix 2),
3. DISCLOSURE OF PERSONAL HOLDINGS IN SECURITIES (Appendix 3),
4. ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS AND LIMITED POWER OF
ATTORNEY (Appendix 4),
5. PRECLEARANCE REQUEST FOR ACCESS PERSONS (Appendix 5),
6. ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE (Appendix 6),
7. LIST OF BROAD-BASED INDICES (Appendix 7),
8. FORM LETTER TO BROKER OR BANK (Appendix 8),
9. GIFT POLICY (Appendix 9), and
10. INSIDER TRADING POLICY (Appendix 10).
C. APPLICATION OF THE CODE TO INDEPENDENT FUND DIRECTORS. This Code
applies to Independent Fund Directors and requires Independent Fund Directors
and their Immediate Families to report Securities Transactions to the
Compliance Department in accordance with the trade reporting requirements
(Section II.G.). However, provisions of the Code relating to the disclosure of
personal holdings (Section II.A.), preclearance of trades (Section II.B.),
prohibited transactions (II.D.1.), large positions in registered investment
companies (Section II.D.2.c.), private placements (Section II.D.3.),
restrictions on serving as a director of a publicly-traded company (Section
III.F.) and receipt of gifts (Section III.B.) do not apply to Independent Fund
Directors.
D. APPLICATION OF THE CODE TO FUNDS SUBADVISED BY SCM. This Code does
not apply to the directors, officers and general partners of Funds for which
SCM serves as a subadviser.
II. PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS
A. ANNUAL DISCLOSURE OF PERSONAL HOLDINGS BY ACCESS PERSONS. Upon
designation as an Access Person, and thereafter on an annual basis, all Access
Persons must report on the Disclosure of Personal Holdings In Securities Form
(Appendix 3) (or a substantially similar form) all Securities, including
securities held in certificate form, in which they have a Beneficial Interest
and all Securities in non-client accounts for which they make investment
decisions
<PAGE>
(previously reported holdings, as well as those specifically excluded
from the definition of Security, need not be reported). This provision does
not apply to Independent Fund Directors.
B. PRECLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCESS PERSONS.
1. GENERAL REQUIREMENT. Except for the transactions set forth in
Section II.B.2., ALL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS in which an Access Person or a
member of his or her Immediate Family has a Beneficial Interest MUST BE
PRECLEARED with the Preclearance Officer or his designee. This provision does
not apply to transactions of Independent Fund Directors and their Immediate
Families.
2. TRANSACTIONS EXEMPT FROM PRECLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS. The following
Securities Transactions are exempt from the preclearance requirements set forth
in Section II.B.1. of this Code:
a. MUTUAL FUNDS. Securities issued by any registered open-end
investment companies (including but not limited to the Strong Funds);
b. NO KNOWLEDGE. Securities Transactions where neither SCM, the
Access Person nor an Immediate Family member knows of the transaction before it
is completed (for example, Securities Transactions effected for an Access
Person by a trustee of a blind trust or discretionary trades involving an
investment partnership or investment club in which the Access Person is neither
consulted nor advised of the trade before it is executed);
c. CERTAIN CORPORATE ACTIONS. Any acquisition or disposition of
Securities through stock dividends, dividend reinvestments, stock splits,
reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs or other similar
corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders
of the same class of Securities. Odd-lot tender offers are also exempt from
the preclearance requirements; however, all other tender offers must be
precleared;
d. RIGHTS. Any acquisition or disposition of Securities through the
exercise of rights, options, convertible bonds or other instruments acquired in
compliance with this Code;
e. APPLICATION TO COMMODITIES, FUTURES, OPTIONS ON FUTURES AND OPTIONS
ON BROAD-BASED INDICES. Commodities, futures (including currency futures and
futures on securities comprising part of a broad-based, publicly traded market
based index of stocks), options on futures, options on currencies and options
on certain indices designated by the Compliance Department as broad-based are
not subject to preclearance or the seven day black out, 60-day profit
disgorgement and other prohibited transaction provisions of Section II.D.1. of
the Code but are subject to transaction reporting requirements (Section II.G.).
The options on indices designated by the Compliance Department as broad-based
may be changed from time to time and are listed in Appendix 7.
<PAGE>
THE OPTIONS ON INDICES THAT ARE NOT DESIGNATED AS BROAD-BASED ARE SUBJECT TO
THE PRECLEARANCE, SEVEN-DAY BLACKOUT, 60-DAY PROFIT DISGORGEMENT, PROHIBITED
TRANSACTION AND REPORTING PROVISIONS OF THE CODE.
f. MISCELLANEOUS. Any transaction in the following: (1) bankers
acceptances; (2) bank certificates of deposit ("CDs"); (3) commercial paper;
(4) repurchase agreements (when backed by exempt securities); (5) U.S.
Government Securities; (6) equity securities held in dividend reinvestment
plans ("DRIPs"); (7) Securities of the employer of a member of the Access
Person's Immediate Family if such securities are beneficially owned through
participation by the Immediate Family member in a Profit Sharing plan, 401(k)
plan, ESOP or other similar plan; and (8) other Securities as may from time to
time be designated in writing by the Code of Ethics Review Committee on the
grounds that the risk of abuse is minimal or non-existent.
C. PRECLEARANCE REQUESTS.
1. TRADE AUTHORIZATION REQUEST FORMS. Prior to entering an order for
a Securities Transaction that requires preclearance, the Access Person must
complete, IN WRITING, a Preclearance Request For Access Persons Form (Appendix
5) and submit the completed form to the Preclearance Officer (or his or her
designee). The Preclearance Request For Access Persons Form requires Access
Persons to provide certain information and to make certain representations.
Proposed Securities Transactions of the Preclearance Officer that require
preclearance must be submitted to his designee.
2. REVIEW OF FORM. After receiving the completed Preclearance Request
For Access Persons Form, the Preclearance Officer (or his or her designee) will
(a) review the information set forth in the form, (b) independently confirm
whether the Securities are held by any Funds or other accounts managed by SCM
and whether there are any unexecuted orders to purchase or sell the Securities
by any Fund or accounts managed by SCM and (c) as soon as reasonably
practicable, determine whether to clear the proposed Securities Transaction.
The authorization, date, and time of the authorization must be reflected on the
Preclearance Request For Access Persons Form. The Preclearance Officer (or his
or her designee) will keep one copy of the completed form for the Compliance
Department, send one copy to the Access Person seeking authorization and send
the third copy to the Trading Department, which will cause the transaction to
be executed. If the brokerage account is an Electronic Trading Account, the
transaction may be placed by the Compliance Department.
No order for a securities transaction for which preclearance authorization is
sought may be placed prior to the receipt of WRITTEN authorization of the
transaction by the preclearance officer (or his or her designee). Verbal
approvals are not permitted.
<PAGE>
3. ACCESS PERSON DESIGNEES. If an Access Person is unable to
personally effect a personal Securities Transaction, such Access Person may
designate an individual at SCM to complete and submit for preclearance on his
or her behalf a Preclearance Request For Access Persons Form provided the
following requirements are satisfied:
a. The Access Person communicates the details of the trade and affirms
the accuracy of the representations and warranties contained on the Form
directly to such designated person; and
b. The designated person completes the Preclearance Request For Access
Persons Form on behalf of the Access Person in accordance with the requirements
of the Code and then executes the Access Person Designee Certification
contained in the Form. The Access Person does not need to sign the Form so
long as the foregoing certification is provided.
D. PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS.
1. PROHIBITED SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS. The following Securities
Transactions for accounts in which an Access Person or a member of his or her
Immediate Family have a Beneficial Interest, to the extent they require
preclearance under Section II.B. above, are prohibited and will not be
authorized by the Preclearance Officer (or his or her designee) absent
exceptional circumstances:
a. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS. Any purchase of Securities in an initial
public offering (other than a new offering of a registered open-end investment
company);
b. PENDING BUY OR SELL ORDERS. Any purchase or sale of Securities on
any day during which any Advisory Client has a pending "buy" or "sell" order in
the same Security (or Equivalent Security) until that order is executed or
withdrawn, unless the purchase or sale is a Program Trade;
c. SEVEN DAY BLACKOUT. Purchases or sales of Securities by a
Portfolio Manager within seven calendar days of a purchase or sale of the same
Securities (or Equivalent Securities) by an Advisory Client managed by that
Portfolio Manager, unless the purchase or sale is a Program Trade. For
example, if a Fund trades in a Security on day one, day eight is the first day
the Portfolio Manager may trade that Security for an account in which he or she
has a beneficial interest;
d. INTENTION TO BUY OR SELL FOR ADVISORY CLIENT. Purchases or sales
of Securities at a time when that Access Person intends, or knows of another's
intention, to purchase or sell that Security (or an Equivalent Security) on
behalf of an Advisory Client. This prohibition applies whether the Securities
Transaction is
<PAGE>
in the same (E.G., two purchases) or the opposite (a purchase
and sale) direction of the transaction of the Advisory Client, unless the
purchase or sale is a Program Trade; and
e. 60-DAY BLACKOUT. (1) Sales of a Security within 60 days of the
purchase of the Security (or an Equivalent Security) in which the Access Person
has a Beneficial Interest and (2) purchases of a Security within 60 days of the
sale of the Security (or an Equivalent Security) in which the Access Person had
a Beneficial Interest, unless in each case, the Access Person agrees to give up
all profits on the transaction to a charitable organization as specified by
remedies involving sanctions (Section IV.B.1.).
2. ALWAYS PROHIBITED SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS. The following
Securities Transactions are prohibited and will not be authorized under any
circumstances:
a. INSIDE INFORMATION. Any transaction in a Security while in
possession of material nonpublic information regarding the Security or the
issuer of the Security (see Insider Trading Policy, Appendix 10);
b. MARKET MANIPULATION. Transactions intended to raise, lower, or
maintain the price of any Security or to create a false appearance of active
trading;
c. LARGE POSITIONS IN REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES. Transactions
in a registered investment company, including Strong Funds, which result in the
Access Person owning five percent or more of any class of securities in such
investment company (this prohibition does not apply to Independent Fund
Directors); and
d. OTHERS. Any other transactions deemed by the Preclearance Officer
(or his designee) to involve a conflict of interest, possible diversion of
corporate opportunity or an appearance of impropriety.
3. PRIVATE PLACEMENTS. Acquisitions of Beneficial Interests in
Securities in a private placement by an Access Person is strongly discouraged.
The Preclearance Officer (or his or her designee) will give permission only
after considering, among other facts, whether the investment opportunity should
be reserved for Advisory Clients and whether the opportunity is being offered
to an Access Person by virtue of his or her position as an Access Person.
Access Persons who have been authorized to acquire and have acquired securities
in a private placement are required to disclose that investment to the
Compliance Department when they play a part in any subsequent consideration of
an investment in the issuer by an Advisory Client. In such circumstances, the
decision to purchase securities of the issuer by an Advisory Client must be
independently authorized by a Portfolio Manager with no personal interest in
the issuer. This provision does not apply to Independent Fund Directors.
<PAGE>
4. NO EXPLANATION REQUIRED FOR REFUSALS. In some cases, the
Preclearance Officer (or his or her designee) may refuse to authorize a
Securities Transaction for a reason that is confidential. The Preclearance
Officer is not required to give an explanation for refusing to authorize any
Securities Transaction.
E. EXECUTION OF PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS. Unless an exception
is provided in writing by the Compliance Department, all transactions in
Securities subject to the preclearance requirements for which an Access Person
or a member of his or her Immediate Family has a Beneficial Interest shall be
executed by the Trading Department. However, if the Access Person's brokerage
account is an Electronic Trading Account, the transaction may be placed by the
Compliance Department instead of the Trading Department. IN ALL INSTANCES, THE
TRADING DEPARTMENT MUST GIVE PRIORITY TO CLIENT TRADES OVER ACCESS PERSON
TRADES.
F. LENGTH OF TRADE AUTHORIZATION APPROVAL. The authorization provided
by the Preclearance Officer (or his or her designee) is effective until the
earlier of (1) its revocation, (2) the close of business on the second trading
day after the authorization is granted (for example, if authorization is
provided on a Monday, it is effective until the close of business on Wednesday)
or (3) the Access Person learns that the information in the Trade Authorization
Request Form is not accurate. If the order for the Securities Transaction is
not placed within that period, a new advance authorization must be obtained
before the Securities Transaction is placed. If the Securities Transaction is
placed but has not been executed within two trading days after the day the
authorization is granted (for example, in the case of a limit order or a not
held order), no new authorization is necessary unless the person placing the
original order for the Securities Transaction amends it in any way.
G. TRADE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.
1. REPORTING REQUIREMENT. EVERY ACCESS PERSON AND MEMBERS OF HIS OR
HER IMMEDIATE FAMILY (INCLUDING INDEPENDENT FUND DIRECTORS AND THEIR IMMEDIATE
FAMILIES) MUST ARRANGE FOR THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT TO RECEIVE DIRECTLY FROM
ANY BROKER, DEALER OR BANK THAT EFFECTS ANY SECURITIES TRANSACTION, DUPLICATE
COPIES OF EACH CONFIRMATION FOR EACH SUCH TRANSACTION AND PERIODIC STATEMENTS
FOR EACH BROKERAGE ACCOUNT IN WHICH SUCH ACCESS PERSON HAS A BENEFICIAL
INTEREST. Additionally, securities held in certificate form that are not
included in the periodic statements, must also be reported. Attached hereto as
Appendix 8 is a form letter that may be used to request such documents from
such entities. An Access Person must arrange to have duplicate confirmations
and periodic statements sent within 30 days of the sooner of (1) designation as
an Access Person or (2) the establishment of the account at the broker, dealer
or bank. If the Access Person is unable to arrange for the above, the Access
Person must immediately notify the Compliance Department.
<PAGE>
THE FOREGOING DOES NOT APPLY TO TRANSACTIONS AND HOLDINGS IN (1) OPEN-END
INVESTMENT COMPANIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE STRONG FUNDS, (2) BANKERS
ACCEPTANCES, (3) BANK CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT ("CDS"), (4) COMMERCIAL PAPER,
(5) REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS WHEN BACKED BY EXEMPT SECURITIES, (6) U. S.
GOVERNMENT SECURITIES, (7) EQUITY SECURITIES HELD IN DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT
PLANS ("DRIPS") OR (8) SECURITIES OF THE EMPLOYER OF A MEMBER OF THE ACCESS
PERSON'S IMMEDIATE FAMILY IF SUCH SECURITIES ARE BENEFICIALLY OWNED THROUGH
PARTICIPATION BY THE IMMEDIATE FAMILY MEMBER IN A PROFIT SHARING PLAN, 401(K)
PLAN, ESOP OR OTHER SIMILAR PLAN.
2. DISCLAIMERS. Any report of a Securities Transaction for the
benefit of a person other than the individual in whose account the transaction
is placed may contain a statement that the report should not be construed as an
admission by the person making the report that he or she has any direct or
indirect beneficial ownership in the Security to which the report relates.
3. QUARTERLY REVIEW. At least quarterly, for Securities Transactions
requiring preclearance under this Code, the Preclearance Officer (or his or her
designee) shall compare the confirmations and periodic statements provided
pursuant to the trade reporting requirements (Section II.G.1.) to the approved
Trade Authorization Request Forms. Such review shall include:
a. Whether the Securities Transaction complied with this Code;
b. Whether the Securities Transaction was authorized in advance of its
placement;
c. Whether the Securities Transaction was executed within two full
trading days of when it was authorized;
d. Whether any Fund or accounts managed by SCM owned the Securities at
the time of the Securities Transaction, and;
e. Whether any Fund or separate accounts managed by SCM purchased or
sold the Securities in the Securities Transaction within at least 10 days of
the Securities Transaction.
4. AVAILABILITY OF REPORTS. All information supplied pursuant to this
Code will be available for inspection by the Boards of Directors of SCM and
SFDI; the Board of Directors of each Strong Fund; the Code of Ethics Review
Committee; the Compliance Department; the Access Person's department manager
(or designee); any party to which any investigation is referred by any of the
foregoing, the SEC, any self-regulatory organization of which the Strong Funds,
SCM, the Distributor or Flint Prairie is a member, and any state securities
commission; as well as any attorney or agent of the foregoing, the Strong
Funds, SCM, the Distributor or Flint Prairie.
<PAGE>
III. FIDUCIARY DUTIES
A. CONFIDENTIALITY. Access Persons are prohibited from revealing
information relating to the investment intentions, activities or portfolios of
Advisory Clients except to persons whose responsibilities require knowledge of
the information.
B. GIFTS. The following provisions on gifts apply only to associates
of SCM, the Distributor and Flint Prairie.
1. ACCEPTING GIFTS. On occasion, because of their position with SCM,
the Distributor, the Strong Funds or Flint Prairie, associates may be offered,
or may receive without notice, gifts from clients, brokers, vendors or other
persons not affiliated with such entities. Acceptance of extraordinary or
extravagant gifts is not permissible. Any such gifts must be declined or
returned in order to protect the reputation and integrity of SCM, the
Distributor, the Strong Funds and Flint Prairie. Gifts of a nominal value
(i.e., gifts whose reasonable value is no more than $100 a year), customary
business meals, entertainment (E.G., sporting events) and promotional items
(E.G., pens, mugs, T-shirts) may be accepted. Please see the Gift Policy
(Appendix 9) for additional information.
If an associate receives any gift that might be prohibited under this
Code, the associate must inform the Compliance Department.
2. SOLICITATION OF GIFTS. Associates of SCM, the Distributor or Flint
Prairie may not solicit gifts or gratuities.
3. GIVING GIFTS. Associates of SCM, the Distributor or Flint Prairie
may not give any gift with a value in excess of $100 per year to persons
associated with securities or financial organizations, including exchanges,
other member organizations, commodity firms, news media or clients of the firm.
Please see the Gift Policy (Appendix 9) for additional information.
C. PAYMENTS TO ADVISORY CLIENTS. Access Persons may not make any
payments to Advisory Clients in order to resolve any type of Advisory Client
complaint. All such matters must be handled by the Legal Department.
D. CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES. Access Persons may not take personal
advantage of any opportunity properly belonging to any Advisory Client, SCM,
the Distributor or Flint Prairie. This includes, but is not limited to,
acquiring Securities for one's own account that would otherwise be acquired for
an Advisory Client.
E. UNDUE INFLUENCE. Access Persons may not cause or attempt to cause
any Advisory Client to purchase, sell or hold any Security in a manner
calculated to create any personal benefit to the Access Person. If an Access
Person or Immediate Family Member stands
<PAGE>
to materially benefit from an investment decision for an Advisory Client that
the Access Person is recommending or participating in, the Access Person must
disclose to those persons with authority to make investment decisions for the
Advisory Client, any Beneficial Interest that the Access Person (or Immediate
Family) has in that Security or an Equivalent Security, or in the issuer
thereof, where the decision could create a material benefit to the Access
Person (or Immediate Family) or the appearance of impropriety. If the Access
Person in question is a person with authority to make investment decisions for
the Advisory Client, disclosure must also be made to the Compliance Department.
The person to whom the Access Person reports the interest, in consultation with
the Compliance Department, must determine whether the Access Person will be
restricted in making investment decisions.
F. SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR. No Access Person, other than an Independent
Fund Director, may serve on the board of directors of a publicly-held company
not affiliated with SCM, the Distributor, the Strong Funds or Flint Prairie
absent prior written authorization by the Code of Ethics Review Committee. This
authorization will rarely, if ever, be granted and, if granted, will normally
require that the affected Access Person be isolated through "Chinese Wall" or
other procedures from those making investment decisions related to the issuer
on whose board the Access Person sits.
G. INVOLVEMENT IN CRIMINAL MATTERS OR INVESTMENT-RELATED CIVIL
PROCEEDINGS. Each Access Person must notify the Compliance Department, as soon
as reasonably practical, if arrested, arraigned, indicted or pleads no contest
to any criminal offense (other than minor traffic violations) or if named as a
defendant in any Investment-Related civil proceedings or any administrative or
disciplinary action.
IV. COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE OF ETHICS
A. CODE OF ETHICS REVIEW COMMITTEE.
1. MEMBERSHIP, VOTING, AND QUORUM. The Code of Ethics Review
Committee shall consist of Senior Officers of SCM. The Committee shall vote by
majority vote with two members serving as a quorum. Vacancies may be filled;
and in the case of extended absences or periods of unavailability, alternates
may be selected by the majority vote of the remaining members of the Committee.
However, in the event that the General Counsel or Acting General Counsel is
unavailable, at least one member of the Committee shall also be a member of the
Compliance Department.
2. INVESTIGATING VIOLATIONS OF THE CODE. The General Counsel, or his
or her designee, is responsible for investigating any suspected violation of
the Code and shall report the results of each investigation to the Code of
Ethics Review Committee. The Code of Ethics Review Committee is responsible
for reviewing the results of any investigation of any reported or suspected
violation of the Code. Any material violation of the Code by an associate of
SCM, the Distributor or Flint Prairie for which significant remedial
<PAGE>
action was taken will be reported to the Boards of Directors of the Strong
Funds at the next regularly scheduled quarterly Board meeting.
3. ANNUAL REPORTS. The Code of Ethics Review Committee will review
the Code at least once a year, in light of legal and business developments and
experience in implementing the Code and will prepare an annual report to the
Boards of Directors of SCM, the Distributor and each Strong Fund that:
a. Summarizes existing procedures concerning personal investing and
any changes in the procedures made during the past year;
b. Identifies any violation requiring significant remedial action
during the past year; and
c. Identifies any recommended changes in existing restrictions or
procedures based on its experience under the Code, evolving industry practices
or developments in applicable laws or regulations.
B. REMEDIES.
1. SANCTIONS. If the Code of Ethics Review Committee determines that
an Access Person has committed a violation of the Code, the Committee may
impose sanctions and take other actions as it deems appropriate, including a
letter of caution or warning, suspension of personal trading rights, suspension
of employment (with or without compensation), fine, civil referral to the SEC,
criminal referral and termination of employment for cause. The Code of Ethics
Review Committee may also require the Access Person to reverse the trade(s) in
question and forfeit any profit or absorb any loss derived therefrom. The
amount of profit shall be calculated by the Code of Ethics Review Committee and
shall be forwarded to a charitable organization. No member of the Code of
Ethics Review Committee may review his or her own transaction.
2. SOLE AUTHORITY. The Code of Ethics Review Committee has sole
authority, subject to the review set forth in Section IV.B.3. below, to
determine the remedy for any violation of the Code, including appropriate
disposition of any moneys forfeited pursuant to this provision. Failure to
promptly abide by a directive to reverse a trade or forfeit profits may result
in the imposition of additional sanctions.
3. REVIEW. Whenever the Code of Ethics Review Committee determines
that an Access Person has committed a violation of this Code that merits
significant remedial action, it will report promptly to the Boards of Directors
of SCM and/or the Distributor (as appropriate), and no less frequently than the
quarterly meeting to the Boards of Directors of the applicable Strong Funds,
information relating to the investigation of the violation, including any
sanctions imposed. The Boards of Directors of SCM, the Distributor and the
Strong Funds may modify such sanctions as they deem appropriate.
<PAGE>
Such Boards may have access to all information considered by the Code of Ethics
Review Committee in relation to the case. The Code of Ethics Review Committee
may determine whether to delay the imposition of any sanctions pending review by
the applicable Boards of Directors.
C. EXCEPTIONS TO THE CODE. Although exceptions to the Code will
rarely, if ever, be granted, the General Counsel of SCM may grant exceptions to
the requirements of the Code on a case-by-case basis if he finds that the
proposed conduct involves negligible opportunity for abuse. All Material
exceptions must be in writing and must be reported as soon as practicable to
the Code of Ethics Review Committee and to the Boards of Directors of the SCM
Funds at their next regularly scheduled meeting after the exception is granted.
Refer to Appendix 1 for the definition of "Material."
D. COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION. At least annually, all Access Persons
will be required to certify on the Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire set
forth in Appendix 6, or on a document substantially in the form of Appendix 6,
that they have complied with the Code in all respects.
E. RECORD RETENTION. SCM will, at its principal place of business,
maintain the following records in an easily accessible place, for at least six
years and will make records available to the SEC or any representative thereof
at any time:
1. CODE OF ETHICS. A copy of the Code of Ethics which is, or at any
time has been, in effect.
2. VIOLATIONS. A record of any violation of such Code of Ethics and
any action taken as a result of such violation.
3. REQUIRED REPORTS. A copy of each report made by an Access Person
pursuant to the Code of Ethics shall include records of the procedures followed
in connection with the preclearance and reporting requirements of this Code and
information relied on by the Preclearance Officer in authorizing the Securities
Transaction and in making the post-Securities Transaction determination.
4. ACCESS PERSON LIST. A list of all persons who are, or have been,
required to make reports pursuant to the Code of Ethics.
F. INQUIRIES REGARDING THE CODE. The Compliance Department will
answer any questions about this Code or any other compliance-related matters.
<PAGE>
Appendix 1
DEFINITIONS
"ACCESS PERSON" means (1) every director, officer, and general partner of
SCM, the Distributor, the Strong Funds and Flint Prairie; (2) every associate of
SCM, the Distributor and Flint Prairie who, in connection with his or her
regular functions, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the
purchase or sale of a security by an Advisory Client's account; (3) every
associate of SCM, the Distributor and Flint Prairie who is involved in making
purchase or sale recommendations for an Advisory Client's account; (4) every
associate of SCM, the Distributor and Flint Prairie who obtains information
concerning such recommendations prior to their dissemination; and (5) such
agents of SCM, the Distributor, the Funds or Flint Prairie as the Compliance
Department shall designate who may be deemed an Access Person if they were an
associate of the foregoing. Any uncertainty as to whether an individual is an
Access Person should be brought to the attention of the Compliance Department.
Such questions will be resolved in accordance with, and this definition shall be
subject to, the definition of "Access Person" found in Rule 17j-1(e)(1)
promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
"ADVISORY CLIENT" means any client (including both investment companies
and managed accounts) for which SCM serves as an investment adviser or
subadviser, renders investment advice or makes investment decisions.
"BENEFICIAL INTEREST" means the opportunity, directly or indirectly,
through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, to
profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the subject
Securities. An Access Person is deemed to have a Beneficial Interest in
Securities owned by members of his or her Immediate Family. Common examples of
Beneficial Interest include joint accounts, spousal accounts, UTMA accounts,
partnerships, trusts and controlling interests in corporations. Any
uncertainty as to whether an Access Person has a Beneficial Interest in a
Security should be brought to the attention of the Compliance Department. Such
questions will be resolved by reference to the principles set forth in the
definition of "beneficial owner" found in Rules 16a-1(a)(2) and (5) promulgated
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
"CODE" means this Code of Ethics.
"COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT" means the designated persons listed on Appendix 2,
as such Appendix shall be amended from time to time.
"THE DISTRIBUTOR" means Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.
"ELECTRONIC TRADING ACCOUNT" means a brokerage account held by an Access
Person where Securities Transactions are placed either electronically via the
Internet or the telephone. All such Securities Transactions must be precleared
by the Compliance Department. Upon authorizing the transaction, the trade
will be placed by either the Compliance Department or the Trading Department.
<PAGE>
"EQUIVALENT SECURITY" means any Security issued by the same entity as the
issuer of a subject Security that is convertible into the equity Security of
the issuer. Examples include options but are not limited to rights, stock
appreciation rights, warrants and convertible bonds.
"FUND" means an investment company registered under the Investment Company
Act of 1940 (or a portfolio or series thereof) for which SCM serves as an
adviser or subadviser.
"IMMEDIATE FAMILY" of an Access Person means any of the following persons
who reside in the same household as the Access Person:
child grandparent son-in-law
stepchild spouse daughter-in-law
grandchild sibling brother-in-law
parent mother-in-law sister-in-law
stepparent father-in-law
Immediate Family includes adoptive relationships and any other relationship
(whether or not recognized by law) which the General Counsel determines could
lead to the possible conflicts of interest, diversions of corporate
opportunity, or appearances of impropriety which this Code is intended to
prevent.
"INDEPENDENT FUND DIRECTOR" means an independent director of an investment
company for which SCM serves as the advisor.
"LEGAL DEPARTMENT" means the SCM Legal/Compliance Department.
"MATERIAL" for purposes of this reporting requirement, shall mean the
following:
1. NUMBER OF SHARES - Any transaction for more than 1,000 shares shall be
deemed material and subject to reporting. Whether a transaction of 1,000
shares or less is material shall be determined on a case-by-case basis; in
particular, the less liquid a security is, the lower the threshold that
should be used for the materiality determination.
2. DOLLAR VALUE OF TRANSACTION - Any transaction with a dollar value in excess
of $25,000 shall be deemed material and subject to reporting. Whether a
transaction of $25,000 or less is material shall be determined on a
case-by-case basis.
3. NUMBER OF TRANSACTIONS IN A YEAR - The General Counsel may grant no more
than two exceptions per associate per year that are not subject to
reporting. For example, if the General Counsel has granted two exceptions
to an associate, ANY exception granted thereafter shall be deemed material
and subject to reporting (irrespective of the number of shares or other
circumstances of the transaction).
4. CONSULTATION WITH INDEPENDENT COUNSEL - In any case where the General
Counsel believes there is an issue of whether a proposed exception is
material and
<PAGE>
subject to reporting, he shall consult with counsel to the independent directors
for the Strong Funds.
"PORTFOLIO MANAGER" means a person who has or shares principal day-to-day
responsibility for managing the portfolio of an Advisory Client.
"PRECLEARANCE OFFICER" means the person designated as the Preclearance
Officer in Appendix 2 hereof.
"PROGRAM TRADE" is where a Portfolio Manager directs a trader to do trades
in either an index-type account or portion of account or, at a minimum, 25-30%
of the Securities in a non-index account. Program Trades for non-index type
accounts generally arise in any of three situations: (1) cash or other assets
are being added to an account and the Portfolio Manager instructs the trader
that new securities are to be bought in a manner that maintains the account's
existing allocations; (2) cash is being withdrawn from an account and the
Portfolio Manager instructs the trader that securities are to be sold in a
manner that maintains the account's current securities allocations; and (3) a
new account is established and the Portfolio Manager instructs the trader to
buy specific securities in the same allocation percentages as are held by other
client accounts.
"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
"SECURITY" includes stock; notes, bonds, debentures and other evidences of
indebtedness (including loan participations and assignments); limited
partnership interests; investment contracts; all derivative instruments of the
foregoing, such as options and warrants; and other items mentioned in Section
2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act, not specifically exempted by Rule 17j-1. Items
excluded from the definition of "Security" by Rule 17j-1 are U. S. Government
Securities, bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper
and shares of open-end investment companies. In addition, security does not
include futures, commodities, currencies or options on the aforementioned, but
the purchase and sale of such instruments are nevertheless subject to the
reporting requirements of the Code.
"SECURITIES TRANSACTION" means a purchase or sale of Securities in which
an Access Person or a members of his or her Immediate Family has or acquires a
Beneficial Interest.
"SCM" means Strong Capital Management, Inc.
"STRONG FUNDS" means the investment companies comprising the Strong Family
of Mutual Funds.
"U. S. GOVERNMENT SECURITY" means any security issued or guaranteed as to
principal or interest by the United States or by a person controlled or
supervised by and acting as an instrumentality of the Government of the United
States pursuant to authority granted by the Congress of the United States or
any certificate of deposit for any of the foregoing.
<PAGE>
Appendix 2
CONTACT PERSONS
PRECLEARANCE OFFICER
1. Thomas P. Lemke, General Counsel of SCM
2. Stephen J. Shenkenberg, Acting General Counsel of SCM
DESIGNEES OF PRECLEARANCE OFFICER
1. Thomas A. Hooker
2. John A. Flanagan
3. Donna J. Lelinski
4. Linda E. Meints
COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT
1. Thomas P. Lemke
2. Stephen J. Shenkenberg
3. Thomas A. Hooker
4. Daphne C. Evans
5. Donna J. Lelinski
6. Linda E. Meints
CODE OF ETHICS REVIEW COMMITTEE
1. Thomas P. Lemke, General Counsel of SCM
2. Stephen J. Shenkenberg, Acting General Counsel of SCM
3. John A. Flanagan, Senior Vice President of SCM
<PAGE>
Appendix 3
PERSONAL HOLDINGS IN SECURITIES
In accordance with Section II.A. of the Code of Ethics, please provide a list
of all Securities (other than those specifically excluded from the definition
of Security), including physical certificates held, in which each Access Person
has a Beneficial Interest, including those in accounts of the Immediate Family
of the Access Person and all Securities in non-client accounts for which the
Access Person makes investment decisions.
(1) Name of Access Person:_______________________________
(2) If different than (1), name of the person
in whose name the account is held:_______________________________
(3) Relationship of (2) to (1):_______________________________
(4) Broker at which Account is maintained:_______________________________
(5) Account Number:_______________________________
(6) Contact person at Broker and phone number_______________________________
(7) For each account, attach the most recent account statement listing
Securities in that account. If the Access Person owns Beneficial Interests in
Securities that are not listed in an attached account statement, or holds the
physical certificate, list them below:
NAME OF SECURITY QUANTITY VALUE CUSTODIAN
1.__________________________________________________________________
2.__________________________________________________________________
3.__________________________________________________________________
4.__________________________________________________________________
5.__________________________________________________________________
6.__________________________________________________________________
(ATTACH SEPARATE SHEET IF NECESSARY.)
I certify that this form and the attached statements (if any) constitute
all of the Securities in which I have a Beneficial Interest, including those
for which I hold physical certificates, as well as those held in accounts of my
Immediate Family.
____________________________________
Access Person Signature
Dated:__________________ ____________________________________
Print Name
<PAGE>
Appendix 4
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS
AND LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY
I acknowledge that I have received the Code of Ethics dated January 1,
1999, and represent that:
1. In accordance with Section II.A. of the Code of Ethics, I will
fully disclose the Securities holdings in which I have, or a member of my
Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest.*
2. In accordance with Section II.B.1. of the Code of Ethics, I will
obtain prior authorization for all Securities Transactions in which I have, or
a member of my Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest except for
transactions exempt from preclearance under Section II.B. 2. of the Code of
Ethics.*
3. In accordance with Section II.G.1. of the Code of Ethics, I will
report all Securities Transactions in which I have, or a member of my Immediate
Family has, a Beneficial Interest, except for transactions exempt from
reporting under Section II.G.1. of the Code of Ethics.
4. I will comply with the Code of Ethics in all other respects.
5. I agree to disgorge and forfeit any profits on prohibited
transactions in accordance with the requirements of the Code.*
I hereby appoint Strong Capital Management, Inc. as my attorney-in-fact
for the purpose of placing orders for and on my behalf to buy, sell, tender,
exchange, covert, and otherwise effectuate transactions in any and all stocks,
bonds, options, and other securities. I agree that Strong Capital Management,
Inc. shall not be liable for the consequences of any errors made by the
executing brokers in connection with such transactions.*
____________________________________
Access Person Signature
____________________________________
Print Name
Dated:____________________
* Representations (1), (2) and (5) and the Limited Power of Attorney do
not apply to Independent Fund Directors.
<PAGE>
Appendix 5
Ctrl. No:_________________________ Associate ID #_______________________________
STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
PRECLEARANCE REQUEST FOR ACCESS PERSONS
1. Name of Access Person (and trading entity, if different):________________
2. Name and symbol of Security:_____________________________
3. Maximum quantity to be purchased or sold:_______________________________
4. Name, account # & phone # of broker to effect transaction:_______________
5. Check if applicable: Purchase ____ Market Order ____
Sale ____ Limit Order ____ (Limit Order Price: ___________)
Not Held Order ____
6. In connection with the foregoing transaction, I hereby make the
following representations and warranties:
(a) I do not possess any material nonpublic information regarding the
Security or the issuer of the Security.
(b) To my knowledge:
(1) The Securities or "equivalent" securities (I.E., securities issued by
the same issuer) [ ARE / ARE NOT ] (CIRCLE ONE) held by any investment
companies or other accounts managed by SCM;
(2) There are no outstanding purchase or sell orders for this Security (or
any equivalent security) by any investment companies or other accounts managed
by SCM; and
(3) None of the Securities (or equivalent securities) are actively being
considered for purchase or sale by any investment companies or other accounts
managed by SCM.
(c) The Securities are not being acquired in an initial public offering.
(d) The Securities are not being acquired in a private placement or, if
they are, I have reviewed Section II.D.3. of the Code and have attached hereto
a written explanation of such transaction.
(e) If I am a Portfolio Manager, none of the accounts I manage purchased
or sold these Securities (or equivalent securities) within the past seven
calendar days and I do not expect any such client accounts to purchase or sell
these Securities (or equivalent securities) within seven calendar days of my
purchase or sale.
(f) If I am purchasing these Securities, I have not directly or indirectly
(through any member of my Immediate Family, any account in which I have a
Beneficial Interest or otherwise) sold these Securities (or equivalent
securities) in the prior 60 days.
(g) If I am selling these Securities, I have not directly or indirectly
(through any member of my Immediate Family, any account in which I have a
Beneficial Interest or otherwise) purchased these Securities (or equivalent
securities) in the prior 60 days.
(h) I have read the SCM Code of Ethics within the prior 12 months and
believe that the proposed trade fully complies with the requirements of the
Code.
______________________________ ___________________________________
Access Person Print Name
CERTIFICATION OF ACCESS PERSON DESIGNEE
The undersigned hereby certifies that the above Access Person (a) directly
instructed me to complete this form on his or her behalf, (b) to the best of my
knowledge, was out of the office at the time of such instruction and has not
returned, and (c) confirmed to me that the representations and warranties
contained in this form are accurate.
______________________________ ______________________________
Access Person Designee Print Name
AUTHORIZATION
Authorized By:______________________________________
Date:___________________ Time:_____________________________
PLACEMENT
Trader:_________________________ Date:________________
Time:__________________ Qty:_________________
EXECUTION
Trader:_________________________ Date:________________
Time:__________________ Qty:_________________ Price:_______________
(Original copy to Compliance Department, Yellow copy to Trading Department,
Pink copy to Access Person)
revised 7/98
<PAGE>
CONFIDENTIAL Appendix 6
ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE(1)
For ACCESS PERSONS of
The Strong Family of Mutual Funds,
Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.
and Flint Prairie, L.L.C.
September 14, 1998
Associate: ____________________________(please print name)
I. Introduction
Access Persons(2) are required to answer the following questions FOR
THE YEAR SEPTEMBER 1, 1997, THROUGH AUGUST 31, 1998. ANSWERS OF "NO" TO ANY OF
THE QUESTIONS IN SECTIONS II AND III MUST BE EXPLAINED ON THE "ATTACHMENT" ON
PAGE 3. Upon completion, please sign and return the questionnaire by Monday,
September 21st, to Donna Lelinski in the Compliance Department. All
information provided is kept confidential to the maximum extent possible. If
you have any questions, please contact Donna at extension 3362.
II. Annual certification of compliance with the Code of Ethics
A. Have you OBTAINED PRECLEARANCE for all Securities(3) Transactions in which
you have, or a member of your Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest,
except for transactions exempt from preclearance under the Code of Ethics?
(Circle "Yes" if there have been no Securities Transactions.)
YES NO (CIRCLE ONE)
B. Do you understand that you are PROHIBITED from owning five percent or more
of any class of security of a registered investment company, and have you
so complied?
YES NO (CIRCLE ONE)
C. Have you REPORTED all Securities Transactions in which you have, or a
member of your Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest, except for
transactions exempt from reporting under the Code of Ethics? (Reporting
requirements include arranging for the Compliance Department to receive,
directly from your broker, duplicate transaction confirmations and duplicate
periodic statements for each brokerage account in which you have, or a member
of your Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest(4), as well as reporting
securities held in certificate form. Circle "Yes" if there are no reportable
transactions.)
YES NO (CIRCLE ONE)
(1) All definitions used in this questionnaire have the same meanings those in
the Code of Ethics.
(2) Non-Access Persons and Independent Fund Directors of the Strong funds must
complete a separate questionnaire.
(3) Security, as defined, does NOT include open-end investment companies,
including the Strong Funds.
(4) Please contact Donna Lelinski (x3362) if you are uncertain as to what
confirmations and statements you have arranged for the Compliance Department
to receive.
<PAGE>
D. Have you notified the Compliance Department if you have been arrested,
arraigned, indicted, or have plead no contest to any criminal offense, or been
named as a defendant in any Investment-Related civil proceedings, or
administrative or disciplinary action? (Circle "Yes" if you have not been
arrested, arraigned, etc.)
YES NO (CIRCLE ONE)
E. Have you complied with the Code of Ethics in all other respects,
including the gift policy?
YES NO (CIRCLE ONE)
LIST ON THE ATTACHMENT ALL REPORTABLE GIFTS(5) GIVEN OR RECEIVED FOR THE YEAR
SEPTEMBER 1, 1997, THROUGH AUGUST 31, 1998, NOTING THE MONTH, "COUNTERPARTY,"
GIFT DESCRIPTION, AND ESTIMATED VALUE.
III. Have you complied in all respects with the Insider Trading Policy
dated September 19, 1995?
YES NO (CIRCLE ONE)
ANSWERS OF "NO" TO ANY OF THE QUESTIONS IN SECTIONS II AND III MUST BE
EXPLAINED ON THE "ATTACHMENT" ON PAGE 3.
IV. Disclosure of directorships statement
A. Are you, or is any member of your Immediate Family, a director of any
for-profit, privately held companies(6)? (If "Yes," please list on the
Attachment each company for which you are, or a member of your Immediate Family
is, a director.)
YES NO (CIRCLE ONE)
B. If the response to IV.A. is "Yes," do you have knowledge that any of the
companies for which you are, or a member of your Immediate Family is, a
director will go public or be acquired within the next 12 months? (If the
answer is "YES," please be prepared to discuss this matter with a member of the
Compliance Department in the near future.)
YES NO (CIRCLE ONE)
I hereby represent that, to the best of my knowledge, the foregoing responses
are true and complete. I understand that any untrue or incomplete response may
be subject to disciplinary action by the firm.
____________________________________
Access Person Signature
Dated:____________________
____________________________________
Print Name
(5) Associates are NOT required to report the following: (i) usual and
customary promotional items given to or received from vendors, (ii) items
donated to charity (through Mary Beitzel in Legal), or (iii) food items consumed
on the premises. Entertainment - i.e., a meal or activity with the vendor
present does not have to be reported.
(6) Per section III.F. of the Code of Ethics, no Access Person, other than an
Independent Fund Director, may serve on the board of directors of a PUBLICLY
HELD company.
<PAGE>
ATTACHMENT TO
ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE
PLEASE EXPLAIN ALL "NO" RESPONSES TO QUESTIONS IN SECTIONS II AND III:
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
___________________
PLEASE LIST EACH COMPANY FOR WHICH YOU ARE, OR A MEMBER OR YOUR IMMEDIATE
FAMILY IS, A DIRECTOR (SECTION IV):
_______________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
GIFTS FOR THE YEAR SEPTEMBER 1, 1997, THROUGH AUGUST 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
MONTH GIFT GIVER / RECEIVER GIFT DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED VALUE
--------- --------------------- ----------------- -----------------
</TABLE>
1.
________________________________________________________________________________
2.
________________________________________________________________________________
3.
________________________________________________________________________________
4.
________________________________________________________________________________
5.
________________________________________________________________________________
6.
________________________________________________________________________________
7.
________________________________________________________________________________
8.
________________________________________________________________________________
9.
________________________________________________________________________________
10.
________________________________________________________________________________
(CONTINUE ON AN ADDITIONAL SHEET IF NECESSARY.)
<PAGE>
Appendix 7
LIST OF BROAD-BASED INDICES
Listed below are the broad-based indices as designated by the Compliance
Department. See Section II.B.2.e. for additional information.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
DESCRIPTION OF OPTION SYMBOL EXCHANGE
- ------------------------------ ------------ ----------
Computer Technology XCI AMEX
- ------------------------------ ------------ ----------
Eurotop 100 ERT AMEX
- ------------------------------ ------------ ----------
Biotechnology Index BTK AMEX
- ------------------------------ ------------ ----------
Gold / Silver Index * AUX PHLX
- ------------------------------ ------------ ----------
Hong Kong Option Index HKO AMEX
- ------------------------------ ------------ ----------
Inter@ctive Wk. Internet Index INX CBOE
- ------------------------------ ------------ ----------
Japan Index JPN AMEX
- ------------------------------ ------------ ----------
Major Market Index * XMI AMEX
- ------------------------------ ------------ ----------
Morgan Stanley High Tech Index MSH AMEX
- ------------------------------ ------------ ----------
NASDAQ-100 NDX CBOE
- ------------------------------ ------------ ----------
Oil Service Sector Index OSX PHLX
- ------------------------------ ------------ ----------
Pacific High Tech Index XPI PSE
- ------------------------------ ------------ ----------
Russell 2000 * RUT CBOE
- ------------------------------ ------------ ----------
Semiconductor Sector SOX PHLX
- ------------------------------ ------------ ----------
S & P 100 * OEX CBOE
- ------------------------------ ------------ ----------
S & P 500 * SPX CBOE
- ------------------------------ ------------ ----------
Technology Index TXX CBOE
- ------------------------------ ------------ ----------
Value Line Index * VLE PHLX
- ------------------------------ ------------ ----------
Wilshire Small Cap Index WSX PSE
- ------------------------------ ------------ ----------
* Includes LEAPs
- ------------------------------ ------------ ----------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Appendix 8
FORM LETTER TO BROKER OR BANK
[DATE]
<Broker Name>
<Broker Address>
<Broker City, State and Zip>
Subject: Account Number_______________________
Account Registration_______________________
Dear ____________:
Strong Capital Management, Inc. ("SCM"), my employer, is a registered
investment adviser as well as the indirect parent of an NASD member firm. The
Code of Ethics of SCM requires that I have certain personal securities
transactions placed on my behalf by the trading desk of SCM. Accordingly,
please send me the necessary forms or instructions that you will require in
order to enable the securities traders of SCM to place orders on my behalf.
In addition, you are requested to send duplicate confirmations of individual
transactions as well as duplicate periodic statements for the referenced
account to SCM. Please address the confirmations and statements directly to:
CONFIDENTIAL
Chief Compliance Officer
Strong Capital Management, Inc.
100 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin 53051
Your cooperation is most appreciated. If you have any questions regarding these
requests, please contact me or Donna J. Lelinski of SCM at (414) 359-3362.
Sincerely,
<Name of Access Person>
Copy:Chief Compliance Officer
Strong Capital Management, Inc.
<PAGE>
Appendix 9
GIFT POLICY
The gift policy of Strong Capital Management, Inc., Strong Funds
Distributors, Inc. and Flint Prairie, L.L.C. covers both GIVING GIFTS TO and
ACCEPTING GIFTS FROM clients, brokers, persons with whom we do business or
others (collectively, "vendors"). It is based on the applicable requirements of
the Rules of Fair Practice of the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc. ("NASD") and is included as part of the firm's Codes of Ethics.
Under our policy, associates may not give gifts to or accept gifts from
vendors with a value in excess of $100 PER PERSON PER YEAR and must report to
the firm annually if they accept certain types of gifts. The NASD defines a
"gift" to include any kind of gratuity. Since giving or receiving any gifts in
a business setting may give rise to an appearance of impropriety or may raise a
potential conflict of interest, we are relying on your professional attitude
and good judgment to ensure that our policy is observed to the fullest extent
possible. The discussion below is designed to assist you in this regard.
Questions regarding the appropriateness of any gift should be directed to
the Legal/Compliance Department.
1. GIFTS GIVEN BY ASSOCIATES
Under applicable NASD rules, an associate may not give any gift with a
value in excess of $100 per year to any person associated with a securities or
financial organization, including exchanges, broker-dealers, commodity firms,
the news media, or clients of the firm. Please note, however, that the firm
may not take a tax deduction for any gift with a value exceeding $25.
This memorandum is not intended to authorize any associate to give a gift
to a vendor -- appropriate supervisory approval must be obtained before giving
any gifts.
2. GIFTS ACCEPTED BY ASSOCIATES
On occasion, because of their position within the firm, associates may be
offered, or may receive without notice, gifts from vendors. Associates may not
accept any gift or form of entertainment from vendors (E.G., tickets to the
theater or a sporting event where the vendor does not accompany the associate)
other than gifts of NOMINAL VALUE, which the NASD defines as under $100 in
total from any vendor in any year (managers may, if they deem it appropriate
for their department, adopt a lower dollar ceiling). Any gift accepted by an
associate must be reported to the firm, subject to certain exceptions (see
heading 4 below). In addition, note that our gift policy does not apply to
normal and customary business entertainment or to personal gifts (see heading 3
below).
Associates may not accept a gift of cash or a cash equivalent (E.G., gift
certificates) in ANY amount, and under no circumstances may an associate
solicit a gift from a vendor.
Associates may wish to have gifts from vendors donated to charity,
particularly where it might be awkward or impolite for an associate to decline
a gift not permitted by our policy. In such case, the gift should be forwarded
to Mary Beitzel in Legal, who will arrange for it to be donated to charity.
Similarly, associates may wish to suggest to vendors that, in lieu of an annual
gift, the vendors make a donation to charity. In either situation discussed
in this paragraph, an associate would not need to report the gift to the firm
(see heading 4 below).
3. EXCLUSION FOR BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT/PERSONAL GIFTS
Our gift policy does not apply to normal and customary business meals and
entertainment with vendors. For example, if an associate has a business meal
and attends a sporting event or show with a vendor, that activity would not be
subject to our gift policy, provided the vendor is present. If, on the other
hand, a vendor gives an associate tickets to a sporting event and the associate
attends the event without the vendor also being present, the tickets would be
subject to the dollar limitation and reporting requirements of our gift policy.
Under no circumstances may associates accept business entertainment that is
extraordinary or extravagant in nature.
In addition, our gift policy does not apply to usual and customary gifts
given to or received from vendors based on a personal relationship (E.G., gifts
between an associate and a vendor where the vendor is a family member or
personal friend).
4. REPORTING
The NASD requires gifts to be reported to the firm. Except as noted
below, associates must report annually all gifts given to or accepted from
vendors (Legal will distribute the appropriate reporting form to associates).
Associates are NOT required to report the following: (i) usual and
customary promotional items given to or received from vendors (E.G., hats,
pens, T-shirts, and similar items marked with a firm's logo), (ii) items
donated to charity through Mary Beitzel in Legal, or (iii) food items consumed
on the firm's premises (E.G., candy, popcorn, etc.).
January 1, 1999
<PAGE>
Appendix 10
INSIDER TRADING POLICY AND PROCEDURES
DESIGNED TO DETECT AND PREVENT INSIDER TRADING
A. POLICY STATEMENT.
1. INTRODUCTION. Strong Capital Management, Inc., Strong Funds
Distributors, Inc., Heritage Reserve Development Corporation, Flint Prairie,
L.L.C. and such other companies which adopt these Policies and Procedures (all
of the foregoing entities are collectively referred to herein as "Strong") seek
to foster a reputation for integrity and professionalism. That reputation is a
vital business asset. The confidence and trust placed in Strong by clients is
something we should value and endeavor to protect. To further that goal, the
Policy Statement implements procedures to deter the misuse of material,
nonpublic information in securities transactions.
2. PROHIBITIONS. Accordingly, associates are prohibited from trading,
either personally or on behalf of others (including advisory clients), on
material, nonpublic information or communicating material, nonpublic
information to others in violation of the law. This conduct is frequently
referred to as "insider trading." This policy applies to every associate and
extends to activities within and outside their duties at Strong. Any questions
regarding this policy should be referred to the Compliance Department.
3. GENERAL SANCTIONS. Trading securities while in possession of
material, nonpublic information or improperly communicating that information to
others may expose you to stringent penalties. Criminal sanctions may include a
fine of up to $1,000,000 and/or ten years imprisonment. The SEC can recover
the profits gained or losses avoided through the violative trading, a penalty
of up to three times the illicit windfall and an order permanently barring you
from the securities industry. Finally, you may be sued by investors seeking to
recover damages for insider trading violations.
4. INSIDER TRADING DEFINED. The term "insider trading" is not defined
in the federal securities laws, but generally is used to refer to the use of
material, nonpublic information to trade in securities (whether or not one is
an "insider") or to communications of material, nonpublic information to
others. While the law concerning insider trading is not static, it is
currently understood that the law generally prohibits:
a. trading by an insider, while in possession of material, nonpublic
information;
b. trading by a non-insider, while in possession of material,
nonpublic information, where the information either was disclosed to the
non-insider in violation of an insider's duty to keep it confidential or was
misappropriated;
c. recommending the purchase or sale of securities on the basis of
material, nonpublic information;
<PAGE>
d. communicating material, nonpublic information to others; or
e. providing substantial assistance to someone who is engaged in any
of the above activities.
The elements of insider trading and the penalties for such unlawful
conduct are described below. Any associate who, after reviewing these Policies
and Procedures has any question regarding insider trading should consult with
the Compliance Department. Often, a single question can forestall disciplinary
action or complex legal problems.
5. TENDER OFFERS. Tender offers represent a particular concern in the
law of insider trading for two reasons. First, tender offer activity often
produces extraordinary gyrations in the price of the target company's
securities. Trading during this time period is more likely to attract
regulatory attention (and produces a disproportionate percentage of insider
trading cases). Second, the SEC has adopted a rule which expressly forbids
trading and "tipping" while in possession of material, nonpublic information
regarding a tender offer received from the tender offeror, the target company
or anyone acting on behalf of either. Associates should exercise particular
caution any time they become aware of nonpublic information relating to a
tender offer.
6. CONTACT THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT. To protect yourself, our
clients, and Strong, you should contact the Compliance Department immediately
if you believe that you may have received material, nonpublic information.
B. PROCEDURES DESIGNED TO DETECT AND PREVENT INSIDER TRADING. The
following procedures have been established to aid Strong and all associates in
avoiding insider trading, and to aid Strong in preventing, detecting, and
imposing sanctions against insider trading. Every associate must follow these
procedures or risk serious sanctions, including dismissal, substantial personal
liability and criminal penalties. Any questions about these procedures should
be directed to the Compliance Department.
1. INITIAL QUESTIONS. Before trading in the Securities of a company
about which an associate may have potential inside information, an associate,
whether trading for himself or herself or others, should ask himself or herself
the following questions:
a. IS THE INFORMATION MATERIAL? Is this information that an investor
would consider important in making his or her investment decisions? Is this
information that would substantially affect the market price of the securities
if generally disclosed?
b. IS THE INFORMATION NONPUBLIC? To whom has this information been
provided? Has the information been effectively communicated to the market
place by being published in Reuters, THE WALL STREET JOURNAL or other
publications of general circulation?
2. MATERIAL AND NONPUBLIC INFORMATION. If, after consideration of the
above, any associate believes that the information is material and nonpublic,
or if an associate has questions as to whether the information is material and
nonpublic, he or she should take the following steps:
<PAGE>
a. Report the matter immediately to the Compliance Department.
b. Do not purchase or sell the Securities either on the associate's
own behalf or on the behalf of others.
c. Do not communicate the information to anyone, other than to the
Compliance Department.
d. After the Compliance Department has reviewed the issue, the
associate will be instructed to continue the prohibitions against trading and
communication, or he or she will be allowed to trade and communicate the
information.
3. CONFIDENTIALITY. Information in an associate's possession that is
identified as material and nonpublic may not be communicated to anyone, include
persons within Strong, except as otherwise provided herein. In addition, care
should be taken so that such information is secure. For example, files
containing material, nonpublic information should be sealed, access to computer
files containing material, nonpublic information should be restricted and
conversations containing such information, if appropriate at all, should be
conducted in private (for example, not by cellular telephone to avoid potential
interception).
4. ASSISTANCE OF THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT. If, after consideration
of the items set forth in Section B.2., doubt remains as to whether information
is material or nonpublic, or if there is any unresolved question as to the
applicability or interpretation of the foregoing procedures, or as to the
propriety of any action, it must be discussed with the Compliance Department
before trading or communicating the information to anyone.
5. REPORTING REQUIREMENT. In accordance with Strong's Code of Ethics,
every associate must arrange for the Compliance Department to receive directly
from the broker, dealer, or bank in question, duplicate copies of each
confirmation for each Securities Transaction and periodic statement for each
brokerage account in which such associate has a beneficial interest.
C. INSIDER TRADING EXPLANATIONS.
1. WHO IS AN INSIDER? The concept of "insider" is broad. It includes
officers, directors and associates of a company. In addition, a person can be
a "temporary insider" if he or she enters into a special confidential
relationship in the conduct of a company's affairs and as a result is given
access to information solely for the company's purposes. A temporary insider
can include, among others, a company's attorneys, accountants, consultants,
bank lending officers and the associates of such organizations. In addition,
Strong may become a temporary insider. According to the United States Supreme
Court, the company must expect the outsider to keep the disclosed nonpublic
information confidential, and the relationship must at least imply such a duty
before the outsider will be considered an insider.
2. WHAT IS MATERIAL INFORMATION? Trading on inside information is not
a basis for liability unless the information is material. "Material
information" generally is defined as information for which there is a
substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important
in making his or her investment decisions, or information that is
<PAGE>
reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a company's
securities. It need not be important that it would have changed the investor's
decision to buy or sell. No simple "bright line" test exists to determine when
information is material; assessments of materiality involve a highly fact-
specific inquiry. For this reason, you should direct any question about whether
information is material to the Compliance Department.
Material information often relates to a company's results and
operations including, for example, dividend changes, earnings results, changes
in previously released earnings estimates, significant merger or acquisition
proposals or agreements, major litigation, liquidation problems and
extraordinary management developments.
Material information also may relate to the market for a company's
securities. Information about a significant order to purchase or sell
securities may, in some contexts, be deemed material.
Material information does not have to relate to a company's business.
For example, in CARPENTER V. U.S., 108 U.S. 316 (1987), the United States
Supreme Court considered as material certain information about the contents of
a forthcoming newspaper column that was expected to affect the market price of
a security. In that case, a Wall Street Journal reporter was found criminally
liable for disclosing to others the dates that reports on various companies
would appear in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL and whether those reports would be
favorable or unfavorable.
3. WHAT IS NONPUBLIC INFORMATION? Information is nonpublic until it
has been effectively disseminated broadly to investors in the market place.
One must be able to point to some fact to show that the information is
generally public. For example, information found in a report filed with the
SEC, or appearing in Dow Jones, Reuters Economic Services, THE WALL STREET
JOURNAL, or other publications of general circulation would be considered
public.
4. WHAT ARE THE PENALTIES FOR INSIDER TRADING? Penalties for trading
on or communicating material, nonpublic information are severe, both for
individuals involved in such unlawful conduct and their employers. A person
can be subject to some or all of the penalties below even if he or she does not
personally benefit from the violation. Penalties include: (a) civil
injunctions; (b) treble damages; (c) disgorgement of profits; (d) jail
sentences; (e) fines for the person who committed the violation of up to three
times the profit gained or loss avoided, whether or not the person actually
benefited; and (f) fines for the employer or other controlling person of up to
the greater of $1,000,000 or three times the amount of the profit gained or
loss avoided.
In addition to the foregoing, any violation of this Policy with
Respect to Insider Trading can be expected to result in serious sanctions,
including dismissal of the person or persons involved.
January 1, 1999
3
<PAGE>
CODE OF ETHICS
FOR NON-ACCESS PERSONS OF
STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.,
STRONG FUNDS DISTRIBUTORS, INC.,
HERITAGE RESERVE DEVELOPMENT
CORPORATION, INC.
AND FLINT PRAIRIE, L.L.C.
[STRONG LOGO]
STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
January 1, 1999
1
<PAGE>
CODE OF ETHICS
For Non-Access Persons of
Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.,
Heritage Reserve Development Corporation, Inc.
and Flint Prairie, L.L.C.
Dated January 1, 1999
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. INTRODUCTION 1
A. Fiduciary Duty 1
1. Place the interests of clients first 1
2. Avoid taking inappropriate advantage of their position 1
3. Conduct all Personal Securities Transactions in full compliance with
this Code including reporting requirements 1
B. Appendices to the Code 1
1. Definitions 1
2. Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics 1
3. Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire 2
4. Form Letter to Broker or Bank 2
5. Gift Policy 2
6. Insider Trading Policy 2
II. TRADE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS 2
A. Reporting Requirements 2
B. Disclaimers 2
C. Availability of Reports 2
D. Record Retention 2
III. FIDUCIARY DUTIES 3
A. Confidentiality 3
B. Gifts 3
1. Accepting Gifts 3
2. Solicitation of Gifts 3
3. Giving Gifts 3
C. Payments to Advisory Clients or Shareholders 3
D. Corporate Opportunities 3
E. Service as a Director 3
F. Involvement in Criminal Matters or Investment-Related Civil Proceedings 3
1
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
IV. COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE OF ETHICS 4
A. Code of Ethics Review Committee 4
1. Membership, Voting, and Quorum 4
2. Investigating Violations of the Code 4
B. Remedies 4
1. Sanctions 4
2. Sole Authority 4
3. Review 4
C. Compliance Certification 5
D. Inquiries Regarding the Code 5
2
<PAGE>
CODE OF ETHICS
For Non-Access Persons of
Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.,
Heritage Reserve Development Corporation, Inc.
and Flint Prairie, L.L.C.
Dated January 1, 1999
TABLE OF APPENDICES
Appendix 1 (Definitions) 6
Appendix 2 (Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics) 8
Appendix 3 (Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire) 9
Appendix 4 (Form Letter to Broker or Bank) 12
Appendix 5 (Gift Policy) 13
Appendix 6 (Insider Trading Policy) 15
3
<PAGE>
CODE OF ETHICS
For Non-Access Persons of
Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.,
Heritage Reserve Development Corporation, Inc.
and Flint Prairie, L.L.C.
Dated January 1, 1999
I. INTRODUCTION(1)
A. FIDUCIARY DUTY. This Code of Ethics is based upon the principle
that directors, officers and associates of Strong Capital Management, Inc.
("SCM"), Strong Funds Distributors, Inc. ("the Distributor") Heritage Reserve
Development Corporation, Inc. ("HRDC"), Flint Prairie, L.L.C. ("Flint Prairie")
and such other affiliated entities of the foregoing that may from time to time
adopt this Code (each of which is individually referred to herein as a
"Company") have a fiduciary duty to place the interests of clients ahead of
their own. Associates must avoid activities, interests and relationships that
might interfere with making decisions in the best interests of each Company and
its clients.
As fiduciaries, associates must at all times:
1. PLACE THE INTERESTS OF CLIENTS FIRST. Associates must scrupulously
avoid serving their own personal interests ahead of the interests of the
clients of each Company. AN ASSOCIATE MAY NOT INDUCE OR CAUSE AN ADVISORY
CLIENT TO TAKE ACTION, OR NOT TO TAKE ACTION, FOR PERSONAL BENEFIT, RATHER THAN
FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE CLIENT.
2. AVOID TAKING INAPPROPRIATE ADVANTAGE OF THEIR POSITION. The receipt of
investment opportunities, perquisites or gifts from persons seeking business
with the Strong Funds, SCM, the Distributor, Flint Prairie or their clients
could call into question the exercise of an associate's independent judgment.
Associates may not, for example, use their knowledge of portfolio transactions
to profit by the market effect of such transactions.
3. CONDUCT ALL PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS IN FULL COMPLIANCE
WITH THIS CODE INCLUDING REPORTING REQUIREMENTS. Doubtful situations should be
resolved in favor of clients and each Company. Technical compliance with the
Code's procedures will not automatically insulate from scrutiny any trades that
may indicate an abuse of fiduciary duties.
B. APPENDICES TO THE CODE. The appendices to this Code are attached
hereto, are a part of the Code and include the following:
1. DEFINITIONS (Appendix 1),
2. ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS (Appendix 2),
(1) Capitalized words are defined in Appendix 1.
1
<PAGE>
3. ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE (Appendix 3),
4. FORM LETTER TO BROKER OR BANK (Appendix 4),
5. GIFT POLICY (Appendix 5), and
6. INSIDER TRADING POLICY (Appendix 6).
II. TRADE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
A. REPORTING REQUIREMENT. EVERY ASSOCIATE AND MEMBERS OF HIS OR HER
IMMEDIATE FAMILY MUST ARRANGE FOR THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT TO RECEIVE DIRECTLY
FROM ANY BROKER, DEALER OR BANK THAT EFFECTS ANY SECURITIES TRANSACTION,
DUPLICATE COPIES OF EACH CONFIRMATION FOR EACH SUCH TRANSACTION AND PERIODIC
STATEMENTS FOR EACH BROKERAGE ACCOUNT IN WHICH SUCH ASSOCIATE HAS A BENEFICIAL
INTEREST. Additionally, securities held in certificate form that are not
included in the periodic statements must also be reported. Attached hereto as
Appendix 4 is a form letter that may be used to request such documents from
such entities. An associate must arrange to have duplicate confirmations and
periodic statements sent within 30 days. If unable to make such arrangements,
the associate must immediately notify the Compliance Department.
THE FOREGOING DOES NOT APPLY TO TRANSACTIONS AND HOLDINGS IN (1) OPEN-END
INVESTMENT COMPANIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE STRONG FUNDS, (2) BANKERS
ACCEPTANCES, (3) BANK CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT ("CDS"), (4) COMMERCIAL PAPER,
(5) REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS WHEN BACKED BY EXEMPT SECURITIES, (6) U. S.
GOVERNMENT SECURITY, (7) EQUITY SECURITIES HELD IN DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLANS
("DRIPS") OR (8) SECURITIES OF THE EMPLOYER OF A MEMBER OF THE ASSOCIATE'S
IMMEDIATE FAMILY IF SUCH SECURITIES ARE BENEFICIALLY OWNED THROUGH
PARTICIPATION BY THE IMMEDIATE FAMILY MEMBER IN A PROFIT SHARING PLAN, 401(K)
PLAN, ESOP OR OTHER SIMILAR PLAN.
B. DISCLAIMERS. Any report of a Securities Transaction for the benefit of
a person other than the individual in whose account the transaction is placed
may contain a statement that the report should not be construed as an admission
by the person making the report that he or she has any direct or indirect
beneficial ownership in the Security to which the report relates.
C. AVAILABILITY OF REPORTS. All information supplied pursuant to this Code
will be available for inspection by the Boards of Directors of SCM and SFDI;
the Board of Directors of each Strong Fund; the Code of Ethics Review
Committee; the Compliance Department; the associate's department manager (or
designee); any party to which any investigation is referred by any of the
foregoing, the SEC, any self-regulatory organization of which the Strong Funds,
SCM, the Distributor or Flint Prairie is a member, and any state securities
commission; as well as any attorney or agent of the foregoing, the Strong
Funds, SCM, the Distributor or Flint Prairie.
D. RECORD RETENTION. The Company shall keep and maintain for at least six
years records of the procedures it follows in connection with the reporting
requirements of this Code.
2
<PAGE>
III. FIDUCIARY DUTIES
A. CONFIDENTIALITY. Associates are prohibited from revealing
information relating to the investment intentions, activities or portfolios of
Advisory Clients except to persons whose responsibilities require knowledge of
the information.
B. GIFTS. The following provisions on gifts apply only to associates
of SCM, the Distributor and Flint Prairie.
1. ACCEPTING GIFTS. On occasion, because of their position with the
Company and its affiliates, associates thereof may be offered, or may receive
without notice, gifts from clients, brokers, vendors or other persons not
affiliated with the Company. Acceptance of extraordinary or extravagant gifts
is not permissible. Any such gifts must be declined or returned in order to
protect the reputation and integrity the Company. Gifts of a nominal value
(i.e., gifts whose reasonable value is no more than $100 a year), customary
business meals, entertainment (E.G., sporting events) and promotional items
(E.G., pens, mugs, T-shirts) may be accepted. Please see the Gift Policy
(Appendix 5) for additional information.
If an associate receives any gift that might be prohibited under this
Code, the associate must inform the Compliance Department.
2. SOLICITATION OF GIFTS. Associates may not solicit gifts or
gratuities.
3. GIVING GIFTS. Associates may not give any gift with a value in
excess of $100 per year to persons associated with securities or financial
organizations, including exchanges, other member organizations, commodity
firms, news media or clients of the Company. Please see the Gift Policy
(Appendix 5) for additional information.
C. PAYMENTS TO ADVISORY CLIENTS OR SHAREHOLDER. Associates may not
make any payments to Advisory Clients or Shareholders in order to resolve any
type of Advisory Client or Shareholder complaint. All such matters must be
handled by the Legal Department.
D. CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES. Associates may not take personal advantage
of any opportunity properly belonging to any client or Company.
E. SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR. No associate may serve on the board of directors
of a publicly-held company not affiliated with the Company or the Strong Funds
absent prior written authorization by the Code of Ethics Review Committee.
This authorization will rarely, if ever, be granted and, if granted, will
normally require that the affected associate be isolated through "Chinese Wall"
or other procedures from those making investment decisions related to the
issuer on whose board the associate sits.
F. INVOLVEMENT IN CRIMINAL MATTERS OR INVESTMENT-RELATED CIVIL
PROCEEDINGS. Each Non-Access Person must notify the Compliance Department, as
soon as reasonably practical, if arrested, arraigned, indicted or pleads no
contest to any criminal offense (other than minor traffic
3
<PAGE>
violations), or if named as a defendant in any Investment-Related civil
proceedings or any administrative or disciplinary action.
IV. COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE OF ETHICS
A. CODE OF ETHICS REVIEW COMMITTEE.
1. MEMBERSHIP, VOTING, AND QUORUM. The Code of Ethics Review
Committee shall consist of Senior Officers of SCM. The Committee shall vote by
majority vote with two members serving as a quorum. Vacancies may be filled,
and in the case of extended absences or periods of unavailability, alternates
may be selected by the majority vote of the remaining members of the Committee.
However, in the event that the General Counsel or Acting General Counsel is
unavailable, at least one member of the Committee shall also be a member of the
Compliance Department.
2. INVESTIGATING VIOLATIONS OF THE CODE. The General Counsel, or his
or her designee, is responsible for investigating any suspected violation of
the Code and shall report the results of each investigation to the Code of
Ethics Review Committee. The Code of Ethics Review Committee is responsible
for reviewing the results of any investigation of any reported or suspected
violation of the Code. Any material violation of the Code by an associate of
SCM, the Distributor or Flint Prairie for which significant remedial action was
taken will be reported to the Boards of Directors of the Strong Funds at the
next regularly scheduled quarterly Board meeting.
B. REMEDIES.
1. SANCTIONS. If the Code of Ethics Review Committee determines that
an associate has committed a violation of the Code, the Committee may impose
sanctions and take other actions as it deems appropriate, including a letter of
caution or warning, suspension of personal trading rights, suspension of
employment (with or without compensation), fine, civil referral to the SEC,
criminal referral and termination of employment for cause. The Code of Ethics
Review Committee may also require the associate to reverse the trade(s) in
question and forfeit any profit or absorb any loss derived therefrom. The
amount of profit shall be calculated by the Code of Ethics Review Committee and
shall be forwarded to a charitable organization.
2. SOLE AUTHORITY. The Code of Ethics Review Committee has sole
authority, subject to the review set forth in Section IV.B.3. below, to
determine the remedy for any violation of the Code, including appropriate
disposition of any moneys forfeited pursuant to this provision. Failure to
promptly abide by a directive to reverse a trade or forfeit profits may result
in the imposition of additional sanctions.
3. REVIEW. Whenever the Code of Ethics Review Committee determines
that an associate has committed a violation of this Code that merits
significant remedial action, it will report promptly to the Boards of Directors
of SCM and/or the Distributor (as appropriate), and no less frequently than the
quarterly meeting to the Boards of Directors of the applicable Strong Funds,
information relating to the investigation of the
4
<PAGE>
violation, including any sanctions imposed. The Boards of Directors of SCM,
the Distributor and the Strong Funds may modify such sanctions as they deem
appropriate. Such Boards may have access to all information considered by the
Code of Ethics Review Committee in relation to the case. The Code of Ethics
Review Committee may determine whether to delay the imposition of any sanctions
pending review by the applicable Boards of Directors.
C. COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION. At least annually, all associates will
be required to certify on the Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire set forth in
Appendix 3, or on a document substantially in the form of Appendix 3, that they
have complied with the Code in all respects.
D. INQUIRIES REGARDING THE CODE. The Compliance Department will
answer any questions about this Code or any other compliance-related matters.
5
<PAGE>
Appendix 1
DEFINITIONS
"ADVISORY CLIENT" means any client (including both investment companies
and managed accounts) for which SCM serves as an investment adviser or
subadviser, renders investment advice or makes investment decisions.
"BENEFICIAL INTEREST" means the opportunity, directly or indirectly,
through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, to
profit, or share in any profit derived from, a transaction in the subject
Securities. An associate is deemed to have a Beneficial Interest in Securities
owned by members of his or her Immediate Family. Common examples of Beneficial
Interest include joint accounts, spousal accounts, UTMA accounts, partnerships,
trusts and controlling interests in corporations. Any uncertainty as to
whether an associate has a Beneficial Interest in a Security should be brought
to the attention of the Compliance Department. Such questions will be resolved
by reference to the principles set forth in the definition of "beneficial
owner" found in Rules 16a-1(a)(2) and (5) promulgated under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934.
"COMPANY" means "SCM", "the Distributor", "HRDC", "Flint Prairie" and such
other affiliated entities of the foregoing that may from time to time adopt this
Code.
"CODE" means this Code of Ethics.
"COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT" means the designated persons in the Strong
Legal/Compliance Department.
"DISTRIBUTOR" means Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.
"HRDC" means Heritage Reserve Development Corporation, Inc.
"IMMEDIATE FAMILY" of an associate means any of the following persons who
reside in the same household as the associate:
child grandparent son-in-law
stepchild spouse daughter-in-law
grandchild sibling brother-in-law
parent mother-in-law sister-in-law
stepparent father-in-law
Immediate Family includes adoptive relationships and any other relationship
(whether or not recognized by law) which the General Counsel determines could
lead to the possible conflicts of interest, diversions of corporate
opportunity, or appearances of impropriety which this Code is intended to
prevent.
"LEGAL DEPARTMENT" means the SCM Legal/Compliance Department.
"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
6
<PAGE>
"SECURITY" includes stock; notes, bonds, debentures and other evidences of
indebtedness (including loan participations and assignments); limited
partnership interests; investment contracts; all derivative instruments of the
foregoing, such as options and warrants; and other items mentioned in Section
2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act, not specifically exempted by Rule 17j-1. Items
excluded from the definition of "Security" by Rule 17j-1 are U. S. Government
Securities, bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper
and shares of open-end investment companies. In addition, security does not
include futures, commodities, currencies or options on the aforementioned, but
the purchase and sale of such instruments are nevertheless subject to the
reporting requirements of the Code.
"SECURITIES TRANSACTION" means a purchase or sale of Securities in which
an associate or a members of his or her Immediate Family has or acquires a
Beneficial Interest.
"SCM" means Strong Capital Management, Inc.
"STRONG FUNDS" means the investment companies comprising the Strong Family
of Mutual Funds.
"U. S. GOVERNMENT SECURITY" means any security issued or guaranteed as to
principal or interest by the United States or by a person controlled or
supervised by and acting as an instrumentality of the Government of the United
States pursuant to authority granted by the Congress of the United States or
any certificate of deposit for any of the foregoing.
7
<PAGE>
Appendix 2
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS
I acknowledge that I have received the Code of Ethics dated January 1,
1999, and represent that:
1. In accordance with Section II.A. of the Code of Ethics, I will
report all Securities Transactions in which I have, or a member of my Immediate
Family has, a Beneficial Interest, EXCEPT FOR transactions and holdings (1)
open-end investment companies including but not limited to the Strong Funds,
(2) bankers acceptances, (3) bank certificates of deposit ("CDs"), (4)
commercial paper, (5) repurchase agreements when backed by exempt securities,
(6) U. S. Government Security, (7) equity securities held in dividend
reinvestment plans ("DRIPs"), or (8) securities of the employer of a member of
the associate's Immediate Family if such securities are beneficially owned
through participation by the Immediate Family member in a Profit Sharing plan,
401(k) plan, ESOP, or other similar plan.
2. I have placed a checkmark next to the statement(s) that apply to
me:
_____ I have a brokerage account.
_____ I hold securities in certificate form.
_____ I have a Beneficial Interest in the brokerage accounts held by members
of my Immediate Family.
_____ I do not currently have a brokerage account, however, I will notify the
Legal Department immediately if I open one.
3. I will comply with the Code of Ethics in all other respects.
___________________________________
Associate Signature
___________________________________
Print Name
______________________
Date
8
<PAGE>
CONFIDENTIAL Appendix 3
ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE(1)
For NON-ACCESS PERSONS of
The Strong Family of Mutual Funds,
Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.
and Flint Prairie, L.L.C.
September 14, 1998
Associate: ____________________________ (please print name)
I. Introduction
Non-Access Persons(2) are required to answer the following questions
FOR THE YEAR SEPTEMBER 1, 1997, THROUGH AUGUST 31, 1998. ANSWERS OF "NO" TO
ANY OF THE QUESTIONS IN SECTIONS II AND III MUST BE EXPLAINED ON THE
"ATTACHMENT" ON PAGE 3. Upon completion, please sign and return the
questionnaire by Monday, September 21st, Donna Lelinski in the Compliance
Department. All information provided is kept confidential to the maximum
extent possible. If you have any questions, please contact Donna at extension
3362.
II. Annual certification of compliance with the Code of Ethics
A. Have you REPORTED all Securities Transactions in which you have, or a
member of your Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest, except for
transactions exempt from reporting under the Code of Ethics? (Reporting
requirements include arranging for the Compliance Department to receive,
directly from your broker, duplicate transaction confirmations and duplicate
periodic statements for each brokerage account in which you have, or a member
of your Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest(3), as well as reporting
securities held in certificate form. Circle "Yes", if there are no reportable
transactions.)
YES NO (CIRCLE ONE)
B. Have you notified the Compliance Department if you have been arrested,
arraigned, indicted, or have plead no contest to any criminal offense, or been
named as a defendant in any Investment-Related civil proceedings, or
administrative or disciplinary action? (Circle "Yes" if you have not been
arrested, arraigned, etc.)
YES NO (CIRCLE ONE)
C. Have you complied with the Code of Ethics in all other respects,
including the gift policy?
YES NO (CIRCLE ONE)
LIST ON THE ATTACHMENT ALL REPORTABLE GIFTS GIVEN OR RECEIVED FOR THE YEAR
SEPTEMBER 1, 1997, THROUGH AUGUST 31, 1998, NOTING THE MONTH, "COUNTERPARTY,"
GIFT DESCRIPTION AND VALUE.
(1) All definitions used in this questionnaire have the same meaning as those
in the Code of Ethics.
(2) Access Persons and Independent Fund Directors of the Strong Funds must
complete a separate questionnaire.
(3) Please contact Donna Lelinski (x3362) if you are uncertain as to what
confirmations and Statements you have arranged for the Compliance Department
to receive.
(4) Associates are NOT required to report the following: (i) usual and
customary promotional items given to or received from vendors, (ii) items
donated to charity (through Mary Beitzel in Legal), or (iii) food items
consumed on the premises. Entertainment - i.e., a meal or activity with the
vendor present - does not have to be reported.
9
<PAGE>
III. Annual certification of compliance with Insider Trading Policy
A. Have you complied in all respects with the Insider Trading Policy dated
September 19, 1995?
YES NO (CIRCLE ONE)
ANSWERS OF "NO" TO ANY OF THE QUESTIONS IN SECTIONS II AND III MUST BE
EXPLAINED ON THE "ATTACHMENT" ON PAGE 3.
IV. Disclosure of directorships statement
A. Are you, or is any member of your Immediate Family, a director of any
for-profit, privately held companies(5)? (If "Yes," please list on the
Attachment each company for which you are, or a member of your Immediate Family
is, a director.)
YES NO (CIRCLE ONE)
B. If the response to IV.A. is "Yes," do you have knowledge that any of the
companies for which you are, or a member of your Immediate Family is, a
director will go public or be acquired within the next 12 months? (If the
answer is "YES," please be prepared to discuss this matter with a member of the
Compliance Department in the near future.)
YES NO (CIRCLE ONE)
I hereby represent that, to the best of my knowledge, the foregoing responses
are true and complete. I understand that any untrue or incomplete response may
be subject to disciplinary action by the firm.
_______________________________
Non-Access Person Signature
Dated:__________________
Print Name_________________________________
(5) Per section III.f of the Code of Ethics, no associate, other than an
Independent Fund Director may serve on the board of directors of a PUBLICLY
HELD company.
10
<PAGE>
ATTACHMENT TO
ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE
PLEASE EXPLAIN ALL "NO" RESPONSES TO QUESTIONS IN SECTIONS II AND III:
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________
PLEASE LIST EACH COMPANY FOR WHICH YOU ARE, OR A MEMBER OF YOUR IMMEDIATE
FAMILY IS, A DIRECTOR (SECTION IV):
_______________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________
GIFTS FOR THE YEAR SEPTEMBER 1, 1997, THROUGH AUGUST 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
MONTH GIFT GIVER / RECEIVER GIFT DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED VALUE
--------------------- ----------------- -----------------
</TABLE>
1.
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.
________________________________________________________________________________
3.
________________________________________________________________________________
4.
________________________________________________________________________________
5.
________________________________________________________________________________
6.
________________________________________________________________________________
7.
________________________________________________________________________________
8.
________________________________________________________________________________
9.
________________________________________________________________________________
10.
________________________________________________________________________________
(CONTINUE ON AN ADDITIONAL SHEET IF NECESSARY.)
11
<PAGE>
Appendix 4
FORM LETTER TO BROKER OR BANK
[DATE]
<Broker Name>
<Broker Address>
<Broker City, State and Zip>
Subject: Account Number_______________________
Account Registration____________________________
Dear ____________:
Please send duplicate confirmations of individual transactions as well as
duplicate periodic statements for the referenced account to:
CONFIDENTIAL
Chief Compliance Officer
Strong Capital Management, Inc.
100 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin 53051
Your cooperation is most appreciated. If you have any questions regarding these
requests, please contact me or Donna J. Lelinski of SCM at (414) 359-3362.
Sincerely,
<Name of Associate>
Copy: Chief Compliance Officer
Strong Capital Management, Inc.
12
<PAGE>
Appendix 5
GIFT POLICY
The gift policy of Strong Capital Management, Inc., Strong Funds
Distributors, Inc. and Flint Prairie, L.L.C., which covers both GIVING GIFTS TO
and ACCEPTING GIFTS FROM clients, brokers, persons with whom we do business, or
others (collectively, "vendors"). It is based on the applicable requirements of
the Rules of Fair Practice of the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc. ("NASD") and is included as part of the firm's Codes of Ethics.
Under our policy, associates may not give gifts to or accept gifts from
vendors with a value in excess of $100 PER PERSON PER YEAR and must report to
the firm annually if they accept certain types of gifts. The NASD defines a
"gift" to include any kind of gratuity. Since giving or receiving any gifts in
a business setting may give rise to an appearance of impropriety or may raise a
potential conflict of interest, we are relying on your professional attitude
and good judgment to ensure that our policy is observed to the fullest extent
possible. The discussion below is designed to assist you in this regard.
Questions regarding the appropriateness of any gift should be directed to
the Legal/Compliance Department.
1. GIFTS GIVEN BY ASSOCIATES
Under applicable NASD rules, an associate may not give any gift with a
value in excess of $100 per year to any person associated with a securities or
financial organization, including exchanges, broker-dealers, commodity firms,
the news media, or clients of the firm. Please note, however, that the firm
may not take a tax deduction for any gift with a value exceeding $25.
This memorandum is not intended to authorize any associate to give a gift
to a vendor -- appropriate supervisory approval must be obtained before giving
any gifts.
2. GIFTS ACCEPTED BY ASSOCIATES
On occasion, because of their position within the firm, associates may be
offered, or may receive without notice, gifts from vendors. Associates may not
accept any gift or form of entertainment from vendors (E.G., tickets to the
theater or a sporting event where the vendor does not accompany the associate)
other than gifts of NOMINAL VALUE, which the NASD defines as under $100 in
total from any vendor in any year (managers may, if they deem it appropriate
for their department, adopt a lower dollar ceiling). Any gift accepted by an
associate must be reported to the firm, subject to certain exceptions (see
heading 4 below). In addition, note that our gift policy does not apply to
normal and customary business entertainment or to personal gifts (see heading 3
below).
Associates may not accept a gift of cash or a cash equivalent (E.G., gift
certificates) in ANY amount, and under no circumstances may an associate
solicit a gift from a vendor.
13
<PAGE>
Associates may wish to have gifts from vendors donated to charity,
particularly where it might be awkward or impolite for an associate to decline
a gift not permitted by our policy. In such case, the gift should be forwarded
to Mary Beitzel in Legal, who will arrange for it to be donated to charity.
Similarly, associates may wish to suggest to vendors that, in lieu of an annual
gift, the vendors make a donation to charity. In either situation discussed
in this paragraph, an associate would not need to report the gift to the firm
(see heading 4 below).
3. EXCLUSION FOR BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT/PERSONAL GIFTS
Our gift policy does not apply to normal and customary business meals and
entertainment with vendors. For example, if an associate has a business meal
and attends a sporting event or show with a vendor, that activity would not be
subject to our gift policy, provided the vendor is present. If, on the other
hand, a vendor gives an associate tickets to a sporting event and the associate
attends the event without the vendor also being present, the tickets would be
subject to the dollar limitation and reporting requirements of our gift policy.
Under no circumstances may associates accept business entertainment that is
extraordinary or extravagant in nature.
In addition, our gift policy does not apply to usual and customary gifts
given to or received from vendors based on a personal relationship (E.G., gifts
between an associate and a vendor where the vendor is a family member or
personal friend).
4. REPORTING
The NASD requires gifts to be reported to the firm. Except as noted
below, associates must report annually all gifts given to or accepted from
vendors (Legal will distribute the appropriate reporting form to associates).
Associates are NOT required to report the following: (i) usual and
customary promotional items given to or received from vendors (E.G., hats,
pens, T-shirts, and similar items marked with a firm's logo), (ii) items
donated to charity through Mary Beitzel in Legal, or (iii) food items consumed
on the firm's premises (E.G., candy, popcorn, etc.).
January 1, 1999
14
<PAGE>
Appendix 6
INSIDER TRADING POLICY AND PROCEDURES
DESIGNED TO DETECT AND PREVENT INSIDER TRADING
A. POLICY STATEMENT.
1. INTRODUCTION. Strong Capital Management, Inc., Strong Funds
Distributors, Inc., Heritage Reserve Development Corporation, Flint Prairie,
L.L.C. and such other companies which adopt these Policies and Procedures (all
of the foregoing entities are collectively referred to herein as "Strong") seek
to foster a reputation for integrity and professionalism. That reputation is a
vital business asset. The confidence and trust placed in Strong by clients is
something we should value and endeavor to protect. To further that goal, the
Policy Statement implements procedures to deter the misuse of material,
nonpublic information in securities transactions.
2. PROHIBITIONS. Accordingly, associates are prohibited from trading,
either personally or on behalf of others (including advisory clients), on
material, nonpublic information or communicating material, nonpublic
information to others in violation of the law. This conduct is frequently
referred to as "insider trading." This policy applies to every associate and
extends to activities within and outside their duties at Strong. Any questions
regarding this policy should be referred to the Compliance Department.
3. GENERAL SANCTIONS. Trading securities while in possession of
material, nonpublic information or improperly communicating that information to
others may expose you to stringent penalties. Criminal sanctions may include a
fine of up to $1,000,000 and/or ten years imprisonment. The SEC can recover
the profits gained or losses avoided through the violative trading, a penalty
of up to three times the illicit windfall and an order permanently barring you
from the securities industry. Finally, you may be sued by investors seeking to
recover damages for insider trading violations.
4. INSIDER TRADING DEFINED. The term "insider trading" is not defined
in the federal securities laws, but generally is used to refer to the use of
material, nonpublic information to trade in securities (whether or not one is
an "insider") or to communications of material, nonpublic information to
others. While the law concerning insider trading is not static, it is
currently understood that the law generally prohibits:
a. trading by an insider, while in possession of material, nonpublic
information;
b. trading by a non-insider, while in possession of material,
nonpublic information, where the information either was disclosed to the
non-insider in violation of an insider's duty to keep it confidential or was
misappropriated;
c. recommending the purchase or sale of securities on the basis of
material, nonpublic information;
15
<PAGE>
d. communicating material, nonpublic information to others; or
e. providing substantial assistance to someone who is engaged in any
of the above activities.
The elements of insider trading and the penalties for such unlawful
conduct are described below. Any associate who, after reviewing these Policies
and Procedures has any question regarding insider trading should consult with
the Compliance Department. Often, a single question can forestall disciplinary
action or complex legal problems.
5. TENDER OFFERS. Tender offers represent a particular concern in the
law of insider trading for two reasons. First, tender offer activity often
produces extraordinary gyrations in the price of the target company's
securities. Trading during this time period is more likely to attract
regulatory attention (and produces a disproportionate percentage of insider
trading cases). Second, the SEC has adopted a rule which expressly forbids
trading and "tipping" while in possession of material, nonpublic information
regarding a tender offer received from the tender offeror, the target company
or anyone acting on behalf of either. Associates should exercise particular
caution any time they become aware of nonpublic information relating to a
tender offer.
6. CONTACT THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT. To protect yourself, our
clients, and Strong, you should contact the Compliance Department immediately
if you believe that you may have received material, nonpublic information.
B. PROCEDURES DESIGNED TO DETECT AND PREVENT INSIDER TRADING. The
following procedures have been established to aid Strong and all associates in
avoiding insider trading, and to aid Strong in preventing, detecting, and
imposing sanctions against insider trading. Every associate must follow these
procedures or risk serious sanctions, including dismissal, substantial personal
liability and criminal penalties. Any questions about these procedures should
be directed to the Compliance Department.
1. INITIAL QUESTIONS. Before trading in the Securities of a company
about which an associate may have potential inside information, an associate,
whether trading for himself or herself or others, should ask himself or herself
the following questions:
a. IS THE INFORMATION MATERIAL? Is this information that an investor
would consider important in making his or her investment decisions? Is this
information that would substantially affect the market price of the securities
if generally disclosed?
b. IS THE INFORMATION NONPUBLIC? To whom has this information been
provided? Has the information been effectively communicated to the market
place by being published in Reuters, THE WALL STREET JOURNAL or other
publications of general circulation?
2. MATERIAL AND NONPUBLIC INFORMATION. If, after consideration of the
above, any associate believes that the information is material and nonpublic,
or if an associate has questions as to whether the information is material and
nonpublic, he or she should take the following steps:
16
<PAGE>
a. Report the matter immediately to the Compliance Department.
b. Do not purchase or sell the Securities either on the associate's
own behalf or on the behalf of others.
c. Do not communicate the information to anyone, other than to the
Compliance Department.
d. After the Compliance Department has reviewed the issue, the
associate will be instructed to continue the prohibitions against trading and
communication, or he or she will be allowed to trade and communicate the
information.
3. CONFIDENTIALITY. Information in an associate's possession that is
identified as material and nonpublic may not be communicated to anyone, include
persons within Strong, except as otherwise provided herein. In addition, care
should be taken so that such information is secure. For example, files
containing material, nonpublic information should be sealed, access to computer
files containing material, nonpublic information should be restricted and
conversations containing such information, if appropriate at all, should be
conducted in private (for example, not by cellular telephone to avoid potential
interception).
4. ASSISTANCE OF THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT. If, after consideration
of the items set forth in Section B.2., doubt remains as to whether information
is material or nonpublic, or if there is any unresolved question as to the
applicability or interpretation of the foregoing procedures, or as to the
propriety of any action, it must be discussed with the Compliance Department
before trading or communicating the information to anyone.
5. REPORTING REQUIREMENT. In accordance with Strong's Code of Ethics,
every associate must arrange for the Compliance Department to receive directly
from the broker, dealer, or bank in question, duplicate copies of each
confirmation for each Securities Transaction and periodic statement for each
brokerage account in which such associate has a beneficial interest.
C. INSIDER TRADING EXPLANATIONS.
1. WHO IS AN INSIDER? The concept of "insider" is broad. It includes
officers, directors and associates of a company. In addition, a person can be
a "temporary insider" if he or she enters into a special confidential
relationship in the conduct of a company's affairs and as a result is given
access to information solely for the company's purposes. A temporary insider
can include, among others, a company's attorneys, accountants, consultants,
bank lending officers and the associates of such organizations. In addition,
Strong may become a temporary insider. According to the United States Supreme
Court, the company must expect the outsider to keep the disclosed nonpublic
information confidential, and the relationship must at least imply such a duty
before the outsider will be considered an insider.
2. WHAT IS MATERIAL INFORMATION? Trading on inside information is not
a basis for liability unless the information is material. "Material
information" generally is defined as information for which there is a
substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it
17
<PAGE>
important in making his or her investment decisions, or information that is
reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a company's
securities. It need not be important that it would have changed the investor's
decision to buy or sell. No simple "bright line" test exists to determine when
information is material; assessments of materiality involve a highly
fact-specific inquiry. For this reason, you should direct any question about
whether information is material to the Compliance Department.
Material information often relates to a company's results and
operations including, for example, dividend changes, earnings results, changes
in previously released earnings estimates, significant merger or acquisition
proposals or agreements, major litigation, liquidation problems and
extraordinary management developments.
Material information also may relate to the market for a company's
securities. Information about a significant order to purchase or sell
securities may, in some contexts, be deemed material.
Material information does not have to relate to a company's business.
For example, in CARPENTER V. U.S., 108 U.S. 316 (1987), the United States
Supreme Court considered as material certain information about the contents of
a forthcoming newspaper column that was expected to affect the market price of
a security. In that case, a Wall Street Journal reporter was found criminally
liable for disclosing to others the dates that reports on various companies
would appear in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL and whether those reports would be
favorable or unfavorable.
3. WHAT IS NONPUBLIC INFORMATION? Information is nonpublic until it
has been effectively disseminated broadly to investors in the market place.
One must be able to point to some fact to show that the information is
generally public. For example, information found in a report filed with the
SEC, or appearing in Dow Jones, Reuters Economic Services, THE WALL STREET
JOURNAL, or other publications of general circulation would be considered
public.
4. WHAT ARE THE PENALTIES FOR INSIDER TRADING? Penalties for trading
on or communicating material, nonpublic information are severe, both for
individuals involved in such unlawful conduct and their employers. A person
can be subject to some or all of the penalties below even if he or she does not
personally benefit from the violation. Penalties include: (a) civil
injunctions; (b) treble damages; (c) disgorgement of profits; (d) jail
sentences; (e) fines for the person who committed the violation of up to three
times the profit gained or loss avoided, whether or not the person actually
benefited; and (f) fines for the employer or other controlling person of up to
the greater of $1,000,000 or three times the amount of the profit gained or
loss avoided.
In addition to the foregoing, any violation of this Policy with
Respect to Insider Trading can be expected to result in serious sanctions,
including dismissal of the person or persons involved.
January 1, 1999
18
<PAGE>
